Bts Additional Member - Tumblr Posts

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 68- Under The Mistletoe

Chapter Summary: BTS attend the MAMA Awards. Jimin and Taehyung aim to get Jennie and Jungkook to kiss under the mistletoe

Words: 8,000+

-----

In Hong Kong, BTS prepared for their performance during the dress rehearsal. They were to collaborate with GOT7, which Jen was thrilled about.

"Hey, Bam Bam, look it's your future girlfriend." Mark teased as they saw Jennie stretching from afar.

"Shush!" Bam Bam playfully shoved him away.

"And you're drooling~," Jackson exclaimed.

After she finished stretching, she spotted the members of GOT7 and waved. Just before Bam Bam was about to approach her, he stopped when he saw Jungkook.

"Babygirl."

"Yes?" she turned around, greeted by Jungkook.

"Hobi Hyung wants to go over the choreography with you to make sure you got it. You know that one part."

"All right."

After the dress rehearsal, Jennie had slipped through Bam Bam's eyes as he wanted to take time to talk to her, but like she always does, she wandered around backstage. She saw Monsta X and approached them with a smile.

"Finally get to meet you guys properly. Hi!" she bowed.

"Jennie Walker! Miss BTS! It's nice to finally meet you properly, too! I'm Jooheon. This is I.M, Hyungwon, Kihyun, Minhyuk, Wonho and Shownu."

"I'm trying not to fangirl but oh my gosh, you guys are friggin badass. I am so looking forward to your performance at the show. I can see you guys making it big, I can just feel it. And I'm proud to announce that I am a monbebe~!"

The members seemed pleased to hear that as they welcomed her with open arms. 

"What's your favorite song?" Minhyuk asked.

"Gone Bad is my favorite!"

"Oh really? Can you sing it?" Shownu asked

Jen nodded and sang out Kihyun's part, "Geurae hal mankeum haebwa oneul haruneun. Eodikkaji galji hanbeon nareul jigyeobollae."

"Wow~. I love it." Kihyun applauded.

"Continue." Jooheon challenged

"Okay." she accepted and started feeling herself while rapping to Jooheon, "E eee eee, neon hukhago gayo. E eee eee, neon hukhago gayo."

Jooheon immediately smiled and nodded his head as he rapped with her, "E eee eee, neon hukhago gayo. E eee eee, neon hukhago gayo tto hanbange KO."

She went on while Hyungwon joined in for his verse, "Ppittureojillae. Ppittureojillae ho. Ppittureojillae. Monsta X yeah we rock the show. Ppittureojillae. Ppittureojillae ho. Ppittureojillae. Monsta X yeah we rock the show!"

"We might need to let her be the 8th member of Monsta X, now." Kihyun laughed.

"Ha! I don't think Bangtan will take too kindly to that." she giggled.

"I'm sure we can work something out." Wonho smiled, causing her face to warm up

'Lord Jesus, I was born the wrong year. He's smiling like that on purpose.' she thought.

Wonho was one fine looking guy. Everyone here was.

"So, we heard that Wonho is your bias." Minhyuk teased. "So, who is your bias wrecker? Me, right?"

"No way, it's me," Shownu added.

The members began joking around and trying to impress her with funny poses, making her laugh. 

"She doesn't have a bias wrecker because her heart belongs to me, right Jennie?" Wonho wrapped an arm around her and got closer to her face.

"Oh mah God~." she started feeling shy at how close she was to him and covered her face as he chuckled. Once she pulled herself together, she joked, "I know I'm too young for you, but I fit your ideal type because I can make some bombass ramen."

After goofing around, she asked, "Are you fellas nervous for your first MAMA Awards?" 

"Very. It's a big moment for us. Do you have any advice?" Shownu asked.

"Honestly I was freaking out during my first MAMA. It's such a big deal, y'know? Huge event. But just have fun with it. You're performing in front of thousands of people and various idols from different companies. Show them who Monsta X is and show them that you guys are here to stay and take over. You're going to do great. I'll be cheering you on."

"Thank you, we'll take that to heart." they bowed.

"I remember your performance from last year's MAMA. You performed with Block B's Taeil. You were really good up there. Great charisma." I.M spoke in English, causing Jen to smile and speak in her Native language

"Aw, really? Thank you. It's still one of my favorite performances I had on stage. You're fluent in English, right?"

"Yes, I am."

"I'm giving you a warning now since we're going to be great friends, you're stuck with me and we'll be having a lot of English conversations together."

I.M chuckled. "I'll mentally prepare. Can we take a picture for Twitter?"

"Yeah!"

Getting in the middle, Jennie posed gleefully as they considered her their new Monbebe. I.M posted the photo on Monsta X's Twitter, 'With Miss BTS herself! She's our new Monbebe! Thank you for supporting us!' 

Wandering around again, Jen saw The8.

"Jennie!" he happily waved

"Hey! It's been a while!" she rushed up and pulled him for a hug, surprising him as he shyly hugged her back.

After they pulled away he smiled softly. "You look well!"

"I'm surviving. You look great, excited for Mama?"

"A little nervous but Seventeen is working very hard."

"I saw a snippet of your performance. You guys are great! Mansae is one of my favorite songs."

"Look forward to us performing."

"Trust me, I will."

Once the show began, BTS and GOT7 performed their collab dance. Afterward, GOT7 performed If You Do and soon after, BTS came out to perform Run. Jen wore leather pants and a white leather jacket with the words, 'Love Yourself' and wore that same white butterfly necklace in their starting position. She stood back to back with Jimin.

Run...Run...Run...

Starting off with V walking to the members, they shift. Rapmon starts off and they perform.

dasi Run Run Run nan meomchul suga eobseo

tto Run Run Run nan eojjeol suga eobseo

eochapi igeotbakke nan mothae

neoreul saranghaneun geot bakken mothae

Transitioning to the middle, Jen sang while her hair bounced every time she ran, "Dasi Run Run Run, neomeojyeodo gwaenchanha, tto Run Run Run jom dachyeodo gwaenchanha."

The camera panned to some idols who were watching the performance and it showed some IKON members smiling and lip syncing when Jen sang. One of them covered his mouth to tell one of his hyungs that she looked pretty but some fansites that were filming them caught them and thought it was cute.

(Run)

Jen and Rapmon face each other.

Don't tell me bye bye!

(Run)

"You make me cry, cry!" she patted her hand over her heart

(Run)

"Love is a lie, lie!" they say in unison. "Don't tell me, don't tell me, don't tell me bye bye!" they push each other away

Once the chorus came again, Jen sang first this time as they danced.

chueokdeuri mareun kkonipcheoreom

sansani buseojyeoga

nae son kkeuteseo nae bal miteseo

dallyeoganeun ne deung dwiro

machi nabireul jjotdeut kkum sogeul hemaedeut

neoui heunjeogeul ttaraga

The fan chants could be heard as they noticed various ARMY bombs in the crowd. Jen was having a blast on the stage and before she knew it, the song was about to end.

(Run)

Don't tell me bye bye

(Run)

"You make me cry, cry!"

(Run)

"Love is a lie, lie!"

Don't tell me, don't tell me

Don't tell me bye bye

Later on, the members watched the rest of the show. Jen had stared at Ailee in admiration when she had won best female vocal performance. She was just so beautiful and ARMY was eager to see her reaction to Ailee winning while the members teased her about it. Jen was the first to stand up and applaud when she won as well, with a proud smile on her face.

Jennie also was so proud of Hyuna when she won best dance solo performance. Her life was slayed watching Jessi and Hyuna perform. She enjoyed seeing women take the stage. Hopefully one day she will be able to do that. She saw it as inspiration that she could get there, too.

BTS had won the World Performer award, which was a proud moment for them. Jen hoped that they'd be able to win even more awards as they continued what they were doing. Ever since the Melon Awards, Jen's reactions and dancing to performances have become iconic for those that have fancams of her because they were so amusing to watch and tonight was no exception.

When CL had performed, Jen was mesmerized. The charisma, how the crowd can get behind her instantly, she hoped to be like that one day. Being able to move a crowd like that by herself. She was so hyped that the camera kept filming her while fans said, 'Same, Jennie, same'

Just like everyone else, no one expected 2NE1 to pop up as Jen freaked out, holding onto poor Jin.

"HOLY SHIT! HOLY SHIT!"

Her reaction was bound to go viral as she also wiped a few tears when they performed Fire and I Am The Best.

And of course, once EXO had performed, she had to jam to them. She lipsynced all of Baekhyun's lines as her fansites filmed everything.

"Eodun miro soge gacheotteon. Whoa na Oh, geu eodum sogeseo, nal kkaeweo jun ni moksori deullyeowa, nal dashi taeeonage hae~" she sang out, jamming around.

The members slowly turned to her and were amused. She truly loved Baehkyun. When the lights went out and Chanyeol began rapping fast, Jen got even more hyped as EXO performed a lightsaber dance break. Then, with Drop That, it became a huge party as she danced with Taehyung and Hobi who were near Suho and Chen.

Jump jump jump jump jump jump E.X.O

Jump jump jump jump we are E.X.O

While watching Baekhyun perform, she soon saw him walking towards where she and the rest of the idols were. Her butterflies came back and all those thoughts about keeping her composure were out the window. 

She soon noticed him looking her way and began to walk over to her.

'He's coming over here!?' she thought, widening her eyes. 

He extended out his hand and she immediately took it, getting pulled forward and they started jumping and dancing together. 

"Ah, she is so freaking out right now!" Namjoon laughed.

"I know. I'm surprised she didn't faint." Jin giggled.

Chen and Suho did the same with GOT7 and the rest of Bangtan nearby.

This was a moment that she'll cherish for the rest of her life and the members knew how much this meant to her. Baekhyun smiled at her and made his way back to the stage to regroup with the members. She couldn't wipe that huge smile off her face. It was nothing like being able to get hyped with one of your favorite idols like this.

Chen had blown her away with his high note and she had to lean back and place a hand over her heart.

'MY GOD! How did he do that!?' she thought

And once they performed Love Me Right, Jennie was no more good as she swayed around while standing and clapping along. Her ears were almost ringing from the screams of fans for Big Bang. Their stages were always unique. All of YG artists were. The way they were so composed and had strong charisma. She hoped to get there one day. To that point as a performer.

During the dress rehearsal, she had told G-Dragon that she hoped that BTS could have a longer stage at MAMA, and he told her that they'd get there one day. So she'll continue to work hard and remain patient for their time to shine.

When the camera panned to Jennie with Taehyung bopping to the song, she looked directly at it and smiled, pointing, "Bang, bang, bang! Bang, bang, bang!"

Spotting Kiyhun and the rest of Monsta X, Jen and Taehyung began to dance with them too. During PSY's Daddy performance, fansites filmed her laughing and asking Hobi and Taehyung how the dance goes, following their moves.

During Gangnam Style the camera caught her again, turning up and dancing around without a care in the world despite everyone watching her. She was dancing similar to how Taeyang was during Gangnam Style a few years ago. The members couldn't help but party with her. Jen feeling herself was such a mood and it made awards shows more enjoyable to watch because of her reactions. 

Bam Bam had soon danced his way over to Jennie, tapping her over the shoulder. Once she turned, she danced with him as BamJen shippers were delighted. Jimin was not happy when watching them dance. He felt like his ship was getting ruined and didn't like how close he was to her. 

Jungkook glanced up and saw them dancing, feeling some type of way as jealously crept up on him.

"Are you going to sit there or are you going to do something?" Taehyung asked in his ear over the loud music.

Jungkook soon thought about their conversation after the concert,

'Let everyone know that the person you want will be yours and no one is going to change that or interfere with your mission.'

Some idols were glancing at Jungkook, wondering what he was going to do. The gossip about Jungkook's feelings for his bandmate was going around fast. And it was also a known fact that Bam Bam had liked her for quite some time and was very vocal about it. The only thing stopping him right now was the dating ban.

Jungkook stood up and glanced at the 95 Liners who followed him. Dancing to the song, the three of them moved to where Jen was dancing. Jimin and Taehyung watched eagerly as Jungkook gently pulled her away from Bam Bam

"I'll take it from here," the Golden Maknae spoke.

Bam Bam and some members of GOT7 were disappointed that his moment was interrupted. But Jimin and Taehyung had low fived each other as they watched JenKook have a friendly and goofy dance battle, with Bangtan hyping them up. It certainly caught the camera's attention and made JenKook shippers happy.

Watching everyone perform tonight motivated Jen to do better and she had hoped that at next year's MAMA Awards, she would be able to blow everyone away with her charisma with Bangtan. Sometimes she felt like she wasn't doing enough. What can she do to stand out and get people talking about how much she has improved on stage? She will be practicing and working even harder to give a better performance for fans.

After the show, Jungkook went directly to Bam Bam. He wanted to have a long talk about everything.

"Can I speak with you, Bam Bam?" Jungkook asked.

Once Bam Bam agreed, they walked to a private area. "So, what's up, Jungkook?"

"It's about Jennie."

--------

"Thank you!" Jen pulled the table right inside her hotel room. 

She was so hungry after the show, she had to order room service. She felt like she deserved a big meal after the pleasant time she had at the MAMA Awards.

Her face during 2NE1's reunion performance was sure to become a new meme as she already saw her face plastered all over Tumblr and Twitter. ARMY did not waste any time to capture her reaction. After eating, she prepared to shower, shutting the bathroom door behind her. Finally, she was able to shower. The whole night exhausted her. It was overall fun but with a big award show like this, it took a toll on her body. But nothing like a hot shower to ease her muscles. Connecting her phone to a portable speaker, she put her music on shuffle and walked into the shower.

Meanwhile, back in the room, a sasaeng had crawled out from under the room service table after hearing the shower turn on. They began to place hidden cameras all over the room and called their buddy who was also around the hotel. 

"I'm in Jennie's room~! Our plan worked! I finally got in. The video is clear, right? Good." the sasaeng giggled and found her suitcase.

Opening it, they started to examine her personal belongings. They began to take some of her underwear and even took photos of her bra size. After having too much fun with her belongings, the suitcase fell to the floor and made a loud noise.

With Jennie, her stomach dropped, and she stopped everything that she was doing as soon. Hobi was not in the room yet because he was with friends so he couldn't be back yet.

Something was not right and someone was here.

What is she going to do?

Another sasaeng had walked into the room and it so happened to be someone who worked at the hotel. The same woman who had given Jennie her food. She eagerly helped the other person put Jen's stolen items under the table, including her friendship ring.

"We'll meet with the others later. Double check the cameras, and get out of here," she advised and left the room with the table.

Getting out of the shower while leaving it on, she put on a towel and disconnected her phone from the speaker to give Seijin a quick call to frantically tell him that there was someone in her room. After he told her that he was on his way with the others and security, she decided to stay in the bathroom, feeling anxious.

"Jennie~, I know you know I'm here! Come out so we can meet! I'm a huge fan~!" the sasaeng said in a teasing voice.

This was so scary. Never in her life had she ever been in this type of situation. She became anxious when she heard the doorknob rattle as the sasaeng tried to get in. She didn't know if the sasaeng had intentions of hurting her or had some sort of weapon. 

After hearing various sasaeng stories, she never thought she would be one to deal with someone breaking in. She hated this feeling. The feeling of being helpless and paralyzed with fear.

"Open up!" the sasaeng yelled, making her flinch and shed a few tears. 

The sasaeng didn't want to leave like they were supposed to. They wanted to get noticed by their bias. 

Looking around, Jennie grabbed the nearest weapon, a toilet plunger, just in case they attacked her. It wasn't much but it was something. She let out a shriek when the sasaeng began to kick at the door. After a while, they managed to break in and as soon as that door swung open, Jen couldn't even use the weapon.

"Get away from me!" Jen shouted when she was grabbed by the arm. 

The sasaeng had a tight grip, digging their nails into her skin, with that sick smile on their face. Seijin and various security guards rushed into the room, to go straight after the sasaeng while Jen screamed.

"No! No! I love her! Let me go! Let me go!" the sasaeng began struggling and managed to get detained while Seijin made sure Jen was all right. 

Jennie watched with distress as the sasaeng continued to go crazy. When they were taken away, she, still shaken up, explained what happened while in tears, holding on to Seijin. After he made a few calls, it was certain that Big Hit would be taking serious legal action over this, immediately.

If Jen didn't have her phone with her in the bathroom, who knows what could've happened? Her blood went cold as she still felt that death grip on her arm. She then looked at her suitcase which was open with her items scattered.

Anger soon overcame her, "And they had the audacity to touch my shit?!" 

She ran her hands through her wet hair, fearing for the worst of what might have been taken. When she got dressed in her pajamas, there was an investigation of how the sasaeng broke in. Clearly, the sasaeng had some connections in this hotel and someone or more people helped them sneak in.

When the members found out what had happened, they immediately rushed to her room, Namjoon being the first, running in to hug her.

"Are you hurt!?" he demanded with worry.

Jen was not happy. She was mainly angry at herself for being in that type of situation and getting so scared. She was considering taking self defense classes or something to defend herself if God forbid no one was there to save her. The members stayed with her while Seijin filled them in on everything. Yoongi, Namjoon, Jungkook, and Jimin especially struggled to keep their cool, while everyone was concerned for her safety.

Just to see how easily the sasaeng came in from a room service table was not good and they will be increasing security and doing more hotel room checks from now on.

"And we found hidden cameras." Seijin pointed out.

"You're the one with the good news, today, huh?" Jen asked sarcastically, shaking her head. "Man...hidden cameras? Unbelievable...well, I clearly made it because I now have people breaking into my hotel room."

This was sick. What if they filmed her when she was undressed?

Later that evening, Jungkook came back to her room while Hobi was showering. He was still shaken up by what had happened with Jennie. Everyone was. He had wished that he could've protected her.

Noticing something bothering her and decided to ask, "What's on your mind?"

"I'm so sorry..." she murmured, shaking her head as tears appeared in her eyes

"For what?" he asked in alarm.

"I'm so sorry, Kook..."

"Wh-what's wrong?"

"I lost the ring..." she mumbled.

"What?"

"I lost the ring, Jungkook. I-I thought they took it but it wasn't found on them. I dunno where it can be. It's not in the room, the sasaeng doesn't have it. It's gone. Th-they searched everywhere."

His eyes softened as he held her close. "It's okay."

"That friendship ring meant everything to me. Now it's gone."

"It's okay."

"How can you say that so easily?" she looked up.

"Because what we have isn't just a ring. Your safety is worth more than a ring," he responded firmly. "You or a simple ring, I'd choose you in a heartbeat. I'm just glad you're safe. That's all that matters."

There were numerous reports of Jennie being the next unfortunate victim of dealing with a sasaeng as fans had voiced their concern and hoped that she would be okay. It was going to be a while until she got over this but being with the members helped ease the tension.

-------

As a pre-birthday surprise, the members and MPD decided to prank Jin. First was a mission which was to make an acrostic poem with Hong Kong. When Jin was declared the winner, he was shocked.

"Why me?" Jin asked, flustered.

Since he was the winner, he went out with MPD while the production crew gave the members instructions. They were to have the lights off and the members not in the room but only a woman lying in the bed as they hoped that Jin would fall for the plan.

"Yo, V cannot keep a secret. He kept mentioning Jin's birthday." Jen said on camera while they hid in the bathroom.

"He mentioned it twice!" Rapmon added

'Trust me, I know.' Jungkook thought about the various times V almost blurted out his feelings for Jennie. 

Thankfully Jimin kept him in check. After a while, Jin came back and entered the room with MPD, only to jump when the girl screamed from the bed. Jin instantly jumped and began shaking.

"What, what, what is going on!?" he exclaimed.

"Happy birthday to you~!" the members walked out with a cake while laughing. Jin continued to stand there, stunned while Jimin held onto him. "Happy birthday to our beloved Jin Hyung! Happy birthday to you!"

"I was so startled!" Jin exclaimed after blowing out the candles. "I was like what? Who's that?"

"Did you fall for our plan?" J-Hope asked

"I did!"

When it was officially Jin's birthday, backstage during a music show, Suga and Jimin started a V-Live and walked over to Jin with a cake. Everyone had sung happy birthday to him.

"Whaaaaaa!" Suga yelled while the members butt in the camera to get in the frame.

"It's so good to be with our members on my birthday. And it's even better to be with our fans. Give me a knife to cut the cake." the birthday boy requested.

"Here you go!" J-Hope pretended that his hand was a knife, pretending to chop the cake while the other members did the same thing. 

After getting an official knife, Jin began to cut it.

"It's blueberry yogurt," Jimin informed.

"Looks mighty tasty~!" Jen added.

"Who wants it?" Jin asked

"You first, Jin." J-Hope answered

As soon as he took the first bite, J-Hope said, "Yeeeahhh."

When he ate another piece, the members said, "Yeaaaah."

Another bite.

"Yuuuuuum!"

"It's good, right?" J-Hope asked

And another bite.

"Yuuuuum!"

"So good!" Jin answered with his mouth full.

"53,000 of our fans are with us," Suga announced.

"It's my birthday and I hope you'll be happy too. We'll do our best to show you the best performance today. So please enjoy it." Jin beamed

"Happy birthday! Bye!" they wave goodbye.

After the V-Live, Jen presented Jin with a Mario themed birthday box. "Happy birthday~!"

"For me? And it's Mario? Oh wow, thank you, Jennie." he happily accepted it and sat down with her to open it. "I have been looking forward to getting your birthday box. It was one of my top birthday wishes."

"Oh really? Well, I'm glad this birthday wish came true. I hope you like it."

Opening up the letter, Jin couldn't help but giggle. On the top was a small ship she drew with the pun, 'Oh ship! It's your birthday!'

To my precious Jin,

Ah, you're getting older! But as each year goes by, you get more handsome. Just ask those who call you the car door guy back at the Melon Awards. Thank you for always taking care of me over the years. You have always looked out for me. Even that time when I was embarrassed when my period came unexpectedly and you were there and washed my sheets for me and took me to the store to buy what I needed. And as much as I hated that time when you forced me to take medicine when I got sick for the first time in Korea, I'm glad you did because even though we were just getting to know each other, you were concerned about me and wanted to help me.

You have no idea how proud you make me when I see you dance. I can definitely see the improvement and I hope you can too because your hard work is paying off. You have been working diligently on everything and just know that we appreciate all that you do. I will continue to help you clean and cook for the members. I don't want you to do all the work by yourself. I'll always be there to help you out. Oh yeah, and thanks for increasing my appetite because you were the main one wanting me to eat more when I came here. I want to be a part of Eat Jin soon, so invite me to your show!

Your laugh is one of my favorite things about you. It's contagious and I will continue to tease you about it. I also love your silly dad jokes. I swear I be like the only one laughing because of how silly they are but I always appreciate them. There are times when I think about them and start laughing and then the members stare at me like I'm crazy, haha. Including you! But you're the reason for my random laughter. Happy birthday and I wish you many more happy, safe, and healthy birthdays to come.

Love,

Your precious Jennie

After he had read the letter, he wrapped his arms around her for a tight hug and began giving her kisses all over her face as she tried to escape while laughing.

As the days went by in December, BTS promoted Run on music shows. During one show, V had the opportunity to MC. The members were very eager to watch him in action. Jennie wondered when she'd have that random opportunity to MC for a music show. It seemed a bit intimidating with the script and having to do all this random stuff. But she hoped that when it was her time to do so, it would be fun and a great learning experience.

"Ah shit, I accidentally got foundation on your face." she noticed some of her makeup on the side of Tae's cheek after she kissed him for good luck. 

That helped calm his nerves since he was so nervous about MCing and he began to laugh at her struggling to wipe the brown makeup off. 

"Stop laughing! I'm tryna help!" she giggled

"Hehehe, thank you, I needed this laugh." He responded as a stylist came to fix his makeup.

"You are going to be just fine. Everyone gets nervous when they do stuff like this for the first time. But you're a natural on camera. You're always so silly and bring in that adorable charm that fans love. We'll be watching you backstage, cheering you on, mkay? Ennie will always support you. Don't forget that."

Taehyung gave her two big kisses on her cheeks as she laughed. 

"Oh, my gosh, Tae! You got my makeup on you again!"

And for Inkigayo with Rap Monster MCing, Jen and the rest of the members watched him from backstage.

"Bruh...I dunno what he was so nervous for. If he is, it clearly does not show on camera. Look at how smooth he is. He's doing so well." Jen said for a Bangtan Bomb.

On Music Bank, the members were hoping to get their first win for Run. Some members were asked what they thought about the possibility of getting their first win. 

Jen answered, "Prayer is a powerful thing, so I'm praying that we get this first win. And I have faith in ARMY. Things will be fine."

Thanks to ARMY's hard work, Bangtan got first place as the confetti came down on the stage. Fans screamed louder than ever for them as the members broke out into huge smiles, applauding as they received flowers from the MCs. It was nothing like getting a first win and it was something that they will honor every time they get it.

"Thank you ARMY! Love you!" Suga said over the mic.

Receiving the mic, Jen happily shouted, "ARMY, you rock! Thank you!"

"Thank you so much ARMY!" V spoke

"Thank you, everyone! Woo! We won first place!" Jimin waved as their song came on while the other idols left the stage.

Since Bangtan won first place, they wanted Jennie and Jungkook to perform Adult Ceremony to become an adult. So, making ARMY scream louder than they were before, the members continued to slowly bend down and do a little bit of the choreography while singing run and waving.

Rushing off stage, Rapmon happily said, "We got first place! Jungkookie and Ennie are now adults!"

"Thank you!" Suga blew a kiss

"Woo~ First win! Woo! BTS Run first win, woo!" Jennie yelled in front of the Bangtan Bomb camera, grabbing it and giving it a big kiss on the lens.

"We got first place! We got first place!" J-Hope excitedly yelled

"You've worked hard~!" Jungkook waved

"Wow~!" Jin showed off the award, looking at it in awe.

"We won an award!" Jimin said, with Taehyung having his arm around his shoulder.

Backstage, Jimin and Jennie were filmed together with J-Hope making funny faces in the background and hugging Jen from behind.

"Jennie, since you became an adult and won first place, what are your thoughts?" Jimin asked.

"First, ARMY, you did this for us, your hard work and dedication to supporting us is always appreciated. So again, thank you and we love you very much. And since I've become an adult, I can have all the smarties I want without no one telling me no, muhahahah~!" she laughed evilly.

"Muhahahah?" J-Hope questioned

"Muhahaha!" she answered back.

"Muhahahaha~!" he copied her.

"You two are very weird." Jimin laughed.

-------

BTS were on another episode of Weekly Idol, discussing their RUN comeback. For random dancing, Coni mentioned, "As a way to motivate them so they don't make any more mistakes, what about giving a kiss to each other."

"Oh, that's really strong," J-Hope responded as the members looked astonished

"Who? Who?" Suga called out

"Say what now?" Jen added

"That's good, the first person to make a mistake will give a member a kiss on the cheek," Coni said

As the members began to dance, it started simple with no mistakes. But once Boy In Luv came on, it looked like Jungkook had messed up.

"Time out, time out. Jungkook!" Heechul exclaimed as they both went to him and J-Hope. 

They thought J-Hope's facial expressions were way too obvious and he acted like he didn't make a mistake.

"I was a bit confused," J-Hope admitted.

"Is it better to be kissed by Jungkook or by J-Hope?"

"Wouldn't it be better if they just kissed each other?" V suggested

"WOW!" everyone shouted.

Jennie began laughing loudly as she saw the two poor boys cringing and taking a step back.

"Say, 'Let's not be wrong from now on', then hug and once...twice...do that." Coni demonstrated, kissing Jungkook on the cheek as he cringed. 

Jennie giggled at his reaction. He was just too cute. Soon Jungkook and J-Hope held hands and stood in front of each other.

"Hyung, let's...not make mistakes," Jungkook said as they went to hug each other.

"Euahhhhhhhh~!" J-Hope yelled as they reluctantly got close to each other's faces. "This is cruel!"

Once J-Hope had yelled and kissed his cheek, everyone had to push Jungkook's head near J-Hope's cheek to kiss him. The boys were so happy when the torture was over.

"Everyone, this time, instead of a kiss, do one hit on the wrist," Coni revealed the next punishment.

When they continued their next round of random dancing, this time Suga got confused when I Need U came on and sheepishly tried to explain himself. He exposed his wrist out for Jungkook to hit. 

"You have to kind of like it!" Heechul explained, demonstrating getting hit and dramatically saying, "Ah!"

It seemed too inappropriate for the broadcast as the members burst out in laughter.

"No, he did not just say that!" Jen laughed.

"That's too weird!" Suga exclaimed and got hit by Jin and Rapmon afterward.

"If you get it wrong the third time, this time, the butt." Coni demonstrated.

Jennie took a step back, exclaiming, "UH! UH!"

"UH UH!" "UH UH!" They replay her shocked sound effect as everyone laughed while she protectively covered her butt with her hands.

"I will knock somebody out," she announced, getting defensive, pounding her fist once against her palm.

Taehyung had accidentally slapped her ass during the War of Hormone era in one performance at a music show. She knew fans wanted the full story of how that happened. She planned to discuss it when she went to talk to JRE in January. 

Her ass was not going to get hit by anyone. Not today. Not the next day, and the next day, and the next day, and the next day, and so on. You have to earn it to touch her ass. 

Jimin and Taehyung thought about Jennie messing up and trying to get Jungkook to be the one to give her the punishment, giggling to themselves.

As they danced again, War of Hormone came on and it popped up to Jen's verse.

Of course, it did...

Strutting to the front she danced powerfully.

...but I ain't you baby, you gotta earn that. 

Hello! Hello! Hello! Hello! 

I'll tell you what I want right now! 

Hello! Hello! Hello! Hello! 

I ain't giving it to you right now!

She successfully got the moves right as the chorus continued. She was not letting anyone touch her booty. They can look but they can't touch. If anything, you gotta be her significant other first.

Once Boy in Luv came on, Jimin was finally caught. 

"We'll do the last punishment and after that, especially for you, we'll add another on top of that," Coni said. "The two MCs will hug Jimin and-"

"No," Jimin begged. "You don't have to do things like that." he fell to his knees and laughed

"A hug and a kiss," Heechul said while the members laughed and applauded.

Jennie, Suga, J-Hope, Taehyung and Jungkook gave Jimin pats on his butt and then he was hugged from behind by Heechul. When Jimin received kisses on the cheek, the members yelled, continuing to cringe.

During the next segment, BTS received phone calls from various fans who were very excited. The phone lines were down due to the high demand for Bangtan, which bewildered the members. One fan had spoken in English, talking to Jennie and she was moved that the fan was learning English to communicate with her. Jen made the fan feel good when she praised their English skills.

"So, what is this about Jin and Jennie wrestling?" Coni asked 

Jin and Jen glanced at each other and laughed while the members thought about the hilarious memories.

"That was a fun day." Jen happily nodded.

"That match didn't count because she cheated. I was supposed to win." Jin exclaimed

"You tapped out. It doesn't get much clearer than that, Jin."

"AHHHHHHH~!" the members said with their loud laughter filling the studio.

They had played the clip of Jennie putting Jin in an armbar and him tapping out while Jin became flustered. His ears got red as he tried to explain himself.

"Will there be a continuation?" Heechul asked. "Round two?"

"I mean, we could. You down?" Jen turned to Jin.

"I still need to win so of course." Jin nodded eagerly.

"I dunno about all that but anyway." she teased as Jin blankly stared at her. "I guess when we have some free time, we'll think of some funny promos and work on what we want to do for Jin vs Jen Part 2. Stay tuned."

As the show went on, with Rapmon struggling to cut an onion, they had their idol on the grill segment. The male members would be called Bulletproof Girl Scouts while Jennie would be called the Bulletproof Boy Scout. They recapped the female idols the boys wanted to get closest to and how Jennie was very interested in EXO. So the plan was to dance to an idol song and they'll be given Korean Beef.

"Jennie! Which EXO song would you like to perform?" she was asked.

"Call me baby~," she answered and stood up.

"Of course." Jimin giggled.

"Yes, we are fully aware that you love this group a lot. Especially Baekhyun." Coni teased.

"I hope that one day I could have the opportunity to collab with an EXO member." she brought up. "That would be so cool. I learn a lot from groups such as them when I watch them perform. It motivates me to work harder. Collabing with a group like EXO, I'm sure I can learn a lot from them. Even if it's just one member, a simple dance collab, or singing together, I'd be grateful."

"EXO if you are watching, what is your answer?" Coni asked.

As the song came on, it started with the chorus after Chanyeol's verse. It looked like she would have to do some eye-opening pelvic thrusts. She even had her hand on her crotch and thrust her hips up. It surprised the members along with her fluent body rolls and movement with the song. The MCs were impressed with her powerful movements and praised her. When Jen watched the rest of the members dance, she immediately covered her mouth when Rapmon danced to EXID's Up & Down.

When it was Jungkook's turn, he mentioned that he wasn't familiar with any IU songs and decided to dance Up & Down instead. Sure enough, being the extra Golden Maknae that he is, the MCs hyped him up while the members laughed. Jennie dropped her jaw when he started to thrust up and down.

"Whoa! Yeah! Whoa! Yeah!" the MCs yelled as he displayed a different personality once again.

'Did you hear what Jennie said on Weekly Idol!?' fans asked under Baekhyun's Instagram. 

What got everyone talking was that Baekhyun had only responded with a smiley emoji, causing everyone to flip out at the possibility.

Will SM Entertainment allow a member from EXO to collaborate with Jennie one day? 

And will Big Hit allow Jennie to collaborate with a member from EXO one day? 

These were questions on everyone's minds and it had been anticipated ever since she released that cover. It looked like they would have to stay tuned to find out.

---------

When Christmas Eve came, Jennie and Jungkook spent the day playing video games in Jungkook's room.

"Jennie, later I want you to help me bake," Jin called out, walking past the room.

"I got you, just let me know!" she answered.

Jin examined the living room of the dorm with a smile. Christmas music was playing softly in the background and the tree was decorated. After a fierce game of rock, paper, scissors, Jin was the one to put the star on the tree.

"And what are you two doing, now?" he asked when Jimin and Taehyung were wandering around the dorm.

"Put one right here...right here...right there...and there..." Jimin placed mistletoes all around the dorm with Taehyung, in hopes to finally get JenKook to kiss. 

The 95 Liners wanted this done ASAP. 

This needed to happen TODAY.

"Why are you putting so many mistletoes up?" Jin asked

"Shhh, not so loud, you want them to notice?" Jimin shushed him.

"Jennie and Jungkook? Oh my gosh, Jimin, Taehyung, this is not going to work."

"Yeah. You two should give it up. You're doing too much..." Yoongi mumbled from the couch, lying down.

"I don't think that is going to work. Just let it go naturally, all right?" Namjoon added

"Oh come on! This will be a great opportunity!" Taehyung whined.

"I dunno what we are going to do with them." Jin sighed and went to the kitchen.

Later that day, Jen helped Jin with baking tons of cookies and placed the last remaining gifts under the tree. Jungkook joined in to make sure things were in order.

Meanwhile, Jimin and Taehyung watched JenKook's every move, hoping that they would get under one of the many mistletoes they put around the dorm. They waited all day and still had no success in getting them under the mistletoe. It began to frustrate the 95 Liners. 

It wasn't until later that evening they finally yelled, "Look who is under the mistletoe~!" when Jennie was right in front of Jungkook who was by the door in the bathroom and they looked up to see a mistletoe on top of the door.

"Oh. Oh wow." Jen chuckled softly.

Jungkook looked shooked once he saw it. He was not prepared as his hyungs were looking on in anticipation and cheering. The pressure was starting to get to him and he began to feel overwhelmed. 

"I mean, you wanna...?" Jen's voice brought him back to reality as she was waiting for him to tell her what he wanted to do.

"U-uh, sorry." he quickly rushed away, flustered, going to his room.

That did not sit well with the 95 Liners.

"JEON JUNGKOOOOOOOOOOOK!" Jimin yelled in anguish, falling to his knees.

"NO!" Taehyung rushed after him with Jimin.

"ARE YOU SERIOUS?! ARE YOU SERIOUS!?"

Jennie laughed at how silly they were acting. "Guys, it's all good! Relax!" she reassured. "Anyway, I gotta pee."

She, however, did deep down feel a little disappointed that he decided not to kiss her. But brushed the feeling aside. She shouldn't take it personally. He probably didn't want to be put on the spot like that. She understood.

With Jungkook who was trying to calm himself down in his room, he was a little angry at himself for chickening out but he wanted to kiss her without anyone looking. He wanted to do stuff like that in private. Alone, with no one else around or in another room nearby. But with his hyungs all around him like this, that wasn't going to work. 

If they were truly alone, he would relax and show her a real kiss like he always dreamed about.

Once it was past 12am, Christmas Day, Jen had been cleaning up the dishes in the kitchen while everyone else had settled into their room. Hearing footsteps, she glanced up to see Jungkook strolling into the kitchen to grab a bottle of water.

"Ah, so you finally came out of your room," she called out as she watched him avert his eyes and set the water down on the counter. "Am I that unkissable?" she teased.

As soon as she said that, he looked up, widening his eyes. "N-no! It's not that, i-it's just..."

"Hey, it's fine, don't worry about it. I understand. It's a lot of pressure being put on the spot like that. I'm not one for kissing in front of an audience like that, myself."

"But-"

"Kook, it's fine. Really. I get it."

"I wanted to. I wanted to kiss you."

That caught her by surprise. "Really?"

"Yeah. I wanted to. I still do," he responded and saw her smile instantly from his words.

While JenKook talked, Jimin, Taehyung, and Hobi were spying on them from afar. The three tried not to make any noise as they eagerly watched them.

"What are you two doing-"

"Shh!" they cut Jin off and brought him close to them so he wouldn't get noticed.

"Oh my gosh...if they would just look up already. I planted a mistletoe right in the kitchen." Jimin complained in a hushed voice

"I know~," Taehyung whined.

"Now, what if this doesn't work?" Jin called out

"It will work! It better work!" Jimin grabbed him by the shirt and yanked him.

"W-we can always try New Year's!"

"No! Jimin and I want this done now! Long overdue! One step closer to our wonderful ship to sail." Taehyung replied

Back with JenKook, Jennie looked at him. Something in her stomach flipped and part of her felt thrilled that he wanted to kiss her. Throughout the entire rest of the day after the first attempt, she had that feeling in the back of her mind that she wanted to kiss him. But she couldn't understand why.

Should she be feeling this way?

Jungkook soon looked up and noticed that there was a mistletoe right over him, causing butterflies in his stomach and excitement.

The boys spying on them became so giddy that their cover was almost blown when they saw them find out.

Jennie and Jungkook stood in the kitchen in a comfortable silence, glancing up at the mistletoe and back at each other.

Did she want to kiss him? Should he make a move?

Noticing him trying to figure out what to do, Jennie decided to take the lead, slowly walking forward and gently grabbing his hands. As she looked up at him, she realized how much she loved how her soft hands fit nicely with his large ones and how handsome he looked up close. 

Standing on top of his feet, she raised herself up on her tippy toes until she was right at his face. The faint Christmas music was heard in the background as they spent a moment looking at each other.

"Oh my God, oh my God, it's happening..." Taehyung fanboyed with Jimin in quiet voices as they looked on.

Jungkook watched her lean in, closing her eyes and he soon did the same until their lips met, softly. He felt so many emotions as he kissed her and even faintly tasted peppermint on her lips from the candy cane she had eaten earlier.

As soon as they saw them lock lips, Jimin and Taehyung covered their mouths before they screamed for joy. The two fell to the ground, rolling around in excitement while Hobi and Jin were jumping around in glee, back in the bedroom.

Jennie felt something strong behind such a simple mistletoe kiss with her best friend as she gently pulled away, releasing his hands. She felt her heart rate increase while Jungkook felt his cheeks flushed. 

"There. Not so bad, right?" she took a step back and smiled softly. "Merry Christmas, Kookie."

Watching her walk to her room to go to bed, Jungkook touched his lips and let out a soft chuckle, overjoyed. Her lips were softer than he expected. Big difference from Rookie King.

Reminiscing on the moment he shared with her, he wanted to kiss her more than just once like they just did. The kiss felt too quick for him and he made a promise that the next time they kissed on the lips, he'd show her a real kiss to prove how much she meant to him. 

-----

"Merry Christmas!" Taehyung dove on top of Jennie on her bed as she let out a groan. 

It was too early for this. She was just dreaming about Nike finally noticing her and allowing her to endorse their stuff.

"Merry Christmas~!" Jimin ran in to dive on top of Tae, causing her to let out another groan.

"Merry Christmas~!" Jungkook jumped on top of Jimin while Jennie continued to deal with the torture of heavy bodies on her back.

She muffled something against her pillow while the Maknae Line tried to comprehend what she was saying.

"Guys, I think we're crushing her, hehehe." Taehyung giggled as they all got off of her.

She rolled out of bed and stood up. "Ow, my back...why are y'all so damn heavy?"

"Come on, we wanna open up presents! But Jin is making us eat breakfast, first! Let's go! Get a move on!" Taehyung dragged her out of the room to meet with the rest of the members. 

Saying their good mornings, they sat to eat.

As breakfast went along, Jimin mischievously asked with a smirk, "So...did anyone get caught under the mistletoe, last night?"

Jungkook instantly narrowed his eyes at him but then glanced at Jennie. She looked unfazed and not bothered by the question.

"What about you Jennie? Kiss anyone last night?" Hobi asked.

"You kissed someone last night?" Yoongi asked with sleep in his voice.

"Who'd you smooch?" Namjoon asked with interest.

"I'm just glad there wasn't any tongue." Jin blurted out

"Wow, you just exposed yourself. You were spying." Jen called out, making Jin flustered.

"Darn it Jin!" Taehyung exclaimed.

"Come on!" Jimin yelled.

"Who kissed who?" Namjoon kept asking.

"She kissed Jungkook last night!" Taehyung announced loud and proud.

Jungkook felt himself blushing and looking down. He could never get a break from his hyungs. 

"Did you like the kiss?" Hobi asked with a smile.

"Sorry, but I don't kiss and tell." she smiled and placed her dishes in the sink.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 69- GAYO Daechukje & GAYO Daejejun

Chapter Summary: JenKook shippers finally catch Jungkook staring at Jennie when they film Season's Greetings. Jen takes fans to church with her improved vocals and Aliee inspired high note during a secret collab with some of her fellow 97 Liners. (Jungkook fluff!)

Words: 7,000+

Author's Note: Ironically, the V, Jimin and Jungkook hide and seek video at the end of this chapter was the reason I wanted to make this story years ago back in 2016. I asked myself what if a girl was with them? And funny enough, I switched it up and let this be where the most crucial moment happens in the story. I like how things came full circle. And I don't regret taking a break from writing and editing every single chapter so far, deleting and adding things. I like how things have come about. Stay tuned :) Thank you for sticking with me to this point.

------

After opening presents, Jennie decided to check out BTS’ Seasons Greetings which they filmed. She enjoyed filming for it and loved the photoshoots and her outfits.

They had filmed in Yangpyeong to shoot this year’s Season’s Greetings. After Jimin had done his shoot first, Jennie was dressed as Princess Tiana in her yellow waitress outfit. While she watched herself posing on the screen, she felt so giddy. She loved being Tiana and chuckled when she watched the Maknae Line trying to distract her with funny faces.

“She is too cute.” Hobi took some photos of her

After posing around, she then changed into Tiana's green dress.

“I feel like a princess.” she twirled around.

The photos of her being Tiana went viral and even got to Black Twitter and the Cosplay community which gave her even more exposure and followers on Instagram. It touched her to see her photos as Tiana be received so positively. 

“Ah, Jennie, she looks so pretty.” Jimin smiled

Sitting on the couch, Jennie read, “A quick interview...”

‘Any regrets for the year 2015?’

“Hm...nah, not really. Whatever mistakes I’ve made, I learned from them and moved on. No regrets for 2015.”

‘What is your goal for next year?’

“I want to rap. I’ve been learning thanks to Suga but I’m not sure if I’m ready to showcase it yet. That’s a goal for 2016, that I would love to do. And also to be more charismatic on stage, getting the crowd moving. I want to be a great performer and be able to have the ability to stand on the stage and the crowd gets hyped with just looking at me. And another goal is to continue to improve my vocals.”

‘2015 was a tough year. Say a word to yourself.’

“You’re improving every day. Keep going.”

‘What will you be like in 10 years?’

“Hm...2025...I'd like to be married by that time. I also just want to be happy and make sure I’m enjoying life while still being successful with Bangtan."

After the interview, Jen watched Yoongi’s photoshoot as Jack Frost. He looked so adorable with his white hair and blue contacts. After he was done, she chilled with him on the couch and he fell asleep with his head on her shoulder. Soon after, she had placed her head on top of his to take a short nap.

Of course, when you nap around the members, they’ll mess with you, so Jungkook, Hobi and Jin were taking funny photos and laughing at how they didn’t get caught. 

“Wow, so y’all really took photos of us?” Jen murmured as she continued to watch what was happening on the screen. 

When they moved to the next destination, she watched Jungkook laugh while he messed with Jimin’s hair. She thought it was one of the best things she had ever heard and it brought joy to her heart, hearing him so happy.

When she walked past J-Hope, Jimin and Jungkook trying to harmonize, especially with J-Hope’s little high note, Jen commented sarcastically, “That was beautiful.” and the three boys burst out in laughter

Walking into a room, she was joined by two female stylists who shut the door and helped her get changed.

“I’m wearing that?” she pointed to the black lace dress with the open back. 

When they had giggled and said yes, Jennie was here for it and became excited. This had to be her favorite outfit by far. After getting her hair and makeup done, she put on the dress and checked herself out in the mirror.

“I love this so much.” she beamed.

When she walked out, Jungkook had been occupied, taking photos for his individual shots. But when his attention turned to the door and he saw her, he had to do a double take. He immediately stopped posing with the red guitar and opened his mouth to stare in awe. He couldn’t even concentrate, anymore. She looked gorgeous.

Just wow...

With Jennie, her back was to him, talking in front of the camera filming her spinning around to show off the short black lace dress. 

“You know what? Out of every outfit I have worn, this is my favorite. Like, look at this dress! The stylists hooked me up! I look great! Who am I going home with today?” she joked.

ARMY on Tumblr, who had already made posts and gifs about BTS Seasons Greetings 2016, had finally caught Jungkook. They caught him staring at her in the background while she spoke on camera. He had been sitting down at the time, taking a break from his shoot so the camera crew could check out the photos so far. He was just watching her, longer than usual.

At one point he had to take a walk for a moment to control himself. 

Fans had commented:

‘It took forever to find this moment but CAUGHT!’

‘Don’t @ me, he was clearly staring at her ass XD’

‘His face is priceless! What he concentrating so hard for?’

'He better get in line!! We all want her! She fine as hell! I know she can fight but can Jungkook fight? Cause we all want Jennie lmfao'

'SHE IS MOTHER!! MY GAWDDDD! HER BODY IS BODYING!'

'There is just something about this woman right here...'

'MA'AM!'

'Waiiiiiiiiiitttttt!'

'LMFAO did you see his hands twitch like he wanted to grab her!?'

'Jennie is growing too fast! Slow down baby girl omg!'

'It just doesn't make any sense how fine she got over the years!'

'She is so fine for what!?'

'I love her so bad! Nobody is doing it like her. The face card! The BODY!? She is gonna eat every time!'

'I bet you if she saw the way he was staring at her she'd fold. Cause shit I would! He staring HARD!'

'Just give me three and a half minutes, maybe even four!'

‘Ooh, Jennie watch out. My international playboy senses are tingling. I think it’s safe to say that you are clearly wanted by the Golden Maknae.’

‘She said who am I going home with today, I think Jungkook wants to take her home, ahahaha’

‘Haha, that’s probably the biggest behind he has ever seen, and he just doesn’t know what to do XD’

‘Uh oh, somebody collect this boy!’

‘Jungkook, whatcha staring at my boi?’

'Lmfao Jungkook can not handle all that. There is no way'

'Do you know how strong Jungkook is? Yes tf he can handle that! He'd pin her down in a heartbeat!'

'Agreed. He can use his strength on me if she don't want him. I volunteer as tribute!'

'I hope y'all know that Jungkook is not the pure little baby y'all think he is.'

'War of hormone 2.0!'

'I love when she wears bodycon clothes! It hugs her body so nicely! I don't blame him for staring, she looks amazing!'

‘Ayooo he really is staring hard. Kookie, you’ve been caught!’

‘I love how he tried to look away when he finally noticed the camera. You already got busted XD’

‘Guys...I’m actually here for this. If he likes her or something, I hope he shoots his shot very soon’

‘Jungkook, you ain’t slick.’

‘He looks like he about to pounce, hahahah’

‘Jeon Jungkook you have excellent taste. Please risk it all. Our Golden Maknae has become a man.’

‘JenKook shippers rejoice! I am so here for this! Look at how he looks at her! I see love in his eyes, I’m screaming’

‘She is a whole woman! Looking like a snack! I think he got up from his seat to restrain himself, I’m cackling’

‘Is he OK? She got him in a trance, lol’

‘He was so focused on her that he didn’t realize he was also in the shot’

‘This is tea! Haters are pressed! I love it. There is no denying that he’s into her.’

‘Seeing this gives me hope’

‘Pretty sure he enjoyed the view, lol’

‘I hope Jennie sees this on Tumblr, soon. I know she lurks on the BTS tag. Let’s get these notes to a high number. Keep reblogging and liking’

‘My boi is ready!’

‘And she has no idea! That’s the crazy part! Someone look at me like that when I’m not looking.’

‘That’s some...intense staring Jungkook. Care to explain?’

‘Hol’ up, I know this man wasn’t checking out our girl and tried to be slick when he noticed the camera.’

When Jungkook was back taking photos, he kept getting distracted by her. 

“Jungkook-ah! Look at the camera. Focus!” the staff called out, amused. 

They knew exactly what was going on. They thought it was cute to see him like this.

Turning around, Jennie found herself watching him. The hair, the suit, he looked fine as hell if she was being honest. This time, Jungkook had caught her watching and smiled. She had smiled back and looked away, feeling her cheeks flush.

“Jennie! Where is the rest of your dress?” Jin exclaimed, pointing at the exposed back.

“This is the dress.” she laughed

“Oh, my goodness. Why do you do this to me?” he asked the stylists who giggled at his dramatic complaining.

“Let’s have Jungkook and Jennie together.” The staff requested. 

As soon as JenKook heard that they would be taking photos together, their mood was boosted as bright smiles were on their faces. With his red guitar in his hands, Jen had her acoustic guitar and they stood back to back, posing for the camera before doing various other poses. If anything, it truly looked like they were dating based on how close they were and how they would look at each other.

While watching the season’s greetings video, Jennie recalled how handsome Jungkook looked in that suit. They made a great pair for that photoshoot and their chemistry was off the charts.

She continued to watch as the members were involved in a quiz. She remembered failing miserably. But it was hilarious to see J-Hope get the shorthand of the stick. Poor Hobi.

--------

Seeing all the JenKook posts from Season’s Greetings, an ARMY created a Tumblr post called:

‘Why I ship JenKook, want them to date, think they could be dating right now and support Jungkook liking Jennie’

Yeah! I said it! All you haters are pressed! It’s no denying that Jungkook likes our beautiful black queen and I’m here for it! I’m here to state the facts and make haters more pressed because I’m petty like that. So, let’s get started! Block me if you want idgaf, there is no other ship in Bangtan that is more friggin obvious than JenKook. Not BamJen, not Jennie and Hayoon (JenYoon), not JenMin, not Taennie, no other damn ship with Jennie is more obvious and more real than JenKook. FIGHT ME!

ARMY is back on their investigation habits and this time it involves our beloved Maknaes. The Golden Maknae and our Miss Bangtan. It’s been a few years since Jen arrived and was introduced as a member of the group. Some were skeptical but over time people have grown to love and support her. AS THEY SHOULD and stop getting so damn pressed when someone black is in K-Pop or associated with someone in K-Music.

Now, over time Jungkook’s demeanor has changed when he’s around her. Let’s start with some major points ARMY has caught. And if there are points I missed, which I know I did, add them to the thread.

Number One- Their Rookie King kiss! This was just the cutest thing. Remember their heads were pushed together thanks to the members when they were playing the pepero game as a punishment? I’m sure we all kind of freaked out when Jennie said “Let’s play” when Jungkook felt bad that she was stuck with him in the game. Our babies looked so adorable that day and Jennie also revealed on After School Club that Jungkook was her first kiss. FIRST KISS GUYS! It wasn’t Bam Bam! It wasn’t Jimin! It wasn’t Taehyung! It wasn’t any of your ships! It was Jeon Jungkook! Look at the video for the receipts!

Number Two- Jenkook during the of course game on Rookie King episode 8. This has to be one of the most underrated JenKook moments. I loved them bickering. They seem so competitive but have soft spots for each other. When Jungkook said, “...but you and I both know you can’t stay mad at me forever.” I nearly died because Jennie couldn’t fight that growing smile on her face. Soooo cute. And then when he said, “...you liked our kiss.” I was like ohhhh where did this confidence come from? He even said on After School Club that he wasn’t sorry for being her first kiss and Jen only wished that she was a better kisser so their kiss would’ve been more enjoyable. GUYS! This man is not sorry for kissing her! And this woman said she wanted to be a better kisser for him! Um hello!

Number Three- American Hustle Life, when Jungkook ignores the guys and notices Jennie first at the restaurant. And following that interview, they both talked about their friendship. Did you see how happy they looked talking about each other? “Do you know those friendships where you don’t even remember how you guys became such great friends? To be around someone who you click with so easily and that can make your day, that’s how I feel about my bond with him.” Same Jennie, same. My heart is full!

Number Four- Who can forget their sexy war of hormone dance? This broke the internet! I swear I thought they were dating, their chemistry is off the damn charts. From the music video to performing live, just how he LOOKS at her makes me freak tf out. I know Jungkook was always on cloud nine when he got to dance so close. Your favs will never have that so stay hating on JenKook! They are here to stay!

Number Five- JenKook on Running Man. Look at how protective they are of each other. Have you ever noticed how they always stick together and find their way back to each other? True love! And Jungkook with his offense and Jen with her defense makes them a dangerous duo. They aren’t called the Golden Duo for nothing. It’s wise to be on the same team as them tbh. And remember their famous “I got you.” and "I got you, first." line during their couple episode together? I died of happiness! Best Marvel couple ever!

Number Six- Their adorable dog! Tony! Whenever they’re away on schedule, Tony stays with Jungkook’s parents. But omg the fact that he gave her the dog because he remembers her mentioning she wanted a Jack Russell Terrier is so adorable. They are wonderful parents to the cutie. One happy family. Their photos with Tony are just the best. I love it when they bicker about who Tony loves more, too. I can just imagine Jungkook walking up to Jennie and Tony sleeping on his bed. Hahaha, I bet that is already happening!

Number Seven- When Jen came back to continue filming BTS NOW 2 after she had that scary pineapple allergic reaction, Jungkook RAN, not walked, RAN to hug her and he was the first one to spot her. Come on! The feels! Soulmate goals! It was like he knew she was coming before he spotted her as he turned in the direction of where she was arriving.

Number Eight- The tension escalator! Their height difference is so cute. Do you see how he LOOKS at her!? You can’t deny that he thinks she’s pretty. I really thought he was going to kiss her when he lifted her chin and pressed his forehead down on hers. And Jennie looked so nervous! I truly believe that she was hoping to kiss him.

Number Nine- During ISAC, when Jungkook was whispering strategy in her ear during women’s wrestling. Like I know it was just innocent talking but having him whisper in her ear like that, omg how can she be so calm!? Unless she wasn’t on the inside. And guess who was there for Jungkook at the end of the finish line during the 400m relay? Jennie! And he ran up to her and they fell down hugging! Ahhhhh!

Number Ten- During Jen’s V-Live when she was showing off the smartie factory and Jungkook joined her. Look at how he stares at her! And look at how she smiles at him! How happy she gets when he’s with her! Look at these receipts! Look at these screenshots! Look at these gifs! My ship is here to stay! Screw these other ships! It is nowhere in comparison! Like, his big smile is so cute. And peep how jealous Kook got when Jen read comments of ARMY shipping her and Shawn Mendes. Come on now, he likes her! Or they’re probably dating right now, and we are just seeing the signs! Something is going on ARMY. Someone likes someone!

Number Eleven- THIS at season’s greetings! He was clearly staring at her in that dress! And he was mesmerized by what her momma gave her! As he should! HE GOT CAUGHT staring at her ass at Season’s Greetings! He even got up to walk away to restrain himself! I just know he was trying hard to calm himself down! My boi wants her bad! Look at the screenshots that ARMY took! It’s there, it’s game over, you cannot win this argument. All you haters get so bent outta shape when idols, especially male idols show interest in Jennie and say that she’s pretty or take photos with her. But no matter what haters think, our girl remains unbothered and continues to rise with Bangtan. Deal with it!

The moral of the story is...something is going on and I don’t think they are just friends. I think that they either like each other or are probably secretly dating. ARMY, what do you think? You think Jungkook might shoot his shot? Let’s hope he does.

P.S- Jennie, if you come across this on Tumblr, OMG, I love you, you are amazing and gurl! Get your man!

-------

Backstage at KBS Gayo Daechukje, Rapmon was absent due to an unfortunate accident during rehearsal. Jen was bummed and worried since he would have to sit out of the performances but he seemed to be doing just fine.

It was also Taehyung’s birthday and the members surprised him with a cake. Jennie had created him a birthday box based on the anime that he has been watching as of late and he giggled uncontrollably, excited about it.

When he opened the letter, it read:

Ahhhh my baby Tae Tae! Happy birthday my boy! Those nights when I was lonely when I first came here, you were there and showed me all around Seoul to get used to my surroundings. If it wasn’t for your kindness, I’m not quite sure where I would’ve been when I first arrived at Big Hit.

You have changed my life for the better when I stepped foot here. Your vocals give me LIFE. Your deep voice is a blessing and your lines for our songs have got to be my favorite no matter how short or long they are.

Your silliness is one of the main things I love about you. You always know when to make me laugh and boost up my mood. Your love for Bangtan is unconditional and I thank you for being there whenever we’re down.

Hey, by the way, have you considered trying out for a K-Drama? Your acting skills are really good. Like, have you seen yourself when we filmed I Need U, RUN and the prologue? I hope you do something with acting because I would love to watch you in action. I’ll be your biggest fan always. Your daily dose of weirdness is always appreciated too. You are quite the character, my friend. And your cute boxy smile makes my heart fill with joy. Keep smiling, I love seeing it.

Also, thanks for always dancing with me at these awards shows. I can always count on you to turn up with me. How about we turn up at the Seoul Music Awards, too? You down? Hahah! You better be! Let’s hope that you can finally get into Cypher soon! I love you very much Tae. I’ll always be your Ennie.

Love,

Ennie <3

Taehyung immediately embraced her and gave her multiple kisses on the cheek. “Thank you so much, Ennie. I love it.”

“I’m glad. Happy birthday, Tae Tae.”

As the show went on, Jennie was already dressed for BTS’ performance and hung out with some of her idol friends. Jungkook, dressed in his outfit for his collab with Zion T, went to find her. He was nervous and she was the first person he thought of that could give him that extra strength to go out there and perform.

He soon found her talking with Bam Bam while GOT7 looked on with heart eyes.

‘Let her decide.’ was what he had talked to Bam Bam about. They had a full discussion about their feelings for her and Jungkook’s competitive nature came by as he told him that he wasn’t going to lose to him. The two held no grudges against each other and would remain good friends no matter what.

As much as Jungkook didn’t want to give up on her, if she did choose Bam Bam, then as long as she was happy, he’d be happy. He would never force her to love him. He could never do that. But something in him had faith that things would work out in his favor. He was going to fight for her until the end.

“Kook! Hey, ready for your collab?” she waved as he greeted them.

“Actually, can you be there with me?” he requested.

“Yeah, of course. I got you.” she turned to Bam Bam who smiled and nodded. “I’ll see you later.” she grabbed onto Jungkook’s arm, walking with him near the stage.

“Ah...I think I’m about to lose this battle.” Bam Bam murmured to Jackson as he watched them walk away.

“What?! Why you think that?” Jackson exclaimed

When JenKook stood by the steps, the stylist tended to him as he talked in front of the Bangtan Bomb camera.

“Thanks for being here with me. I really needed you.” he smiled at Jennie.

“Always.”

“Do I look okay? Ah, I’m so nervous.”

“You look great. Don’t be nervous. Everything is going to go smoothly. Just go out there and do what you do best. I’m proud of you, Kook.”

She looked on ahead as Jungkook’s gaze lingered on her. Moments later, she caught him. 

“All right, you look like you really want to tell me something. What is it?” she chuckled. “Like you really want to tell me something important. Like you have something that you really need to say to me, so what is it?”

“Watch me out there, okay?”

“I will.”

“Is my face okay?”

“Jungkook...” she rolled her eyes.

“Ah, why am I ugly?” he checked his face out from the Bangtan Bomb camera.

“Boy, you look fine as hell. Relax.” she blurted out causing him to turn and grin at her.

“Really?”

“Yeah. You’re not ugly, you’re far from that. So, stop saying that, mkay?” she kissed his forehead since his hair was parted. “I’ll be right here watching. Have fun up there.”

As they heard the last performance before him, Jennie was in awe of ALi’s high note and gave Jungkook a quick hug as he walked up on the stage to perform.

She smiled softly as she watched him sing. He looked so handsome in the sweater and his voice was undeniably gifted. She couldn’t get enough of his voice and his duality was insane.

After the performance was over, she quickly wrapped her arms around him, giving him multiple kisses on the cheek.

“That was amazing!” she beamed.

“You really think so?”

“Yeah! You two were great up there! Come on, you gotta get changed.”

As soon as Ailee was on stage to perform Mind Your Business, Jennie ran backstage until she was able to get a glimpse of the performance. A Bangtan Bomb was filmed of her jamming out and singing along, watching her in admiration. But then she had to rush back and get to her position for BTS’ performance. Jimin had a dance solo for Butterfly and then they performed a jazz remix of Dope and then Run.

For the next night, at MBC Gayo Daejejun, BTS performed I Need U and Run. They were also given the honor of covering Shinhwa’s Perfect Man. Jennie remained in the back, dancing powerfully and on beat with the rest of the guys. A smile came across her lips as she watched Jimin from behind. He put so much effort into this cover, she was proud of him.

He was really going hard and it surprised her as even his voice growled while he sang. She knew he was about to go off when he took his jacket off. 

After the performance, she hugged and praised him after the performance which made him feel great about himself as he giggled. When they did their final rehearsal, he kept rambling on how he thought he got wrong but thanks to her words, his doubts went away.

Later, the members were filmed for their Happy New Year greetings.

“ARMY! Let’s hope for another year of happiness and success.” Jen smiled. “Not much longer before 2016 is here and I have great hopes for it. 2015 was a rush. So much has happened but you guys make us who we are. If you can, try some smarties! And I hope to portray a more awesome version of myself this coming year. Listen well and keep watching me, mkay?” she waved.

After filming, Jen tweeted, ‘Er...I’m freaking out about this performance. I hope you enjoy it. I’m really nervous. I hope I don’t disappoint you.’

This got ARMY pondering if she would be doing a collab with someone. Keeping it hidden from the members, Jennie was set to collaborate with her best friend Hayoon, Jimin from JYP who is always hosting After School Club and Jihyo from Twice. They were all 97 Liners and they were given the opportunity to cover Little Mix’s About The Boy and have fun thinking about what they wanted to do for the performance.

Jimin had picked the song since they were offered a choice of which song they wanted to perform. They thought it was a good idea to not do something as popular as Bang Bang by Jesse J, Nicki Minaj and Ariana Grande and whatever other popular English songs are out there.

“So, you wanna sing about boys? Who has you in your feelings?” Jennie had joked around with Jimin

They’ve been practicing at Source Music, where GFriend is, to keep away from everyone else. Jennie suggested that the performance should let them show off who they are as performers and have fun. And she also had to step up her game because each one of these ladies has great vocals and she wanted to make sure that she kept up.

They worked very hard for this moment and Jennie was even given the opportunity to DJ for the song. So, she created her own twist to the song to get the crowd moving. While the rest planned to dance in the front on stage, she would be in the back for a while, mixing the song. When they discussed line distribution, they chose her to do the high note which Jen actually wanted because she wanted to take a risk. After spending weeks practicing the song and their choreography, they felt ready.

There were some struggles when practicing but practicing with the girls made Jen get closer to each of them. There were times when she felt overwhelmed and cried because things weren’t going well, but then after a while, things were falling into place and they finally got the performance down. Each of them had helped create the choreography for the dance. They wanted to do a dance break as well to show off their fierce side, their cute side, and their sexy side. And since BTS and GFriend are great with synchronization in dancing, the four girls worked very hard to make sure that they could accomplish that.

This was actually what Jennie wanted to do with Amity. Be creative and do various performances for fun while each member has time to shine, including dance breaks. But at least she could now do it here when she was able to collab with other female idols.

They were ready to show that the 97 Liners were a force to be reckoned with and they were proud to be able to represent the 97 Liners with this performance. They hoped that everyone would enjoy what they had to offer.

Jimin suggested that they wear similar outfits. Jennie wore knee-high boots with jeans, a black mesh crop top and a green bomber jacket that was zipped. The others wore different colored mesh crop tops and bomber jackets such as pink, blue and yellow.

When it was time, the girls held their hands in a circle and went for a group hug. Walking on the stage with the lights dimmed, Jennie placed her purple headphones around her neck while preparing to DJ. The performance would start on her cue.

After hearing the crowd scream and cheer when the group was announced and the lights went on, Jen exhaled. She gave a nod of approval to Jihyo, Hayoon, and Jimin when they glanced back at her.

Let’s hype the crowd and show them not to sleep on them.

“Hey, ladies, I don’t think they ready for this one,” Jen announced and pulled up her sleeves. 

Jihyo, Jimin, and Hayoon had started off singing in acapella

Something about

Something about the boy

Something about

Something about the boy

Once the funky music came in, Jen went right to work, getting hype with the girls as they clapped their hands to get the crowd moving.

“Whoop! Hey! Come on!” they had all yelled in excited voices.

Listening to Jimin sing, Jennie nodded her head to the beat, occasionally following the choreography from the booth while she focused on the rhythm.

It’s the verse in my head

The words that make me stutter

The swag in my step

The change from gray to color

Jen smiled and glanced up at hearing Hayoon sing, No need to try, He’s just right. 

She loved how her voice would flow so heavenly like that. It was sweet and fit great with the song. All their voices went well, equally balanced.

I won't stop until the boy is mine

He got me good

I’ve got it bad

He got me feeling like a girl gone mad

As the chorus came on, the girls performed the choreography fiercely, exciting the audience.

I know he’s playing my heart and I ain’t got no choice

There’s just something about the boy

When the camera had panned to her, Jen grabbed her mic while moving side to side like the others, singing lowly, “Something about, something about the boy. Something about, something about the boy. Something about, something about the boy.”

“Whew...” Jungkook exhaled and shook his head in disbelief when he watched her from backstage. 

He tried his best to keep his cool but watching her, he began to struggle while his eyes were glued to her whenever she appeared on the screen.

She would always say that she fakes acting sexy on stage but it truly looked like she knew exactly what she was doing based on those alluring stares. And the way she was dancing and moving those hips, she was having the time of her life on that stage while DJing.

“Where did all of this come from? Was that a sexy smile?” Jin called out.

“She learned that from us, hahaha.” Hobi laughed.

“I think we’re becoming bad influences,” Namjoon added with a chuckle while dancing to the song.

“Ah, she’s grown. Let her be sexy.” Yoongi shrugged as they watched her jam around.

He’s got that something

I can’t let nobody tell me no

Also, with the fancams of Jennie, people noticed how she would watch proudly whenever she heard each of the girls sing. And there was also a lucky fan cam that made eye contact with Jennie and shot them a smile and wave.

Something about, something about the boy.

Jihyo and Jimin took over the rest of the verse while Hayoon sang ‘About that boy’ under them, while Jen prepared for her part to come up. Those vocal lessons were about to pay off tonight.

Singing soulfully, Jen sang out, “I know you like to play it slow. But I’m running out of tiiiiime. It’s like I lost my self control, ‘cause you are the one. And you know what you’ve done. My poor heart’s come undone.”

Taking a deep breath, she sang, slowly throwing her head back, “Baby please~!”

The high note sounded like an Ailee high note instead of going with what the note was supposed to be. It was unintentional but Ailee was on her mind as she kept singing and she couldn’t help but belt out the note. She kept it there for ten seconds as loud cheers and applause were heard. 

While a Bangtan Bomb was filming Bangtan’s reaction to Jennie performing, Jimin and Hobi fell dramatically to the floor and then continued to watch in amazement while holding onto each other.

Taehyung stood there startled with his eyes widening when he heard the high vocal range. “Wow~!”

Yoongi raised his eyebrows and did a double take before smiling proudly.

“Waaaaaaaa.” Hobi looked on.

Namjoon nodded impressively as he heard the soulful high note. Ailee was the first person he thought of that made Jen want to sing the song like that. It made him smile.

Jin placed a hand over his heart, shocked at what he had heard. “Ohhh mah God, where did she learn this!?”

Jungshooked, the Golden Maknae pointed his finger up high as he heard her high note and then started clapping with a proud smile. Although they weren’t dating just yet, he already felt like a proud boyfriend. He had only hoped that Ailee was nearby to at least hear her and see how much Jennie admired her.

The members noticed how the vein on her neck was visible and that she was really using her lungs. Somebody must’ve done something to make her go off because although it wasn’t the high note the original song was supposed to be, everyone loved it and it suited her more.

Fans were freaking out on social media:

'SING JENNIE! YES BISH'

'WHY ARE YOU HIDING THESE LUNGS!?'

'I didn’t know she can hit it that high'

'SING! SING! Ailee are you watching!?'

'GOD-DAMN'

'I see why she was so quiet during the Perfect Man cover. She wanted to shine with the girls, ahahah.'

'Are you serious? Is she serious right now?'

'Yo...'

'I cried.'

'DAMN, I didn’t expect that'

YASSSSS! HIT THAT NOTE! Show them!'

'I prefer her singing that Ailee type of high note instead of the original note anyway! I loved this!'

'I wouldn’t call it an Ailee high note, this is a JW high note as she made the verse her own.'

'I hope Ailee watched this'

'What the fuck!? I didn’t know your voice got that high!'

'My wife!'

'AILEE I really hope you notice her soon!'

Ending the note, Jennie breathed in and exhaled softly. “Woo!” she responded and shared a soft laugh with the girls. 

Removing her headphones and getting out of the booth, she took out her bun and unzipped her jacket, strutting with her head up high to meet with the rest of them. Ruffling her hair, she stood next to Jimin and turned to the girls as they all smiled.

“Ladies, let’s show them,” Jihyo announced.

The lights dimmed and the music came back on with a beat change. The girls started off with a fierce dance break as the crowd screamed and cheered loudly, fan chanting their names. The lights came back on and they broke into two groups. Jihyo with Jimin while Jen paired herself with Hayoon. Jihyo and Jimin started dancing first. The duet dances were supposed to be fun, so they were dancing cutely and laughing with one another.

Jen and Hayoon began an adorable game of pattycake and then a fast-paced hand game of Numbers while Jihyo and Jimin cheered on in the background. Jennie and Hayoon were struggling not to laugh as they tried to concentrate. Hayoon ended up winning the game when Jen messed up and they all cheered and high fived.

Hayoon turned to the front to perform a silly dance and then pointed to Jennie. Looking around, Jen shrugged and began to perform Jungkook’s silly meme dance, shaking her hands, and swaying side to side. The dance certainly got ARMY screaming because it had to do with BTS.

Bangtan backstage began freaking out and started shaking Jungkook.

“She’s so extra.” Namjoon laughed, throwing his head back.

The Golden Maknae let out a boyish laugh. “I love you...” he murmured, shaking his head as he watched the screen. “You are just...incredible...”

After their cute dancing, the girls transitioned into dancing sexily as the crowd continued to get hyped. One by one, each girl had a solo dance by standing in front of the rest to perform while the rest followed her movements from behind.

After the dance break, Jennie ceased the sexy persona and broke out into a cute smile before the four of them finished the song, blowing the audience away. They were greeted with a loud round of applause and cheers as the girls embraced and headed backstage, celebrating their successful performance.

Other fan comments included:

'JenKook shippers get fed once again! She really did Jungkook’s meme dance, I am so happy!'

'SLAY! MY! LIFE!'

'WIG IS GONE! I’M BALD! SHE IS EXTRA AF AND I LOVE IT! GO TF OFF BITCH!'

'BITCH! BITCH! GIRL! How dare you!? Don’t play with me!'

'You’re just gonna do this to us!?'

'WOO!'

'Stop sleeping on my bias!'

'WHAT AND WHO caused her to go tf off because they need to do that again!'

'JenKook shippers, somebody check on Jungkook and see if he’s alive XD'

'I am so done with you, you were nervous for what Jennie?! That note!'

'That was not Jennie. That was JW right there. JW did not come to play!'

A gif reaction post was also posted, “Me when Jennie sang that high note!”

“Me when Jennie gave me life with her booty shakes!”

Walking backstage to where BTS was, Jen was immediately bombarded with various questions and comments.

“What was that!?”

“And so you decided to hide this from us because!?”

“Who taught you how to look sexy in front of the camera!?”

“I wanted it to be a surprise.” She laughed as they continued to praise her efforts. “How did I do?”

“Amazing! That was awesome!” she happily heard them yell.

“So, nice meme dance you performed out there. Who taught you that?” Jungkook teased and nudged her.

“I observed from the best.” she smiled and popped a smartie in her mouth.

----------

As soon as 2016 came around, Jennie was almost done packing to leave to go home for a few scheduled events. Bangtan was in a hotel around this time and she had gone to V’s room to ask if she could use his shower. Disappointed but not surprised, Namjoon used all the hot water and she refused to take a cold shower.

Once she was done showering, she went back to her room to continue packing and made sure she had everything. 

Meanwhile, Jimin and Jungkook were filming a Bangtan Bomb in V’s room. The two stood in front of the mirror with Jimin holding the camera while Jungkook ruffled his hair.

“Hello everyone, the Maknae line has gathered and we plan to film something really fun today,” Jimin announced.

“Hair.” Jungkook grinned and started to mess up his hair

“There was someone who suggested their opinion of how we could play together and have fun. He’s a very important person in this plan.” he shifted the camera over to the two beds. 

“But he’s sleeping.” he set the camera down on the bed that was next to the one that Tae was sleeping on. “What do I have to do if he sleeps, everyone?”

All of a sudden Jimin jumped on top of Tae, to try to wake him. 

“Are you sleeping?! Are you sleeping?” he started thrashing around to try to wake him up. “Is it okay or is it not okay to sleep?”

He started hitting him with a pillow and burying it on top of his head, smacking the pillow. “Oh hello~” he laughed and got off of him once he felt him awaken.

Moments later, Jungkook and Jimin sat on the bed with Tae who had on a white hoodie as they faced the camera. 

“Sitting here like this-what are we doing?” Jimin laughed.

“Hello. It’s been a while since you last saw my bare face, right?” Taehyung asked, looking at the camera, and putting up two peace signs.

Jimin followed suit. “Aye yo, what up?” he spoke in English before going back to Korean. “This is my bare face.”

“It’s ugly right?” Jungkook grinned

“I have a pimple right now.”

“Let’s choose the game we will play after gathering together like this,” Jimin suggested.

“We’ve already chosen, though.” Taehyung pointed out

“I remember it,” Jungkook added

“Originally, you’re supposed to do it like this. You’re supposed to explain it first.” Jimin giggled.

“Oh, then let me think about it a little.”

“Let’s do it again. Ready, cue.” he snapped his fingers with Tae. “Hey guys, guys.”

“What should we do today?” Tae asked.

“I say we should decide on what game to do today. The game we’ll do today...what do you think, Tae?”

“I kind of think that someone should be “It” the person who became it would cover their eyes with a ribbon and catch the other people, like a game of zombie, I think.”

“So you’re saying we should play a game of tag with someone’s eyes covered?”

“Yeah.”

“Yeah, you’re quite smart.” he high fived him.

“Because all the hyungs are sleeping, right now. So the Maknaes-“

“Should play quietly,” Jimin remarked. “What do you think?” He turned to Jungkook

“That’s good,” he replied.

“Hm...we’re missing a Maknae!” Jimin exclaimed. “Where oh where is our Jennie? Have you seen her? We need our Bangtan girl! How we miss her so!”

“She’s about to leave, remember?” Taehyung brought up. “She was just here to use the shower because Hyung used all the hot water.”

“Wait I thought she was leaving tomorrow night. She's leaving tonight?!” Jungkook exclaimed, freaking out.

“Yeah.”

Jungkook groaned and fell back on the bed while Jimin stopped filming and turned off the camera. He needed to see her before she left.

While Jungkook was contemplating, Jimin and Taehyung glanced at each other knowingly.

“She’s about to leave, Jungkookie,” Jimin spoke.

“I know...” he murmured.

Jimin let out a soft laugh, “You know, at first, we were all hyped and trying everything to get you two together. We thought of various ways for you to confess to her. But confessions aren’t perfect and like the movies. You should just go to her, right now. Before she leaves,"

Jungkook glanced at him and exhaled as his heart rate quickened.

“We know that there are many reasons why it’s hard to confess our feelings for someone. Especially if you’ve been friends for so long. We fear getting rejected.” Taehyung added. “Like we found the person who we really like but we have that fear of the possibility of them not returning our feelings. We get that. And then we fear that we could lose the friendship and things get awkward and you end up not talking like you used to. But at the end of the day, you never know unless you take that risk.”

“She may need some time to think and process after you tell her your feelings but don’t lose hope. Just tell her how you feel. Tell her everything. You have so much inside of you that you need to let out.” Jimin cheered on.

“You are Jeon Jungkook! The Golden Maknae! Do you realize how amazing you two will be together? How adorable you two will be? Think about how you guys were in Running Man!”

“You told Bam Bam to let her decide but I honestly think that no matter what, she’ll choose you because we see something that we hope that you two will see when you tell her your feelings. Now get out of here, no more stalling.” Jimin kicked him off the bed while Taehyung laughed.

“We’ll play hide and seek and film it after you come back.”

Jungkook got up and nodded. “Okay.” 

He went to change into a pair of jeans, and a white shirt and placed a beanie on his head.

“She left her lotion in the bathroom. Bring this to her.” Taehyung handed him the bottle.

“Oh, and expect to get carried away in there.” Jimin began giggling, wiggling his eyebrows.

“Ah, I don't think that will happen," Jungkook replied.

“I dunno...you say that now but emotions will run high and sometimes you get so passionate that you get carried away.”

“I’m sure things will be fine. I just...hope she takes my words well.”

“Just be honest with her. She should know how you feel,”

Once the Golden Maknae left the room, the 95 Liners began jumping around in excitement before hugging.

“He’s finally going to do it!” Jimin cheered.

“So, how carried away do you think those two will be?”

“They’re teenagers, it’ll probably be intense. Jungkook is always full of surprises. I just hope he tells us everything when he returns,"

"Yeah. For now, let's just hope for the best,"

------

Jungkook’s heart raced as he inched closer to her room down the hall. He felt like this was about to be the most selfish thing he was ever going to do. And she was nearly minutes from leaving to go back to America for a short while.

‘Please...just let me not mess this up. Let this go well.’ he thought to himself.

With each step Jungkook took, the more his heart raced. He was really going to do it this time. Tell his best friend his feelings that he had been holding in for a long time. But how will it go when he tells her his feelings and she leaves for her flight right after?

Part of him wanted to chicken out and go back to his room, but he needed to say this, now. This was long overdue and he needed to let it out this time. 

Deep in his thoughts, Jungkook soon realized that he was in front of her door. He knew she was alone so he wouldn’t have to worry about anyone interrupting them.

Swallowing hard, he aimed to knock but hesitated. The nerves were getting to him already. 

But he had to push through. 

He can do this.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 70- Jungkook's Confession

Chapter Summary: Passion runs high when Jungkook finally makes his move to confess his love to his best friend

Words: 4,000+

Author's Note: I have reread and edited this so many damn times. I get so nervous about this chapter. Like if it was worth the wait and if it would be well received. Like damn 70 chapters to get to this point? But I wanted to focus more on building the friendship and how feelings slowly came about. I hope you enjoy it! We are finally here! This is one of my favs. And mannn Alina Baraz was getting in my feelings when I was listening to her music.

Trust the process. We are almost there! Happy reading :)

------ Finally knocking, the anticipation killed him as he anxiously waited for her to open the door.

He was ready.

No turning back, no regrets. Confess and leave, that was the plan. Nothing more, nothing less. At least that was what he thought would happen tonight.

From Jimin and Taehyung's words about getting carried away, Jungkook didn't think he would. However, being alone in a room with Jennie after telling her his feelings could lead to some tension. He hoped that it wouldn't be anything bad and she'd take his words well. He had a lot of negative thoughts on how she would react. If she would feel awkward and say that she didn't feel the same or if she liked someone else. 

Jungkook needed to push through. This had been building for so long, that he was beginning to wonder if his hyungs' words were true.

Was he going to be able to go by his plan or let his actions speak louder than his words?

Once the door opened, his heart skipped a beat when he was greeted by that smile he loved. Her hair was down, which was something he always adored as it framed her face beautifully. He noticed that she was on her phone, speaking to a friend as she let him in. He also regarded that she was already dressed and ready to leave soon for the airport.

"Yeah, we'll definitely have that sleepover soon," she spoke in her native tongue while Jungkook shut the door behind him. "Hey, Amber, I'll call you when I'm back home, all right? Love you girl!"

After hanging up and putting her phone in her pocket, she turned around, smiling brightly. "Kook! I'm happy to see you!"

"I'm uh...happy to see you, too." he smiled nervously. "You forgot your lotion."

"Ah! I was looking for this! Thank you!" she took it and packed it in her bag. 

Jungkook watched her and smiled softly as she rambled, "I love me some cocoa butter. I would've been so upset if I forgot it. Ah...I can't wait to go home. It's nothing like going back home to see your family and friends, right? I'm very fortunate that Big Hit allowed this. It's going to be pretty busy. A little interview with Billboard and hanging with JRE, I'm super excited. BTS is really moving up and getting that exposure. I believe 2016 will be a great year for us."

"Yeah...I believe so, too."

"So, what's up?" she faced him with a smile.

"I uh, wanted to see you."

"You saw me." she teased. "Came here to game before I leave? I think Tae has the Wii U. I'm sure we can play one quick round."

She always made time for him and never complained. It was something he always appreciated.

Jungkook shook his head and sniffed. "No, not right now. I wanted to speak with you."

"All right. What is it?"

"There's something that I uh, wanted to tell you for a while, now. Something I wanted you to hear at least once from me, personally."

"Spit it out, don't keep me in suspense." she grinned. Jennie couldn't help but notice him looking a little off and her face slowly changed to concern as she spoke again, "Hey...you good?"

Jungkook tilted his head to the side before rubbing the back of his neck. "Th-there's something that I've been trying to tell you for a long time now,"

His nervousness came back at the worst time. He was already stumbling over his words. He needed to keep himself composed and not mess this opportunity up.

"There's that look again," she called out. "Just like when I told you that you looked like you needed to say something important. What do you need to tell me? You know you can tell me anything."

"I-I know but this has been harder than I thought it would be. And I know you're about to leave and this is going to be terrible timing but..." he exhaled and shook his head. "But I won't chicken out, anymore. No more getting nervous. I need to say what I need to say to you...I can't bear to let you hear this from someone other than me when almost everyone knows but you."

"What are you talking about?"

"I was wondering when I'd be man enough to finally tell you how I feel...about us. Our friendship. Everything. I know this isn't going to be perfect or like I planned out in my head countless times but I can't hold this in, anymore. I've watched from afar for too long and I can't help but think if I don't say this now, I'll be too late." he paused, letting out a shaky breath. "What I'm about to tell you is going to be extremely selfish. But I need you to know."

Jennie watched him. He was acting so weird, just what was the problem?

"Kook, I think you're freaking out over nothing. What can you possibly say to me that is making you this nervous? Just say it." she laughed lightly, trying to lighten the mood.

Jungkook hesitated, looking down at his feet. Jennie, deciding not to pry, waited for him to speak again with a patient smile. Whatever was on his mind, was clearly serious.

Before he knew it, the words slipped out of his mouth as he met her gaze.

"I can't think of you as a friend, anymore."

As he predicted, her face slowly fell and her lips parted in shock. The entire room went silent as he watched her try to comprehend what he just told her. It felt like minutes went past before he eventually heard her speak.

Furrowing her eyebrows, she stuttered, "Wh-what?"

"I can't think of you as a friend, anymore," he repeated.

"What?" she responded incredulously.

"I can't...see myself as your friend."

Did he mean he didn't want to be friends, anymore? Or did he mean...

"I-I think Jimin and Taehyung hit you a little too hard while you were play fighting-"

"My mind is here and made up. I don't want to just be friends, anymore, Jennie."

She looked at him, puzzled. "...why?"

"Because I...I want more than what we have," he said softly.

"Kook..." she said, slowly shaking her head. "...don't go there..."

"I need to go there. We're not kids, anymore. I can't just stand here while other guys are considering asking out the girl that I want to be mine. I can't just stand here and not tell you how much I want you. I can't just stand here and not say how you make me feel."

Jennie's stomach had dropped as soon as he said that. She had been trying to avoid any type of feelings for him for months. She thought she managed to get over them but now he comes by and says this to her, screwing up those plans? Taking her off guard and he says this when she is minutes away from going to the airport?

"Don't play with me," she murmured in a tight, shaky voice, waiting for him to say that this was a prank.

He was not going to do this to her like this. Not when she was about to leave. He was not going to drop this on her, right now. This wasn't funny. 

As she waited, that same serious expression was on his face and she realized that he wasn't joking.

"Kook?" she called out nervously as he kept his head up high. "Jungkook...you have no idea how much our friendship means to me,"

"I'm fully aware."

"You're fully aware? Then why are you...why are you...Kook we...I..." she hesitated and looked away. "We can't-"

"Don't do that." he interrupted softly.

"...do this...this shouldn't happen, Kook."

"Is that your doubts in your head or your heart speaking?" he questioned firmly. "I've been observing you for the last couple of months. And thinking back to the day we kissed under that mistletoe...how you act around me ever since you told me you had a weird dream about a friend...how you were looking at me during Season's Greetings...how jealous you were when we went to the costume store in America and those girls were flirting with me...how you act with me compared to other guys, it just makes me believe that this isn't one-sided. And it kind of makes me think that you want me just as much as I want you. Maybe deep down...you want me more than you think."

She couldn't bring herself to reply to that, tongue-tied as she averted her eyes. It was like he just punched the wall she was trying to hold up between them.

But was he right? 

Did she want him just as much, if not more than him? After all this time?

Jungkook noticed that she hadn't disregarded anything he had said, and it gave him the confidence to continue to speak.

"Your heart is racing, isn't it? And you're feeling all these crazy emotions? Do you feel confused? Maybe a little scared? I'm feeling that way, too. It's weird, I know. I thought this was a little crush and I'd get over it after a few weeks, but no. My feelings for you have only gotten stronger." he went on. "Do you have any idea how you make me feel? Do you have any idea how much I am...deeply in love with you?"

'Jungkook...' she thought, overwhelmed as tears began to develop in her eyes.

It was like she couldn't even breathe. How can he be in love with her? 

Why her?

"Every day I beat myself up for taking this long to finally tell someone as special as you that I want you to be mine. I want to kiss you. I want to cuddle with you. I want to take my time with you and show you how wanted and amazing you are. I want to go on dates with you. I want to have disagreements with you and work through them together. I want to wear matching outfits with you and surprise you with smarties. I want to see you in my white shirts and other clothes that are clearly too big for you but you would make them look cute."

Tears streamed down her face and she quickly wiped them away. Why did he have to say this now when she was about to leave?

"I want to be as cheesy as we can possibly be together, and I even want you to be my Pepper Potts while I am your Tony Stark. And as much as I love Tony...I'll even be your Captain America again if you asked me to. But as long as you promise me that you'll dress up as Iron Man, one day. I can see your reaction now, the cutest thing." he chuckled at the thought, glancing at the floor for a moment.

Looking back up, he added, "And the smiles that you give me are the cutest thing I ever seen. I even get a little jealous when you smile that way with other guys because I want that specific smile all to myself."

'Kook...please...' she begged in her head. 

She wanted to get out of the room because everything that he was telling her began to overwhelm her and it was too much for her heart to handle.

"You have this...adorable habit of scrunching your nose which I love. Your eyes sparkle when someone mentions Smarties, Ailee, or Nike, too. And I meant what I said back when we ate lamb skewers for the first time. Your black skin is beautiful. Always. And as I see us dating, I think about the playfights we'll have together. The debates about Iron Man and Captain America. And I know it was me you were dreaming about."

That prompted her to look at him in surprise. 

How'd he find out? 

Was it her body language? 

Did she make it that obvious? 

But like he said, he had been observing her for a while, putting the puzzle pieces together. She felt her cheeks flush at the dream she had tried to put behind her.

"I have those dreams about you, too," he admitted as she proceeded to look at him in surprise. "You were who I was talking about when we spoke about the dream in your studio. You were the one I was thinking about when I said that she'll know I'm far from being a baby behind closed doors. So, when we get serious and when we are ready...I want to be your first in other ways besides being your first boyfriend. Showing you what I'm capable of. Showing you how special you are to me. Only if you'd let me."

'Give me the strength...' she thought while exhaling as his words stuck in her head.

There were so many women who were head over heels for him. But come to find out he only wanted her? And after all this time she finds this out?

"I even want to act dorky together, show you memes, and play video games with you, too," he added. "All of this, and more that I want to do, not as your friend. But your boyfriend. As the guy that is in love with you."

He slowly approached her and grabbed her hands, holding them as he gazed down at her with teary eyes.

"Every time I see you, do you have any idea how hard it is to not kiss you? That seeing you smile makes my day 100 times better? Do you realize how happy I get when I am the one who brings that cute smile to your face? How jealous I get when guys give you more attention than usual and I have more competition?"

Seeing him gaze at her like this made her heart flutter. Her skin felt hot as he gently held her hands. This was too much to take.

"I can't even explain it but you just make me so happy when I'm with you. I feel like myself when I'm with you," he went on. "You always encouraged me and never gave up on me no matter how much I become frustrated when I don't sing like I want to or when I don't dance like I want to. You are always there. It's always been you. It's insane how one person can make you so happy and bring such joy to your heart. And that person that does that to me is you."

After a moment of silence, he squeezed her hands, murmuring, "Please...talk to me. Say something."

She hesitated and released his hands. Turning around, she walked away from him to collect her thoughts.

Not every day your best friend shows up out of the blue to pour their heart out to you.

The tension started to become too much for her as her emotions were all over the place. The atmosphere, being alone in the room with him, she didn't know how much more she could take.

Turning around, she spoke, "I am about to go home and you really are going to tell me this, now?"

"Yes."

"Now? What are you doing?"

"Something I should've done a long time ago."

"I...I don't...understand, I just...you can't just...you...you can't just say things like that. You can't just say things like that when you know I am about to leave."

"I just did," he responded softly. "I meant every word and I'm not taking it back. I'm sorry I waited this long but I needed you to hear it just once. Bad timing and all."

"And what about the fans? I really don't want to be the cause of us losing fans. Backlash and all, I don't want to put you through that mess. I don't want to put you through that stress. All that drama on Bangtan and Big Hit, let's just..." she exhaled shakily and blinked her tears away. "L-look, I really think that we should just stay professional, okay? So just...please..."

"With you being alone with me in this room and the way you are looking at me, I doubt you just want to stay professional." Jungkook caught her in her explanation as she avoided eye contact yet again.

He caught her red handed. She couldn't deny it, he saw right through it. Jennie wanted to kick herself for how obvious her nervousness was becoming as he called her out on everything.

"You really want to go through all of that? All for me? What if you regret it?" she asked, managing to look back at him. "Dating me. I always used to think about that when it came to dating here. Like if someone would still want to hold my hand in public or if they would feel embarrassed to be seen with me because of who I am. Because I'm not their ideal type in this area. And then some of my family members are always nagging about when I'll date a black guy and stay within my race but it's like...it's just...it's overwhelming and annoying. It could be a whole mess if something goes wrong."

"What we have will overcome the drama. Us against the world? I'm standing next to you through it all. You deserve all the love you're getting," he declared. "They can try to do whatever they can to divide us but it won't work. I refuse to let that happen. I'm going to be right here, okay? I promise. And those fans we'll lose are not real fans of Bangtan, just closed-minded people. I want to do what makes me happy. Being around you makes me happy and making you mine will make me happy. Only if you'd let me."

The tension was starting to become unbearable for Jennie. She felt like needed to get out of this room, ASAP. The way his words made her feel emotions she never felt before, the way he was looking at her, the way she tried not to glance at his lips, the way he looked so good in that white shirt of his, everything made her want to do something that she felt like she shouldn't.

"It won't be a mess with you and me," Jungkook assured. "So, no more ifs when it comes to us. Being in love with you has been my biggest contentment. I have no regrets when it comes to you and I never will if you become mine."

He was so persistent. He had an answer to every single one of her apprehensions. She was desperately losing the battle to resist these feelings.

'Why is he making this harder for me?' she thought.

Jungkook could see that she was about to crack. She couldn't dodge this forever. The way she was looking at him, he knew and based on their heightened emotions, she could snap before he did. He was so close to snapping himself as he kept glancing at her lips.

"Just...just give me one...one good reason why I shouldn't just kiss you, right now and show you how I feel." he courageously requested.

His bold statement caused her to widen her eyes.

Kiss?

In Jungkook's mind, the only good reason he thought of was if she said she didn't feel the same way. She was right where he wanted her and it was only a matter of time before she was unable to resist. The wall she had between them was cracking fast.

One more punch and the wall will break.

Truth be told, she couldn't find a good reason. She was just scared on the inside as she thought about the idea of giving someone her heart. Being vulnerable with someone.

Would it work? 

Him and her together? 

Dating her best friend? 

Would anything change if they date? Will they be able to keep things on the low to ensure the public does not know about them until they are ready to announce it?

"Jennie, I am not letting anyone change my mind on how I feel about you. No media, no ARMY, no one will change how I feel. And if ARMY really loves Bangtan like they always say, they will accept that I love you and support us. I refuse to let anything, or anybody try to take what we have. A relationship is between two people. I want a relationship with just you and me. No media, no rumors, no negativity, none of that but just us. I've seen so many couples get ruined because of that and I refuse to let our relationship follow that path. I love you too much to let something like that take you away from me."

That was love right there. Jen couldn't deny that. Everything he had said was something that she had always wanted. 

This was real.

"This was what you meant...this was what you wanted to tell me that would change our friendship. All this time...it was me," she confirmed, turning her back to him. "All those talks we had...all those comments that I remember you saying...the random stares I get from other idols when you are around me...those weird feelings I get when we get so close...all because of this. What are you doing to me? Why? Just..." 

Watching her, he began to slowly make his way to her, step by step. He heard her stop rambling and felt her tremble when his firm chest was against her back. As he slowly wrapped his arms around her, Jen's heart rate quickened. She felt a sense of security in his arms and even though she enjoyed being like this, her mind continued to have an endless battle between staying in his arms or escaping.

"You can't think of a good reason, can you?" he asked.

After he said her name against her ear, it was game over because her body reacted on its own by turning around to look up at him. Before she could get a word in, he gently cupped her face and kissed her sweetly like he had something to prove. His nose had bumped into hers and he tilted his head to the side while his soft lips caught her by surprise.

Unable to fight it anymore, she gave in, kissing back as she closed her eyes.

It was like Jungkook became a new person. He couldn't control himself, he had to kiss her. He wasn't that little boy, any more and was determined to let her know that he loved and wanted her.

She felt his hands slowly move down to wrap his arms around her body as she held onto him and placed a hand on the back of his head. Jennie then placed her hands on his firm chest and deliberately ran her hands down.

As much as she was enjoying this, her mind continued to go crazy with various thoughts.

'I shouldn't be doing this...but this feels right...but he's my best friend...but his lips feel so right on mine...but we've been friends for so long...but maybe this was meant to be...why don't I want to this end?'

Feeling her slowly pulling away, Jungkook firmly grabbed her back by her hips to pull her against him. She let out a gasp before being silenced by his lips as he deepened the kiss.

As they kissed repeatedly, she felt everything that he was feeling while she wrapped her arms around his neck, letting him show her how he felt. As the kissing intensified, she let out a soft moan. He was so gentle as he caressed her, making her shiver. She felt like she was high as her heart proceeded to pound.

This just wasn't fair. After all this time trying to avoid this, she found herself in his arms. But her heart didn't want to be anywhere else.

After pulling away, Jungkook soon looked down and shook his head. "I'm sorry, I got carried away."

Part of him felt guilty for going this far. He didn't mean to kiss her so suddenly. He didn't mean to kiss her at all. That was not a part of the plan tonight. He just wanted to confess and leave but his heart had other plans. Something in him just couldn't let her leave without showing her how he felt.

Was this what his Hyungs meant? 

That emotions will run high and you'll get carried away?

"What was I thinking?" he thought out loud, shaking his head.

Abruptly, Jennie grabbed him by the hand when he was about to turn around, exclaiming, "Wait!" as they both looked surprised by what she had done.

Jungkook glanced down at their hands and back at her. She immediately let go of his hand and tried to think of an explanation while his gaze on her intensified.

That assuredly changed his mind. 

Looks like he didn't ruin anything after all.

Jennie was flustered at what she had just done. She didn't know what had gotten into her to grab him so suddenly. Various questions swarmed her mind. 

Why did she stop him? Why is his stare so enticing? Why did she have the desire to kiss him again? Why does he look so damn good, tonight? Why is she thinking of her best friend like this?

Before any of them could speak, they heard a loud ring and vibration. They realized it was Jennie's phone in her pocket and she took it out. She was actually waiting for Sejin to call her so he could take her to the airport, but it wasn't him. It was one of her friends who wanted to catch up.

Something changed in Jungkook's demeanor which caused him to gently grab her hand. 

"Don't answer it." he took the phone.

Rejecting the call, he immediately put it on airplane mode and tossed it on the bed.

"Everyone is always interrupting. Ruining any type of alone time I have with you," he spoke. "But not anymore. They can wait. This time just focus on us."

And she did as she spontaneously grabbed him by his shirt to pull him in for another kiss. It briefly shook him that she took the lead so suddenly. She then walked forward until his back was against the wall.

'Wow.' he thought in wonder. 

His curiosity grew and he decided to let her do whatever she wanted to him. When she grabbed him, it confirmed everything that Jungkook had said. He knew she wanted to stay like this. He felt everything and enjoyed her hands wandering all over him with no shame as she pressed up against him.

Jennie allowed herself to be vulnerable. No more walls between them. Each time they kissed, it was like they were kissing to make up for all those moments of emotions building. The doubts and hesitation went away. She relished the closeness and felt euphoric when she was with him.

Jungkook flipped their position easily when he promptly turned them around. A thump was heard when her back connected to the wall. She had her moment of leading, now it was time to resume where he left off. She soon felt his warm breath against her ear. 

"You're mine." she heard him say in English.

That statement made her shiver as her heart fluttered.

After pulling back to look at her, he gently lifted her chin to close the gap to kiss her deeply again as their eyes closed. All that was on his mind was her as he felt her hold onto him tightly. After all this time, he was finally able to kiss her the way he wanted. With no cameras around, with no one to interrupt them. 

They were alone. Together.

Their kissing got so passionate that Jen's knees began to feel weak. She had mentally prepared for the embarrassment of dropping to the floor but Jungkook bent down slightly with his hands under her thighs. He effortlessly hoisted her up as she said his name breathlessly and wrapped her legs around his waist. He didn't want her to go anywhere. She wasn't going to slip away when they were alone like this.

As he held her, he thought about how right it felt and how she fit right into his hands. As he kissed her, he thought about how her lips felt right on his.

Jennie completely underestimated him. She didn't think he would do all of this. And she didn't want him to stop what he was doing as she found herself enjoying this position, being pinned against the wall by him. Being kissed so sweetly like this.

Restricted by his large body and broad shoulders, she took his beanie off, dropped it to the floor, and ran a hand through his soft hair. One of her hands soon caressed his cheek as he continued to kiss her with determination to show her that his feelings were real. She continued to kiss him with the same amount of emotion.

Was this love?

Everything that she was feeling?

This unexplainable happiness?

Losing track of time, she noticed she was slowly getting set down. They both were catching their breath as their chests rose up and down heavily. Jen was so speechless at what they had done, that she couldn't move.

'You're mine.' she thought about his words as the butterflies in her stomach came back tenfold.

Jungkook pressed a forearm over her head and looked at her, lovingly. His face felt flushed from their previous actions but he was proud that he finally told and showed her how he felt.

"I don't want you to give me an answer now. We're emotional and I know you are about to leave," he said. "I want to hear it from you to confirm it. So, take all the time you need to think about this. I'll wait for your answer when you come back. I just needed to get this off my chest. If you say no, I'll understand. I would never force you to be with me. I'll still cherish you as my friend because I love you that much. But if you say yes to me, I'll be the best boyfriend you'll ever have,"

He removed his forearm and gently cupped her face. 

"I love you," he whispered in English and kissed her softly one last time before leaving the room.

Leaning against the wall, Jen stood there, stunned for a few minutes, trying to grasp what just happened and what she had just done with her best friend. 

Trying to understand what had gotten into her to do all that she did as she thought about her feelings.

She put her fingertips on her lips, reminiscing on the kisses he had given her, and let out a breath. Sliding down on the wall, she sat on the floor with her knees against her chest and pushed her hair back with her hands.

'I love you...' was the only thought on her mind.

What was she going to do?

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 71- You Are In Your Feelings

Chapter Summary:  Still fixated on Jungkook's confession, Jennie goes back home for some events. She talks to her friends and sisters about what went down in her hotel room with Jungkook 

Words: 13,000+

Author's Note: Angelina and Jen's scene together is so silly and cute to me. It's my favorite.

-------

After Jungkook walked back to his hotel room door, he let out a sigh and leaned against the wall, thinking about what he had done. Throwing his head back, he let out a curse. 

It took every ounce of self restraint to set her down and let her go. He wanted to go back, kiss her more, and make her miss her flight but he had to control himself. Just being able to kiss, hold her, and tell her how he felt was more than enough and he was grateful he was able to catch her before she left. He still felt her lips on his and he couldn’t help but think of how right it felt. His heart was beating to its limit while he reminisced about how she grabbed him and kissed him back. The anxiousness and doubts in his head had simmered down and he felt a sense of relief that he finally told her everything.

Now, all he had to do was wait for her answer.

Walking into his room, Jimin and Taehyung immediately rushed over, eager to know exactly what happened.

“Well!?” Taehyung shouted

“How did it go!?” Jimin exclaimed.

“Did she take it well?!”

“What did you say!?”

“What did you do!?”

“Did she tell you she likes you back!?”

Jungkook sat on the bed as his hyungs crowded around him. “I told her everything that was on my mind,” he said.

“And!?” his hyungs shouted, shaking him.

“Her reaction was just as I expected.”

“She was surprised, right?” Jimin assumed, earning a nod from the Golden Maknae.

“Did it look like she feels the same but was trying to fight it?” Taehyung asked.

Jungkook turned to him, a little surprised. “How’d you-“

“Well, I did meet her before all of you. So, I think I know her just a little more than you guys.” Taehyung giggled proudly.

“Lies, I know her better,” Jimin replied as the 95 Liners bickered.

“I kissed her.”

Jungkook’s sudden statement caused the two of them to look at him in astonishment.

“Kissed!? KISSED!? AHHHHHHHHH~!” Jimin screamed while he and Tae grabbed onto each other, yelling and jumping around on the bed. 

This was their Christmas gift. After all this time, it was finally happening. 

“I knew it! I knew they would get carried away.” Taehyung cheered.

“See! What did I say?” Jimin giggled. 

“What exactly did you do?”

“We want details. Now!”

Jungkook rubbed the back of his neck. “We...kind of...kissed again and again.”

“Kind of means definitely,” Jimin replied with a huge smile.

“I don’t know what came over me but I just didn’t want her to leave and get second thoughts about what we were doing. When it felt like she was going to pull away, I just grabbed her back, continuing to kiss her to prove how I felt.”

“This is how you do it. What else? Did she say anything?” Taehyung asked.

Jungkook went into detail about everything that went down and when he got to the part where they were against the wall, the 95 Liners freaked out again. 

“WALL!?” Jimin wailed, falling off the bed with Taehyung who yelled in happiness.

“She was the one who pushed me to the wall, actually. She was all over me.” Jungkook explained.

“E-Ennie!? Our Ennie?! All over YOU!? She was kissing YOU on her own FREE will, with no regrets!? Oh, my God...that must be a huge sign! Taehyungie, we are about to see our plan succeed~!” he cheered with him.

“I was a bit surprised myself, but I really liked how she just grabbed me so suddenly, taking the lead. I should’ve sat down when I picked her up though...” the Golden Maknae murmured, wondering if the wall was uncomfortable for her.

“Wait, you did WHAT!?” 

“WHAT!?” Taehyung shouted.

After explaining what else happened, the 97 Liners continued to express their excitement that Jungkook confessed to Jennie. 

"Now the waiting game," Jungkook said as he stretched. 

"I can't wait for her to come back. I'm sure things will be fine. Just give her time to process everything. Shall we continue filming?" Jimin grinned, ready to play hide and seek.

----------

Back at home, Jennie was taking a bubble bath, laying her back against the tub with Unfold by Alina Baraz and Galimatias softly playing in the background. Deep in thought about Jungkook, she let out a deep sigh and sank her body deeper into the warm water.

I love you...

She could not get this man out of her mind. She couldn’t stop thinking about the mental and physical effect he had on her. The way he kissed her, confessed to her, it just made her feel things that she had never felt before. 

It began to frustrate her.

He hasn’t texted or contacted her at all since that day. No questions were asked if she had thought about it. He remained patient and left her alone. She lowkey wanted him to call or something but it looked like he was going to keep his word. She would have to be the one to face reality, speak to him, and give an answer when she was ready.

When she had gone to the gym, she thought about the piggyback ride she had gotten from him and when she kissed him on the cheek. And when she went to go to the local store and saw Pocky, it reminded her of their first kiss. It was like everything was reminding her of him and it was driving her crazy.

After finishing her bath, she chilled in the living room, watching whatever TV show her sisters were into. Jen was so deep in thought, that her sisters noticed the silence and finally called her out.

“Ayo, what the hell is wrong with you? You look dazed.” Vienna pushed her lightly while sitting next to her, on the couch.

“I’m not,” Jen murmured. “Just in my thoughts.”

“Yes, you are. What’s wrong?” Alani asked, turning the volume down.

“Guys, I’m good. Let’s continue watching.” Jen waved them away.

“Are you in your feelings?” Vienna raised a brow

“No! Why would I be?”

Vienna and Alani glanced at each other and nodded. 

“You yelled. So, it’s about a boy, right?”

“I didn’t say that.”

“Come on. We know.” Alani chuckled and asked in a hopeful voice, “Does it so happen to do with Jungkook?”

Jennie rolled her eyes and crossed her arms while her sisters laughed, knowing they were right.

“What happened!? Tell us!” Vienna exclaimed.

“No,” Jennie responded.

“Tell us!”

It took five minutes until Jennie finally gave in to shut them up after they kept pestering her.

“Jungkook confessed to me before I went to the airport. He told me he loves me.”

“FINALLY!”

“YES!” Alani yelled. “PAY UP BITCH!” she stuck her hand out in front of Vienna.

“Man!” Vienna groaned. “I gotta go to the bank. I’ll go tomorrow.”

"Just venmo me!"

"Okay! Okay!" she took out her phone and got on the app.

“Wait, what do you mean pay up? Did you guys bet on this?” Jen exclaimed

“JenDrop, sweetie, we been knew this boy loves you,” Alani replied.

“Yeah! We were waiting for him! Ahhhhh, finally!” Vienna jumped up and down from her seat.

“You better get on that,” Alani advised. “What happened? Tell us everything. What did you say? Are you two dating?!”

“No, we are not dating,” Jen replied.

“What!? What do you mean!? Oh my God...” she groaned

Vienna sighed. “She dun fucked it up. She dun fucked up. You mean to tell me you turned him down!? Do I need to kill you?!”

Jen stared at them in disbelief. “I didn’t turn him down! He told me to think about it and when I’m ready, give him an answer.”

“And you didn’t give him an answer yet!? Stop stalling! As soon as you get back to Seoul, jump on that hottie! What are you doing!?”

“I’m still waiting on the details,” Alani added.

Jennie went into detail about what he had said to her, making her sisters melt from his fluffy words. 

Alani let out a breath, placing a hand over her heart. “Jesus...keep him. Please. If there is any man I want my baby sister to date, it’s him. The way he treats you, don’t let a man like him pass you by. It's clear he wants something serious with you. He doesn’t think that you are just something temporary from what I can see,”

Vienna snorted and happily, volunteered, “Shit, if you don’t want him, I’ll have him. He is kind of hot-“

Annoyed, Jennie immediately spoke up, “Hell no! Back off, he’s mine.”

Vienna dropped her jaw and turned to Alani who had the same stunned facial expression. Realizing what she had just said, Jennie covered her mouth. Did she truly mean that? And it came out so naturally, too.

“Oh-ho-ho! Okay! I’ll back off your man.” Vienna put her hands up in defense.

“She looks so flustered, heheh. She really is in love. This is just too cute.” Alani giggled.

“I didn’t say all that!” Jen exclaimed

Alani shook her head. “No need. Your face says it all. It’s so funny. And besides, why do you still have him as your home screen on your phone?” she grabbed Jen’s phone and pressed the home button to show a photo of Jungkook in a beanie and white shirt.

“We both have each other as our home screens. It’s no big deal.”

“Wait...” Vienna took a close look at the photo and glanced at Jennie. “Isn’t that...the beanie you’re wearing, right now? He gave it to you?” she pointed to Jungkook’s beanie on Jen’s head. 

The same beanie he had worn when he confessed.

“He didn’t give it to me. I kind of took it off him when we...” Jennie murmured and shook her head. “I’m hungry, anyone want to order pizza?”

“When you what?” Alani raised a brow.

“What did you two do?” Vienna asked.

Jen looked down. “Nothing. Nothing at all.”

“Did you at least use a condom?” Vienna asked

“Vienna!” Alani and Jennie yelled.

“What?” she shrugged.

“We didn’t do anything like that, jeesh,” Jen exclaimed.

Vienna muttered, “Gosh darn it...why can’t my ships get juicer already? I want to hear passion.”

“He kissed me. I kissed back. Things got a little intense. I just felt a burst of all these friggin feelings and it was a bit overwhelming. But I can’t shake that feeling of him kissing me and how I felt in his arms.”

“Go on, please. What else he do?”

Butterflies came back in Jen’s stomach when she thought about what went down in her hotel room and she explained everything else that went down.

Alani did a doubletake. “He did what?”

“Ahhhhhhhh~!” Vienna screamed and ran around the living room. “Yes! That is how you do it!”

“I can’t breathe man, my heart.” Alani cackled. “I can just imagine the look of shock on her face when he did all that he did. So, dear sister, how did you feel, getting pinned up against the wall by Jungkook?”

“Can we continue watching the show, now?” Jennie evaded the question.

“So, you tell us what you two did but you won’t tell us your feelings? Okay, I see how it is.”

“You know he has a really broad back from what I’ve seen from recent videos,” Vienna added. “And he looks really strong. So, I mean, you have a lot to hold onto. I bet you were clinging onto him for dear life as you two were all over each other. Bet his muscles felt nice, huh?”

“Stop talking...you’re giving me weird thoughts...” Jennie buried her face in her hands.

Did they have to be this extra?

Vienna sighed in contentment. “Oh, little Jennie...you’re going to accept these feelings sooner or later. Ah...true love. This is so cute. Can’t wait to see how this plays out.”

---------

The next day, Jennie was in LA, pumped and ready to finally meet with JRE. He was already filming himself, waiting for her to meet up with him at a bubble tea spot.

“I can’t believe I’m about to interview Jennie. This is crazy,” he said on camera. “I’m a little nervous but this is gonna be fun.”

Jennie had arrived not too long after, walking around until she finally saw him. 

When he had looked up, she happily waved. “Hey!”

“Jennie! What’s good?” he stood up.

“Oh my gosh, I’m excited to finally meet you! Hi! Give me a hug!” she embraced him.

“For real? Ever since you agreed to this, I’ve been trying to remain calm. I’ve been real nervous about this.”

She let out a laugh. “What you so nervous for? I’m nervous! I’m finally face to face with one of my favorite YouTubers. I love your videos. Thank you for agreeing to meet with me. I’m so psyched for this!” she said excitedly, making him smile.

Before they decided to film, they went to order bubble tea and then sat down. He asked her if they could take a photo together and she happily accepted as he posted the photo with the caption, ‘Miss muthafxxking Bangtan is here!’

“Ready to record?” he asked

“Oh yeah! Let’s do this!” she jumped up and down in her seat, making him laugh.

“What’s up, everybody!? I am here with Miss Bangtan herself, Jennie!”

“Ayeeee! What’s up!?” she waved to the camera.

“You guys have been requesting this for so long, and finally we get the opportunity to do this. Jennie, thank you again for this. I can’t believe I am sitting right across from you, getting the chance to interview you.”

“Hahah, and thank you for agreeing to meet me. I can’t believe I’m sitting right across from you. This is going to be fun.”

“Oh yeah. We’re here sipping on our bubble tea. This flavor right here is pretty good.”

“I can drink so many of these. I don’t drink it often but when I do, I go a little overboard.” she pointed to the four large bubble teas with various flavors she bought.

“Yeah, you weren’t kidding. What flavors are these?”

“I have mango, passion fruit, jasmine honey milk tea, and honeydew.”

“Looks good. Well, today, we have a ton of questions for you. And you agreed that we can ask you anything. But first I must ask, what is going on? How are you doing?”

“A lot is going on. Finishing up promotions with Run, I am tired as hell but continuing to work hard. I could be better but I’m surviving and trying to remain positive.”

However, that wasn’t all that she was feeling as she felt her heart feel weird again when she thought about Jungkook. She couldn’t get the man out of her mind and she had hoped that it wouldn’t interfere with her interview.

“I missed a lot of people back at home.” she went on. “Also, as ARMY can already tell, I’ve been gaining some healthy weight. I’m content, I love food. Food is awesome and I still love myself. The abs I had, are fading away a little due to the healthy weight so I’m back to having my little tummy. I haven't been going to the gym that often due to promotions. I just went yesterday though,"

"Congrats on the healthy weight. Did someone in Bangtan get you into new food?”

“Yeah, Namjoon and Jin got me to eat more. I wanted to gain some weight and they helped me out with that. We've been checking out random places to eat,”

“Awesome, awesome. Well, you look beautiful.”

“Aw, thanks. I try, hahaha.”

“All right, let’s get started. I’m going to just pick randomly from the comments as you requested. No matter how weird the question might be. Any question is fine with you.”

“Yep.”

“First question, who influences you musically at the moment?”

“The amazing Ailee.” she sighed in admiration. “Gosh, her vocal technique and everything, she is just a queen. She is my motivation for improving my vocals.”

“Your love for Ailee is really something. Have you gotten the chance to meet her yet?”

Jen let out a fake cry. “No. Not yet. And it’s crazy because I am literally backstage near her but I cannot for the life of me bring myself to approach her. I get so nervous. And when I feel ready, she is nowhere to be found! One day. I do want to meet her. I made that one of my New Year’s resolutions.”

“We can’t wait to see that day happen. Can we expect a cover of any of her songs?”

“Once I feel ready, I’ll cover her songs. Soon, I hope everyone can hear a major difference from when I sang U&I back on Rookie King.” she hinted. 

Soon, she will be a part of King of Masked Singer, getting a chance to show who she is with her voice and not how she looks. She hoped she could make it to at least the second round. She planned to sing Ailee's songs for the show.

“I cannot wait to hear it. What are some things that upset you while working in Korea?”

“Goodness gracious, I am high key tired of the skin jokes. The colorism has got to go. I am so over it.” she shook her head.

“I remember when it looked like you were about to cuss Rapmon out after that interview around the Red Bullet Tour. That was a crazy moment.”

She let out a dry chuckle. That was not a good day. “Oh yeah, I let him have it after we were done with the interview. I was really upset that day.”

“How do you deal with them?”

“I try to educate them. People saying sorry is not enough. I feel like saying sorry is just not cutting it. Another thing that I’m tired of is people giving me crap when they always hear my American accent when I speak Korean. Look, I’m American. Chill. A lot of people gang up on me for that. Worry about yourself, jeez.”

“That’s not cool.”

“I know right? Give me a break.”

“Speaking of that, I see that people also call out Alex for that, too.”

“They need to leave my girl alone. She’s trying her best. People are so ignorant these days, it sucks.”

“What do you think of Alex? Have you met her yet?”

“Not yet! Hopefully one day! I love her, I hope we can become great friends. I just wish people would stop comparing us. And also, I think it’s ironic how if someone from America like Alex is trying to speak Korean, some people bash her and claim that they’re better than her in Korean, and say her Korean is cringeworthy. But when a Korean idol tries to speak English, people are like, oh they’re trying, it’s cute. So...which one is it? Cringeworthy or cute? I know damn well they’ll say my Korean is cringeworthy if I didn’t know most of the language. It’s absolutely ridiculous. Everyone goes at their own pace when learning a new language, so don’t bash them. I can’t stand some people, man.” she started chuckling and shared a laugh with him as he watched her go on a rant.

“Facts. Go off, girl.” he gestured for her to continue as she let out another laugh and told him that she finished her statement. “Any advice for people interested in living in South Korea or wanting to visit?”

“Hm...try to learn the basics so you can communicate when buying things and so on. Do your research. That will help you a bunch. Even the simplest things like where to get food. I promise it will help in the end. You should do that anywhere you go, not just in Korea. And also, go sightseeing. I see some K-Pop fans who want to go to Korea because of K-Pop but, you should also go to appreciate the country because Korea is not just K-Pop. It’s a beautiful place with a lot of things to offer. Learn the history, try the food, and do everything to immerse yourself in the culture. Taehyung showed me around when I first came to Korea and I’ll never forget the places we went. It was so fun during our trainee days.”

“You and Taehyung’s friendship is the cutest. I enjoy watching you two during the Bangtan Bombs.”

“He’s the best.”

“This one right here is a very popular question.”

“Oh, I’m ready.” she rubbed her hands together.

“Have you read any fanfics of yourself?”

“I knew this was coming,” she replied, amused.

JRE looked at the camera. “ARMY, hide yo shiz.”

“Honestly, at this point, I don’t give a shit. I don’t read any of it so I mean, whatever. Do you, I’m not judging.” she shrugged. “But I do check out the moodboards and fanart. They’re so cool. Recently I came across this Hunger Games AU moodboard and I loved it! If you can, ARMY, please make more of those Hunger Games AUs. Heck, I just might read your fanfics if it has me as a badass in a Hunger Games AU. But kindly don’t make me date anyone in the story. I love reading and watching female characters be badass and not have a love interest. It’s different,”

“ARMY, Miss Bangtan has spoken. Go wild!”

“I'm looking forward to seeing what they create. If you can make the tag, JennieInHungerGames, that would be great.” she beamed. “Ooh, can you guys create a fight scene with me and a member of Bangtan for shit and giggles? That’ll be kinda cool. And let me win!”

“This question really has you excited about the Hunger Games. ARMY, I bet you’re freaking out, right now, going wild as we speak. Someone asked you, what do the members smell like?”

“Really ARMY?” she stared at the camera. “Goodness gracious. They smell like regular human beings and whatever cologne they wear.” she gave a thumbs up to the camera while JRE laughed at her.

“What’s it like being around the BTS members and living with them?”

“So...much...testosterone. Oh my God. I always leave when I can to hang with my girlfriends. But, every day is a new adventure. We’ve been having a back and forth prank war as of late. Super fun. I’m currently thinking of ways to get them back. If any of you watching have suggestions, let a sister know. Also, Bangtan is my family. We’ve been through so much and we are only getting stronger. I am so proud of what we accomplished thus far.”

“What would you like to see in Big Hit?”

“Oh, I love this. I want to see more girls in Big Hit! I wish there could be auditions for girls. They only want guys now. I’m technically the only female idol in Big Hit and you know about the GLAM situation, so I believe that is the reason why they don’t have girls in Big Hit. I was so scared that I was going to get kicked out of BTS because of that. Like they were so on edge during that time with the women and I was so worried, like oh my God, I just got here, things are going well, please don’t kick me out.” she exclaimed. “I’m trying my best to convince the company to have more women. It hasn’t worked yet but I am still trying. So, for those saying I’m not doing anything, I’ll continue to prove you wrong. And it would be great to see more people of color in the company as well. Diversity is a great thing.”

“What is something you hate ARMY calling you?”

“Ah...guys, stop calling me an innocent baby. I’m not that innocent or a baby, so don’t baby me. I see some comments on how I shouldn’t talk to male idols because I’m still a child in some people’s eyes. Like dude, shut up and let me live. You don’t control who I can and cannot talk to. I’m pretty sure I can make my own decisions. I hope you won’t be like this when I date. So, tone that down, please.”

“You heard the woman. She can make her own decisions. Deal with it.”

“Ooh, can you put the deal with it glasses on me when you edit?”

“Oh yeah! I’ll definitely do that. I’ll put it on us both.”

“Sweet.” she high fived him.

“What are some things the members do that piss you off?”

She let out a nervous laugh. “I may or may not have cussed them out for mainly interrupting my sleep or doing something to my smarties. You do not mess with the smarties and you do not interrupt me when I am sleeping. I value my sleep, especially with our busy schedules. I think they enjoy doing it to see me pissed off. I also nap a lot with Yoongi and I know one day he and I are going to become the last two members of Bangtan if they keep messing with us during our naps.”

“I would not want to see you or Suga angry. When you first came to Korea, what gave you the most culture shock?”

“Them honorifics.” she sighed. “My gosh. It’s really weird for me. I am still not used to it. I really do not like saying oppa. I feel out of place saying that word. I’m sorry but I just can’t. Like other words, I’m cool with. I’m trying to say it and get used to it but oppa is just...gosh. And I have gotten so much crap and was called being disrespectful for not using honorifics on the members. I still get it to this day. Harshly. I feel uncomfortable saying that word. But I’m still trying to be as respectful as I can be to everyone. Maybe one day if I am feeling more comfortable I will say oppa to them once in a while or something,"

“We have to know, how do you act so sexy on stage? Like you blow me away with your charisma.”

“Fake it to you make it.”

“You fake it?” he asked, surprised.

“Oh yeah. At first, I felt awkward, performing sexily. But I had to just pretend that I felt sexy and then I started to really get into it and believed I was sexy. It’s all about the stage presence. I am nowhere near how I act on stage. On stage, I get hyped. But offstage, I’m more chill.” she replied. “I was so scared to perform War of Hormone with Jungkook because I never really danced that close to a guy before. On camera, I looked comfortable, but my face was heating up and I was screaming on the inside. I didn’t feel sexy at the time and the lyrics were so extreme! But once I saw the performance on video, you’d never guess that I felt nervous. But Jungkook made me comfortable on the stage and helped me a lot. 97 Liners always have each other’s backs. I still thank him for being so patient with me during that time.”

“How did your family react to the dance?”

“Hahaha! My phone was blown up with messages the day after it was posted on YouTube. ‘Is there something we should know!?’ was one of many questions.”

“I really love watching the both of you onscreen. Whenever it’s during a performance or a Bangtan Bomb, I just get good vibes from you two.”

Jen let out a laugh and bashfully glanced away for a moment before looking back at him. “Aw, thanks. I get that a lot.”

“So, which member do you usually get shipped with the most?”

“It’s actually Yoongi from what I randomly see on the BTS tag on Tumblr. It’s a little weird but I think one of the reasons why everyone ships us the most is when I wrote him a letter and gave him the Kumamon merch for his birthday. Fans really loved it.”

“Is it true that he only says your first name when something serious is going on?”

“Yeah, he always calls me smartie. But soon as I hear him deeply say, Jennifer, I know shit is about to go down and I dunno what to expect.”

“What is something you had to change when you came to Korea?”

“I felt like I had to tone it down since the country seems more conservative than America. So, I don’t show that much. These thirsty fans want me to, though. I see the Tumblr posts and no, I will not stop being rude.”

“Explain a struggle of living in Korea as an African American.”

“Living as a black girl in South Korea, it is difficult to find makeup matching your skin tone. They don’t have my skin tone there. Hair products for me are impossible. I have to order everything from America. Shipping costs an arm and leg, but it’s worth it.” she answered. “When I first started in Big Hit, I noticed I was lighter from the makeup they would use so I quickly talked to the stylists. They now make sure to have my right shade and take it from there. I'm grateful they are educating themselves,"

“That’s what’s up.”

“Oh yeah, I also have my old stylist from America who does my hair for me at times. As time went on, I educated the stylists on black beauty. They’re learning. The makeup that they’ve done for me improves every time. They even ask me if there are any websites or books they can study from so they can know how to beat my face, which is nice. I appreciate them going to lengths to learn just for me. They’re doing an amazing job. I love them. I always thank them and they don’t make me lighter than I am so I’m happy about that. I love my melanin and I want to show it off and represent black women in this industry.”

“What do you think of whitewashing?”

“It needs to be deleted from existence. And it truly makes me sad when even those closest to me whiten up their photos. The beauty standards bother me but that’s their country and how they like to operate. I also get sad when I see the members whiten their selfies to post on Twitter. It hurts me deep down.”

“Is there a song that you are tired of performing?"

“HA! YES! Ooh, I hope I don’t get my contract terminated for this. And watch me get a lot of hate on this. I already know. But I hate Danger. I hate it.”

“Oh wow! Really? Danger? Is it the dance?”

“I just really do not like this song. I don’t like performing it, I don’t like my lyrics, I just don’t like it! And I love I Need U but now, it’s been played in my head so many times, I am so tired of it. I’m over it. Other songs I’m tired of are Boy in Luv and Blanket Kick. I’m still kind of embarrassed to dance cute dances, so my face is always on fire when performing Blanket Kick. But I mean, you don’t have to like every song you perform and you don’t have to like every song from your favorite artist. We all have our various opinions, just move forward, who cares? Don’t get so pressed because someone doesn’t like your favorite songs.”

“How are you able to dance and sing at the same time?”

“Oh, I like this one. Okay, well, I have to thank Jungkook for that. I’ve been going to the gym with him and he got me into his habit of singing while working out. I was struggling. I thought it was impossible. Like how? But he helped me and made it work. I have also been singing while on the treadmill. It was a bit complex but after a while, I got the hang of it and felt a huge difference during the Red Bullet Tour. I was so happy because at first when I started dancing and singing, I was so out of breath that you could hear my heavy breathing on the mic, it was so bad. I got lectured because of that, it was horrible. It’s also one of my embarrassing moments on stage.”

“What’s the hardest part of live performances?”

“As of today, the hardest part is keeping up with the back to back dances. Especially if it’s something powerful like Danger and then another fast song. And I can’t just go and take a water break. Also having so much saliva in my mouth while singing. I’m trying to control that.”

“What are your favorite eras?”

“For me personally, my favorite era so far is War of Hormone. I feel like that era showed a lot from me. I also love Run because you get to see more of a darker tone for me. I would like to do more darker tones in future eras to show more of a mature side to me. I also loved Just One Day and Dope. My favorite look in all the eras we’ve had so far has got to be Dope as well.”

“We still waiting for your hair to get dyed, girl.”

“The only thing I’m going to say is...I’m loving the anticipation.” she smiled.

“Can you at least tell us the color?”

“Hm...nah, I’ll surprise you all when the time comes.”

“We’ll continue to suffer.” he laughed with her. “Okay, okay. You guys seem so tightly knit, is there any trouble in paradise?”

“Tightly knit? Nah, we have our moments. We may seem happy all the time on camera but there are always struggles, anger, and tears. We argue. The normal stuff that everyone goes through. We’re human, we’re not perfect, we don’t always get along. Usually, I get pissed off at the members when they’re too loud and interrupt my sleep. Like I have school in the morning, I take SOPA very seriously.”

“Which member do you clash with the most?”

“Yoongi without a doubt. We have a unique friendship. We love each other dearly but sometimes we can just rub each other the wrong way if we say something. And we’re both very stubborn and want the last say.”

“As you know, people question your airport fashion, any thoughts?”

“They loooooove judging my airport outfits. Look, just give me my Nike and I’ll be good. I prefer to wear casual and laid back clothes to the airport so that’s why I never really pop out and look amazing at the airport, unlike the other members. I swear it’s like they’re going to a fashion show, they all look great. They got that, not me. Plain jeans and a shirt or something for me. So, sorry fansites, the airport photos you take of me aren’t going to be like the rest of the members with their nice outfits. People really be coming at me, man. One time I was called a bum because I went to the airport in sweatpants and a hoodie.” she laughed. “Like damn. Look, I am not dressing in some high fashion clothes, to please y’all at the airport. Like no. That is not me. I’ll continue to be a cute and comfortable bum, then.”

“This fan asks, remember when V accidentally slapped your butt during War of Hormone before you had the chance to stop him in the choreography?”

Jennie laughed and thought of the incident, explaining what happened.

-------

While performing the choreography during one of their many music shows, things were going smoothly. And it was a day when Jen was in a great mood and went harder than usual for the performance.

La la la la la la la la la

meoributeo balkkeutkkaji choego choego

After shaking her ass, Taehyung was always supposed to attempt to smack it but she would stop him before he got the chance. But this time, she felt a large palm smacking her behind hard.

Did he just...touch her ass...?

She was stunned but kept her facial expression in check as her gaze darkened on him. As soon as he met her gaze, his eyes showed fear as he briefly stared at her in terror.

It was at this moment that Taehyung knew...he fucked up.

Taehyung’s face went pale. That was not supposed to happen. Soon, he pulled himself together and got back into the song as the members went on with the performance.

Jimin had let out a silent laugh while looking at Taehyung. “You are so dead.” he mouthed to him.

After finishing the performance, they went backstage with Taehyung clinging onto Jennie, apologizing profusely. He was so flustered and frightened for his life. Jungkook and Jin were beating on him while the rest of the members laughed once they found out about the situation.

“Let’s have a little talk.” Jennie grabbed Tae by the ear and walked down the hall.

“E-Ennie, I am so sorry! I didn’t mean it! Please! I’m sorry!”

------

"Best believe he never did it again after that," she giggled. "But it was just an accident. It happens. We're fine, I wasn't really that mad,"

“What did you do in America that Korea got you out of the habit of?” he asked.

“Leaving tips, and receiving things with one hand. I had to really get into a habit of receiving things with two hands over there. I knew about it before I came to Korea but I still made mistakes here and there. The members helped me out a bunch.”

“Next question, do you plan on going to college? And if so, what do you want to study?”

“Yep! I have been thinking of maybe studying something in the business field.”

“So, K-Dramas are a thing, would you ever consider trying out acting in a drama?”

“Ooh, yeah! I'm taking acting lessons, actually! For fun! If they would have someone like me in one, that would be great. I just don’t want to be a love interest for someone in the show. I want to be in some action drama as a badass female protagonist having fight scenes and chasing bad guys or something. If someone makes a drama like that, hit me up so I can audition for the part. It would be cool if I could do something like that one day.”

“Tattoos?”

She smirked softly. “Maybe.”

“Any idea where?”

“Yes. You’ll see when that time comes.”

“Tattoos on Jennie? That’s going to be lit.” he high fived her. “What do you wish people would stop asking you?”

“Oh, I have a ton. The first question I’m tired of hearing is, are you sleeping with the BTS members? For the last friggin’ time, NO.”

“NO! She said NO, y’all. NO. N.O.” he exaggerated.

“Is that your real hair and can I touch it? This is all natural and no, hands off,"

“When will you have a solo album?”

“Ah...everyone is always asking this. I love the anticipation. Gosh. I have a lot of songs that I recorded. I want to rerecord them though. Hm...I won’t give an actual release date because I don’t want to promise something for you guys and then it might not happen. But one day. Give me a few years,"

“We'll wait patiently. What’s the most annoying thing about being an idol?”

“Sasaengs. I’m still bitter about the assholes who broke into my hotel room, stealing my friendship ring. That shit was scary. Never would I thought something like that would happen to me. I'm taking self defense lessons now because of it. I just...miss feeling normal and the simple life. Being able to go out without being followed by cameras all the time. Like, I’m happy to always see the fans but it looks like I will never have that feeling of being a regular person. And you know what? I do hate when people say we can’t date or whatnot. Like with fans, if your fav is dating, support them. Continue to show love. Don’t attack the person they’re dating. And leave idols' families alone. Don’t stalk them. My sisters had a hard time a while ago because of some sasaengs. It’s not cool, guys. Respect their privacy.”

“Agreed. Which member has improved the most?”

“Jin~!” she applauded. “His dancing and facial expressions live are friggin amazing. I’m so proud of his hard work.”

“So...who is your favorite YouTuber?” he raised a brow.

Jennie giggled. “I think we all know the answer to this question.”

“Oh really? Who?”

“You, silly.”

“Me? For real? Everyone, you heard that right?” he turned to the camera.

“I’ve been watching your videos even before I became a K-Pop idol. Your reactions are just the best. And I can’t get enough of your reactions when you see me in BTS’ videos.”

“Haha, you’re gonna make me blush.” he couldn’t stop grinning, flattered by her words. “Next question, if you weren’t singing in BTS, where do you think you’d be?”

“Heck, I’d probably be a DJ somewhere, making a ton of music. And I would’ve been with Angelina, working as a duo. We’d make tons of music together.”

“So, anyone catch your eye, yet?”

She smiled and looked down as Jungkook came to her mind. She needed to keep herself composed. Looking back up at JRE, she giggled nervously.

“Oh? That was a nervous laugh. I think Jennie may like someone.” he teased.

“You never know.” She shrugged with a huge smile on her face.

“What do you hope to do more in BTS?”

“Take care of the guys more. They always look out for me, I want to do the same. So I’ll make an effort to show my appreciation to them. Sometimes I feel like I don’t do enough.”

“I personally think that you do. I remember Suga’s tweet on his birthday and you wrote him that note. That was real cute of you. I’m sure the members appreciate all that you do for them.”

“Thank you.” she placed a hand over her heart.

“Did Big Hit want you to change anything before debut? Any plastic surgery?”

“No plastic surgery. I’m all natural. But they were considering dressing me up as a boy for BTS before they decided to announce me as a female member of the group. They were going to change my name to a more gender-neutral name as well.”

“Really?”

“Yeah. But then they decided to not go through with it. I’m very happy they didn’t. I want to be shown who I really am. Not pretend to be someone that I’m not, y’know? I mean, it’s also obvious that I look like a chick, people would’ve seen right through it. It wouldn’t have worked, no matter how many times they’ve tried to dress me in men's clothing, that one time. Namjoon and Taehyung also talked them out of it. I thank God every day for them, my goodness.”

“Has your fame in BTS affected your family?”

“Yes. It definitely has. I will unfortunately never forget the day sasaengs crashed my sister’s play. That was rough. It caused a huge rift in our relationship. I felt like it wasn’t my fault but I felt selfish for saying that because I didn’t put myself in her shoes. What if Big Hit were watching me audition for BTS and my sister was already famous and had fans crashing it? So, I had to think about how she felt and consider where her anger was coming from. But everything is good now. We’re cool.”

“The next question reads, how do you not get nervous when getting hugged by Jungkook? His muscles are getting bigger. Don’t you fear he’ll crush you?”

Jennie burst out in laughter and felt flustered as she thought about what went down in the hotel room with him once again. 

“Speaking of that, on Tumblr, I saw posts of ARMY getting nervous whenever they saw me and Jungkook hug. You know that he’s been working out more and getting more muscle as of late, and he’s also bigger and a little taller than me. So, they think that he’s gonna crush me. But in reality...” she smiled warmly, feeling her heart flutter as she thought about his adorable bunny smile. “My Golden Best Friend is a soft muscled bunny. He’d never hurt me. So, don’t worry ARMY, I’m A-OK.”

“We’re gonna go a little deeper and go back to the time when you passed out that day.”

“Yeah.” she nodded.

“What was going through your mind?”

“Whew, boy...well, I just felt...like I wasn’t good enough. I was in a bad place. I was weak, mentally. All the hate just kind of crept up on me. It was hard to ignore the mean comments, I just kept reading them, asking what if, y’know? So, I took a break from my Instagram. Trained myself harder for the I Need U dance but I ended up not taking care of myself. All that was on my mind was that I needed to be perfect for this comeback. All these expectations y’know? But I have to remember that I am just one person and I cannot please everyone. I can’t be perfect for others. You can’t be perfect. My health needs to be my number one priority. I cannot let my body deal with that suffering ever again. But it’s my friends, family, and fans like yourself that helped me recover. I’ll never forget your Really Now video.”

“I’m glad that you’re happy, now. You look like you’re in a great place. And you’re thriving. I’m very proud of you.”

“I didn’t come here to cry. Thank you,” she blinked her developing tears away. “Oh, and before I forget, I brought you some of my baked goods and some signed BTS merch.” she presented him with a big bag. “Thanks for being such a loyal fan.”

“Wow!” he happily took it and looked up at the camera in awe. “I get to eat Jennie’s baking!”

After she told him what was in the bag, they took a break and were filmed with Jennie teaching him the chorus dance of Run and then with him teaching her how to perform his body rolls. He planned to have that at the end of the video as an extra bonus feature.

“All right. Last question. Any advice to those who want to do something like this?”

“Never forget your roots. Never forget those who have helped you to where you’re at. Never forget what you had to overcome to get where you are now. Although I’m not able to always go home since I’m miles away, I always make an effort to try to contact my family.”

“All right y’all, that’s my interview with Jennie! I hope you guys enjoyed it. Jennie, thank you for allowing me to interview you.”

“Thank you! We should definitely do this again. We need a part 2!”

“I hope we can do a part 2! That'll be awesome," he said and turned to the camera. "Enjoy the rest of the video of Jennie teaching me a little bit of the Run dance while I show her how to get down with my body rolls. I'll see y'all in the next video! Peace!”

“Peace!” Jen threw up the peace sign.

----------

Later that day, Jennie met up with Kevin at a local skating park to spend some time catching up while she improved her skateboarding skills.

After taking a photo together, Jennie posted it on her Instagram with the caption, ‘No distance can keep us apart! I’m happy to see you! Missed you, friend!’

“So, college boy, how’s everything going?” she asked, sitting with him on a bench.

“The first semester went by quick. My classes were fine. But my math professor was giving me a hard time. She was so strict and our only grades were our midterm, attendance, and final. So, if we don’t do good on the midterm, we’re basically screwed.”

“Oh hell no. Seriously?”

“Yeah. It was terrible. She would not give us any homework assignments. I hated her ass. I passed with a B but still, she was the worst.”

“At least it’s over and done with.”

“Yeah, thankfully. I also made a ton of friends. Regular college life.”

“Uh huh, so how many parties did you go to?” she cut right to the chase, watching him clear his throat.

“Well...how have you been?”

“Kevin.”

“All right, I’ve been to a lot. Almost every week.”

She let out a laugh. “I’m not surprised.”

“Uh...I got a few Cs-“

“Dude!”

“It wasn’t because of the parties. It was because I would skip class the next day after the party-“

“Boy!” she smacked him on the arm.

He laughed. “It’s cool, my GPA is still high.”

“Well, I’m happy about that. So, how’s basketball?”

“Oh, it’s going great! I love it. We’re doing very well.”

“I hope I can come to one of your games. I’ll keep you posted. So, how many girls have you hooked up with?”

He let out a snicker. “I can’t control myself. They keep coming back to me.”

“Wow. That’s what they all say.”

“Nah, nah, I’m serious. Some of them are crazy. But I haven’t been fooling around since December.”

“How come?”

“All because of this one girl at the school.”

“Aw. Who is she?”

“This girl I’ve been feeling for a while. We’re really good friends. We became fast friends when I first got to the college. Lately, I just can’t stop thinking about her. So, I don't fool around with other girls because I just want her.”

“Wow. She’s making you change. We’re off to a good start. You think she likes you, too?”

“Yeah. I feel like she lowkey likes me.”

“That’s good, you both like each other. How come you haven’t asked her out yet?”

“We’ve been friends for a while, I dunno...I feel like it could ruin our friendship if things go south or something.” he let out a sigh and looked up at the partly clouded blue sky.

Jennie slowly spaced out and thought about Jungkook as the two friends sat in comfortable silence, thinking about that one special person in their lives.

“I want it to be special,” he spoke up. “And that’s where I need your help. Can you help me?” 

“With what?” she turned to him.

“I want to ask her out. I want to go all out for her. You’re a girl, I feel like you’re the best to talk about this with.”

“Yeah, of course, I’ll help you. We’ll go shopping for her. What does she like?”

“She likes Tweety Bird and The Simpsons.”

“Ooh, you remember that Simpsons episode with the I choo choose you card? That would be so cute.”

Kevin stared at her in confusion. “Uh, no?”

She rolled her eyes. “You need to watch more TV instead of having your face in basketball.”

“Hey! I love my NBA. You’re looking at a future NBA basketball player.”

“Goodness...we’ll figure something out.”

“Thank you. So, enough about me, are there any boys for you, Jen?”

She nodded. “Yeah. Remember Jungkook?”

“That young boul in your group?"

Kevin had been picking up some of her Philly slang which caused her to chuckle and nod.

"The one who is always staring at you with heart eyes? Yeah, I remember him," he went on.

“He was?” Jennie looked at him in surprise.

“He’s been liking you since 2014. I could see it in his eyes. It was like he wanted to murder me when I was around you.”

“Guess this jawn is more serious than ever.”

“Why you say that?”

“He told me he loves me, and he kissed me. A lot.”

“He kissed you??”

“Yeah.”

“And told you he loved you?”

“Yeah.”

“Well, shit. He got balls.”

She laughed at his sudden statement. “Stop! I’m trying to be serious.”

“I am too, but damn, Jungkook? I saw how he looked when he was around the girls in the music video, freaking out and all shy. He couldn't even look at them in the eyes at times. But with you, how he looked at you and spoke with you, I saw something,"

“Really?”

“Really. So, what else happened?”

“He told me to think about it and take as much time as I need.”

“And have you thought about it?”

“Yeah...”

“Did you disregard what he said?”

“...no.”

“How does he make you feel?”

“I can’t really explain this happiness I get when I’m with him. He just...makes me smile so widely when I think about him. If I have a bad day, just being in his presence makes me forget about the negativity.”

“Okay. Well, what’s stopping you?”

“He’s my best friend...”

“It’s normal for people to be great friends and end up dating. Either way, I can see that he’s a great guy for you. It’s the way he looks at you, Jen...it’s...hard to describe, but you can see the love in his eyes. He’s in love with you and I can see that you’re in love with him, too. Just like you’re helping me with the girl I love, I want to help you with the guy that you’re in love with. If there’s anything you need me to do, like you’re doing for me, just say it. I just want you to be happy. I gotta look out for you, right?” he nudged her.

“How can you say that so easily? That I’m in love with him?”

“Well, for starters, when you talk about him, your pupils dilate. Remember, my dad is a doctor, I get hit with knowledge about these things. He told me about that when I told him about my crush. Say something about Jungkook.”

“Okkkaaay. Well, I love gaming with him. He makes me happy and has the sweetest smile,” she called out as he watched her pupils dilate.

“Yep. They just dilated. You might as well start calling Jungkook bae as soon as you get back to Seoul," he chuckled.

"Bae?" she asked, amused.

------

“Whoo-hoo-hoo! Woooooo!” Angelina yelled, jumping around while Jennie watched her flip her shit.

The two were located in a dance studio, spending the rest of the day together. Jen had just told her that Jungkook confessed and was jokingly wondering if she made the right choice to tell her.

“Finally, he made a move! Long overdue! Give me all the details, now! I want the tea! I wanna know where he touched you, where he kissed you, everything! Do you have hickeys on your neck?” she pulled at her shirt.

“H-hey! No, I don’t!” Jen removed her hand.

“Next thing you know, you’re gonna tell me he pinned you to the wall or something.” she teased with a laugh.

That statement caused Jennie to avert her eyes as her body shivered from the thought. Drinking her water, she made a mental note to never underestimate him. He was unpredictable yet affectionate when they were alone. She lowkey loved that about him. Moments later she noticed that the laughter stopped.

Widening her eyes, Angelina yelled, “HE DID!?” and slapped her on the back, making Jennie cough and choke on her water. “Oh my God~! Ahhhhhh! I am so damn proud of him! I knew he had it in him! I was rooting for him! We were all rooting for him!”

“I didn’t confirm it!”

“No need! The look on your face says it all. See, I knew he was going to snap. It was only a matter of time. You cannot expect a guy like him to just keep sitting by the sidelines. Come to think of it...you two were eye-fucking each other for a while, anyway.”

“What? No, we were not!”

"Be so for real, right now. You both be staring at each other,"

"No, we weren't!"

Angelina looked at her, detecting the BS. “Uh huh. I know you enjoyed it, don’t front. He’s a whole different person when you two are alone. Wow. What a man. Can you imagine your first time with him? If he’s like this now, I wonder if you’re anywhere near prepared for the passion of his lovemaking. Woo, Lord. If he already pinned you to the wall, imagine the bed.”

'When we get serious and when we are ready, I want to be your first in other ways besides being your first boyfriend,'

Jen thought about Jungkook's words which caused her face to heat up and shake her head.

“Shut up!” Jennie covered her ears. “Shut up, shut up, stop talking! Stop talking about him!”

“Can you feel the love tonight?” Angelina sang and let out another laugh.

Uncovering her ears, she replied, “He just...got carried away, that’s all.”

“Um, no. The both of you got carried away! In a good way! But the wall though? Lord Jesus! I’m hot!” she fanned herself. “Are we speaking about the same Jungkook? The one I met?”

“It’s a little hard to believe, too. I dunno, it was like...a switch went off on him.”

“Well, he most certainly got his point across. I knew deep down he would do something. You can’t expect him not to. I mean, look at you! Gosh, I wonder how much of a struggle it is for him to get you alone without the members all around. Haha, and from your facial expression, it looks like you were not prepared for what he did to you at all. Whoo boy, you still look dazed as you talk about it. My boy gave you that work!”

“I’m not dazed...”

“Lie again, why don't you? Did he pick you up and have you wrap your legs around his waist?”

“Can we stop talking about this?” she rubbed her temples.

“Why? Is it getting you in your feelings?” Angelina raised a brow with a smirk.

“No!”

“So, answer the question.”

“Okay! Yeah! He did! He picked me up and pinned me against the wall, okay? And my legs were around him as we kept kissing. Happy now?”

“Lord, my prayers have been answered! Thank you, Jesus! What else did he say?”

“He...he told me I’m his, okay? And that he loves me.”

Angelina dramatically fell to the floor. “It is so good to receive this time of year! Woo! Did y’all make it to the bed?!”

“No!”

“Aw, man! He didn’t lay you down on the bed?” she asked as she sat on the floor.

“No!”

“Damn! I thought it got even more juicer! Are you sure? Are you hiding something from me?”

Jen sat on the floor across from her. “Would you stop thinking dirty? Your mind is dirtier than a trash truck. You and Namjoon are perfect for each other.”

Angelina thought about her and Namjoon when she kissed him in the hotel room.

-------

After getting off the phone about the collab and excitedly texting Jennie, Namjoon walked in.

“Namjoon! I got the collab back with The Weeknd!” she yelled happily.

“Really?! That’s awesome!” he beamed.

“Ahhh, I’m so happy!” she suddenly grabbed him and crashed her lips against his. Quickly pulling away, they stared at each other in surprise. “I-I’m sorry.”

“I’m not.” he smiled. “I’ve liked you for a while now. I think we should do something about this.”

“Oh really?” she returned his smile. “I think we should do something about this too.”

“Have dinner with me.”

“I’d like that a lot.” she pulled him in for another kiss.

-------

Since then, they had Skype dates and kept in touch whenever their schedules allowed them to. Despite the distance, she was happy. And it made Jennie smile seeing them so content.

“Why thank you, hehe. I enjoy every second of dating him.”

Angelina was grateful for Jennie because she had been trying to push them together for a while. Getting them to text and Facetime. Helping them to not be so nervous and shy around each other. Even giving them a ton of alone time when she could.

“I’m sure you are. Oh, Jennie, I love Namjoon, he is soooo cute.” Jen teased, making Angelina’s face warm up.

“H-hey! Shut up!” she exclaimed while Jennie giggled.

Ever since Jen saw them kissing, she would tease her constantly, but now the tables were turned and Angelina was going to get her payback.

“I’m just happy that you’re happy.” Jen smiled softly.

“Jen, stop trying to change the subject,"

"I'm not!"

"Yes, you are! I know what you’re trying to do. What did you do after Jungkook kissed you? You are going to tell me everything. Stop dodging this,"

"I'm not dodging!"

"Then tell me!"

"Ugh...fine! He told me to think about it and then he left,” she answered but got smacked on the arm. “Ow! What gives?!”

“Girl! You mean to tell me you let that cute, hot, sexy man leave your room after confessing and kissing you?! Are you out of your mind!?“

"Oh my God! What else was I supposed to do, I’m still shooked he told me he loves me!”

“I cannot believe you!”

“I hate when people say this! How would you feel if your best friend out of the blue says that they love you, kisses you, and tells you to think about it? I really care about him and he is my best friend. He completely changed everything.”

“Nothing changed, Jennie. Everything is still the same. You’re just realizing your feelings that we already can see,"

Jennie let out a huff. Angelina was grilling the heck out of her when it came to Jungkook. There was no escape. Since she came home, everyone had brought him up, making it inevitable for her to face reality.

“Ah...I still can’t get over this...how could you let that man leave your room~?” Angelina whined. “If I were you, after dealing with all of that, I would’ve jumped on him and ripped his shirt off. Shit, you should’ve shoved him on the bed or something. Unless you wanted to deep down.”

Jennie shot her a glare. “I hate you.”

Angelina giggled and shrugged. “What? What? I’m just saying.”

“Look...I kind of...was the one who pushed him against the wall first, anyway.”

“Whoa! You did what!?”

“I-I didn’t know what got over me, okay?”

“You didn’t tell me that part! Girl! GIRL!” she shaked her for a moment and released her. “So, it was YOU that sparked this intensity? Wow, you basically gave him the OK to go wild. He sure did from what you told me.”

“It was just the heat of the moment!”

“No, you were enjoying it and wanted to continue, so that’s why you grabbed him and pushed him up against the wall,"

"No."

"Admit it.”

“No.”

“Yes.”

“No.”

“Yes.”

“No.”

“Yes, bitch.”

“No, bitch.”

“Yes, bitch.”

“No, bitch. No.”

“Yes, bitch, yes.”

“No!”

“All right, enough fooling around.” Angelina changed her tone of voice into a serious one. “Be real with me.”

“I am.”

“Okay, then look at me in the eyes and tell me I’m wrong about these facts. You always think about how he makes you feel. You love that his strong arms make you feel safe and happy. You love the idea of cuddling with him and sleeping in his arms. Am I wrong to believe that you enjoyed every single second of him kissing the hell outta you and having him all over you? That you loved how he poured his heart out, saying all those things, bringing you to tears? Tell me if I’m wrong about you being his and him being yours. This is no coincidence. It’s love. So, tell me to my face that it isn’t. Tell me that as soon as you get back to Seoul, you’re not going to tell him you love him, too.”

Looking away, Jen let out a deep sigh. She couldn’t do it.

“Mm-hm, that’s what I thought.” she giggled. "This is so adorable,"

“Why is it that everyone keeps talking about this man to me? First, it was my sisters, then Diana, then Kevin. And now you.”

Jen thought about the conversation she had with her manager, Diana when she told her about his confession.

------

“About time! Do you have any idea how many times I’ve caught that boy staring at you? Hard? He’s a fine young man. Fine smile and, a sweet personality. Respectful, too. I see a lot of good things in Jungkook. And it looks like he has felt this way for a long time. He’s serious about you.”

Her statement made Jennie's heart flip as she thought about Jungkook.

“You too?” she groaned and threw her head back.

Everyone kept saying the same thing. Was there no escape? 

“Okay, I have to ask, did you kiss him back?” Diana teased

“Well, of course, I kissed him back! What else was I supposed to do?”

"Hm hm...you wanted to. You could’ve pushed him away. I guess my boo is in love. Looks like Jennie is about to get herself a man.”

“I-I am not!”

Diana sarcastically replied, “Uh huh. Kissing him back, constantly thinking about the kiss, having the urge to kiss him again, and wanting to be around him surely doesn’t mean you’re in love.”

----------

“Now get on the dance floor. You’re going to loosen up by dancing to the songs of my choice. Just like we did back during the Amity days.” Angelina announced as she stood up.

“Why do I feel like this is a bad idea?” Jen stood up and stretched.

“It’s musical therapy, boo.”

“We’ll see about that.” she walked to the middle of the dance floor while Angelina sat by the stereo with her phone connected.

Whenever they were bored back at Songstress when they were with Amity, they would freestyle dance while the others would choose random songs for them to dance to. 

Carry Out by Timbaland and Justin Timberlake came on

Angelina nodded to the beat and smiled as she watched her dance.

Take my order 'cause your body like a carry out

Let me walk into your body 'til you hear me out

Turn me on my baby, don't you cut me out

"Okay!" she nodded in approval and then switched to Yeah! by Usher

Angelina giggled as she watched Jennie get hyped and dance more freely, enjoying the throwback. She even lipsynced some of the lyrics with her. After she danced a good amount of the song, Angelina put on Get Busy by Sean Paul.

But little did Jennie know that Angelina had some tricks up her sleeve. Being sly, she switched the song to She Knows by Neyo while Jen continued to dance.

You know, from the moment she turn around, ay

She know, how to back it up and drop it down

Watching Jennie drop down to the floor, Angelina praised her, “Whew! Drop it down for your man! Certain sexy Golden Maknae got you feeling yourself, hm?”

Getting back up to her feet to continue to dance, Jennie tossed a middle finger her way which caused Angelina to laugh out loud.

And she loves the attention

That she get when she moves, yeah

"You love Jungkook's attention, huh?" she called out.

"Shush!" Jennie exclaimed.

After the chorus, Angelina changed the song to Truffle Butter by Nicki Minaj, Drake and Lil Wayne. Jennie started feeling herself and began lipsyncing Drake's verse as she danced. Angelina nodded to the beat, watching her with a smile.

"Yo, thinkin' out loud! I must have about a milli' on me right now!" Angelina started rapping Nicki's verse as Jennie continued to dance. 

She ended up getting up from the floor to dance with Jennie, vibing to the song as they both rapped the rest of Nicki's part.

"Ayeeeeeeee!" Angelina shouted after her verse was done. 

As Jennie danced until the song was over, Angelina put on Body Party by Ciara. The song caused Jennie to stop dancing and look at herself in the mirror. She then thought about the time when Jungkook and her were practicing during this song. How close she was with him and the intense eye contact.

“You and Jungkook, right?” Angelina teased.

“Be quiet.” she waved her away as she thought about the moment they shared.

“Your body is Jungkook’s party! Baby!” Angelina sang dramatically, taking Jen away from her thoughts.

She shook her head and turned to her. “Are you serious?!”

“You cannot deny these lyrics! Listen to me sing while you dance!” she giggled while Jen rolled her eyes and started moving.

“Annoying...”

“He can’t keep his hands off you!” she sang while Jennie sighed loudly. “Touch you right there, let him rock your body! You can’t keep your hands off him! His body is your party! You doing this little dance for him! He got you so excited! Now it’s just you and him! Your body’s his party, let’s get it started, whoo!”

“Are you done!?”

“Jen you should know that his love is always on your mind! Jennie don’t fight it!” she went on teasingly. “You want it all the time! Jen, you should know that his love is always on your mind! And you can’t deny it, you want him! You on him!”

Angelina then switched it to If It Isn't Love by New Edition.

"You have got to be kidding me. You're so annoying~!" Jennie sent her a playful glare, doing the exact choreography from the song since it was one of her favorites.

"Haha, yeah okay!"

I don't love her

I tried to tell myself

But you can see it in my eyes

So don't deny

I can't fool no one else

"'CAUSE IF IT ISN'T LOVE WHY DO YOU FEEL THIS WAY!? WHY DOES JUNGKOOK STAY ON YOUR MIND?" Angelina screamed the custom lyrics which made Jennie shoot her another glare as she danced.

"For crying out loud..." she grumbled.

Angelina laughed and quickly changed the song to Sevyn’s Sex on the Ceiling

“Okay, what do you keep putting on these sexy songs!?” Jennie complained as she stopped dancing.

“It’s on shuffle!” she lied.

“You’re doing this on purpose.”

“Hey, I’m trying to get you right in your feelings, thinking about your future man.” she smiled innocently.

“You are no help!”

“Oh, I am helping. This is Angelina’s musical therapy, bitch. You’re in love and I’m gonna get you to understand that you have a whole MAN waiting for you in Seoul and you are going to make him yours. Oh, and this is also payback for teasing me about Namjoon. So, deal with it. I always get even. You are going to suffer today!”

Jennie huffed. She was going to get her back tenfold for this. “Change it!”

“Fine.” she switched it to Grind with Me by Pretty Ricky.

Jennie yelled and covered her ears, "Cut it out!"

“Grind on Kook~! Relax your mind, take your time on him. Let him get deeper, shawty, ride on him,” Angelina sang.

“Change it!” 

“Ooh, you know what you should do? You should give Jungkook a lap dance one day.”

“Oh, my God...” Jennie covered her face.

Laughing loudly, Angelina changed the song to Clumsy by Fergie, continuing to sing lyrics about her and Jungkook, “Jen can't help it, the girl can't help it! Jen can't help it, the girl can't help it!"

"Be quiet!" 

First time that I saw your eyes

Boy, you looked right through me, mmm, mmm

Played it cool, but I knew you knew

That cupid hit me, mmm, mmm

"Jungkook got her tripping, stumbling, flipping, fumbling. Jen's clumsy cause she’s falling in love. He got her slipping, tumbling, sinking, crumbling. Clumsy cause she’s falling in love~!” Angelina went on. “She’s so in love with him~”

“For crying out loud, are you done?!”

“Jungkook got everything he want in his life except a girlfriend,” Angelina announced after changing the song to B2K’s Girlfriend.

“Oh Lord...don’t butcher this throwback, Ang! I love this song,”

“I love it, too! Now shut up and listen!”

“I cannot believe this...I get it, stop singing!”

“Nah! No, you don’t.”

"I do!"

“A girlfriend, girlfriend. He need a girlfriend, girlfriend. A girlfriend, girlfriend. Would you be his girlfriend, girlfriend?” Angelina sang.

“I get it!” Jen yelled again.

“You’re only saying that because you want me to stop. It’s not in your skull, yet.”

Jennie rolled her eyes. When is this going to be over?

“Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Jen need a boyfriend! Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Boyfriend! Would you be his girlfriend? Girlfriend?” she sang once the chorus came back on again.

Angelina changed the music to Oui by Jeremih next. “Listen to the lyrics. Pretend Jungkook is singing this to you.”

“You’re insane.”

“You’re in love.” she countered as Jen pressed her lips together and crossed her arms. “Thought so.”

“Look-“

“Ah-ah, Ah-ah, Ah-ah, Ah-ah,” Angelina sang along, silencing her. “This song was made for you and him.”

“Can you just change the song?”

“Fine. Dance to this one.” she changed it to Rihanna and Future’s Loveeeeeee Song.

“Fine. Fine.”

“Kook don’t wanna give you the wrong impression. He need love and affection. ” Angelina started, standing with Jennie. “And he hope he not sounding too desperate. He need love and affection. Love-uh-uh-uh. Love-uh-uh-uh. Love-uh-uh. Love and affection. Love, love, L-O-V-E-E-E and affection!”

Giving in, Jennie sang, interrupting Angelina, taking her by surprise, “Oh, baby. I’m not asking for the world, maybe. He can give me what I want. Baby, come hold me tight and when I’m drowning save me. Give it to me on a daily.”

“Yesssss!” she cheered

“If I’m your girl, say my name, boy let me know I’m in control. We both grown, so how we feel we can let it show. I-I-I won’t play around. I-I-I, I wanna lay you down. I-I-I, I need you now, I need you now, Oh, oh.”

“Let me know!” she praised as Jen let out a chuckle when she shook her. “See, I knew this musical therapy would work. Sing your feelings out. Keep going.”

As she continued to dance, she went on to sing, “Boy, lately, you’ve been stingy with your time. Got me wondering, I’m wondering if I’m on your mind. Boy, I just wanna be in your possession.”

“Whew, okay!”

“You say I’m the one you want. So, come express it.”

“Let him know!”

“Don’t slip, don’t slip, cause a n*gga might push up on it. Don’t really wanna lose this moment. Why window shop when you own this?”

“Yes!”

“I-I-I don’t put it down. I-I-I don’t fuck around. I-I-I, I want you now, I want you now, oh, oh whoa.”

“Yasss! See! Come on, you can’t deny this anymore, girl.”

Angelina was on to something. The more this musical therapy went on, the more Jen began to accept things for what they were.

--------

While Diana had some business to attend to, Jennie offered to babysit her kids when she left. She happily went wild and dressed her children in Nike clothes and accessories.

When she took them to the park, she had them pose as she took a few photos and posted them on Twitter with the caption, ‘Auntie Jennie here. If I have kids, you best believe they’ll be wearing Nike! A preview for the future, lol.’

Back at Diana’s place, her kids kept her busy, running around and playing various games in the living room. Tired, Jennie was lying on the floor and began to try to take a video to post for Twitter. 

She spoke about how great of a day she was having with them, until Diana’s four-year-old daughter, Aniyah, cutely yelled “Attack!” and fell on Jennie’s stomach.

“Oof!” Jennie groaned and began laughing, “Ho-ho-ho-ho-gosh!”

She soon ended the video and posted it with the caption, ‘Cutie knows how to keep me on my toes, lol.’

While Diana’s eight-year-old and eleven-year-old sons played video games, Jennie occasionally watched while playing dolls with Aniyah.

Noticing Jen’s phone open and seeing Jungkook on her screen, Aniyah called out her name, setting her dolls down.

“Yes?” Jen smiled.

“Do you have a boyfriend?” she asked innocently.

That question caught her by surprise. The Lord was testing her today. She really thought she would get a break from this. But no. Even Diana’s kids were asking about Jungkook.

“Um...no, why do you ask? What brought this up so suddenly?”

“I saw a boy on your phone. See?” she pointed to the background photo of Jungkook. “He looks cute! Isn’t he your boyfriend?”

Butterflies came back to Jennie as she let out a nervous laugh. “N-no. He is not my boyfriend.”

“Do you like him?” Aniyah looked at her innocently.

“I...”

How could she feel so much pressure from a little girl? She was just a little girl. Why does everyone keep asking her about Jungkook?

“Wait, do you love him?!” she happily smiled brightly, getting excited.

Jennie let out a deep exhale. She couldn’t lie to her. She couldn’t avoid it anymore. She couldn’t deny this feeling she got from him. 

Nodding to herself, Jennie responded with no hesitation, “Yes. I do love him.”

“Awwww! So cute! How much?”

“Very much.” she smiled sweetly.

“Does he make you happy?”

“Yes. Very happy.”

“Yay! It makes me happy to see that you love your boyfriend!”

“Ah, he’s...not my boyfriend.”

“What? How can you love him if he isn’t your boyfriend?”

“I-I haven’t...told him my feelings, yet.”

“You should! Let’s call him!” she grabbed her phone and ran away.

“W-wait! Hey!” she ran after her around the house as the little girl giggled.

Dashing upstairs, Aniyah went through her contacts, scrolling and wondering what his name was. She then randomly pressed a number to call.

Once she heard someone answer, she happily asked, “Is this Jennie’s boyfriend!? She loves you! Hehe, do you love her, too? Are you two going to date?"

“Hey! Give me that!” Jennie quickly grabbed the phone and checked the caller ID.

Jimin.

Of all people, it was Jimin that Aniyah had called. There was no turning back, now. This was her fate.

Jimin giggled at what had just occurred as he heard Jennie hesitantly answer. 

“I want us to Facetime,” he spoke. “There’s something I want to discuss with you. When you get settled, call me back.”

“A-all right.” she hung up.

Oh, this was great. Now she would have to face Jimin. But maybe this would be a good thing. Venting and talking about Jungkook to him.

Once the kids were settled, Jennie stayed in the living room and Facetimed Jimin.

“Hey, Jimin.” she greeted as he sat on the edge of the bed with his phone leaning against something to show his entire body.

Jimin exhaled and fell back on the bed. “For a second I thought I heard something I wanted to hear for a while now during our phone call,” he said to himself. “Something that Taehyung and I have been trying to do for a long time. And it seems like our hard work is finally about to pay off. I can just see our ship finally about to sail. I’m not dreaming, right?”

She continued to listen to him ramble as she felt like she was in the hot seat. Jimin sat back up and rested his elbow on his knee while leaning his cheek against his palm.

“Now you know I don’t speak English...” he spoke in a serious voice. “But I have to ask for clarification...was she telling the truth?”

She had felt Jimin’s stare burning into her as he patiently anticipated her answer.

“How would you feel if I, your friend, randomly walked up to you one night and said, ‘Jimin, I’m in love with you’ and kissed you?”

Jimin giggled. “Well, I’d be flattered, because it’s you, Ennie.”

“Oh, my gosh...of course you’d say that.” she chuckled. “It took me a while but...I can’t deny these feelings anymore.”

“So...?” he leaned forward.

“Yes. It’s true. I love Jungkook- “

Jimin’s sudden happy scream cut her off as he fell off the bed. Jennie stared at her phone in alarm.

“Jimin?” she called out. “Where’d you go? Oh my gosh...really?”

Jimin had to run out of the room to drag Taehyung into his room. Jennie heard loud, happy rambling and soon saw the screen face the ceiling because Jimin had accidentally made his phone fall on the table with a loud thump.

“Woooooooow...so you gonna drop me?” she playfully scolded.

“Sorry! Sorry!” he grabbed his phone and shakily put it back in place. He then sat back on the bed with Tae. “Now say what you just said again!”

“What did she say?” Taehyung asked.

“Just listen! Come on, Jennie! Say it one more time!”

Jennie shook her head, amused. “You guys are ridiculous. I said yes, it’s true. I’m in love with Jungkook-“

“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” the 95 Liners screamed, making her wince at the loud noise.

“Is that necessary?” she started laughing. “You guys are a piece of work.”

“Finally! FI-NAL-LY!” Taehyung cheered while tears developed in his eyes.

“T-Taehyung are you crying?” she asked in disbelief

“N-No!” he wiped the tears from his eyes.

“Jeez. Is it really that serious-

“YES!” The 95 Liners shouted, causing her to lean back in surprise.

“Well damn.”

“Yeah, damn! Do you know the amount of people that have been waiting for this moment!? How many chapters it’s been?” Taehyung exclaimed.

“When are you coming back!? What are you even going to tell him when you come back?!” Jimin asked.

“I’m...a little nervous to see him,” Jen admitted.

“Don’t be!” Taehyung beamed. “How about we bring Jungkook here, now?”

“I want to see him face to face to tell him. So, please don’t bring him here to Facetime,” she responded. "I'll see him when I come back,"

Taehyung nodded. “That’s actually better. We need to think of a plan to get you two alone.”

“Guys, you’ve done enough, I got it-“

“No way! We must see this through!” Jimin proudly announced. “We have just the plan! Bye Jennie, enjoy your time in America!”

“Aye! Don’t you dare hang up on me!” she yelled but the call ended. “I’ma kick their damn asses when I get back. Hanging up on me, are you serious?” she grumbled and tossed her phone on the couch, grabbing the remote.

Next Bangtan Gal Chapters! :)

Hey! This is to show what's coming next as I edit the chapters I made years ago. When I do officially make it to the last chapter I stopped at, updates will be slow since I will be back writing again but I'm excited to continue the story. If you are curious to see what's to come, here are the next set of chapters I will be working on. There are a few more chapters after this before I begin making new chapters but if you want to be surprised, go on ahead and just ignore this.

I do plan to put suggestive and smutty stuff in this. I don't think I am the best at it but it's a challenge I'm willing to accept and work hard in writing so stay tuned and bear with me! :)

-----

You Were Worth The Wait (Jennie tells Jungkook exactly how she feels about him)

------

It's About Time (Jennie and Jungkook officially start dating! Jennie becomes a guest judge on Produce 101. While on break, BTS spend time doing leisure activities. Jennie and Jungkook celebrate their first Valentine's Day)

--------

King of Masked Singer (Jennie stars in King of Masked Singer and gets surprised when one of her favorite artists is one of the judges for the show. Jennie encourages Taehyung with his acting)

Ejected (Jennie finally hangs with Baekhyun and meets the rest of EXO. BTS return for ISAC as Jennie deals with issues on the volleyball court)

White Day (JenKook get caught making out during a commercial filming. JenKook celebrate their first White Day together. Jennie continues to be mentored by G-Dragon as he helps her prepare for the Fire comeback)

------

FIRE (BTS film for Fire. Jennie hangs with Layla and thinks about when BTS went to film BTS NOW 3 and the Save Me MV.)

-------

Prom (Jennie helps Jungkook when he gets sick before promotions for Fire. Jennie gets bummed when she sees Prom videos and photos on social media since she never experienced it before. Wanting to cheer her up, Bangtan thinks of a way for her to experience her own Prom) (Thinking of adding some suggestive or smutty stuff in this one! Still pondering as I edit and add stuff!)

-------

Meeting Shawn Mendes (BTS film for Running Man again. Jennie goes back to America for interviews with Buzzfeed and iHeartRadio. She supports and joins Angelina for the BBMAs and finally meets her celeb crush, Shawn Mendes.)

-------

Taking Things A Little Further (Jennie returns to Korea as BTS prepare for their Festa. Jennie hangs with Big Bang. Jennie comforts Jungkook and calls out the Flower Crew cast for how they mistreated him during filming. JenKook start a Twitch gaming channel together) (Thinking of this being a little suggestive or smutty. I'll think about it when I get there because of one specific scene)

------

BTS Festa 2016 (BTS celebrate their Festa for 2016)

K-Con 2016 (BTS have a horror movie night as a member pranks them by scaring everyone. Jin and Jennie film promos for their upcoming wrestling match against each other. Jennie and Jungkook hang with her family and announce they are dating to her parents as Jungkook works hard to get the approval of her mom)

-------

I Need You On This (BTS rent out a movie theater to watch Captain America Civil War. Jennie's dream which she had been talking about for years finally comes true. Jen has the honor to film with Yoon Mirae for the first episode of Celebrity Womance. Jennie and Jungkook spend time with his family. Jennie supports AGUST D's mixtape)

-------

BTS in Dubai

BTS Bon Voyage Season 1

---------

WINGS 8 (After 3 years, Jennie finally dyes her hair for a BTS comeback and films her WINGS 8 Concept video)

------

Wild N' Out (Jennie guest stars on the show Wild N' Out with Angelina. Matt Rife tries to shoot his shot with Jennie while he has been in her DMs for weeks.)

--------

This Is Not A Drill! (BTS watch and support Jennie's Wild N' Out Episode. A BTS member calls out Matt Rife on Twitter for being persistent with Jennie during filming. Jennie's WINGS 8 video and concept photos are released which breaks the internet. Jungkook and Jennie discuss taking the next step in their relationship)

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 72- You Were Worth The Wait

Chapter Summary: Jennie tells Jungkook exactly how she feels about him.

Words: 9,000+

Author's Note: We made it! I was watching one of my soap opera couples and had to add one of the cute lines she said to her significant other on the show. It fits nicely. Now for the next challenge...writing Jennie and Jungkook as a couple!

Un-thinkable (I'm Ready) by Alicia Keys always makes me think about Jennie and Jungkook. It's so cute. I like how to lyrics change from "I think I deserve it." to "I know I deserve it.". And it reminds me of Jungkook telling Jennie that she deserves all the love she's getting.

---------

Jungkook was grinning ear to ear when watching Jennie’s recent tweet with her manager’s daughter. It was pleasing to see her smile but also seeing her face made him think back to that day he told her how he felt.

He felt vulnerable that day, letting all his defenses down as he poured his heart out to her. After standing by, admiring her, he had finally said everything he wanted to tell her. She was the one he wanted to be with and he felt assured that this was the woman he wanted to be in a relationship with.

The Golden Maknae couldn’t help but think of how nervous he was before knocking on her door. How sick to his stomach he was as he thought about her feelings and if he was prepared to face the consequences if his confession went south.

Jungkook thought about the conversation he had with Namjoon after letting him know that he finally told her how he felt. Namjoon was proud that he confessed and liked the fact that he was still considerate of her feelings, understanding that he told her on short notice and he would still be friends if she didn’t return his feelings. But Namjoon had a strong feeling that she would, so Jungkook did not need to worry.

“Why are you so worried?” Yoongi grumbled from his nap on the couch.

Jungkook turned to him. “What do you mean, hyung?”

“Jeez, stop whining. I’m pretty sure she feels the same. Just relax and wait for her to come back. You kids overthink things too much. It’s pretty damn obvious to me that she likes you, anyway.”

“I-I’ll wait for her to confirm it when she comes back.” Jungkook looked down shyly.

Every time he heard his hyungs say that she liked him too, it had given him a lot of butterflies in his stomach.

Yes or No, Jennie? Only time will tell...

----------

The next day, after her photo shoot and interview with Billboard, Jennie felt elated about when it would be released to the public. She decided to go get lunch after the long morning. While walking through the streets of LA alone, she couldn’t help but notice two extremely familiar figures and decided to follow them to get a closer look.

Was it who she thought it was?

As soon as she heard one of their voices, it confirmed everything.

“No friggin' way. You gotta be kidding me. I can’t believe this. Tony? Nate?” she called out.

The two men turned around and widened their eyes. “Jennie!?” Nate happily yelled.

“Jen!” Tony beamed.

“Yooooooo!” she ran over and hugged them. “It’s been forever! I missed you guys!”

“We missed you, too! What brings you back to LA? I thought you were in Seoul.” Tony asked.

“I had a few interviews. Gosh, how have you two been!? We need to hang out, like right now! I’m on my way to eat, are you doing anything?”

“Actually we were on our way to grab something to eat, too. Let’s go, we’ll show you this nice spot that has some good ass food.” Nate suggested.

“Definitely!” Jennie beamed.

Once they got settled in a nearby restaurant and got their food, they began catching up like old times.

“BTS has soared since American Hustle Life.” Nate praised.

“Oh yeah, I am so proud of us. We are grateful for you guys. It’s just crazy how things are now for us. Getting our first win for I Need U, gaining more fans, and just sharing more quality music for the world, I’m very happy with where we are at, right now. What are you guys doing? You still working on music, right?”

The two men sounded so enthusiastic about their music projects and Jennie couldn’t wait to hear what they had in store. She admired their hustle and work ethic even after American Hustle Life.

“Now the real question is are YOU working on music? Where is that album, girl?” Tony asked.

Jennie laughed. “I have a ton of songs on my computer that I wrote. I have to record all of them but the first thing is making better instrumentals. Everyone is always asking these days. It makes me nervous. I don’t think I’ll be releasing anything, any time soon.”

“Well, I want you to let me know when you begin working on it full time because I want to help you with the album.” Nate offered.

That surprised Jennie as she stared at him in disbelief. “Are you deadass?”

“Yeah! And me too. We can always help you, y’know?” Tony added.

“Wow, thank you, that would be great. I could use all the help I can get. It’s nice to work with a team on a project like this. Suga and Rapmon also have been glancing at what I’ve been working on. They told me they can see what I’m aiming for. I just don’t think it’s anywhere near done.”

“It’s best to take your time with the music. Now is it a mixtape or album?” Tony asked

“I got a lot. So, I plan to drop EPs and a full album. I'm starting with the EP first, to show off who Jennie is. I do want to create a full album down the line as well. I kind of wanted my songs to go by a timeline for the album. Back from when I started in Amity until where I’m at now. So, kind of like a story. I want to express my emotions. Like how happy I was in Amity, then how angry and sad I was in Amity. Then moving on to BTS, feeling various emotions from that. Like how I passed out and had that concussion, you know, just a whole story of what I have gone through in life. The good times and the bad times. And then some random songs, too.”

“I see. I like the idea. Yeah, hit us up when you’re finally ready. I just hope it’s soon. I’m gettin’ real eager to help you with this.” Nate grinned.

“Will do. BTS misses you guys, so much. You gotta come down to Seoul when you get the chance.”

“Oh yeah, we got to. Gotta talk about the good old days at American Hustle Life.”

“For me, haha I dunno about them. I think they’re still traumatized with vans, thinking they’ll be kidnapped like last time.” she laughs with them.

After their lunch, they take a photo together with Jennie tweeting, ‘My album is coming out 20-eventually! Ahahaha good to see you guys! Glad I ran into you two! Missed you! Thank you for everything.’

Some fans had tweeted under the photo:

‘HOLY SHIT!’

‘Is this real!?’

‘Someone check on Jimin! Lmfaoooo’

‘Tonyyyyyyyy! Nateeeeee! The memories!’

‘Who are they???”

‘They were the mentors for BTS during American Hustle Life! Watch it!’

After lunch, Jennie finally met up with Kevin to go shopping at Target for a few items so he could ask out the girl he liked. She was amused to see how nervous and out of place he was as he tried to find the most random things to put in the cart.

“Um, I don’t think you want to give her that.” she took out the box of baby toys.

“Oh shit. I thought those were something else. Ah...sorry. I was trying to find a plush doll for her or something.” Kevin nervously said.

“Dude, relax. You’re going to be fine.” she patted him on the back and continued to push the cart into another aisle. “Get her this.” she grabbed a big Tweety Bird plushie.

“I am so glad you’re here. I wouldn’t know what to get.” he took it and put it in the cart. “I just want to make it simple, cute, and special.”

“I think you’re overthinking it. She is going to love it.”

While Jen and Kevin were shopping around they were unaware of some sasaengs that had followed Jennie, taking photos of them. From the angles of the pictures, it looked like they were dating because of how close they were. Once they got what they needed, they posted the photos on Twitter and it spread like wildfire.

‘I found Jennie and Kevin!! Aren’t they cuteee?!’ was the caption for the tweet.

While browsing on her phone, Jennie had gone to her latest photo to see various comments flowing in. The most common comment she had gotten was that she and Kevin were relationship goals. It made her confused but she laughed it off and commented, ‘Lol @ these comments. **Best friend goals, actually.’

But then she saw that there were dating rumors about them. And of course, it had to be on Allkpop as she scrolls through.

‘BREAKING! BTS’ Jennie dating?!’

“What...? How do you...” she stood there puzzled. 

How could they write an article and have a photo of them that quickly when they are already here at the store?

Unless...

Jennie set her phone back in her pocket and turned around. “Is someone watching me?”

“Everything cool?” Kevin turned around and saw her walking away. “Aye! Jen! Ayo Jen! What’s the problem?” he grabbed the cart to follow her.

“Someone is following me. Someone snapped photos of us and now there’s another article talking about me allegedly dating. Again.” Irritation was evident in her voice. “I cannot catch a break, huh? Why is all this coming at me, now? A guy and a girl can’t be friends?”

Kevin ended up laughing. “Wow...they just won’t quit huh?”

“Terrible timing, right now,” she responded, thinking about Jungkook. "Stupid Allkpop for their article. Just why now? Stop believing the littlest things and making a big deal out of something so simple.”

She decided to just ignore it for now and have the last laugh. This needed to end today. She was tired of the speculation. It was like she could never get peace by hanging out with Kevin without someone assuming they were dating. Any guy for that matter.

“Okay, enough ignoring,” Jen muttered and grabbed her phone to go on Twitter. 

All right, she did say she would ignore it but she wanted to call out whoever followed her.

She tweets, reblogging the Allkpop article, ‘EHHHH WRONG. Change the headline to BTS’ Jennie helps friend ask out a girl he likes. #ThinkBeforeYouWrite #SoompiWillAlwaysBeBetter #LetAChickBreathe’

Kevin laughed at her response. "I love how you call them out like it's nothing,"

She chuckled with him. "They just be getting on my fucking nerves, I swear,"

After calming down, the two continued to shop. 

“She skateboards too, y’know.” he brought up.

“Ooh really? Why not ask her out at the skatepark where you two hang out?”

“That’s a good idea. Okay, let’s do that.”

“Let’s buy some chalk.” she went to find the school supplies aisle. “I have just the plan.”

Arriving at the skatepark, Jennie planned out everything for him, asking him to help her draw cute messages in chalk on the ground. Kevin had added a few inside jokes that he and his crush share, too.

“Do you think that ‘Will You Skate With Me and Be My Skater Girlfriend’ is too cheesy? You said she loves cheesy quotes. Is that too much?” she asked.

“Nah, it’s perfect. And I’ll place the plushie and flowers right here on the bench.”

After setting things up, Jennie and Kevin were proud of their work. 

“All right, I best be going,” Jennie announced.

“You leaving, now?” he panicked.

She let out a laugh. “Kevin, breathe. I’ll watch from afar and then I’ll leave. I gotta get ready for Angelina’s party. Just tell her everything you told me. Tell her exactly what you’re feeling and be 100% honest. She is going to say yes. I know it from what you told me about her.”

He nodded, feeling more confident. “Thank you. Really Jen. You a real one for this.”

“Of course.” She pulled him in for a tight hug. “I’ll be watching~!” she walked away.

Keeping a safe distance, she had seen him meet up with the girl. She looked so happy to see him. It was pretty obvious she liked him a lot. After they had skated around, the girl soon noticed what was written in chalk and turned around in shock. Her face looked so happy as Jen’s heart fluttered. Gosh, this was getting her in her feelings as she thought about Jungkook.

Filming, Jennie squealed in the background as she watched how the girl jumped into Kevin’s arms. “I am crying~. Oh mah God, look at how cute they are! Goals~! Black love is so beautiful,”

She posted the adorable video on Twitter with the caption, ‘Kevin, you did amazing! I am so happy for you. I’m wishing you both many beautiful years of dating. You had nothing to worry about.’

After taking a selfie with his new girlfriend, Kevin posted the photo on Instagram with the caption, ‘She said yes! This is a dime I can’t pass. Thank you, Jennie, for helping me plan this. I owe you big time.’

Jen commented, ‘Anytime buddy! Glad I could help you confess to this special lady. I would like 3 bags of smarties please!’

Kevin commented back, ‘Lmfaoooo, I got you, girl.’

-------

On her way to Angelina’s place, Jennie decided to post a selfie of herself looking completely done at those who always make pointless assumptions and wrote the simple petty caption, ‘Salty...’ to throw shade at those who were quick to judge.

It also looked like Allkpop had deleted the article instantly after that and ARMY took over to roast them for their nonsense.

Finally arriving at Angelina’s place, the two friends got ready together for her party.

“So what type of party is this again?” Jennie asked.

“I just wanted to have a random party at this big venue because I was bored and missed hanging out with some familiar faces such as yourself. We’ve all been a little stressed with work and other obligations, so it will be nice to let loose and dance around a bit.

“Jennie! You’re back! Finally! I missed you!” Tyrone, Angelina’s little brother ran up to hug her.

“Hey! I missed you, too! You being good?” she beamed.

“For you.” he grinned, staring at her with heart eyes.

“You idiot, if you don’t stop flirting with her. She’s taken!” Angelina killed his vibe.

“What!? You have a boyfriend? Who is he? Is he cuter than me?”

“I-I don’t have a boyfriend-“

“Not yet.” Angelina cut her off with a smirk. “Now get out of my room.” she shoved him out and shut the door, locking it despite his protests.

“You’re so mean.” Jen laughed

“He’ll live.” Angelina shrugged and went into her closet. “Diana left your outfit in here somewhere...”

While Jen sat on Angelina’s bed, she looked at the missed text messages from Jimin and Tae. They had sent her multiple candid photos of Jungkook, making her heart flutter. He looked so cute today.

Jimin: BEHOLD! Your future boyfriend! Kekekekeke [7:17 P.M]

Jen: LOL for goodness sake... [7:33 P.M]

Taehyung sent a photo: Don’t you think your future boyfriend is cute? [7:33 P.M]

Jen: Of course [7:34 P.M]

“Got it!” Angelina handed her the outfit. “Well, it’s a big skirt and this black lace bra. Diana said something about you always having an eye on this outfit but could never wear it in Korea because they’re more conservative over there, right?”

“Yeah! She really got me this? I gotta thank the stylists and her for bending their backs for this outfit. I always wanted to wear this. What are you wearing?” Jen asked. Once Angelina showed the dress, she widened her eyes. “Girl! You about to get Namjoon to take a flight to LA to see you, ahahahah!”

“That would be so nice, hahaha.”

After showering, straightening her hair, and putting it in a high ponytail, she connected Angelina’s phone to her speaker in the bathroom and pressed shuffle while applying some light natural makeup to complete the look in the mirror.

Angelina walked into the bathroom to join her and stared in awe. Jennie turned and stared at her in awe as well. The both of them were stunned at how good they looked.

“What?” they say in unison. “Sorry, you’re just glowing!”

Once they realized they were talking as one, they ended up laughing. 

“That lovebug bit you pretty hard. You can’t stop smiling.” Angelina added.

“Me? What about you? You look so happy, I love seeing you like this. I like this vibe, let’s keep this.”

“For sure~!” she said and walked into her room while Beyonce’s 7/11 played. 

Angelina was recording herself lip-syncing to the song on Jennie’s phone as she traveled back to the bathroom, while Jennie was performing the choreography by the mirror, in her own world.

Man I swear I kick it with you

Girl I wanna kick it with you

Man I know I kick it with you

Yeah I spin’ around and I kick it with you

Shoulders sideways, smack it, smack it in the air

Legs movin’ side to side, smack it in the air

Angelina stood there stunned when she saw her best friend twerking. “OKAY!”

“Oh crap!” Jennie stopped and laughed, covering her face. She ran out of the room, looking adorable while Angelina continued to laugh.

“Yooooo and I was filming the whole time! That was perfect timing! Ahahah!”

Posting it on BTS’ Twitter, Angelina tweeted, ‘What are we going to do with her? #HackedByAngelina’

After they were ready, Jennie filmed Angelina to hype her up. “Okay, girl! Strut! Look at good she looks tonight guys!”

“Stop...” she covered her face, letting out a giggle.

“You did it to me, I’m gonna do it to you. That outfit though! Legs for days! Who is you?!” she hyped her up. Angelina gave in and strutted around, posing while Jennie continued to give her praises.

The two even decided to take some photos before going to the party. The one photo of Jennie posing happily in her outfit had caused all the members to comment about it.

‘PLEASE be wary of guys trying to make a move on you, sweetie. :) :) :) #JinIsSTRESSED'

That caused Jennie to laugh. Poor Jin. He was probably freaking the hell out in Seoul right now. But he just really cared and wanted to make sure no one would try any funny business.

‘I second the motion! !!! Whaaaa please be careful, you may make guys faint from your beauty #Jimin’

‘I third the motion! What a stunner #Rapmon’

‘Fourth the motion! Ahhhhh munchkin you look so adorable!! #JHope’

‘Fifth the motion! Sooo cute Ennie! #V’

‘Sixth the motion! You look nice, kid. #Suga’

‘Seventh the motion! Just wow... #Jungshooked’

Jen tweeted back, ‘LOL, I won’t! Besides, I am already locked down <3 Love you ARMY!’

But lowkey the tweet was meant for Jungkook to subtlety let him know that she was already his. She hoped he read through the hints. 

During the car ride to the party with Diana and Angelina, Jennie made a quick Twitter video to vent about her struggles with finding smarties.

“There were NO smarties at the store! None! How!? Who took the last bag of smarties!? I wanna find the person who keeps taking my smarties!”

“Wasn’t it you who kept going to the same store getting bags of smarties and eating them?” Diana brought up.

“Oh wait...” Jen realized it was her the entire time and the car erupted into booming laughter.

Salty, Jennie looked down in embarrassment.

“I am judging very hard right now,” Angelina said in the background.

“Anyway, how y’all doing today?” Jen grinned sheepishly, fixing her hair before ending the video.

After posting the funny video, she saw a text from Jimin,

Jimin: Jungkook keeps whining about how beautiful you look in that outfit. I recorded his rambling ahahah. [8:45 p.m]

Putting on an earbud, she played the voice recording and had a smile on her face.

“...utiful she is? Just wow...it’s like every day she gets cuter and cuter.” she heard Jungkook ramble.

‘I wonder what else you say about me when I’m not around.’ Jen thought with a smile.

“She is so in her feelings. She can’t even stop smiling.” Diana called her out, snapping Jen out of her thoughts.

“Huh? What?” she took her earbud out.

“I said, what exactly are you going to do when you see Jungkook?”

“Uh...say how I feel?”

“You’re going to freeze,” Angelina predicted.

“I am not going to freeze. Why would I freeze? I’m going to be cool and calm.”

Diana snorted while Angelina added, “Oh, trust me, as soon as you get back, you’ll go to Jungkook with open arms.”

“Okay, yeah.” Jen shrugged.

“Open heart...” she went on

“Yep.”

“Open mouth...”

“Ye-hey!”

“Open legs...” she teased.

Jen covered her ears, “Ugh, my virgin ears.”

--------

A few nights later, Jungkook was in the dorm, upset at the 95 Liners because they had brought up Jen’s dating rumors with Kevin in a teasing manner. He had gotten a little jealous and even though the rumors were false, he couldn’t help but feel bothered that his hyungs kept trying to tease him about it.

Periodically, the Golden Maknae would roll his eyes at their words. The 95 Liners were planning on going out to eat with Jungkook but thought of a plan to make him stay home so he could be alone in the dorm when Jennie arrived back. Jungkook didn’t know when she was coming home so it would be nice for the 97 Liners to have some alone time to talk things out.

After a few teasing words, Jungkook angrily shoved them out of his room and slammed the door, letting them know that he didn’t want to go out anymore.

“I think it worked.” Jimin high fived Taehyung and went to call Namjoon while heading out to go eat with Hobi and Jin.

With Jennie, back in Seoul, she went straight to Big Hit’s building to meet with Yoongi. When she went into his studio, she handed him the headphones that he had wanted from LA.

“Niiiice. Thanks, Smartie. I appreciate it.”

“Anytime! They were pretty easy to find. I'm surprised they didn’t have them here in Seoul.”

“So, how are you doing?” he relaxed in his chair as she took a seat next to Namjoon who was also in the room.

“I’m great,” she replied with a smile.

“And how are you truly doing?” Namjoon asked, seeing right through her.

“The kid is on your mind, isn’t he?” Yoongi took her silence as a yes.

“And you love him, too,” Namjoon confirmed. “Nervous to see him?”

“Very,” she replied.

“The kid...I never saw him act like this with a girl. Not even IU. You clearly did something to him. And I’ve been watching you. Even before he confessed, your demeanor showed that you love him, too.” Yoongi observed. “Look, I know you’re a bit on edge with this whole thing. But go with your heart, smartie. Not with your mind. Your mind is giving you all these doubts and fears but you need to listen to what your heart is telling you. And besides, you two are like puzzle pieces. Can’t fit anywhere else but together.”

“His confession made you acknowledge your feelings for him,” Namjoon added. “He woke something inside you that you’ve been trying to keep away all this time because of the fear of ruining the friendship. That this would change things for the worse. But he took that risk, and finally told you how he felt.”

“Did you know that he went to talk to Bam Bam about his feelings for you because he knew that Bam Bam liked you, too?”

Jen soon thought about the conversation she had with Bam Bam on Facetime recently. Now she understood everything.

------

“I really like you. I have for so long. You are just...truly amazing and I know my dating ban isn’t up yet but when it is, I was wondering if we can go out on a date sometime.”

That surprised her. Before she could speak, he went on,

“That was what I wanted to say before I found out that there is someone who has way stronger feelings than me. Someone that makes you so happy, that I can’t help but support you two. And when I look at you and him, all I can say is, Ah...the Golden Maknae always wins.” he playfully whined and let out a chuckle. “But he deserves you and I hope he treats you well. And if you ever get over him, I’m always here.” he grinned as she laughed.

“Thank you, Bam Bam. But I don’t want our friendship to end over this. Or make things awkward between you and Jungkook. I don’t want to be that girl that ruins a friendship like that.”

Bam Bam shook his head. “No, no, never. I prepared for this. Ever since the GAYO shows. After watching you and Jungkook, I knew it was going to be him. Ahhh...this is like Taeyeon all over again when I liked her but then Baekhyun took her away. One day I will find love. But Jennie, you are one of the sweetest and most enjoyable people I know. Our friendship will never end over something like this. You will still have a special place in my heart and I will be supportive of you guys.”

------

“He must have said something that made Bam Bam realize that his feelings were stronger.” Yoongi went on. “So, I know for a fact that kid isn’t going to give you away that easily just because of some false dating rumors with your friend. Let’s face reality. The Golden Maknae has you locked down. And you have him locked down. Go to him. Simple as that Smartie.”

“Where is he?” Jen asked.

“Dorm,” Namjoon answered.

“He’ll be happy to see you. And he’ll probably be bouncing up the damn walls once you tell him that you love him, too.” Yoongi smirked and gestured for her to leave. “I trust you kids will become a couple before this night is over.”

Feeling motivated, Jennie thanked Namjoon and Yoongi for their words and went to the door.

“And smartie?”

“Yes?”

“Nothing is going to change when you two date. Besides you both dealing with Jin and his protectiveness and us watching your romance 24/7, things will remain the same,"

“Agreed. You two make each other happy. And we’ll all be happy to know that our two maknaes are happy with each other.” Namjoon smiled.

“Now get out of here and get your bunny so I won’t have to hear him whine about how much he wishes to be your boyfriend. I’m this close to killing the kid.” his words made her chuckle and she left the building.

Her phone buzzed and she got a text from Taehyung,

Taehyung: Fair warning...Jungkook is very angry with us.

Giving him a call while on her way to the dorm, she asked, “Um, whatchu mean you pissed him off? Oh God...what did y’all do?”

“We didn’t do anything!” he giggled

“Sure...”

“Is that Ennie? Hi Ennie! Are you on your way to the dorm!?” Jimin asked in the background.

“Yeah, I am.”

“Okay, Jungkook is a little angry because we may have...teased him about your dating rumors and assumed you’re dating Kevin-“

“I cannot believe y’all!” she exclaimed as they giggled. “What this your plan? Cause if so it sucks!"

“At least you two will be alone~!”

--------

Sounds of angry grumbling were heard in Jungkook’s room as he violently mashed the buttons on his controller while playing his video game. Jimin and Taehyung had successfully pissed him off tonight and made him not want to join them and the others for a bite to eat.

So here he was, by himself in the dorm.

His Hyungs played too much. He wanted to kill them for teasing him about Jen’s dating rumors. He knew they were only joking but his jealousy crept on him as he imagined her with another man. 

Detecting whimpering, he looked down at the floor to see Tony rubbing against him. The dog could sense his annoyance and began to feel sad, trying its best to cheer him up. It did ease his irritation as the Golden Maknae relaxed a bit.

“I’m fine, Tony. Just thinking about Jennie.” he let out a sigh and petted him. Tony snuggled against him as another whimper was heard. He picked him up and let him rest on his lap, resuming to pet him. “Do you think she loves me, too?”

Tony had barked cutely in response, causing him to smile. “Ah...I don’t know what I would do if she said yes to me...being in love with her for so long and finally telling her my feelings and then her returning them? I don’t know how I would react...seems like only a dream, huh? And you miss her too, huh? Jennie will be back soon, okay?”

Pausing his game, Jungkook set Tony down and went to the kitchen to make sure he had food and water in his dishes. Afterward, Jungkook decided to take a quick shower and put on a pair of pajama pants. Neglecting a shirt, for now, he dried his damp hair with a towel and placed it over his shoulders. His irritation seemed to have simmered down throughout the rest of the night as he played video games in his room to make himself feel better.

Meanwhile, Jennie had finally made it back to the dorm, placing her bags in her room. 

Tony had eagerly ran up to her as she let out a giggle, kneeling to pet him. “Tony! I missed you! You really missed me, huh? I knew you’d be in here. I brought you a new toy, see?” she presented him with a new ball as he got hyper, with its tail wagging around happily.

She tossed the ball and Tony ran around to play with it. 

Standing up, she went into her bathroom. All that confidence she had to go in and tell him how she felt went out the window as her butterflies got worse.

‘Breathe girl...’ she looked at herself in her bathroom mirror. ‘Why are you so damn nervous? Relax!’

This was going to be a bit more challenging than she thought. She wondered if this was how Jungkook felt when he made the first move.

Soon after, she thought about her previous conversations with friends asking what she was going to do and say to Jungkook when she saw him. Truth be told, she had a plan but the closer she was to his door, the more the plan fell apart. She couldn’t think of any coherent thoughts because her nervousness got to her once again. Although jetlagged, she wanted to say how she felt tonight. But her first goal was to be able to knock on his door. She had been standing in front of his door for a few minutes now. Hesitating, she paced back and forth.

‘Okay...walk in, tell him, hey, I love you, too.’ she thought. ‘No, no. Don’t do that. That doesn’t really sound realistic. It’s too sudden. I’m not going to be able to walk in and be that abrupt. Don’t be so cliché with this, either. Ugh...why is this so hard? I dunno what I’m doing.’ she rambled in her head. 

Looking back at his door, she screamed in her head, ‘Ahhhhh, would you knock on his damn door? Stop stalling!’

Blowing her cheeks, she whispered to herself, “Don’t be a coward. Just go for it.”

Pulling herself together, she knocked eight times in rhythm.

No answer...

‘Was he here?’ she thought.

She knocked three times, trying again...no answer. But she heard a video game playing in the room. So, she knocked once more.

Jungkook had ignored the knocks as his irritation built up, once again. He thought his hyungs left but it looked like they wanted to bother him some more. However, maybe if he ignored them, they would go away. So, he proceeded to game.

Once he heard another series of knocks, he finally grumbled, “Go away, hyung...”

‘Kookie, I am not your hyung. I am your future girlfriend. Open this door.’ Jen thought as she knocked again.

She wanted to say it out loud, but she couldn’t find her voice as her heart raced when she heard him speak.

“I said go away!”

This time he sounded even more bothered.

‘They must’ve really pissed him off tonight.’ she thought. 

She underestimated Jimin and Taehyung telling her that he was angry at them. But she was going to keep knocking until he answered. He’ll crack eventually.

“Hyung, leave me alone, already! I am not in the mood!” he added.

Jen’s nervousness peaked, and she chose to cease her knocking, getting second thoughts. Maybe she should wait until he calmed down. She turned around, about to head back into her room but stopped.

Nah.

He was going to open that door, see her, and realize she wasn’t Jimin or Tae trying to bother him. She had been waiting to see him again and she was going to see this man tonight.

Knocking once again, she heard a loud noise and heavy footsteps towards the door.

‘Oh God, he’s coming.’ she took a step back in alarm.

Fed up, Jungkook quickly slammed his controller down and yanked his towel off his bare shoulders. Somebody was about to die tonight when he saw who was at his door.

“Damn it, I sai-”

Feeling a huge breeze as the door swung open, Jennie looked up from her feet to meet the annoyed gaze of Jungkook. When she took in the sight of him, she took in a sharp intake of air, as his brown irises met hers. Once Jungkook realized that he was staring at the girl he loved, his eyes softened, and his body relaxed spontaneously.

“Jennie,” he murmured in surprise.

It was official, he was still smitten and she managed to calm him down by just looking at him. Like her friends predicted, Jen froze and forgot everything she was going to say. Her pep talks did not prepare her for this. Especially because of how he said her name and how he was staring at her like he was about to kiss her again. Deep down, she wanted him to. But she knew he wasn’t going to go that far like when he confessed. He wanted confirmation of how she felt. And tonight, she was going to confirm her feelings. At least try to because her mind was getting out of control when she realized she was finally looking at him for the first time since that day.

‘Abort mission! Weewoo, weewoo, weewoo, weewoo! Abort mission!’ Jen panicked mentally as she averted her eyes.

Was she going to be able to do this and get over these butterflies?

Snapping back to reality, she cleared her throat, stammering, “H-hey. I just got back and was wondering if you had time to talk.”

‘Really Jen? Ugh.’ she scolded herself. 

She wanted to hit herself for saying that. Maybe she should have said something different instead of that statement. But Jungkook nodded and let her in as they both went inside.

"You can shut the door. I bought Tony a new toy. He'll be occupied with that," she informed.

“You sure?” Jungkook asked a little too eagerly.

The sound of his low voice had made her heart flutter. She then noticed that it was almost like he was asking because he anticipated that something was going to happen between them.

“Yeah.” she nodded. “I want to be alone with you. No distractions or interruptions.”

Once he shut the door, it was official, she was alone with Jungkook in his room. The rest of the members were nowhere near the dorm, it was just them. 

Jen observed her surroundings in his room. Stuff that she hadn’t noticed before until now. Like how he still had that sketchbook she gave him when she celebrated his birthday for the first time. It was filled with a few sketches of him and her together. And how he had a picture of him and her on his nightstand. It was all making so much sense to her, she wanted to slap herself for being this clueless and making this man wait for her for so long. How she took this long to accept what she was feeling.

The room felt warm from the heat blasting in his room. Huge difference from the uncomfortable coldness outside in the snow.

Pushing her hair back with her hand, she uttered, “I’m sorry for showing up here unannounced and out of the blue. I can see you’re a little irritated with the guys.”

“Ah, it’s okay. I’m fine, now. Seeing you back in Seoul safely cheered me up, real quick.” he smiled and took a seat on the edge of his bed. “Is everything okay?”

"Yeah. I just wanted to speak with you.”

“Are you all right?” his voice changed into concern.

Jennie began to pace around as the nerves got to her while she tried to gather what she wanted to say. 

“Why am I so nervous? I had this all in my head, perfectly. Now, I understand how you felt.” she stopped pacing around and turned to him. “But when you said what you said that day, it was from the heart. So, I should do the same. That day you confessed to me, it got me thinking. A lot. A lot of feelings built up. Hidden feelings came up from the surface.”

That statement made Jungkook’s heart pound as he continued to listen, giving her his undivided attention. 

Hidden feelings? Did she...feel the same?

“I have been thinking about you a lot. More than usual as of late since that day. Since I’ve been away, I thought about some things I love about you.” she went on. “How you sleep with your mouth open, it’s the cutest thing ever. How you’re like a personal heater for me when I’m in your arms. How sweet you are to everyone. How you are so passionate about your work ethic when it comes to Bangtan. How good you look in white shirts and Timbs...well, good isn’t exactly the best word I would use but...you know.” she felt her face warm up as he smirked softly, feeling good about himself.

Jungkook made a mental note to wear even more white shirts with his favorite brand of shoes if she enjoyed seeing him in them so much. He didn’t know he had that effect on her. He pondered what else she liked about him as he looked at her expectantly.

“I’ve been watching you, too.” she pointed out. “You tilt your head out of habit when you’re challenged. You even did it before you confessed to me. When you get jealous, you do that thing with your tongue. That thing where you poke the inside of your cheek. I always peeped that. And you often do it when it involves me and other guys that get a little too close in your eyes.”

Jungkook stared at her in astonishment. He didn’t realize he had made it that obvious. But hearing all she had to say gave him hope that she would return his feelings. So, he kept listening, eager to know where she was going with this monologue.

She carried on, “This right here is probably not going to be perfect. It’ll probably be a mess due to my mind being all over the place. And it is all because of you. Because now I can’t shake this feeling away. But deep down, I realized that I didn’t want to. I don’t want to shake this away. Not when it comes to you. Y’know I was just that foreign girl in K-Pop, finding my way in this industry. I met seven awesome guys. And one guy was a little more on the shy side and I wanted to speak to him, more. So, I did, bringing up Iron Man and the rest was history. Fast forward, I noticed that he was opening up more to me, which I was grateful for. And then he called me his Golden Best Friend and gave me matching friendship rings, promising to cherish each other. Then, I ate lamb skewers for the first time with him and he...told me my skin was beautiful and made me feel special while I helped him with his English. I...” she trailed off, shaking her head.

This was harder than she thought. She just kept rambling and couldn’t find the right words to say to him or how to bring the topic up. She stood in front of him, letting out a deep sigh as she tried to pull herself together. 

“Why can’t I think of the right words? I keep losing my train of thought, I dunno how to bring it up...” she said.

Looking up at her, Jungkook grabbed one of her cold hands and gave it a gentle squeeze with his warm hand.

“Take your time,” he spoke softly. “Be honest and say what’s on your mind. Don’t hold back. Even if you ramble, I’ll listen. So, just take your time.”

She nodded. “Jungkook, you were right about everything. I did get jealous when those girls talked to you at the costume shop. I guess...I don’t like when girls get too close for comfort with my man, flirting with you as if I’m not there.”

Her man?

Jungshooked, his lips parted in shock as he replayed her sentence in his head again. Feeling a sense of euphoria, he released her hand and began to stand up. Before he could stand, she placed a hand on his shoulder and made him sit back down.

She wanted him to just sit and listen to everything that was on her mind just like she had listened to him about how he felt. And at this point, as he did with her when he told her how he felt by his actions, she wanted to do the same along with her words to express how she felt about him.

With that in the back of her mind, she went on to express herself, “Jungkook, what you said to me and what we did in that room is something that I don’t regret. Just like what you asked me in that room, I cannot...think of a good reason as to why this shouldn’t happen. I want this. I want this to happen. I want what we have to go far.”

Jennie felt like this feeling was right as she continued to speak to him, admitting everything she was feeling while she held his loving gaze.

“You have been on my mind ever since that day. And I can’t stop thinking about you. I can’t stop thinking about the kissing. I can’t stop thinking about me...in your arms. Together with you.”

‘I can’t stop thinking about you, either.’ Jungkook thought as her words captivated him, making his heart pound.

“I have tried my best to get you out of my mind. I have tried my best to avoid you. The music I listen to, makes me think of you. The places I go have some type of reminder of a precious moment we shared over the years. Those closest to me can’t even help me because they are constantly talking to me about you. And no matter what I do, no distraction I try can keep me away from those happy thoughts I have of you. Of us. How happy you make me.”

“I have felt so many different emotions when thinking about this. I even felt a little scared to be in this scenario with my best friend just like you said that day.” she acknowledged. “I always thought about the what ifs...if this feeling is wrong. If this should not happen because of how long we’ve been friends. Because of the position we are in as a group. But I need to stop doubting and just go with my heart. Not the doubts in my head. I can’t be scared to give someone as precious as you, my heart. The fact of the matter is...I was already yours before you confessed to me. It just took me a while to realize. I’m yours and I want you to be mine.”

She began to run her fingers through his damp hair as his eyes went round. “You were right about everything," she said. "This is not one-sided. I want you more than you can ever imagine. More than you think and more than I thought I did. I want you today, tomorrow and forever,"

She wanted him...more than he imagined?

Jungkook felt his throat tightened as he tried to keep himself composed. His emotions were running high listening to the woman that he loves talking about how much she couldn’t stop thinking about him like he couldn’t stop thinking about her. And the fact that she wanted him too made his eyes sparkle with elation.

“Your admiration for IU is the cutest and I hope one day you’ll gain that courage to meet her and possibly collab. Your smile makes my stomach flip and I can’t help but smile back," she smiled. "Your voice is like honey. When you sing, when you speak, I love listening to you. And when you told me that I was yours in my ear, I could not get it out of my head. You just do things that make me go crazy. And your laugh has got to be the best thing I have ever heard. Like it is just too infectious, I love it. Before I came here I talked with Yoongi and Namjoon. Yoongi told me that we’re like two puzzle pieces. Can’t fit anywhere else but together. And I believe him. I realized that I waited for you and you were right in front of me the entire time. It just took me a while. Me and my stubborn behind.” she let out a chuckle and shook her head.

Jennie took a good look at him, smiling. “You...make me feel things that I have never felt before. When I’m with you, you make me feel warm and giddy inside. I’m not worried at all when it comes to you. I can be myself around you and since day one you accepted me for me. Thinking of you since I’ve been gone made me think of a lot of things I want to do with you. I want to eat pocky and play video games with you. Kicking your fine ass in whatever game you want to play is going to be something that I’ll never get enough of.” she giggled when Jungkook playfully narrowed his eyes.

“Oh really?” he raised a brow as a competitive smirk came across his lips.

After giggling, she went on, “I want to even dress up as Iron Man for you one day just like you dressed up as Captain America for me. I'll always be your Pepper Potts. No doubt about it. I also want to go bowling with you. I want us to dance together, go on dates, and drive the members crazy with our pranks. I want to sing you to sleep and give you all the massages you want. I want to take care of you and cherish you just as much as you cherish me. I want to hug you as much as I want, I want you to be my first, I just...want to do a lot of things that I haven’t experienced yet with you. Only if you let me.”

She caressed his face and ran her thumb against his bottom lip. “And I don’t want no pocky stick or mistletoe to kiss you. I want to kiss you on my own. All of that and more that I want to do but not as your friend...” she trailed off and took this moment to slowly move to straddle him.

Jungkook was caught off-guard by her sudden actions as he placed his hands on her hips. Seated on him, she rested her arms on his shoulders as they gazed at each other, anticipating what was going to happen next.

“In reality, we are going to have disagreements. Now, I know I can be a little petty-“

“A little?” he raised a brow with a smirk

“Excuse me?” she remarked with an amused smile.

A mischievous glint appeared in his eyes as he let out a throaty chuckle. “I had to.”

After their chuckling, they went back to being serious.

“Okay, really petty at times. We are going to be upset at each other and irritate each other once in a while. But no matter how bad our disagreements may be like you said, we will work through them together.” she asserted. “I won’t give up on us, no matter how difficult something may be. We will make this work. I promise to be patient with you and hold you down. I’ll be there to pick you up and I will be there to help you through anything. Nervous before a performance? I will be there to keep you at ease. You want me to listen to one of your covers before you share it with ARMY? I’m a call away.”

She gently kissed his cheek, then his nose, and then his other cheek. The urge to kiss him rose tenfold and Jungkook was feeling the same way from her words and how close she was to him.

“I promise to always keep an open mind with you and make sure to do things that you would like to do. I promise to always be honest and listen to you. I promise to make us a priority, fight for you, and remain 100% committed to you. I promise to be there for you on your worst days, not just your best days. I promise that we will take adorable photos and videos together, and I will be secretly filming you sleeping and trying to prank you in the process.” she teased with a proud smile.

Jungkook shared a soft laugh with her before resuming to listen to her loving words.

“There will be times when I will fail you. I will fall short,” she admitted. “But I won’t tap out, okay? I'm going to be protective of you like you are with me. I'm going to support you if you want tattoos, change your hair, or anything you want to do. What we have is real. And also, I highkey want us to be the cutest marvel loving couple ever. So, let’s make sure to do that, okay? Let’s like, dress up as our favorite Marvel characters when going out somewhere. Maybe even New York Comic Con or something as a cosplay couple,” 

Jungkook let out another laugh. He found her adorable. Gosh, he loved her so much.

"I'd love that," he said softly with a huge smile on his face.

“This warm feeling I got with you in that room when you told me you loved me wasn’t the only time I felt this way. I felt this way for a long time. Even before you confessed to me.” Jennie nodded to herself, caressing his face. “I accept it now. I accept this feeling I get when I’m with you. No one else gives me this feeling but you. No one else makes me feel wanted like you. Saranghae, Jungkook.”

Once she announced her love for him with no hesitation, Jungkook looked at her while his throat tightened again as he tried to hold back the tears.

She...loves him too?

When she didn’t hear him respond, Jennie began to feel a little nervous. 

“Please...” she said softly. “Say something.”

Jungkook looked down, trying to keep himself composed as his body had softly shaken.

“Say it again.” he looked back up with tears in his eyes.

Seeing his eyes water made her eyes begin to water as well while her heart flipped. 

“Saranghae, Jungkook.”

“One more time.”

“Saranghae.”

The feelings began to be too much as the tears of joy streamed down his face and tears began to stream down her face. He wrapped his strong arms around her while she buried her face in his neck with her arms around his neck for a hug.

She pulled away as Jungkook’s smile grew wide. She wiped her tears and wiped his, letting out a soft laugh.

“I remember telling you that whoever your future girlfriend will be, she’ll be very lucky to have a guy like you. And you would always reply that you were the lucky one," she said. "But no, I believe that I am the lucky one because I get to be with someone as special as you. You chose me out of everyone. Gosh, I’m sorry for making you wait so long.”

“Don’t be. You were worth the wait.”

After he said that, Jennie pressed her body against him and collided her soft, cold lips with his, overwhelming him with emotions. He gripped her hips tightly when he felt her cold hands on his muscled chest, making him shiver slightly. The kiss started slow and sensual as she took her time, to show him how important he was to her. Their noses had pressed together periodically while his warm lips moved in rhythm with hers.

Running her hands down his chest, she heard him let out a soft groan, making her heart race. Deepening the kiss, their kissing became more urgent and demanding as she ran her fingers through his hair. Her lips soon moved to his neck as his breathing quickened. She was really starting to enjoy straddling him. Since he did all that he did to her, kissing the hell out of her during his confession, she wanted to do the same and then some.

“Jennie.” he managed to breathe out as he found the confidence to let his hands wander, landing right on her rear, gripping his softly.

Since it was getting too hot, she unzipped her jacket while their intense lip locking continued. Each kiss was better than the last as Jungkook let out a soft grunt whenever she had moved while straddling him. Her loving kisses were making his heart pound and she was so gentle with him as he melted to her touch.

Jungkook soon found his back meeting the bed when her cool hand gently pushed him back. Once they slowly broke the kiss to catch their breath, Jungkook looked up at her, watching her take off her jacket, leaving her in her shirt. His chest was heaving up and down as he watched her and looked down at where she was sitting. Her hand was on his chest as she thought about how tempting this position was.

Grabbing her hips, Jungkook spoke, "Keep going. I don't want us to stop. Not yet," 

He had been waiting for this moment for so long, he wanted to stay like this and keep kissing her. 

She responded by leaning down to continue to kiss him, caressing his face. Jungkook began to sit up with an arm around her waist. He then easily turned them around so her back was on the bed. Pressing his body against hers, he slowly leaned down to give her a series of tender kisses, making her breathless as she held onto him tightly. His warm kisses traveled down to her neck as he felt her squirm underneath him.

“I found your weakness, huh?” he teased against her ear with a smile as he felt her hand on the back of his head.

She tried to speak but couldn’t as her heart began to race when she felt his warm lips on her sensitive neck. She couldn’t turn them around so she could be back on top, either. Her breathing got deeper and her cheeks flushed as she tried to fight any sounds with their legs getting tangled with each other. Gently pinning her wrists on the side of her head, he slowly moved his hands up to intertwine his fingers with hers.

He then gave her slow, sweet kisses up her neck, to her cheek before saying in her ear, “You are so beautiful,"

After some more kisses, he moved back to look down at her with a smile as she returned his smile. He then started to give her playful kisses all over her face, making her giggle, trying to push him away.

“Let’s make this official,” he announced and got off of her.

“Official?” she sat up and watched him go into his closet, taking out a Timberland box. She scooted up to remain seated on the edge of the bed, waiting for what he was going to do. 

Jungkook kneeled in front of her and took off her sneakers while Jen let out a laugh.

“What are you doing?” she asked.

Opening the box, he revealed it to be a pair of Timberland Women’s Glancy shoes, along with some recently bought Smarties. On the inside of the top of the box, it read, 'Will you be my Golden Girlfriend?' with cute drawings around it, which made her heart soar.

Jungkook looked up at her with a big smile. “I brought these Timbs for you the day after we ate Lamb Skewers for the first time.”

“Kook...”

“Will you do me the honor of wearing Timbs with me as my Golden Girlfriend?”

She happily nodded, letting out another giggle. “Yes! Absolutely! I would love to, Jungkook!”

When she put them on, it was a perfect fit as she stood up and walked around, loving the shoes.

"You look great in them. Wow, perfect fit. Now we can wear Timbs together.”

“And Nike.” she cheered.

“And...Nike.”

“Hey, watch that tone of your voice. Say it with more enthusiasm.”

“And Nike! Yeah!” he sarcastically said, making them both giggle.

“This is kind of funny. I brought a pair of Nikes for you.”

“A-are you serious?”

“Yeah, I’ll go get them.” she took off the Timbs and put them back in the box. Leaving the room, she went to her room to grab the Nike box. Coming back to his room, she pushed his door back so it could only be opened slightly.

As they both sat back on the bed, she opened the box to reveal red and white Nikes. 

“Ta-da!” she cutely announced. “Now we can also wear Nikes together, too! Will you do me the honor of being my Golden Boyfriend and wear Nikes with me?"

“Just for you. Of course, Jennie. ” he smiled and tried them on.

“Good, I wasn’t taking no for an answer.”

He smirked and checked them out. “These look awesome.”

“I’m glad you like them.” she let out a tired yawn as the jetlag got to her.

“Let’s go to sleep. Sleep on me, I know you’re jetlagged.” he took off the shoes and prepared his bed. 

Laying on his back, under the covers, she crawled on top of him, sighing against his warm, comfy chest. Putting the blanket over them, he wrapped an arm around her.

"Jungkook, I love you," she looked up at him with a smile

"I love you, too," he smiled and kissed her. 

She laid against his chest and he kissed the top of her head, watching her doze off immediately as he tenderly rubbed her back. Tony stepped in, opening the crack of the door slightly, and jumped on the bed, snuggling next to his parents. 

Jungkook glanced at Tony and then Jennie. There was no place he would rather be. He was happy.

Drowning in his happy thoughts, he dozed off, too.

A few hours later, Jimin knocked on Jungkook’s door. “Jungkookie? You still mad?” he opened the door and walked in.

Seeing JenKook asleep together made Jimin cover his mouth to avoid screaming in glee. Running out of the room, he dragged Taehyung to show him as they both started silently jumping around, freaking out. Rushing over to the bed, they took a few selfies with the peace sign while Jennie and Jungkook were oblivious, in their own world of sleep.

“I can’t believe it! Look at this!” Jimin whispered excitedly.

“I know!” Taehyung added in a whisper. “We did it! Finally, they’re together!”

“What is all this ruckus...?” Yoongi grumbled, walking into the room to see what the commotion was. “What the-are you-are you cryin’? The hell is wrong with you?” he asked the 95 Liners who were wiping their tears of joy.

“Look!” Taehyung pointed to JenKook.

Yoongi smiled at the sight. “About fucking time.”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 73- It's About Time!

Chapter Summary: Jennie and Jungkook officially start dating! Jennie becomes a guest judge on Produce 101. While on break, BTS spend time doing leisure activities. Jennie and Jungkook celebrate their first Valentine's Day

Words: 10,000+

Author's Note: I'll do my best to write Jennie and Jungkook as a nice couple for this story. :) Thanks for making it this far!

------

Warmth.

That was the first thing Jennie felt as she began to stir in her sleep. Was last night a dream or did it happen?

When she felt Jungkook’s arms wrapped around her as he was the big spoon while they lay on their sides, she knew that this was all real. She looked forward to this new relationship with him as a sense of giddiness overcame her. She couldn’t stop smiling to herself. They were really dating.

Eyes open, she glanced at the clock to see that it was about time to get ready for practice. She did not want to leave the bed. She wanted to stay like this for a few more hours. Just being in his arms was enough to make her morning better. But she knew she had to get up sooner or later and then wake him up so they could meet up with the rest of the members.

The members.

Oh boy, how will they react when they find out about them? She was sure that Jimin and Taehyung would be freaking out, cheering them on. What about Jin? And what about Big Hit in general? Oh gosh, they needed to tell Bang PD. Shaking the thoughts out of her head, she decided to just take it one thing at a time and stay optimistic about everything. 

Once she began to move, she felt the arms around her tighten and pull her back into a firm chest.

“Ten more minutes,” Jungkook murmured sleepily.

She tried to move again but a whine escaped his lips as he held her tighter. Jennie began to laugh as he clung to her.

“Ten. More. Minutes.” he gave her multiple kisses all over her face as she continued to laugh and tried to lightly push him away.

Once she turned around to face him while in his arms, her heart skipped a beat and those butterflies came back as she remembered everything that happened last night. She just felt so content to be with him. The way he gazed at her with so much love and affection made her happier. She needed to think of other words besides happy to describe what she was feeling but she couldn’t help it.

“Good morning to you, too.” she smiled after he kissed her.

“How did you sleep?”

“Great. I hope I wasn’t too heavy when I slept on top of you last night.”

Smiling, he replied, “Not at all. I would like if we could sleep like this more often.”

“I’d like that.”

After getting ready, Jennie and Jungkook walked into the dining room where it looked like everyone was just about there as Yoongi was the last one to make it to the table.

“Good morning!” Jin beamed, setting the last plate of food that he made on the table for them. “Let’s eat!”

Breakfast went on like usual but JenKook couldn’t help but notice Taehyung, Jimin, and Yoongi staring at them. Yoongi had a knowing smirk on his face whenever he glanced over at the couple while the 95 Liners had proud smiles on their faces. 

Jimin and Taehyung could not stop glancing at one another as they watched JenKook closely. The way they were seated next to each other and putting food on each other’s plates. It was getting harder not to bring up what they saw last night as they struggled to keep their mouths shut.

After everyone finished their food, Taehyung looked remarkably uncomfortable as he tried to hold in what he wanted to yell out while Jimin proceeded to bite his tongue.

“Hey, are you two all right? You look like you’re freaking out. What’s wrong?” Hobi called out the 95 Liners with concern.

“O-oh we’re fine!” Jimin giggled.

“So! How did you two sleep?” Taehyung cut right to the chase, staring at JenKook. 

He couldn’t hold it in anymore, he wanted to hear it. He wanted that confirmation. He needed that confirmation!

“Oh, I slept great.” Jennie cheerfully responded. “My flight was smooth sailing. The family says hi. Angelina also asked about you guys.”

Nodding, Taehyung turned to the Golden Maknae, “I’m glad to hear that. What about you, Jungkook?”

“Perfect,” he responded as he and Jennie glanced at each other with a smile. 

The 95 Liners began to look obvious that they were struggling to keep in some information which finally caught Jennie and Jungkook's attention.

“Hyung? You okay?” Jungkook asked.

“Yeah, are you guys all right?” Jen’s voice turned into concern.

“So!” Jimin shouted. “Anything you want to tell us?”

“Tell us?” Hobi asked, turning to JenKook.

“Just impatiently waiting for you two to just say it...” Yoongi added.

“What’s up?” Jin asked.

“Our ship sailed, that’s what’s up.” Jimin giggled again.

“I CAN’T TAKE THIS ANYMORE! GOSH DARN IT, PLEASE! TELL US! ARE YOU TWO OFFICIAL!?” Taehyung yelled, feeling a huge weight lifted off his shoulders while Jimin sighed out of relief that he took the risk to ask.

“What?” Jin looked confused

“We saw them asleep together last night! But this time it seemed different! She was on top of him sleeping!” Jimin blurted out. “They were cuddling like crazy! Please tell me that’s good news!”

Hobi let out a yell of glee and Namjoon began to smile at the information revealed. Jin, however, spit out his coffee, which unfortunately landed on Namjoon, who closed his eyes. The leader then grabbed a napkin to clean himself off, not even getting an apology from the oldest member.

“Well...” Jennie smiled, glancing at Jungkook. “I came back last night and told him exactly how I felt.”

“AND!?” the members yelled, leaning in close.

“She’s mine.” Jungkook proudly said.

“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” Jimin, Hobi, and Taehyung dramatically fell on the floor while everyone else erupted into loud cheers. 

Jen and Jungkook laughed out loud while some of the members ran around the dorm, jumping around in celebration.

They yelled various things such as “FINALLY!”, “About time!”, “IT’S REAL! JENKOOK ARE REAL!” and many other bright shouts. 

Once everyone pulled themselves together, they went back to the table, happily asking the new couple questions about what happened. 

Afterward, Jin cleared his throat. "Okay, I'm very happy you two are finally together but we need to have some rules about this!"

“Jin...” Jimin whined

“Here we go...” Yoongi chuckled

Jennie gestured for Jin to talk, “It’s okay, Jungkook and I prepared for this. Tell us all the rules, Jin. We’ll make sure to follow them and be your innocent kids.”

"Yeah, innocent kids," Jungkook teased as he shared a laugh with Jennie.

"Are you two mocking me?" Jin questioned, causing them to laugh at him. "I am being serious, here! No funny business!"

"We'll be on our best behavior, Hyung,"

With that, the oldest member took out his phone and opened the notes app to reveal a long list of rules. It looked like he had created it a long time ago which amused the members. 

“Thank you for your cooperation. Let’s get started. Doors open at all times...”

---------

Once the members arrived at Big Hit, Jungkook immediately grabbed Jennie's hand to hold it, and they both smiled at each other.

Currently, with their new relationship, it felt like a burst of emotions, making them feel high and euphoric. It was exciting thus far because it was completely new to them.

The members watched with joyful smiles while they murmured to one another about how whipped Jungkook looked. As JenKook walked past staff members, greeting them respectfully, the staff immediately began to talk and giggle with one another when they saw them holding hands. Manager Sejin had recommended JenKook to see Bang PD to let him know what was going on and also commented on how excited he was that they were finally together. With butterflies in their stomachs, as they hoped that the meeting would go well, they strolled to Bang PD’s office.

When they sat at his desk, Bang PD was in a cheerful mood, happily greeting them and asking how they were doing. After their small talk, he asked them what they wanted to tell him. 

To say that they were nervous was an understatement. What if he disapproves? 

Jen heard horror stories of dating bans and how companies tend to be extremely strict with trainees and idols dating. She hoped that Big Hit wasn’t the same way.

Sensing Jen’s nervousness, Jungkook grabbed her hand, intertwining his fingers with hers.

Taking a deep breath, Jungkook spoke, “We wanted to tell you that we’re dating.”

After he said that, Bang PD stared at them carefully as the entire room remained silent. Jennie and Jungkook squeezed their hands, hoping that he’d approve.

“Since when?” he questioned, glancing at the two as the tension thickened.

“Last night.”

“Last night...” he murmured, narrowing his eyes.

After a moment, he began to laugh wholeheartedly, ending his serious act.

“I guess I owe a lot of staff members free meals.” he sighed as he began to ponder about that Korean BBQ place they wanted to eat at. 

Jungkook sighed out of relief while Jennie placed a hand over her heart.

“I-I thought I said not to scare me like that anymore back during the Rookie King filming!” Jen exclaimed

“I couldn’t resist, I had to!” Bang PD grinned.

“Did you bet on us or something?” Jungkook asked.

“I had to join in on the bet! The entire company made a bet on you kids! I assumed you two would start dating after your next comeback but everyone else predicted that you two would date before. And I was wrong. Ah, but it’s okay. It’ll be nice to have a company meal. I am so happy. I was waiting for this moment. To see you two like this. I approve of this 100%.” he chuckled softly while the couple stared at him, dumbfounded.

Just how many people have been waiting for them to get together?

“You’re not mad? You’re okay with this?” Jen asked.

“Of course, I am okay with this! Young love is a beautiful thing. What is there to be mad about? I only want the best for you, here. You kids are young and learning about life. I want you to have a nice relationship and live your life to the fullest. I would never restrict you from your dating life

and ban you from dating each other.”

Wow. This was going better than expected. 

Jennie felt a sense of joy at how supportive everyone was about this. She wasn’t expecting it as she thought on the negative side of things. Because of the stories she has heard from other companies and people dating. 

As they discussed their relationship with him, they mentioned that they wanted to keep their relationship private for the time being, to which Bang PD agreed.

“Relationships can be hard.” Bang PD advised, “Remaining a healthy, long-term couple won’t happen overnight. It takes communication, diligence, and honesty. Keep an open mind, respect each other, and live life happily. I’m glad you two were open about your feelings. If I must say, whenever I see you two together it is very obvious. Very cute, too. Sometimes I would catch you two smiling and looking at each other lovingly. It’s always an adorable sight.”

The day turned into a whole day of teasing for the couple. The staff members gushed over them and talked about how excited they were to see them together. Things were great.

After dance practice, Jen spent the rest of the day in her studio. Something about Jungkook gave her some inspiration to work on those songs that she wanted to release for her future solo album. Although she had no idea when she wanted to release it, at least she had some inspiration. She could make some love songs about him, too.

After getting the melody of the new song down, her phone rang, and her eyes lit up when she saw the Caller ID.

Angelina.

She immediately answered the call. “Angelina! What up!?” she happily greeted.

“Jen~! How was the flight?”

“It was fine! I miss you already.”

“I know, I know. We’ll see each other again very soon. Okay, okay but enough about that, I NEED to know. Did you go see him!?”

“I did!”

As if on cue, Jungkook walked into her studio and she turned around with a smile.

“And...? Oh hey, Jungkook!” Angelina noticed him in the background. He waved at her and took a seat next to Jennie. “Wait-JUNGKOOK! Oh my God, are you two...you know! SPILL!”

Jen laughed, “Yep!”

Angelina instantly fell off her bed and dropped her phone on the floor as a loud thump was heard. 

“Oh my gosh, Ang? Are you okay!?” Jen asked while Jungkook giggled at her antics.

After she pulled herself together, Angelina exclaimed, “Don’t play with me! Are you for real!?”

“Yes, we are real,” Jungkook answered in English with a big smile.

“AHHHHHHHHH~! FINALLY! ABOUT TIME! I knew you two would! Can you two kiss? Like can I see you two kiss, please? Please? To see my ship sail right in front of me on Facetime?”

Jennie giggled. “Now? Are you serious?”

“Please!”

Shrugging, Jennie leaned forward and pressed her lips against his while Angelina screamed and dropped her phone again. The kiss didn’t last long since the couple burst out in laughter due to her excessive fangirling.

After their Facetime call, Jungkook left so Jen could take care of her work. As she worked on the songs she planned to release in the years to come, she thought about the time when she first started working on music with Yoongi. 

--------

It was last year when she was in her studio. She had the opportunity to work on Autumn Leaves for The Most Beautiful Moment in Life PT.2. Yoongi had asked her to help produce a song on the upcoming album and thought Autumn Leaves would be a great song for her to work on. Once she got permission from the company and even had Slow Rabbit’s backing on it, she was excited about the new job.

“Okay...” she placed her headphones on her ears and pressed play to listen to the instrumental of Autumn Leaves.

What surprised her was that Yoongi decided to use the melody she randomly hummed for him a few months ago.

It was just a casual day at the dorm and she was doing chores that Jin had given her. Bored since she was waiting for Hobi to give back her speaker, she hummed around the dorm. One certain humming tune caught Yoongi’s attention as he watched her. He had asked her to hum that same tune and recorded her on voice memos with his phone. Jen didn’t think much of it and hummed like he asked, freely and happily. But Yoongi actually used what she hummed and created the melody for the song.

“You...are something else...” she murmured, shaking her head in disbelief. 

She loved this so much. After copying the instrumental on a new file so she could play around with it, she got right to work. As a few hours went on, she didn’t hear Yoongi walk in as she felt him tap her shoulder and take a seat next to her.

“What do you have so far?” he asked as she took off her headphones.

“Oh, it’s...not much.” she chuckled nervously, feeling a bit embarrassed.

“Why are you so nervous? You’re not this nervous about DJing.” he raised a brow and grabbed her headphones.

“I just want it to be good.”

“Smartie, we’re working together to create something great. I asked you to work with me on this for a reason. Now, what do you have so far?”

“Okay before I press play, I really love what you have. So, I played around with it on a new file and made it lighter instead of powerful. In the beginning, I thought of making it flow more and you could get this tingly sensation in your ears with the first few notes. And I started snapping to the beat so I recorded myself snapping and I thought it worked well.” she rambled on while Yoongi nodded and pressed play to listen to it.

Jen looked away, nervous about what his reaction would be. This was her first time working on a song like this for the album and she wanted it to be great.

“Smartie, you worried for nothing,” he replied and began to smile. “I like it.”

“You do?” she sighed out of relief.

“It sounds really good.”

“I’m glad. Hey, about me humming that tune that you recorded, you put it as the melody for this. Why?”

“N-no reason.” he shrugged, looking away. When he looked back, he noticed that she wasn’t going to give up on asking, so he sighed. “I just...liked your voice and you became my inspiration for it. I made the instrumental pretty quickly after hearing you hum. It’s nothing, okay? Let’s continue working.”

'Aw....' Jennie thought.

She smiled softly. “I’m glad I could be your inspiration, Yoongi.”

“Yeah, yeah...” he murmured. After a while, he asked, “But, you do like it though, right? You didn’t mind?”

“I don't mind, at all! I loved it!”

“Good.” he cleared his throat. “When we go to Slow Rabbit we can work on mixing it more.”

“Awesome.”

“I think maybe one of the vocal line’s adlibs should be at the beginning of the song.”

“I tried it but I don’t think my voice would fit for that section of the song. Maybe I could harmonize with someone?”

“I think one person should just do it.” 

She nodded and wrote down some notes on her notepad. “Okay...Oh, I also wrote a suggestion down. When we begin line distribution, I dunno I just strongly feel like Jin should sing first.”

Yoongi nodded. “Put that track on the flash drive and let’s make our way over to Slow Rabbit so he can check out our instrumentals. We have something good here.”

---------

61 trainees remained for Produce 101 as Jang Keun-suk, MC for the show, informed the girls that their next task was a position evaluation. Rap, vocal, and dance and they would perform it live and the first place winner for each group will receive an additional 100,000 votes.

After the girls chose their songs, Jang Keun-suk prepared to leave but made one more announcement, “We have a special guest today who will be watching over you as you work on your songs. Let’s bring her out.” he happily turned to the door.

Opening up the door, Jennie walked in with a bright smile. “Why hello!” she waved and bowed, which caused a lot of fangirling to occur with the trainees as they looked shooked.

“We know who she is right?”

“Yes!” the trainees happily replied with bright smiles.

(Jennie from BTS! I cannot believe she’s here! She’s like...so cool!)

(If you don’t know who Jennie is, you are living under a rock. Everyone knows her because when she came to Korea years ago, it was a big culture shock to the K-Pop industry.)

(I heard of her. Isn’t she like the only girl performing in Big Hit Entertainment? And is the only girl in BTS? I was amazed at how she adapted to everything here)

(I think it’s a bit intimidating to be in a group with all guys but she made it look so effortless)

(Jennie is someone that I have always liked watching because of how she never gave up when things were hard for her.)

(She is so lucky to be in a group with all those cute looking guys. I love her work. I study a lot from her currently)

(I LOVE her! Jennie is actually HERE! I am in the same room as THE Bangtan Girl! I almost fainted! I’m like so nervous)

Jennie bowed again, “Hello, I’m Jennie from BTS! Thanks for having me, I’m so excited to be here! From time to time, I’ll be checking in on your ladies, to see what you have so far and to help prepare you for your performances. So let’s have lots of fun and work hard, all right?”

“Yes!” the trainees responded.

Jen let the teams work for a while before she ended up approaching them team by team. 

She went to go see the team that would be performing Monster by Big Bang for vocal and she found out that Soonmin wanted to be center but Chanmi also wanted to because she wanted to redeem herself since her voice cracked. Jen advised Chanmi that there were other ways to redeem yourself besides being in the center and went on to watch them work on the song, answering any questions they had.

Now when it was time to see what they had done, Jen sat with the two other vocal coaches, Jea and Kim Sungeun, in the practice room. It felt a bit weird to be sitting with legends such as them. The fact that people are calling her a mentor, and to get a young artist’s point of view and share what she went through when training, was humbling. As she sat with them to listen to the group sing Monster, she and along with the mentors cringed because it wasn’t on key and they didn’t sound together as some even messed up. The two mentors lectured them and said it was not balanced and that they sounded old. The mentors then suggested Soomin sing the chorus and praised her, wanting the group to sing her age. 

After their evaluation, Jen went to work with them, sitting in a circle as she helped them sound more like their age.

“From what I saw back there, you aren’t performing as a unit. It’s not altogether like it should be. So, let’s work on that, shall we?” she got to work, going over the entire song with them.

When she noticed that Jinhee had struggled to pronounce monster in English, Jen helped her with the pronunciation. She even helped practice with her alone, making her repeat her parts over and over again to make sure she got it right.

Jinhee (I was a bit worried about this song. I just want to show my vocal skills because I think I am capable. Jennie has been a big help. I will work hard)

“I want to show a better stage but I’m scared that I won’t do well,” Jinhee said to her.

“I felt that way all the time. But we will get this right. You can do it. Now say it with me.” 

“I can do it!” Jinhee smiled.

With the second vocal team, they were to perform Day by Day. Juna and Yeunjung both wanted to be the center. They both sang it out and in the end, the group chose Juna as the center. Yeunjung was a bit upset about not getting the part and the members could see how down she was and wasn’t that involved. She ended up tearing up and Jennie pulled her aside to talk to her.

“I want to meet the expectations that people have of me but it seems like I won’t be able to...” Yeunjung admited.

“I get it. I do. I lost countless nights of myself crying when I first debuted in BTS.” Jennie said.

“You cried?” she sniffed

“Oh, all the time. It was pretty bad but I’m still here. And you will be too. I think we should get out of that mindset that you’ll only get noticed if you’re center. Because that is not true. So, you’re not the center of this song. Use that to your advantage. You can still stand out even if you aren’t the center. Now, perk up, you’re too pretty to be having that sad face. I want to see you smile! You are going to be OK!”

When in the practice room to hear them perform what they had, Yejin missed the beat and kept having to start over while everyone watched her.

“What is this? What’s going on?” Jea asked, unamused

“I feel like you all sound like you’re hesitating. Don’t hesitate. Be confident in your voice. If you hesitate, people will notice that when you’re on stage.” Jen added.

“Yes, I agree. This is generally a mess. And what’s bothering me the most is that the two of you are on the same team but it’s not actually a team.” Kim Sungeun said

“This is a team effort, you gotta work together. Don’t try to compete with one another, you have to listen to each other and find that right pitch to sing.” 

The two girls were told to sing again but then suddenly Juna began to cry which confused everyone. Soon after Yeunjung cried too.

“Ahhhhh what is going on?” Jen whined, feeling her heart ache at them crying.

The class was stopped so the team could pull themselves together while Jennie walked out with them.

“It’s not your mistake. It’s not your fault. We’re learning. I feel like you all need to communicate with each other and talk things through.” Jen said. “Figure out what you can do so this team can soar in the performance.”

The next group was for vocals with three ladies performing Call Me Baby. When Jen went to talk to them, she found out that Eunwoo was chosen as the center even though Yeseul wanted it too.

“Ooh, now you know I’m going to love you, ladies, because you’re performing EXO. Like that is my GROUP!” Jen happily sat with them and listened to the ideas they came up with.

And as she sat in the practice room, she gave the group words of encouragement. When they performed, Jen was not disappointed as she started dancing in her seat when they sang. The girls were told they did well which heightened the expectations for the other groups. 

Miss Bangtan went outside the room with them to practice a bit more.

“The one thing I want to work on a little bit with you is that harmony. It’s almost there,” she said and went over the lines with them. She went to Yeseul. “Sing it just a pitch higher. Call me baby eh, call me baby! Call me baby eh call me baby!” she demonstrated. 

And when she heard her sing it, she got it correctly.

“Call me baby eh,” Jen repeated and listened to them sing it at once, making her ears shiver from the harmony. “YES! That’s the sound! Oh, you ladies are going to kill it on stage. Also, make sure you finish the song off strong. Like, make it so that people want more but the song is over. So, five, six, seven, eight, I’ll be your baby yeah!” she sang with them. “Okay, again.”

“I’ll be your baby, yeah!” they sang out

“Phew...you ladies are no joke! I wish I could be there for the performance. I’ll watch the videos though. I am so proud of you all!”

Next was Me Gusta Tu’s vocal group. At first, two members, Haein and Siyeon had very strong opinions on what to do for the group, and during practice in front of everyone, it was like they were practicing by themselves and it sounded sad instead of emotion. But then Haein began crying because she thought about her team members getting eliminated and the hate comments.

Once Jea saw that even Taeha was crying, she freaked out and exclaimed that she was going to go crazy.

“Y’know I got a crap ton of hate comments when I first started. I still do now but in the past I let it get to me and it affected my practicing.” Jen brought up. “I let my life be surrounded by the hate. I stopped taking care of myself and I passed out and knocked myself out when I hit the floor during dance practice. It was because of exhaustion and I got a bad concussion. You remember, right?”

The girls nodded as they remembered all those articles about her passing out and the concussion. It scared Big Hit to death when it happened.

“It sucked but I had my loved ones be there for me to support me. They made me get it together and realize that we shouldn’t let hate mess with our heads.” Jen went on. “And you have these girls here to support and love you too. Nothing is your fault, you keep your head up high and let that hate be in one ear and out the other. Sadly, there is a lot of bitterness in this world. But you are a good person and we all can see that you are trying your best. So please, don’t cry. After this, I’ll help you.”

For the My Best group, Jen was told that none of them had heard the song before and had a difficult time with it. She had given them advice and told them stories of a bunch of Korean songs that she wasn’t aware of when she first came to Korea and learned as she went.

During the vocal class, everyone did not memorize the lyrics and was caught reading from the sheet as Jea lectured them on not even singing well.

“But to be blunt, this is a mess!” Sungeun exclaimed.

As the lesson went on, it looked like they had to change the main vocal for the sake of the team, which was what the mentors suggested.

Once Jen saw the hurt on Yeonkyung’s face when her spot was taken away, she spoke up, “Everybody wants to be center and the main vocal but you need to understand that there are times when someone else’s voice is more suited for certain parts of a song. It can be frustrating, I know. I lost countless times how disappointed I was when I wanted to sing certain lines for BTS’ songs but there was a member whose voice suited it more.” 

Jen explained, “For example, with spine breaker. I really loved J-Hope’s verse for it. And each member had to sing the song so we could figure out

which voice suited what verse. I tried the best I could for that song, but I didn’t have much rap skills back then as it wasn’t the best flow or tempo that was needed for the song. And they wanted his voice on it instead since they liked how it sounded. You remember the song right?”

All of a sudden the girls started singing the chorus, making Jen giggle.

“Yeah! And I really wanted his part. It went like this,” she began rapping his verse while the trainees watched in awe.

As soon as she was done, she continued her explanation, “Like I loved that verse, it’s my favorite verse on the song but the song sounds much better with him singing that. So, it’s okay. We gotta do what is best for the song, to make it memorable. Although it’s a rap verse and not a singing

verse, I hope that’s a good example to show you. You’re going to be just fine, so please don’t be discouraged.”

For the next group, with vocal for Zion T’s Yanghwa Bridge, it made Jennie think of Jungkook as her heart soared. But when it was time to hear them for the lesson, it sounded low and they were hesitating. Jea had called them out on it and wanted them to sing louder, asking where the confidence was. And it was kind of hard to give any feedback to Sejeong, who was ranked number one because she was lacking emotionally while her other group members sang it more nicely.

After their lesson, Jennie sat with them to help bring more emotion to their voices, telling them to think about their parents and how much they missed them while being here.

“Thinking of someone always helps. Think of how much your parents trust in you and support you in doing this,” she suggested as she worked with them diligently.

Next up was the dancing as Jennie, Bae Yoonjung, and Kahi walked into the dance practice room to look at what the girls had so far. Out of everyone, Sohye was Jennie’s favorite because she liked how she kept trying even if she wasn’t the best dancer. After a fun dance battle to lighten the mood, they got to work. Jen immediately went up to the group that was working on the Amity song, which is one of the dance choices. 

“Hello!” she waved as the three girls bowed. “What song are you ladies dancing to?”

“Amity’s That’s my girl.”

Jen let out a chuckle as it brought back memories. “Wow, my old group, huh? I’m excited to see what you have in store.”

“We’ve been working really hard. We know how much this means to you.” one of the girls said.

“You know I have a story about that song. Mind if I share it?”

“Go ahead!”

“Gosh, Hailey, my old leader was so pissed when the song became popular. It was only me, Angelina, who raps, and Layla on the track. I replaced Hailey with all her singing parts that she wanted because the producers thought my voice fit better. It’s my favorite Amity song and it

worked quite well. I’m surprised the show decided to use this. I don’t recall it being that viral. Unless they did it because they knew I’d be on the show.” she pondered.

She went on to tell the story about the song, “Each member sang the entire song by themselves and the producers chose who would fit best for the song. They then decided it would be best to use three members. Hailey would always overpower us in singing, like a lot. It was insane, especially when recording this song, so the producers wanted me to sing her part to see how it would sound. And then we switched parts because I sounded better. But Hailey was soooo mad. It was funny to see her like that. Like ha! Up yours!” she giggled with the girls.

“Ah, but as time went on she became stubborn and wouldn’t want to do things with the group until she had her way. And of course, she got her way and that’s when things went crashing down. She became a little greedy for the parts but I feel like we can’t have everything we want and we have to understand that certain parts are suited for other people instead of ourselves. We need to move past the greedy mindset when performing. So please work as a team for this. Be better than Amity’s skill in teamwork.”

“We won’t let you down!”

As she watched them perform, Jennie jammed out and looked so happy while the others looked on impressed. 

It was what Amity could have been. 

And after the performance, Jennie teared up, “That was just amazing.”

“Thank you.” the girls reply.

One trainee spoke up, “I was a bit discouraged. I am not from a big company and seeing these other girls in bigger companies made me doubt my skills.”

“I don’t care If I’m competing against someone from SM Entertainment, do not let someone from a bigger company discourage you,” Jen replied. “Don’t compare yourself to them. You gotta know in your heart that you can bring it just as hard as them. From what I saw today, you have something special. You’re very talented. All of you.”

The other trainee said, “I wanted to dance your part because I love your work. You inspire me to become better and it means the world to me that you are praising us for our efforts.”

“You ladies are going to make me cry...Thank you.” Jen blinked the tears away.

The main group that Jen focused on the most was the dance group working to perform Sunmi’s Full Moon. When watching them, everyone messed up, and Sohye especially had a lot of trouble with the work. 

Bae Yoonjung wanted to speak with Jennie and Kahi for a moment to discuss what was going on and Jen brought up that she had no problem helping them and staying up late doing so even if that meant losing sleep. Once they came back to the room, Sohye was asked why she chose dancing from the instructors and couldn’t give an answer.

“Let’s go to another dance practice room. I’ll work with you, three ladies.” Jen stood up. “I want us to make sure that we get this done and I won’t rest until we get it right. Okay? Don’t worry. Come with me.” 

Once they made it to another room, Sohye broke down in tears, surprising her.

“I-I’m sorry...” Sohye wiped her tears.

Jen’s heart ached to see her like this. She was trying her best, “Hey, don’t apologize. Be better. You got this, let’s keep going and I want you to keep your head up high.” she held her hands.

“I didn’t think I was that bad at dancing. I just..”

“Don’t let someone else’s opinion determine your self-worth. As long as you believe you’re good, that should be all that matters. Take constructive criticism and learn to improve yourself. I want you to prove everyone wrong. You can dance.”

Jennie pulled her in for a hug. “I know it’s frustrating. It can be when you think you’re not able to get it like everyone else does. You are trying your best. Let’s try even harder. I see improvement.” she pulled away and wiped her tears. “Let’s get to work.”

After stretching, Jen practiced with the girls.

“Noooooo, you almost had it!” she dramatically said when Sohye missed the cue. “Okay, lemme show you again.”

Sohye (I’m very thankful for Jennie and her kindness. I’m thankful she didn’t give up on me and told me to try and try again.)

After practicing, Jen began to work on giving off that sexy persona for the song with Pinky helping Sohye as well.

“Y’know, I am not a fan of cute concepts and I always have to fake it until I make it with sexy concepts. It’s all about acting. And also if you mess up just keep going.”

“I remember watching you perform War of Hormone and how you danced with Jungkook. Were you nervous?” Pinky asked.

“Oh gosh...” Jen let out a nervous laugh and felt her face warm up at the thought of dancing with Jungkook for the song. “So nervous. He helped me out a lot.”

“You looked so pretty wearing that outfit in the music video.”

“Aw, thanks!”

After helping them, Jennie gave them high fives and expressed how proud she was of them. 

After filming, although Jennie really wanted to go see the girls perform, she was at dance practice with BTS in one of Big Hit’s practice rooms. But the show Produce 101 had begun to film all the girls making their way to the Big Hit Entertainment building as they talked about surprising Jennie to thank her for helping them.

Miss Bangtan was currently on a break in the practice room while Namjoon walked in with a smile.

“Jennie you have some visitors.”

"Visitors? Who?” she turned around to see the trainees and some camera crew walk in. She covered her mouth and laughed while the trainees greeted everyone with bright smiles, “Oh my gosh. Wow! Hi!"

She was handed flowers, smarties, and a huge card signed by all of them as they thanked her for helping them and being so kind.

“Wow, you ladies are truly amazing. Thank you so much for this. Oh, snap, you got me smarties too!? This is great!” she said excitedly, making them giggle.

She took a group photo with the girls and tweeted, ‘I see bright futures in each and every one of you. Thanks for having me! I’m so proud! #Jen’

When the episode aired, Netizens praised Jennie for how patient she was and her positive attitude towards the trainees. They called her a kind teacher and liked how she wasn't as strict as the others. One part they loved the most was when she stayed up late to help the Full Moon team with their performance. Overall, her being on the show was met with positive reactions and got her more recognition.

---------

“Okay, okay, you’re glowing. Something is up.” Hyuna called Jennie out as she sat with her, Hayoon, and Amber in a private area of a restaurant for breakfast.

“I thought I was the only one. Something is different. Did something happen?” Amber teased. “Something did happen, didn’t it?”

“And don’t lie.” Hayoon giggled.

Jen smiled and looked down. Everyone was noticing, huh? 

She couldn’t help but keep smiling as she nodded, “Yeah, something did happen.”

“Sounds positive with the way you’re cheesing.” Amber laughed.

“Wow, is it that obvious?” Jen looked at them in surprise.

“Yep!” the three girls replied.

“Wow. Well, when I came back from America I went to see Jungkook.”

“Oh?” the girls leaned in.

“We had a nice discussion about something that I’ve been thinking about for a long time and well...we’re dating.”

“YES!” Amber yelled while Hyuna and Hayoon screamed excitedly and clapped.

“Pay up!” Hayoon shouted, turning to Amber and Hyuna. “I knew she was going to go see him when she came back to Seoul! Ha-ha-ha, I’m rich~!”

“Whoa, whoa, you put a bet on us, too!? What is wrong with everyone?! You think this is funny?” Jen exclaimed

“All in good fun.” Hayoon giggled, collecting her money. “So, tell us what happened!”

“Yeah, how is he?” Hyuna beamed.

“I’m just so happy. Like everything is going so well, I love him so much. I now understand what it means to be on cloud nine with your significant other. Never thought I would feel this way.” she replied

“Aweeeee~.”

“My emotions!” Amber whined.

“How did Big Hit handle it?” Hayoon asked.

A pleased smile appeared on Jen’s face, “Oh, they loved it. They were waiting for us to date, too. Everyone put a bet on us over there. Crazy, huh?”

“Nope! Not at all, we have all been waiting. Have you two been on a date yet?”

“Not yet, we’re just keeping this relationship private. But I’m sure we’ll do something soon. Even if it’s something in the dorm, I’ll be happy.” 

--------

After hanging with the girls, Jennie spent the day with Jimin, Taehyung, and Jin to go snowboarding. As much as she hated the cold, she wanted to spend time with Jin who had invited her to join him. Jimin and Taehyung had chickened out and stayed indoors to do something while Jen and Jin went on to the mountain.

Jin insisted that she wore extra layers to make sure she wasn’t too cold. She laughed at how overboard he was about it but she loved seeing him so parent like towards her.

“Make sure this is on securely.” he adjusted her jacket and made sure she was bundled up. “You warm enough?”

“Yes, I told you three times already, let’s snowboard!” she replied excitedly. “Now how do I do this because I never did this before.”

He laughed and got behind her to position her correctly on the board. “Like this. Now accelerate.”

She tried to do what he asked and began to move. “WEEEEEEEEE-OOF!” she exclaimed as she immediately fell and began rolling down the slope. 

The oldest member laughed and went after her. “This is going to be a good day.” He said to himself as he finally saw her lying down on the snow, looking up at the sky

“This is harder than it looks.” she grabbed his hand and got helped up. “Okay, let’s try again!”

“Again?! Are you okay? Do you need to sit down? Are you hurt?”

“Nah, let’s continue!”

Time passed as he continued to try to teach her the basics of snowboarding. She started to get the hang of it, riding slowly down the slope as he cheered her on.

“I got it! I got it!” she yelled as she caught herself from falling when she rode down. Once she made it to the bottom, she turned to see Jin effortlessly snowboarding down to meet her. “That was awesome!” she high fived him.

“You did great! Let’s go back up!”

After another hour, Jennie and Jin went back inside to sit at a table. It was a huge difference from the outside as the warmth around the building eased their muscles as they relaxed. 

Jin sighed and watched Jennie in line to get their beverages. He smiled softly as he watched her have a bright smile on her face. She was just growing up too fast for him. And now even dating Jungkook? She was growing into a fine young woman right before his eyes. Where did the time go? It was just 2013!

“Hey,” his thoughts were interrupted when she sat in front of him, placing their hot chocolate on the table. “I bought a bunch of snacks. Warm soft pretzels and some soft warm cookies. Let’s drink up!” she beamed.

She placed an overwhelming amount of marshmallows in her hot cocoa which concerned Jin as he asked, “U-um are you sure you want that many marshmallows?”

“Yeah! It’s so good with it! You want some?”

“No thanks, you enjoy it, sweetie.”

“Oh, I will.” she eagerly sipped the warm beverage and sighed in contentment while it warmed up her body.

He watched her with a smile and took out his phone to snap a candid photo of her drinking, quickly tweeting, ‘Ah...I feel like she is growing up too fast...my little munchkin. I’m very proud of you. Thanks for spending the day with me. #Jin’

“I like how this tastes when eating the pretzel,” Jin added

“I know right? Sweet and salty is the best.”

It didn’t take long for Taehyung and Jimin to join them with their food and then they went to go shopping.

“Oh snap! Jimin! I found your socks!” Jennie teased, pointing out the pairs of baby socks in the aisle, making him scowl.

“Leave me alone!” he whined while she laughed at him. “What about these? These suit you because your feet are too big!” he grabbed a pair of adult socks.

“Huh. Well, at least my feet are bigger than yours.”

“They are not!” 

“Jimin, why do you fall for these tricks every time someone teases you about your height?” Jin laughed.

“You need to think of some better comebacks, Jimin.” Taehyung giggled. “Oh, Jennie, Valentine’s Day is coming up. Any idea what you’re going to do for Kookie?”

It took a few seconds for that statement to register in Jennie’s brain as she stood there blankly. 

Once she understood what he had said, her face fell as she turned around in alarm. “Valentine’s Day!? When is that!?”

Jimin giggled cutely at her reaction, “The 14th silly! Don't tell me you forgot.”

“Oh my God...shit!” she speed walked through the store while the guys look amused.

How could she forget that? How could she not know that Valentine’s Day was coming up? All these Valentine’s Day decorations and items all over town? And in Korea, it’s the girls buying the guys gifts. She was a terrible girlfriend! What was she going to do!?

“She is freaking out. Wow.” Jin watched her frantically search through the aisles that have a ton of Valentine’s Day stuff from chocolate to teddy bears.

“Should we help her?” Taehyung asked.

Jimin grinned mischievously, “Nah, let’s just watch. I want to see what she’s going to do.”

Jen was unsuccessful when trying to buy something for Jungkook. She didn’t want to get something cliché for him so she went back to the big hit building with the guys.

Outside the building, Jimin had begun filming because he was currently in a snowball fight with a few members. Jennie and Yoongi stayed in the car to watch while Yoongi filmed the fight while laughing.

Soon after, Jen got out of the car, shivering from the brisk air hitting her abruptly. She walked up to Jimin because she noticed that he wasn’t wearing gloves and had brought an extra pair. Watching Jimin grab a ball of snow with his bare hands, she heard him complain that his hands were cold.

“And where are your gloves!?” Jen scolded. “Y’all never want to wear gloves, I told you to buy those gloves at the store!”

“They were baby gloves!” Jimin yelled back with a laugh.

“They fit you!”

Jimin got so fed up, he threw the snowball at her, landing directly on her face as a loud gasp escaped her lips. He began laughing hard with Taehyung, Jungkook, Hobi, Jin, and their manager as she wiped the snow from her face. Her face was a bit flushed from the cold and the impact of the snowball

“Now I’m about to fuck you all up.” she grabbed a huge pile of snow while Jimin began backing up, laughing nervously.

“Language Jennie! You’re being filmed!”

“I don’t give a fuck! Bleep it out!” she joined in the fight by throwing the big ball of snow at him, hitting him in the chest.

--------

Jin, Jimin, Jennie, and Jungkook went out to go swimming in an indoor pool, wearing wetsuits. Jennie had been on her phone, sitting by the pool to check out that interview she did with Billboard. It looked so cool and she even looked great for the photo shoot. She revealed her feelings transitioning from American music to K-Pop, what happened up to

when she left Amity, and how she got into Big Hit. She was still sad about Amity and said she pushed through since the fans who have been with her from the Amity days know her side of the story. She remained humble about it, only grateful to the group despite the negativity near the end of her time there.

One question she loved the most was about the country she loved to perform in the most.

‘I love going home, so definitely performing in the USA! I would love to perform in a stadium in America one day with BTS. That’ll be so cool. And maybe even play my guitar there, too. One day! We will get there.’

“Ennie! Come on! Stop playing on your phone and get in the water!” Jimin shouted.

“I’m coming! Jeez!” she placed her phone down.

Jungkook ran a hand through his wet hair and turned around, smiling warmly when he saw her walk down the pool steps, getting her feet wet. He extended his hand out and helped her in.

“Nice of you to join us, milady.” he giggled with her and brought her into the deeper section of the pool.

“Hey! Hey! Hands above her butt!” Jin caught them getting handsy, splashing them with water.

Once he saw the couple’s expressions darken, he paddled away, yelling for his life while they went after him.

“Take him down!” Jen jumped on Jin’s back and tried to choke him with her arms around his neck.

After messing with Jin, Jungkook suggested to her, “Hey, let’s go on the water slide!”

“Nah, I’ll pass!”

“Let’s go~!” he picked her up over his shoulder as she let out a scream in surprise

“Wait! WAIT!” she yelled as he walked up the steps, making it to the biggest slide. “Oh my God, why are we doing this?”

“It’ll be fun, come on! We’ll go together!”

Once she got set down, she positioned herself on the slide. 

“Okay...one...tw-AHHHHHH~!” she screamed at the top of her lungs once Jungkook abruptly pushed her down. 

She heard his loud laughter as she went down, making a mental note to kill him later. She landed in the pool with a big splash and resurfaced up the water, coughing and moving hair from her face.

“Jungkook!” she yelled, seeing him waving at her at the top of the slide.

“I love you!” he yelled back.

“Fuck you!”

“Okay! Now!?” he eagerly replied in a teasing voice while Jimin laughed with him.

“Hey! We will not have this kind of language here!” Jin shouted, smacking Jungkook on the arm while Jen laughed.

--------

As soon as Valentine’s Day came, Jungkook had not seen Jennie all morning but was excited because it would be their first Valentine’s Day together. He wondered how she was feeling because she would be treating him to who knows what while he had to wait until White Day.

He felt a pair of warm hands covering his eyes while he was seated on the couch and heard her voice, “Guess who?”

“Iron Man?”

“No, silly. It’s me! Stand up and follow me okay? And keep your eyes closed.”

He stood up as she asked and felt her grab his hand, walking him somewhere. After a while, he stopped and heard the door close.

“Okay...open them.” 

Jungkook slowly opened his eyes to see her smiling nervously. He then looked around to see that they were in her room and it was decorated. Blankets on the floor with pillows, game systems waiting to be plugged in and played, stacks of games for them to play for each system, snacks sitting around for them, and even food waiting to be devoured.

His eyes softened as he let out a chuckle, looking around like a kid in a candy store. “Wow.”

“Happy Valentine's Day! D-do you like it? I kind of just thought you may want to have a chill day and I thought we could game together, and eat lots of snacks. I even bought extra food for you because of that big appetite of yours.” she nervously said.

He noticed that she was even wearing a pair of cute Iron Man pajamas with her hair down. She did all of this for him. This was the perfect way he wanted to spend the day.

“I-I know you’re usually supposed to buy like chocolate or something on this day but I thought your favorite snacks would’ve been better. I bought the seaweed you like, the banana milk and lots of other stuff. I also brought my smarties. I’ll share some just for you on this special day.” she rambled on.

Oh gosh, she was freaking out. Did she do this all correctly? It just came naturally to her to just create something like this instead of doing anything else. She rambled more while Jungkook watched her, amused, and thought about how cute she looked.

He then cut her rambling off by gently grabbing her face to pull her in for a smooch. She had forgotten what she had rambled about as she closed her eyes and kissed back. He pulled away and pulled her against his chest, wrapping his arms around her. With the side of her head against his chest, she hugged him back while his chin landed on the top of her head. 

She felt his chuckles vibrate against her cheek as he said, “You’re so cute when you ramble. I love this, this is amazing.”

“Really?" she looked up at him as he looked down at her.

"Of course," he leaned down to kiss her lips again.

"Wow, so I freaked out for nothing.”

“Yeah, you did. It was cute though.” he laughed and pulled away. 

They sat on the comfy blankets and Jungkook stared at the food with joy. “Oh, this is great.” he leaned in to kiss her cheek as she giggled and dug in with him.

After eating, she set up the first game system, which was the Wii as they played Wii Sports Resort. Fencing was something that Jen was a champ in, so she had a wonderful time beating him in multiple fencing games.

“Let’s switch controllers!” he demanded

“What!?” she laughed.

“No, this is rigged. Let’s switch!” he took her controller and gave her his. He restarted the game and fenced with her but lost once again. “Are you kidding!?”

Afterward, he got his revenge when he beat her in bowling. Following messing with the Wii, they went to the PlayStation 2, to play one of the Burnout racing games. The game was known for destroying cars, so JenKook had a good time trying to bump into each other whenever their cars passed one another. 

Out of the blue, Jungkook had rammed his car against hers, making her car flip over while all the other vehicles zoomed passed.

“REALLY!?” she shouted over his giggling as he sat behind her while she leaned her back against his chest.

“Babe, it’s just a game.”

“I was in first place!”

“And the Golden Maknae is now in first place. Look how great things turned out for me.” 

It didn’t take long for Jen to make a comeback and rush back up to second place. She kept trying to hit his car while he managed to avoid her efforts. Getting desperate, Jungkook tried to playfully bite her to distract her

“Cut it out! You play too much!” she laughed, trying to move away from him.

After playing a few rounds of the racing game, the couple went to play a wrestling game called Smackdown vs Raw. They choose their wrestlers to fight in the Royal Rumble after choosing which number they want to arrive at. Jungkook, being the cocky one, chose number one since he claimed he would win the entire thing being entrant number one. Jennie, however, chose to be number 30.

She sat next to him, cheering him on as he played as Eddie Guerrero, periodically feeding him snacks. Jungkook had impressed her, they were up to entrant 23 and he was STILL in the ring with high health. Before she knew it, her wrestler, Shelton Benjamin, finally came out as number 30

while Jungkook and two other wrestlers remained in the ring which was Matt Hardy and Rene Dupree.

Jen quickly eliminated Matt Hardy after hitting him with Shelton’s finisher while Jungkook took care of Rene Dupree. All of sudden, she threw Jungkook against the ropes, which was called an Irish whip and his wrestler fell out of the ring.

“YEAH!” she threw the controller down and stood up to celebrate

“WHAT!? NO!” Jungkook fell on his back, looking at the ceiling in disbelief

“Ain’t no stoppin’ me, nowwwwwwww! You can’t rock with me, ain’t no stoppin’!” she sang and danced to Shelton’s theme. “You can’t rock with me, ain’t no stopping! You can’t rock the man, you’re droppin’! Ain’t no stoppin’ me nowwwww!”

“Congratulations.” he accepted his defeat and sat up while she sat back down.

She went to kiss him and when he thought it would be a short kiss, he was about to pull away but she leaned forward to kiss him deeply. She then slowly straddled him while his hands firmly grabbed onto her hips to pull her closer.

Pulling away, she asked, “Can I try something?”

“Yeah, go ahead,” he replied, catching his breath.

Her soft lips pressed against his again, giving him light kisses as she caressed his cheek. Their kissing got needier and she lightly bit his lip and used her tongue, brushing it against his, taking him by surprise at how sensual their kissing became.

Pulling away to catch their breath, Jungkook grinned. "Where'd that come from?"

"I just wanted to use my tongue. Did you like it?”

“Let’s do that again.” he pulled her in for another kiss.

A giggle was heard and they stopped what they were doing. Turning to the door, which was slightly opened, Jimin, Hobi, and Taehyung were seen spying on them.

“Oh shit, they caught us!” Hobi scrambled away with the 95 Liners once they saw the couple run towards the door.

---------

Pressing start, Jennie and Taehyung sat next to each other with their V-Live called #LetsPutMakeUpOnSmartie With Taehyung~

“YOOOOOOO! WHAT IS UP!?” Jen loudly greeted as they watched the viewers pour in at a rapid rate. It went from 1,000 to 10,000 within a minute. “I see our notification squad is here! Represent!”

Taehyung giggled and waved. “ARMY~! Hello!”

“When should we start?”

“Let’s wait until we have at least 30k.”

“But we have 50k right now.”

“That quick!?” he looked at the screen. “Wow~! A lot of ARMY here to see us.”

She laughed. “Let’s get started! What is up, everyone? Today we are here for a very interesting V-Live. Taehyung thought of this goofy concept and I know I may regret it later but this will be a series. Each member of BTS will be doing my makeup and I just have to sit there and let them ruin my

face.”

“Ruin? That’s a bit harsh. You doubt my makeup skills?”

“Yeah, I do.”

He giggled again, “I promise I will make you even more beautiful than you already are. Trust me.”

“Uh huh.” she smiled forcefully.

“So...are you ready for me to do your makeup?” he smiled softly and placed her makeup bag on the table.

Jen gulped loudly which made ARMY send laughing emojis in the chat. The comments so far were saying:

‘LOL I LOVE this’

‘This is gonna be good’

‘Oh no Jennie whyyyy’

‘Jen looks high key scared, lmaoooo’

‘I love you Taennie!’

‘We missed you!’

“Okay! Ennie’s face is all nice and clean, so first we shall put on eyeliner!”

“Eyeliner!? Now!?”

“Yeah!” he giggled and grabbed one of her eyeliners.

“Oh my God...” she groaned and closed her eyes as he began to apply it on her face. 

It was extremely uneven and he had messed up a few times, making it look a hot mess.

‘Yooooooo no he didn't! She is going to kill him!’

‘STOP! MAKE IT STOP! SHE’S ALREADY DEAD!

‘NOOOOOOOO’

‘No turning back now!’

“You have pretty eyes. Let’s put some eyeshadow on.” he took out one of her eyeshadow palettes.

“That is brand new. I just received that in the mail a few days ago and I haven’t opened it yet. All from America.”

“Oohhhhh you know what I’ll do? Let’s mix these together!”

"What we not gonna do is mix my brand new eyeshadow.”

“This one...this one...and this one and that one.” Taehyung ignored her and began mixing them together with the brush.

“OHHHHHHHHHHHHH-AHHHHHHHHH!” she screamed when he mixed five shades of eyeshadow all together and began to apply it to her eye. “Are you fuc-friggin kidding me!?”

“Okay! Next is the foundation!” he placed a large portion on a beauty blender, making her cringe.

“A little goes a long way! You don’t need that much! Why are you squirting it!?”

“That’s what she said.” he giggled and she smacked him on the arm.

“I cannot believe this....” she complained as he placed it all over her face. 

He was caking a bunch of it on her poor face as she fake cried.

“Lipstick~!” he grabbed a color of red lipstick and began putting it on her lips, making it uneven.

“I bet I look like a clown.”

“You look very pretty. Doesn’t she ARMY? Okay! I’m done!”

She exhaled and looked at herself in the mirror. “Wh-what the hell? What did you do to me?! The heck is this!?”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 74- King Of Masked Singer

Chapter Summary: Jennie stars in King of Masked Singer and gets surprised when one of her favorite artists is one of the judges for the show. Jennie encourages Taehyung with his acting

Words: 5,000+

----- Hobi, the birthday boy, watched TV in the living room until Jennie walked in with the rest of the members with a baked cake and lit candles. Jimin recorded in the background as they watched his eyes light up and smile as they sang Happy Birthday, screaming and cheering. They smeared icing on his face as he laughed and got fed a bite of the cake by Jennie.

"Wow, this is really good! You made this yourself?" he asked.

"Yep!" she grinned.

"This is great!"

He opened up his little dancing birthday box that she made in green and happily read her note: 

'Happy birthday you bundle of joy! Thank you for always being the one to make me laugh and cheer us all up whenever we're down. Your hard work has not gone unnoticed. Ever since I came here, you have inspired me to be a better dancer and I thank you for those countless days of you helping me with my craft and telling me to actually dance and not hold back.

Because of you, I feel like a better performer and BTS would not be the same if you weren't here. Please keep this energy that you have. I'm looking forward to more goofy moments with you! I love you and you will forever be my hope!

Love, your munchkin

"Ah, I love this! Jennie, you're so sweet!" he pulled her in for a hug and kissed her cheek multiple times as she laughed.

Later that night, Jen had asked the Hyung line if they wanted to try the face masks that she had gotten in the mail and they all agreed. They washed their faces and relaxed in the living room while she prepared the masks.

"Stay still," she said while carefully placing the mask on Jin's face.

"So, is this supposed to make me even more handsome?" Jin asked. "I never used these masks from America."

"No one said you were handsome." Yoongi snorted, making everyone laugh.

"This is how you treat the oldest, huh?" he grumbled while Jennie finished placing it on his face.

She then moved to Namjoon, Hobi, and Yoongi before applying it to her face as well and they all relaxed.

"The fuck? Ow!" Yoongi shouted and fanned his face.

"Why is my face feeling like this?! What did you do to my beautiful face?!" Jin yelled.

"Huh!?" Jen stared at them in confusion

"Are you trying to ruin my face!?" Jin exclaimed, getting defensive

"The heck are you guys talking about!?" Jennie shouted back.

"Why is it burning!?" Hobi whined

"The fuck is this shit, Smartie?" Yoongi shouted

"This burns!" Namjoon complained

She looked at them, bewildered, "It burns? It's just a face mask, why are you yelling?"

"Are you trying to prank us?" Namjoon accused.

"What!? No!" Jen asserted. 

"Then why aren't you freaking out with your face mask!?" Hobi yelled

"Because I'm not a big baby like all of y'all!" 

"We are not babies! This hurts! Why is it burning!?"

"It's supposed to sting a bit, it means it's working!"

"You're lying! Yours isn't burning!" Jin wailed. "Why are you doing this to me!? Were you so jealous of my handsomeness that you wanted to ruin it? My face feels like it's melting!"

"Your face is dirty! It's cleaning it! Jeez!" she rolled her eyes. "Suck it up! I didn't do anything to it. It's just a face mask, calm down."

"This mask makes me look so ugly, why did I agree to this?"

"But that's how you look every day," she joked, causing the rest to laugh at him.

"E-EXCUSE ME!?" Jin sputtered. "No Korean beef for you!"

"Wait, I'm sorry!"

------

The next morning, Jennie had put on her Captain America outfit with a big Captain America mask on, prepared to appear on King of Masked Singer. The mask fully covered up her face and she made sure to cover her entire body even under the costume. Her hands were also covered to avoid any detection of who she was. If the audience caught a glimpse of her melanin, they would know it was her.

"Nervous?" Sejin smiled as he noticed her twiddling her fingers. 

He sat next to her in the car as they were on their way to the building for the show.

"That obvious, huh? Yeah, very nervous."

"You sing very well and you work very hard. You will do well on the show. Don't be nervous."

"Thanks, I needed that."

Once arriving at the place, she was filmed walking backstage as she politely bowed and greeted the camera as her voice was disguised. It seemed like forever for the show to start. And before she knew it, she was called out on stage to stand next to another person in disguise. She had been called a goofy nickname which was Captain Singer as the MC made introductions.

'Okay, I can't just leave the stage. What are my other options?' she thought. 'Ugh, I feel like I have to pass out...why does my stomach have so many butterflies? This should not be happening when I am about to sing. Breathe...breathe...breathe...BREATHE!'

Here she was, on the stage with another contestant to perform a duet on King of Masked Singer. An honor this was. To be a part of this show. It was exciting, and Jen wanted to show her vocal skills without dealing with people focusing on how she looked instead of her talent. Despite striving to last until the end, another part of her couldn't wait to unmask herself to see everyone's reactions. 

Will they assume it's her when they hear her sing?

Will they be happy? Will they be surprised? Will they even care? 

Endless possibilities of how this could go but all she wanted to do was show how much she had improved. She knew she was ready. She knew she could do this. But as soon as she looked up to see who was with the judges, she almost dropped her mic.

Ai-friggin-lee was sitting right there, with a bright smile, anticipating what the contestants had to offer. 

All those motivational words to keep her nerves at ease went out the window. 

Ailee was here!

Right there by those seats. Jennie was about to sing in front of someone that she had looked up to for years. And ironically Jennie had chosen to sing nothing but Ailee songs for this show. Now you mean to tell her she has to sing in front of the person who originally sings the songs?

'Why? Why is this happening? I am not prepared for this. Why? WHY!?' Jennie whined in her head.

How was she going to do this? How was she going to be able to sing in front of the woman she admired and looked up to as a vocalist?

Jen had picked U & I and I Will Show You to sing today if she advanced to the next rounds. She told herself she would cover her songs once she felt like her vocals improved. And now that they did, it looked like fate wanted to give her the ultimate test by singing in front of Ailee. She'd be lying if she didn't think this was intimidating. It was a bold risk to sing a song in front of the person it was written for. Not a lot of vocalists did this. But why not make a statement and come off strong? 

At the end of the day, Jen trusted her vocals and the work she put into preparing for this moment. No matter how far she gets today, she will be happy that she took that risk.

As soon as Round One started, Rihanna's Diamond came on as Jennie expertly listened to the other contestant's voice to figure out what pitch she should sing so they could harmonize. But damn, was he good.

'Gosh, this guy sings so well.' she thought. 

And his English was great as it impressed the judges immensely. But she needed to focus on the song and not everyone's reactions. When it was her turn, she sang out strong without her voice getting shaky this time when she used to practice.

I knew that we'd become one right away. Oh, right away.

At first sight I felt the energy of sun rays.

I saw the life inside your eyes

"So shine bright tonight," she heard the guy sing.

"You and I." she joined in

The judges stared at each other in surprise at how their voices danced with one another. Jennie wanted to make sure not to overpower the other singer and that seemed to have caught the judges' attention as they murmured to themselves.

"Harmony is clearly one of their strengths."

"Right pitch and everything, made my ears tingle, I love it."

After the song, the contestants were praised for their efforts and talked about how hard it would be to vote because they both sounded well.

"Okay, I have to ask...is that Rihanna under there? Does Rihanna know Korean?" a judge asked as the crowd laughed

"Maybe." Jen teased and shrugged with her disguised voice. 

If that was what they were thinking of who was under the mask then she'll take it. 

"I just want to say to the one wearing the Captain America outfit that I just love your voice," Ailee spoke with a bright smile, making Jen's stomach drop. "I am so eager to hear more from you and I'm very curious to know who you are. I can just hear the passion in your voice. I love it so much!"

Jennie wanted to cry right then and there. She was JUST complimented by her fav. She praised her for her vocals. That was HUGE. She wanted to yank off her mask right there and thank her for everything and tell her how much she loved her but she stopped herself.

Jennie decided to bow. "Th-tha-nk you so much," she replied in a shaky voice with her voice going up an octave due to the nervousness of speaking in front of her. "It's an honor hearing that from you. I'll continue to work hard."

The votes were in and it was an extremely close one which shocked the crowd.

49 votes vs 50 votes

That brought a lot of tension to the studio as they wondered who got it. It made everyone extremely nervous. Once they revealed who it was, they announced that Captain Singer would advance to the next round which shook Jennie as she placed a hand over her heart. She then waited until Round 2 as she was back on stage. She was asked questions on how she was feeling about advancing to the next round and then prepared for her stage.

Round 2

With the mic in her hand, she exhaled. She thought of herself back during the Rookie King filming. That Karaoke segment with the guys. How she explained in an interview that she wanted to touch people with her voice just like Ailee does. How she loves Ailee's smooth voice with such powerful instruments. That she hopes to be as good as her one day. How she claims that her life would be complete if she was able to meet her and ponders if she would love to share the stage with her in a collab.

"HHHHHHheeeeeyyyyyyy~" As Soon as Ailee's U & I came on and she started strong, the entire crowd lit up.

"Whoa~!" the crowd immersed as they glanced at each other before moving and dancing around. 

Meanwhile, the judges dropped their jaws and turned to Ailee when they realized that she was singing a judge's song right in front of the judge. They were not expecting that kind of note to come out of Captain Singer.

Dancing around and clapping her hands with the crowd to get them moving, that nervousness went away and Jennie decided to have some fun on the stage. 

Ha! Cut the beat now! 

Wait a minute, wait a minute

mal jalla mianhande

Wae ireoni wae ireoni 

jakku Ddokgateun mal. 

Uri jung hanan meonjeo yaegihaeya dwae. 

Yeogiseo uri geuman ggeutnae

"Oh my gosh!" that bright smile on Ailee's face didn't go away as she stood up with the rest of the judges. She covered her mouth as she continued to watch.

Jen had everyone dancing due to her charisma as the judges pondered which idols had similar strong stage presence. While the entire crowd was dancing as she did a little of the choreography with it, the judges were in conversation with one another.

"I was not expecting this! Wow!"

"We need to figure out who this woman is."

"You sure that's not Ailee?!"

"I'm right here!" Ailee laughed.

"Do you have a secret child or something?"

"No! Hahaha."

It made Jen happy to see that her voice was making people go crazy and dance around. What really touched her heart was how thrilled Ailee was as she kept encouraging her and even sang along to the throwback song.

"Wooo!" Ailee cheered. "Sing!"

nega eodiseo mwol hadeon sanggwan an hallae

gadeon maldeon ne mamdaero hae

maebeon jigyeobdorok banbokdoeneun everyday

U & I U & I U & I

Some guys had held their hearts while Ailee watched in awe at her high note. Once the song ended, the entire studio erupted into cheers while the judges continued to exclaim how amazing the performance was. Ailee had given her a standing ovation which made Jennie tear up as she quickly blinked the tears away.

"Wow! I am blown away! Phew!" Ailee laughed and shook her head in disbelief.

"The fact that this person sang an Ailee song and Ailee was the first person to be eager to want to know who is behind that mask...incredible." the judges talked amongst themselves.

"Did you hear that passion? Like I just can't believe it." Ailee turned to Captain Singer. "For you to have the courage to sing one of my songs like this, shows me just how passionate you are. I'm amazed! The way you interpreted the song, you really touched my heart!"

"Indeed," Another judge said. "Captain Singer, this must be nerve-wracking but singing a song in front of the artist it was written by...wow. It takes guts to sing a song from an artist that is right there. Wonderful job! Outstanding!"

"Yeah, I admire her braveness!" another judge praised.

Jennie bowed. "Thank you so much!"

"I just love the stability of your voice. The breath control was really good for this song even as you were dancing."

"Okay, WHO ARE YOU!?" one judge exclaimed desperately as the crowd laughed. "Can you give us a hint or something!? Because I have no idea and I am so curious!"

"I'm just a girl who loves to sing," Jennie answered. "Call me a girl who loves to sing and just wants to bring others together with her performance, not focused on how she looks."

Although she didn't make it to the third round, she was highly encouraged to sing one more song before she unmasked so she chose I Will Show You by Ailee to introduce herself, which shook everyone again.

"A-another song of Ailee!?" a judge exclaimed while Ailee continued to look intrigued, wondering why this person was so eager to sing her songs.

The song started as an instrumental of the first few notes while Jennie began to reach for her gloves to remove them. She felt a sense of empowerment when she took those white gloves off to reveal her dark skin. Black and proud, she heard the crowd begin to freak out when they started to put the pieces together. She reached for the back of the mask and began to untie it and then it fell off her face as everyone erupted into loud cheers.

"Wait! Wait! What!?" the judges yelled.

"Jennie!? MISS BANGTAN!? FROM BTS!? IS THIS REAL!?"

"I cannot believe this, there is no way!"

"I am mind blown that a voice could come out of her like that! I never knew she could sing like this!"

An amused smirk came across Jen's face before she looked and smiled brightly at everyone. She bowed and placed the mic in front of her, staring directly at Ailee. She then went on with the performance as she sang for the heart, giving people chills.

niga jwotdeon banjil beorigo

niga sseotdeon pyeonjil jiugo

miryeon eobsi huhoe eobsi ijeo jul geoya

neoreul ijeullae neoreul jiullae

For the high note, the music stopped as she impressed everything with a long high note before going straight back to the chorus with the music coming back on. As the song ended, she was met with loud cheers.

"Hello! I'm Jennie from BTS," she announced to louder cheers as she heard a few BTS fans screaming.

The judges were asked if she was who they were expecting as they exclaimed how insane this was and had no idea it would be her under that mask.

"You're very brave for singing a song like this in front of the artist the song was made for. Were you nervous?" Ailee asked as she praised her.

"Yes! Very. I hope I did the songs justice." Jennie replied shyly, smiling brightly as her face heated up.

"How do you feel about your performances on this show?"

"I'm honored that I was able to make it this far, I'm proud of myself. I'm very happy right now." 

After the show with Jennie back in her casual outfit in the dressing room, Ailee walked in with a happy smile.

"Hi!" Jennie heard her speak in English and turned around, stunned. "Oh my gosh, it is finally nice to meet you in person!"

"Hi." Jennie exhaled, asking herself if this was real. "I-I, wow I-hi!"

Ailee giggled. "I am very proud of you, Jennie! I want you to keep doing what you are doing. I have been watching you for a while. I am just blown away by you singing my songs. It means the world to me that you admire my work. You did such an amazing job out there. I can't wait to see what else you can do."

'She's...been watching me this whole time?' she thought.

"I would love to spend some more time with you whenever our schedules comply," she suggested

Jennie let out a chuckle and nodded with a tearful smile. "A-absolutely! Th-thank you." she then finally hugged her. "I have so much to tell you, like I admire you so much and the fact that you are in front of me right now, talking to me, I just can't believe it! I like-oh my gosh, is this really happening?!"

Jennie even took a photo with her, 'I MET AILEE!! Ahhhhhhh! It finally happened! This is so surreal! Thank you for everything! It's an honor! #Jen #IMSHAKING'

Many articles had headlines such as 'Member from Popular Idol Group blows judges away on King of Masked Singer' and 'Jennie from BTS praised for her efforts on King of Masked Singer' as it went into detail about her performances on the show.

When the show aired, the members had watched it and posted reaction videos and photos of her on the show.

'THAT'S MY BABY! #Jin'

'Smartie you keep cheesing. Calm down, you're making my face hurt with that smile of yours #Suga'

'Go Ennie! #V'

'Ennie~you look so cool! #Jimin'

ARMY even made a comparison video of her singing Ailee's songs back from 2013 to 2016 and went on to tweet about her on the show too.

'We need her to sing like this more often in BTS' songs! Where is her album/mixtape!?'

'I did NOT know she had these PIPES! Eargasm omfg!'

'Peep the guys in the crowd staring at her with heart eyes'

'Where the haters that said she couldn't sing?'

'I had no idea she could sing like this'

'Big Hit has picked a gem! They chose the perfect person to become Miss Bangtan! She is truly one of a kind!'

'PLOT TWIST!'

'QUEEN!'

'QUEEN of plot twists!'

'When she removed those gloves and everybody went batshit crazy, I got emotional'

'People give Jennie a lot of shit and it's funny how silent they are when they watch her sing like this. They can't admit that she has pipes!'

'Her vocals have improved so much! I hope we can see this more on BTS' next album!'

---------

Things were going great when working on the upcoming album. Today, in particular, was an eye-opener for Jennie when she was told that she was highly considered to be dancing in water for Fire.

"W-water dance? That's some EXO type shit!" she exclaimed. "You want me to dance in water? You want me to do that? Not any of the others?"

"It will fit best with you. We can use this for a special occasion such as an award show." Mr. Son had informed her.

She was told that soon she would be working with some choreographers on the dance. She happily took the opportunity and hoped to work hard as the members supported her. She wasn't used to doing much more like that but the fact that she was getting more opportunities made her elated.

Including that time when was called to see Slow Rabbit and was asked to do adlibs for House of Cards and harmonize in the background.

Back at the dorm, Jennie searched everywhere in her room for her pack of bonnets that she had just bought. She couldn't find them anywhere and began to search in the living room. That was until she saw Hobi wearing one of her bonnets.

"Hey," she spoke up

"Oh hey, Munchkin. Were you about to take a shower? I'll be quick okay?"

"No, it's not that but you're wearing one of my new bonnets."

"A what?"

"My bonnet. On your head."

"A bonnet? I thought this was a shower cap." he took it off his head and examined it as she laughed. "This is yours? I thought they were shower caps so I grabbed the pack that was sitting in the living room."

"Nah, it's for my hair to protect it. But I mean you can keep that one, it's fine,"

After finding her pack of bonnets, she grabbed her phone to see a text message from Baekhyun. Once she read what he said, she screamed and said yes

Baekhyun: Jennie, it's me Baekhyun! I was wondering if you wanted to join me and the rest of the members tomorrow at SM Entertainment.

Later that night, mind immersed in various thoughts, Taehyung got out of bed and made his way outside the dorm to sit on the steps. He didn't know exactly what time it was but from the view of the night sky, it was late. All that was on his mind was that offer for the Hwarang K-Drama.

They wanted him? Of all people? Was he...good enough for the role? 

He didn't want to disappoint them. And he didn't have that much acting experience. He didn't think he should accept the offer. What if people speak negatively about him and his acting?

Hearing the door behind him close, he turned around to see Jennie bundled up, about to walk down the steps. As soon as they locked eyes, she stopped and took out her earbuds.

"Oh. I was not expecting anyone to be out here. Hey, Tae. I'm surprised you're awake."

Taehyung immediately smiled. "Hey, Ennie! Can't sleep either?"

"I just have the munchies for those Korean chips you got me into. Want to walk with me to the store?"

Taehyung stood up eagerly. "Let's go!" he grabbed her hand and walked down the path to the store with her.

He enjoyed Jennie's company. He wasn't expecting anyone to be awake at this time, but he was glad she was here with him. Maybe he could talk to her about what has been bothering him. She always knew the right things to say.

Jennie, on the other hand, knew that something was bugging him and waited patiently for him to speak to her about it. She knew he would as he thought of the words to bring it up.

After buying her chips and some other snacks from the store, the two made it back to the dorm without anyone noticing them and sat on the steps outside, enjoying each other's company 

After chatting and snacking, Taehyung murmured while looking down at the ground, "I...I have been thinking..."

"About...?" she softly spoke, setting her chips to the side.

"The offer. I just...what do you think I should do? I'm so nervous about it."

"Why are you nervous?"

"I just...I feel like I'm lacking in acting. I don't want to disappoint them..."

"You won't disappoint them. I can't decide for you but I really hope you take the offer for the upcoming drama."

He stared at her in surprise. "You think so?"

"Yeah! That is an amazing opportunity. You're a great actor, Tae Tae. I've seen you in I Need U and Run. You are able! Listen, at the end of the day, it is you that is doing this, not me. But I strongly think you should go for it. I wouldn't pass this up. This can even help you improve your acting skills." she smiled warmly.

She bumped her shoulder into him, making him giggle. "Tae, just sleep on it, okay? Don't overthink it. When your mind is clear and focused, just think about it and call them to give them your answer. But just know that I will support you in your decisions and do whatever I can to help you practice for the drama if you say yes."

Taehyung stared at her and couldn't help but feel a sense of happiness wash over him as he took her encouragement to heart. Grabbing her gloved hand, he squeezed it while smiling softly at her.

"Ennie...thank you."

"Always."

"No, really. Thank you for being my friend. I was hoping someone would be awake and find me here. To talk to me about this. You always know when to pop up when I need you. You gave me a lot of strength. Thank you."

"I'm glad I can call you my friend, Tae. And I'm really happy to hear that. Also, don't forget...Taehyung hwaiting!" she happily announced, pumping her fist. Afterward, she nervously laughed, covering her mouth while he giggled at how cute she looked saying that to him. "Sorry, I just wanted to cheer you up. Was that too much? Too cringe?"

"Hehehe, no...not at all, Ennie."

The next morning, Jennie had been in her room catching up on her TV shows when she saw Taehyung walking in her room excitedly.

"Morning!" she beamed.

"Morning, Ennie!" his boxy smile came across his features as he sat on her bed. "I slept on it..."

"Oh, you did? You made a decision?"

"I just got off the phone with them. I accepted it."

Her eyes widened and she pulled him in for a hug, delighted for him as he laughed. "I am so happy! You're going to do great! We'll practice all night if we have to!"

He giggled. "I appreciate it. Thank you Ennie."

A few hours later, Jennie saw Tony happily jump on her bed to interrupt her watching her show. 

"Tony! How are ya today?" she petted him and started to give him a belly rub. She then noticed an odor coming from him and realized that he was in serious need of a bath. "Tony, you stink! I need to clean you."

As soon as the dog noticed what was about to happen, he tried to get out of it by whining. But Jennie wasn't having it.

"Tony, you stink. I need to give you a bath. Hey, no. Not the puppy dog eyes. You are not getting away from this. Let's get this bath over with." 

She picked him up as he whined louder and began walking to the bathroom in the hallway. She set him down and saw him giving her an even sadder look. 

"Tony! Come on~!" she complained as his sad look started to get to her. "No, we are not doing this. You are not giving me that sad look. You're getting cleaned. Ugh, how come you do this to me and not Jungkook?"

Jungkook laughed in the background, leaning up against the door. "Because he knows you'll give him whatever he wants."

Turning around to see him smiling, she replied, "Not today! He needs to get cleaned." 

Tony immediately went over to his dad and rubbed against him to try to get him to talk Jennie out of it. It worked before but this time Jungkook sighed. 

"Sorry boy, listen to Jennie. You have to get cleaned, this time."

Tony seemed to have given up on the sweet gestures and decided to accept his fate while Jennie got the bath settled.

"I got him." Jungkook picked him up and gently placed him in the tub. He then sat on the floor with Jennie to help wash him. "I think he likes it. Cute." he chuckled softly when they noticed their dog splashing around.

Jennie used the shower head to wet him thoroughly, carefully making sure not to get any water in his ears or eyes.

"Good, that'll be easy then." she grabbed the dog shampoo and began to go to work to wash him with Jungkook. 

Tony seemed to enjoy it, which made the couple laugh. But then he jumped out of the tub and ran out of the bathroom, still covered in shampoo. 

"Tony, noooooo!" she shouted.

Jungkook promptly rushed out of the room to run after the dog, who was making the floor wet wherever he ran. 

"Tony! We're not done!" he laughed out loud.

"Goodness gracious. I didn't think it'd be this hard." Jen stood up and walked out of the bathroom to help Jungkook chase him. 

After a few minutes, Jungkook managed to grab him and they resumed washing him. While rinsing him off with the shower head carefully, they got splashed and wet in the process once Tony shook his body and spread water all over the place.

"Agk!" Jungkook tried to shield himself from the water with Jennie. 

He turned to her and started laughing again before they washed him a second time to make sure he was nice and clean. Jennie and Jungkook were soaked while trying to clean him but they didn't complain as they had fun washing him.

"Ta-da! You're clean!" Jennie took Tony out and began to dry him with a towel. "You did it, Tony! I'll give you a treat once I finish drying you up."

Jungkook stretched and then bent over the tub to take out the plug that was holding the water in the drain. 

Standing up, Jennie let Tony go free and glanced at Jungkook's butt as an idea popped into her head. Feeling playful, she kicked his butt, making him fall right into the tub as she burst out in laughter.

Jungkook was a bit surprised that she would attack him like this. Nonetheless, he'd make sure to have the last laugh.

Grabbing the shower head, she prepared for him to stand up and when he did, she sprayed him as he tried to block his face. Jungkook's entire body got soaked as he tried to evade her attack while the room was filled with her laughter.

Having enough, he got out of the tub and began walking forward while she took a few steps back, continuing to spray him. She let out a scream in surprise when he grabbed a hold of her and grabbed the shower head.

"No!" she pulled it back as they went back and forth trying to fight for it. But then he yanked it out of her hands and began spraying her with water as she tried to block her face. "Kook!"

All she heard was his loud laughter before they began to wrestle around for the handheld showerhead.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 75- Ejected

Chapter Summary: Jennie finally hangs with Baekhyun and meets the rest of EXO. BTS return for ISAC as Jennie deals with issues on the volleyball court

Words: 10,000+

Author's Note: I originally chose a girl group for this part but decided to make a random group with names instead. I felt like it was much better than to write a girl group in a bad light tbh. Enjoy!

--------------

After being let in, Jennie walked around SM’s building to find Baekhyun. She was so excited to see him and couldn’t wait to meet the other members. The fact that he invited her was so sweet of him and she hoped to have a great time hanging out with the guys.

“There you are! Hey, she’s here!” a cheerful voice was heard as she looked to see Baekhyun smiling and waving at her.

“Baekhyun!” she beamed, hugging him. 

Even after meeting, she still got butterflies in her stomach whenever she saw this man as she tried to keep her composure.

“I see you’re still swooning over him.” Chanyeol teased, walking up to them.

“No idea what you’re talking about.” she laughed nervously and released Baekhyun as he chuckled.

“Ah, leave my Jennie alone. I think it’s cute," Baekhyun said. "Come on, let’s introduce you to the guys. We were working in the studio.”

“Working on your new album?” she asked.

“Yes, what about you and Bangtan?”

“Same thing. I was informed by my dance instructor that he wants me to do some type of water dance for our next comeback soon. Maybe for like a special occasion like the MAMA Awards.”

“Oh really? That would be cool to see. Kai and Sehun can help you with that, once you start learning.” Chanyeol added.

“I would love that. Need all the help I can get.”

“Guys, Jennie is here!” Baekhyun announced, walking in to see the members chilling amongst themselves.

“Jennie! Finally, we get to meet you. Chanyeol and Baekhyun could not stop chewing our ears off about it.” Suho greeted.

“Oh really? You guys talk about me a lot?” she smiled at the two guys.

“Mainly Baekhyun.” Chanyeol threw him under the bus while he got playfully hit by him in response. “He talks about how he wants to sing with you one day. He keeps asking the company if there is a way for EXO to collaborate with you.”

“Really? I'd love that! Wow, has there been any word yet?”

“SM said they will keep it in mind for something near the end of the year or something. So, that looks like a good sign.” Baekhyun added.

“Awesome. Keep me posted.” she turned to the members and smiled warmly. “Hey! It’s nice to finally see you guys in person. I’m Jennie. Okay, I got this, let me point you guys out. You are Xiumin.” She turned to him

He smiled and nodded. “Nice to meet you!”

“Kyungsoo.”

Kyungsoo nodded and flashed a cute grin. “Correct.”

“Chen. I swear every time I hear your vocals, I get goosebumps. I still can’t over your vocals from last year’s MAMA Awards.”

Chen grinned, “Thanks, Jennie! It's great to meet you,“

“Sehun. Maknae to maknae, it is very nice to meet you.”

“It’s nice to meet you, too.” Sehun nodded.

“Kai.” she turned to him and pointed him out as he nodded.

“Correct! Hello Jennie.” He grinned.

“And you’re Suho. The great leader of EXO. Thank you for your hard work in leading this group. Your efforts are always appreciated.”

“Thank you, Jennie. I try my best,” he spoke some English to her and smiled softly.

“Where’s the last member?” she looked around, thinking of Lay.

“I think he went to use the bathroom. He should be back soon.” Chen responded.

“Oh, Jennie informed Baekhyun and me that she will be performing some type of water dance for a special occasion around the time of BTS’ next comeback. Do you guys mind showing her some pointers and helping her once she starts learning the dance?” Chanyeol turned to Sehun and Kai.

“Of course. We’ll be glad to help.” Sehun answered.

“Yeah, no problem. You want to head to the dance studio now?” Kai suggested. “We can show you some of the choreography we’ve done with water.”

Jen accepted their offer and went to the dance studio, sitting on the floor while watching them. She listened closely and made notes on her phone as they gave her advice on their techniques. They made it look so effortless with how fluid their moves are. It was like they told a story with their dance. Although she was told that her dance was going to be in a more hyper and hip-hop style instead of how their moves were, she still took what they told her to heart and was looking forward to showing them what she would be taught once she began learning.

Jennie loved meeting idols and learning from them. She was grateful for any advice they told her as it made her become a better performer. 

Lay came back from the bathroom and passed the dance studio only to stop once he saw the members in there with Jennie. He walked in while Jen didn’t notice, fixated on the two dancers in front of her. Walking over to Xiumin and Chen, they greeted him.

“Who is that?” Lay asked curiously.

“Oh, that’s Jennie. She’s from BTS. She’s good friends with Chanyeol and Baekhyun. She came here to visit and hang with us. We were going to go eat later.” Chen answered.

“Jennie.” Lay nodded, as her name rang a bell.

Following the dancing, the members started talking amongst themselves and worked on some old choreography for fun. Jen then noticed Lay who was texting on his phone and decided to approach him.

She remembered him. He was their Chinese member of the group and wondered if she should use what she learned in Chinese to help communicate with him if he wasn’t so comfortable speaking in Korean or English. Deciding to give it a shot, she began speaking in his language, hoping for the best. 

“You’re Lay, right?” she asked as he looked up in surprise. “Hi! I’m Jennie. It’s nice to meet you.”

“Hi! You speak Chinese?” he replied in his language.

“A little. I’m still learning. Ever since I met The8 from Seventeen I have been trying to learn the language to communicate with him more. Seems to be paying off, huh?”

“It has. Your pronunciation is good.”

“I’m glad you can understand me.”

“Is it hard for you as an idol from America?”

“Most definitely. Foreigner 101 in K-Pop. Struggling every day but somehow surviving.” 

He chuckled softly. “Tell me about it.”

“Oh, do I have some stories.”

“I have time.”

“Okay. Let’s chat. Do you want to walk around? I am curious to see how different the building is from Big Hit’s. I also want to check out the memorabilia.”

“Sure. Let’s go.”

Once they left the studio after letting the members know, they walked around passing staff members along the way.

“I am not gonna lie, being a foreigner here is hard,” Jen admitted. “I take it day by day and push through but still.”

“I agree. My Korean could use a little work. Sometimes I have to ask people to speak slowly so I can make sure I understand.”

“Me too! Or you just see me fake laughing while looking confused on variety shows. And sometimes I may say words that mean something way different than what I implied.”

“That happened to me during a music show interview while I was with Chanyeol. I mispronounced a word. Urgh, so embarrassing.”

“Jimin and Taehyung made me say a dirty word in Korean. It was awful and on V-live! They didn’t even correct me until I saw the fan comments laughing and freaking out. When I called them out on it those two started cackling in my face. I got them back by beating them with pillows.”

Lay laughed wholeheartedly. “I should start doing that.”

“You should. It’ll make them think twice about doing it again.”

“Do you often miss home?”

“Always. The distance was so hard when I first started here. I do get homesick sometimes, but I learned to cope. Being around good friends and keeping in touch with family has helped. So, it isn’t that bad. However, I always feel so elated when I go home.”

“Yes, nothing like home. Especially the food. The food is good when you go home. I should try some American dishes the next time I go to America. Perhaps once we go on tour again, I’ll eat some good food there.”

“Definitely. If you want any recommendations, let me know. Actually, let’s exchange numbers. I also gotta get the other guys’ numbers too.” she took out her phone. After exchanging numbers, she texted him to make sure he got it.

“Got it. You know, it’s really nice to talk to someone about being a foreigner here. Someone to relate to.”

“Yeah, especially when you understand exactly what they’re talking about. Let’s definitely keep in touch. Well, either way, you’re kinda stuck with me now so I’m going to enjoy our forthcoming friendship.”

Lay let out a soft laugh, taking a good look at her. “I wouldn’t have it any other way.”

--------

Jennie was stoked to be back at ISAC. She could not wait to play volleyball and wrestle the girls again. Bangtan was with the team of Got7, Bestie and Twice as she found herself sitting and hanging out with 4Minute while the Men’s Korean Wrestling preliminaries were going on. The first match consisted of Jin going up against BTOB’s Changsub as Armies chanted ‘Kim Seokjin’ for support.

“Let’s go Jin! Use them shoulders! USEEEEE THEM!” Jen cheered and began doing his traffic dance, making ARMY cheer.

Jungkook giggled with Taehyung and pointed at her to get Jin’s attention. Jin looked pleased with her dancing and gave her a flying kiss which she dramatically caught and put in her pocket for safekeeping.

“You guys are so cute with your gestures. It’s nice to see you and the boys get along so well.” Sohyun said when Jen sat back down.

“I know. One big crazy family. They drive me nuts but I love them.” she replied.

She watched closely as the match began. Her heart dropped as Jin managed to remain on his feet when he was slightly lifted. But in the end, he was taken down. Despite his loss, Jen still cheered for him and his efforts.

The next match was Taehyung going up against Eunkwang.

“My baby V!” Jennie shouted. “Woo! Atta boy!” she looked on happily when he quickly placed him down.

Tae’s speed was no joke. It was so sudden as ARMY was screaming for him. Lastly, was Jungkook facing Minhyuk. This was crucial because they were the ones who would decide who would advance to the next round.

“Nini, I think Jungkook is looking at you.” Sohyun pointed out.

Jennie noticed Jungkook smiling in her direction. She returned his smile and mouthed, ‘You got this’ as it gave him an extra boost of confidence while walking up to the circle.

The 4minute members squealed at their little gestures, grabbing onto Jennie.

“That was so cute~!” Jiyoon swooned.

“Hyuna told us that you two started dating. I ship!” Jihyun added.

“Jennie and Kookie sitting in a tree, K-I-S-S-I-N-G!” Sohyun started singing. “First comes love, then comes marriage-“

“Hush!” Jen tried to get away from them while they continued laughing but got stuck in a group hug by them.

As the match commenced, Jen watched as the two went back and forth, trying to trip each other down. It made her heart rate quicken as they were equally matched. As a result, Jungkook fell on top of him to win.

After the rest of the matches, Bangtan went into the semifinals for wrestling. Before things got started, Teen Top and Bangtan were interviewed and Taehyung mentioned Jennie.

“Ennie.” Taehyung turned and pointed to her, making her smile. “She gave me advice during training so I will use what she told me to continue to win. She gives me strength and she is a supportive friend. Jennie, I will work hard.”

That brought cheers to be heard around the arena, with Taennie shippers swooning over the moment. She had given him advice on using his speed. Although he was small and may not look as strong as his opponents, she suggested he use his speed as an advantage. It seemed like he had been doing exactly what she said, making her proud of him.

The first match was Taehyung going up against Teen Top’s L.Joe. As soon as the whistle was blown, he slammed him down quickly, earning a point for his team.

“Yasssss!” Jen jumped up and down, cheering. “Go V!”

After Taehyung left the ring, he turned to her, smiling brightly and giving her two peace signs, which she returned. 

She then made eye contact with Jungkook and narrowed her eyes, nonverbally saying, ‘Do not mess this up. You better win this.’

The Golden Maknae smirked in response, nodding as he went up to the circle. His opponent was Teen Top’s C.A.P. The match was fast paced as they were stumbling all over the place, seeking to get each other down but in the end, Jungkook managed to trip him down, landing on top of him.

‘That’s my man.’ she grinned.

For the final round, Bangtan went against VIXX. Jen stood with the rest of the members to watch and cheer the boys on. The first contest was Jungkook vs Hyuk. Starting, the two were much more intense than the last matches that were shown.

“Whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa, whoa!” she exclaimed, watching the action. 

Jungkook was putting up a good fight as he was occasionally lifted up but managed to keep his balance. Then, he managed to lift him up and bring him down.

“YES!” she shouted, jumping up with Taehyung. Once Jungkook met up with them as the members patted him on the back, she went to high five him. “I’m so proud of you!”

Jungkook chuckled softly, feeling good about the constant praise he was receiving from his group.

Next up was Taehyung going up against Leo. It was a back and forth match but in the end, Leo survived, taking Taehyung down. Once Tae went back with the members, Jen patted him on the back. Lastly was Jin and he would be the deciding factor if his team wins or loses. 

His opponent was Ken. Jin went on the attack first, aiming to trip him down but then ended up falling on his back, making VIXX the winners. Although Bangtan lost, the members were proud of their efforts and accepted the silver medal.

Backstage Jennie noticed a pattern that had been happening. It was like they did not want her to win. They took her out of the women’s wrestling at the last minute, which they didn’t give her a reason and decided that they only wanted her to play volleyball now. She was disappointed because she really wanted to wrestle again. The first time was fun, and she wanted her team to win.

Some Idols started to talk amongst themselves about JenKook once they saw them holding hands and even wearing matching Nike sneakers that Jen had given him when she came back to confess. Gossip went around fast both positive and negative. The two didn't pay it any mind and focused on themselves. 

Jen found herself talking with CLC’s Yeeun, catching up.

“I heard you got booted from wrestling. What the heck is up with the staff?” Yeeun asked.

Miss Bangtan sighed, “I have no clue but I won’t let that ruin my day.”

“Don’t worry, you would’ve kicked ass anyway. They were probably just nervous to wrestle you since you’re that good. So, care to tell me about you know who?” she nudged her.

“You know who and I are very happy.” Jennie smiled. “We spent Valentine’s Day together. I created this cute little video game thing for him. It was nice.”

“Aw. So adorable! You look happy. You know who can’t stop talking about you, either. He had this big smile on his face when he happily answered questions about your relationship with Yugyeom.”

“Word is traveling fast, huh?”

“Well after you know who kept holding your hand and smiling at you backstage, I’m sure that got idols talking. And you know this is the spot where we can all kinda get to know everyone and secretly date. Has it been hard keeping it a secret from the public?”

“Not really but we still want to be careful. We'll announce it when we're ready. Just gotta make sure to avoid Dispatch,"

“Dispatch is the worst! Please be extra careful,"

“For sure.”

“And be aware of some of these girls that try to make moves on your man. I saw some eyeballing you know who not too long ago.”

Jennie chuckled, already mentally prepared for the nonsense. “Not surprised. Who?”

“Some of those chicks from that new group in WM Entertainment. I dunno their names but just keep a lookout and keep your guard up.”

“I’m actually supposed to be going up against them in volleyball.”

“Wow, this keeps getting better. Just keep a close eye on them. I’ll do the same. They seem so sketchy. They need to stay in their lane and back off guys who are happily dating someone. It’s very annoying to watch.”

“Thanks for the heads up, Yeeun.”

“Anytime, girl.”

“You’re having a comeback soon, right? Excited?”

“Very! Our song High Heels will be released around February. Can’t wait!”

“Me either. I know it’s going to be good.”

“Yeeun! We need you!” Sorn called out from across the hall while standing with the other CLC members.

“I’ll see you later hon. Good luck out there!” Yeeun hugged her and met with her members.

“Hey, stranger!” Jackson picked Jennie up for a big hug, making her laugh.

“Jackson! I missed you!” she got set down.

“I missed you too! All the guys do! We need to plan something to hang out again. Bam Bam’s been asking about you. Been busy huh? All boo’d up now?”

The sound of Bam Bam’s name made her sad. She hadn't seen him since that day. And she felt bad since he really liked her.

Jackson noticed her mood shift and placed a hand on her shoulder. “Hey.” he gently spoke, “He’s happy for you. Don’t worry. He’s excited to see you. Everything is fine, so turn that frown into a smile. He and Jungkook were just laughing their asses off at some memes they found not too long ago. And he playfully told Jungkook that he’ll kick his ass if he hurts you too.”

She chuckled at the image of that, boosting her mood. “Okay. I will. Where is he anyway?” 

“Let’s go find him.”

Meanwhile, other idols were talking about the new couple, JenKook. Comments consisted of:

“They go well together.”

“I agree, they’re cute together.”

“Why can’t I get a boyfriend already?”

“Who knew they’d be dating? So surprising.”

“Not to me, he crushed on her for a while now.”

“Jungkook is so handsome...sucks he’s taken now.”

“Lucky Jennie. I guess she asked him out probably.”

“I heard Jungkook liked her for a while now.”

“You think they’ll last?”

“I kinda think they will last.”

“We said this about Taeyeon and Baekhyun but they broke up. I dunno if they’ll last but I wish them the best.”

“I hope they remain strong together. We’ll see once they start going through stuff. They’re still at the start of their relationship stage. Wait until that dies down and they start to go through real couple problems.”

“I’ve seen some girls watching Jungkook. So rude of them, right? He’s taken yet they want to try to make moves.”

“Hahaha, some guys were so disappointed when they found out Jennie is dating Jungkook.”

“Jungkook is so kind and sweet. I hope she doesn’t take that for granted or anything.”

“About time they started dating!”

Once Jen found Bam Bam backstage, she let out a breath before approaching him. A lot went through her mind. Jackson said things were fine but were things really fine? Was he still bummed over her choosing Jungkook?

“Bam Bam.”

He turned around and his eyes softened once he saw her. “Jennie!” he shouted and wrapped his arms around her. “I’ve missed you!”

“Missed you more.” She hugged him back. 

She didn’t know how much time passed as they stood there hugging for a while, not wanting to let go. Finally pulling away, they looked at each other.

“Ah...don’t look at me like that. Smile you!” He chuckled and put his hands on her cheeks. “Congrats to you and Kookie. I was just talking to him. I made sure to let him know that if he breaks your heart, he will deal with me personally.”

She laughed. “Thank you. We’re fine. Don’t worry.”

“Good. I’m just happy that you’re happy. As long as that smile is on your face, then I’m good.” 

Bam Bam wasn’t as bummed as he was when he first decided to let her go since he knew deep down Jungkook was the one for her. He was feeling much better than before and things were still the same between them. 

“You hear about the nonsense of me being ejected from the wrestling matches?” Jen spoke up with a frown.

“Yeah, I heard! Ridiculous! Did you ask why?”

“They wouldn’t give me a solid reason. I’m just so confused about this. Like I trained and everything and now the opportunity got taken away.”

“I think it’s because they see you as a threat and don’t want you to win. If you were wrestling, you would’ve taken those girls down for sure.”

She smiled at his words. “You’re probably right.”

“I remember how nervous the girls looked when you took that one girl down within a few seconds. I’m sure they were intimidated. You take this more seriously than the majority of them since you love being competitive. Don’t change. Ever.”

“Jennie, time to get ready for volleyball,” Sejin informed her as she nodded and turned back to Bam Bam

“We’ll be cheering you on. Kick ass out there.” He put his palms out low and she slapped them down. 

She did the same as he slapped her palms down and then he lifted his palms up in front of her so they could slap hands again.

With the WM Entertainment girl group, a few members were not pleased to hear that Jungkook was taken and that he was dating Jennie. Some idols even gossiped that he downgraded and wondered why he wasn’t dating anyone near his ideal type.

“And wasn’t she called up very early and spent the least amount of time as a trainee? I bet those other trainees that Big Hit have are sick to their stomachs that she gets to do all these things that she doesn’t deserve.” Nari rolled her eyes.

“I know...and she gets to date a hottie like him? This is ridiculous.” Yumi replied.

“Ugh, I waited too late to tell him I like him. Now she’s in the picture.” Hinata grumbles. “I still can’t believe this is actually real.”

“To be honest, I don’t think it’s going to last,” Naru added.

Hinata rubbed her temples. “It better not last.”

She shrugged. “Yeah, maybe it’s just a little fling going on and they’re just messing around.”

“I wish it was me instead of her.” Hinata sighed. “You think that butt of hers is fake? She probably got surgery. Like a Brazilian butt lift. Because there is no way her body is real.”

“I bet she did.”

Yumi nodded. “I know right? And he’ll get tired of her soon and then you can finally make your move.”

“Do you think she gets around?” Naru pondered.

“I dunno but I wouldn’t be surprised. She’s still here after all this time.”

“Ugh, he’s so cute and I really like him. I’m jealous that she stole him away. I was going to try to talk to him today, too.” Hinata exclaimed.

“Hey, you still can. Try to talk to him when Jen is playing her volleyball game.” Naru suggested.

Hinata nodded in approval. “Not a bad idea.”

The girls stopped gossiping when they saw Jennie putting her hair in a high bun, already dressed in her volleyball attire for the upcoming game.

“Hi, Jennie!” Hinata smiled.

Jennie looked at them through the mirror and smiled. “Hey! How are you, guys?”

“We’re good! It’s nice to see you. You look pretty.”

“Thanks! Let’s have a good game out there, okay?”

“Sure, sure! So...are the rumors true?”

“What rumors?”

“You know! You and a certain Golden Maknae. Everyone keeps talking about it. The Golden Couple!"

“Oh.” she immediately smiled and felt her face warm up. “Word travels fast with the idols, huh?”

“Are you really dating Jungkook?”

“Happily, yes.”

The disappointment was evident in her voice, “So, this wasn’t a joke?”

“Nah, sis. Why would it be?”

“I dunno...it just seems weird.”

“How is it weird?”

“You’re not even his ideal type.” Hinata narrowed her eyes.

“I most certainly am, last time I checked,"

“We’re just surprised he would be into a girl like you. You two seem like a weird couple.” Yumi said.

“Huh. And you sound big mad.” Jennie calmly replied and placed her comb and brush in her bag.

“Us? Mad? You wish.” Naru laughed bitterly.

“Wooooooow...the shit is just dropping from that mouth of yours. Bullshit everywhere.” she replied bluntly.

“Excuse me?” Naru snapped. “With that horrible personality of yours, I wonder why of all people he decided to date you when you’re nothing special.”

“To you. But to him and myself, I’m way more than special. And yeah, of all people he chose me. You can’t be happy for someone without being bitter?”

“You know Jennie, you just keep giving me reasons why I don’t like you,” Hinata responded angrily.

“Oh, I know. I heard the fake-assness in your voices when you strolled in here after talking mad shit.” Jennie replied with a shrug.

The girls were taken aback by her accusation and stammer, “We were not talking any shit-” 

“After dealing with Amity, I can tell from a mile away, so don’t lie to my face. So, what have you been saying behind my back? Oh, I don’t deserve him? Is my ass real? Why me of all people that he chose? What does he see in me? Oh and this is my favorite, does she get around and sleep with various guys?”

“So, what if we did? We were only speaking the truth.” Yumi scowled.

Jen let out a dry laugh and shook her head. “It’s sad when women try to tear each other down like this. Always competing and being bitter. This is why my friend circle is currently small,"

“This is all the facts that we're saying about you. We all don’t like you. You’re very annoying and loud. Everyone rolls their eyes when they hear that bothersome voice of yours.”

“Look, I don’t care what you think about me. I can be as extra and loud as I want. So, shut up, and let’s try to have a good game out there and keep it cordial on the court in front of the cameras.”

“Suit yourself.” The girls and were about to leave when Hinata walked back up to Jennie. “Although I wonder...what if someone looking like his real ideal type tells him they like him? Let’s say that person is IU. I bet he’ll dump you and go to her in a heartbeat. And I bet Jungkook is only dating you because his friends made a bet.”

Jennie exhaled and turned to her, unamused. The stare she gave her caused Hinata to take a step back, intimidated. 

Naru, however, grabbed Hinata back and spoke, “This little puppy love is not going to last, Jennie. We give you until May. I’d keep a careful eye on Kookie. Someone else may catch his eye. See you at the court, little miss Golden Girlfriend.”

After the girls departed, Jennie started laughing and shook her head, turning back to the mirror. 

‘Mind games before the game, huh?’ she thought. "How ridiculous..."

Just wait until she gets on that court...

Walking out of the dressing room, Jungkook approached her with a bright smile but dropped his smile when he noticed that something was wrong.

“Hey, what happened?” he asked softly.

Jennie chose to let him know what just occurred in the dressing room with the girl group she just encountered, laughing it off, saying it was just a bunch of nonsense.

However, it infuriated Jungkook that they would think of horrible things like that. And what agitated him the most was that they assumed he was only dating her because of a bet. They will never understand what he went through to be in this position with Jennie. How he poured his heart out to her in the hotel room.

“What we have is not a bet, Jennie,” he responded firmly. 

The sincerity in his voice made her heart flutter because she knew how much she meant to him. No one can take what they have away from them.

“I know. It’s okay. I’ll handle them. They’re just trying to get in my head and make me doubt our relationship. Stupid stuff that is not going to work. Mind games before my game,"

Pulling her in his arms, he hugged her tightly and put his chin on her head. Just being in his arms gave her the comfort she needed as she began to forget about the drama that occurred. He kissed her forehead and pulled away, giving her a bright smile.

“Don’t even worry about them. Focus on beating them in volleyball. Hyungs and I will be watching and cheering you on. So, show them why you were victorious during the last ISAC.”

Jennie teamed up with a few Twice members to take on the girl group for volleyball and some Oh My Girl members. She stood on the court, talking strategy with her teammates until the members of BTS and Got7 began yelling and cheering them on, making them laugh.

“JENNIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE~!” Jimin yelled.

“MUNCHKIIIINNNNNN~!” Hobi shouted.

“THAT’S MY BABY~!” Jin proudly screamed.

“ENNIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE~!” Taehyung shouted.

“SMARTIIIIIIIEEEEEEEE~!” Yoongi screamed.

“GOOOOOOOOOOOOO GIRLLLLLLLLLLLLLLL!” Bam Bam hollered

“WEEEEEEEEE LOVE YOUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU~!” Jackson yelled

“LETS GET ITTTTTTT~!” Mark shouted.

“Oh, my GOD! I get it!” she laughed at them, amused.

Namjoon, Jungkook, and the rest of the Got7 members felt second-hand embarrassment as they chuckled to themselves, shaking their heads at their members for acting this way. They were so extra every time she performed. But this was Jennie they were talking about. They loved to see her in action.

As the announcers called out each teammate, Jen got an exciting reception from ARMY. She smiled shyly when she looked up to see her face plastered on the screen. The announcers showed a montage of her dominating performance from the last ISAC with volleyball and believed she would win again.

“Jen-Walker! Jen-Walker! Jen-Walker!” ARMY chanted her name. 

Miss Bangtan responded by showing a heart on camera, making fans scream.

Hinata stood on the sidelines, not in the match, and decided to take advantage of this opportunity by approaching Jungkook while Jen focused on the game. It was bold of her to do this, but it was nothing like getting inside Jen’s head to throw her off her game and make her team lose. Perhaps she could prove that she can’t focus while having a boyfriend and show that Jungkook is more interested in someone like her instead.

“Jungkook!” Hinata called out and bowed to him as he politely bowed back. “You were so cool in your wrestling matches!”

Meanwhile, with Jennie who spiked the ball for a point, the crowd cheered loudly as she high fived her teammates. Her smile dropped once she saw who Jungkook was with and something in her made her blood boil.

Was she really trying to shoot her shot? She trusted Jungkook. She had no issues there but it was making her mood go south that Hinata couldn’t just back off and show some respect for their relationship.

A few of her teammates noticed how she began to spike the ball harder and harder with aggression, too.

The fact that Hinata attempted to flirt with him began to piss her off. And JenKook shippers watching the show noticed and jokingly talked about how Jen looked like she wanted to kill her and wipe the floor with her face. But little did they know this was all true.

“Your boyfriend seems a little occupied with Hinata don’t you think? I wonder if they’re kissing right now.” Yumi taunted, standing in front of Jennie as the net was the only thing blocking them from each other.

Fed up, Jen decided to tackle Yumi to the floor, making her yell in shock as she began punching her in her face. Loud yells of commotion surrounded Jennie as she kept hitting her, letting out her frustrations while Yumi tried to block her hits but to no avail.

Back to reality (You wished that was real, huh?) After pondering about kicking her ass, Jen was still standing in front of Yumi with the court separating them. 

It wasn’t worth hitting her. It wasn’t worth giving these girls the energy and she decided to focus on the game instead and ignore the smart ass remarks. It would be unfair to Bangtan and the rest of her team if she did a stunt like that. She wasn’t a violent person and she refused to stoop to their level. She’ll handle them and get them back another way.

Nonviolently.

Meanwhile, Jungkook began to get annoyed with Hinata and continued to focus on Jennie. He began to move away from her and Hinata didn't take too kindly to that. She was annoyed that his attention was fixated on Miss Bangtan. 

‘Why won’t he look at me?’ she huffed and crossed her arms.

Sensing Jungkook needed help and began to sense what was happening, the 95 Liners took matters into their own hands. 

“Jungkookie! We need to talk!” Jimin grabbed a hold of him. “Excuse us!” he smiled and took him away with Taehyung, irritating Hinata even more.

“The hell was that? Annoying woman trying to ruin my damn ship. Not today, you won’t!” Jimin grumbled.

“I know, we just started enjoying our ship, we aren’t letting this go any time soon,” Taehyung added while Jungkook thanked them.

With Jennie, spiking the ball again, Naru managed to walk right to the ball and let it hit her face as she dramatically fell to the floor, holding her face in pain.

“Ow! She hit me!” she exclaimed, causing everyone to look in shock.

“Are you okay!?” Jennie said in alarm as they all went up to her. 

Her stomach dropped as she looked at what happened. It all happened so fast, she didn’t even hit the ball as hard as she usually does. How could she be hurt by this? 

Naru kept pointing out that she hit her too hard with the ball.

“Wait, what? Are you serious? It was just an accident.” Jennie explained. “I’m sorry girl, but it was not my intention to hit you.”

“Jennie, you’re ejected.” The referee asserted.

The Twice and Bestie members looked on in shock while Jen turned to the referee, confused. “Wait. What?”

“You’re ejected.”

“But that makes no sense. I didn’t do anything wrong. It was an accident!”

“You used unnecessary rough tactics.”

“How?!”

“You hit her face.”

“It wasn’t even that hard! And it looked intentional on her part! It was like she walked to the ball to get hit. I would never try to hurt anyone on this court like this. Come on.”

“Jennie, exit the court.”

“Can you just let me explain-“

“Exit the court or your entire team will be disqualified. Abide my decision.”

“I-“

“Now Jennie. Why are you talking back to me?”

“Bangtan Sonyeondan’s Jennie has been ejected from the game!” An announcement was heard as ARMY and the rest of the crowd were not happy with what was transpiring in front of them. 

Jennie was a fan favorite for this event because she kept things lively and now she was getting ejected? The crowd disagreed with the decision.

A tremendous commotion occurred around the arena as fans were trying to figure out why the referee would make a decision so drastic as this. Even the idols were puzzled. Many were not happy with this decision, wanting to watch her play. 

Jennie scowled as emotions ran through her. She wanted to scream and she wanted to cuss somebody out. This was not fair. It was like they weren’t even listening to her. Not letting her get one word in. Not letting her say her side of the story and she was forced to respect what they say even if she disagreed. 

She hated it and she knew people were going to call her disrespectful for talking back to a referee that is her senior in Korea.

With the members, Bangtan and Got7 looked on with concern.

“Unbelievable...” Bam Bam shook his head, not happy at the ref’s decision.

“Is she okay!?” Mark asked.

“What is this!? Put her back in the game!” Jin exclaimed.

“Why is she getting taken out?” Hobi asked.

“I know! It looked like an accident.” Youngjae pointed out.

“This is some bullcrap! She shouldn’t be ejected.” Jackson angrily said

“Fuckin’ bullshit...” Yoongi grumbled.

“Something’s not right...” Namjoon murmured and walked away from the guys.

With Jennie, she ran her hands through her hair, sitting on the bench while her team began losing the lead in the game. On Twitter, ARMY was pissed at what was happening and wanted justice for her.

“Nini.”

A hand was placed on her shoulder and she turned to look up at Namjoon with tears, angry at herself.

“Do not lose your cool. Tell me exactly what happened.”

After telling him what happened since she was in the dressing room with the girl group members, she said, “She’s faking it and the officials are not listening to me when I say it’s an accident. And how can they let her still play and not think she was faking? She looks fine. I bet if it was the other way around they wouldn’t eject her. They treat me like I’m insignificant. I'm tired of this. I am not insignificant. I busted my ass to make a name for myself here. I redeemed myself from falling during that running relay the first year. I soared in wrestling and volleyball last time. I refuse to let them taint all my hard work like this,"

She stood up, continuing her rant, “They’re making me look like the bad guy, I did nothing wrong. And now here I am, dealing with another embarrassing moment. And here I thought tripping during that running relay the first time I attended ISAC was the most embarrassing moment I had here in Korea.”

“Will you just sit here and do nothing? Or will you guide your team from the bench?” he asked. “Don’t let these girls stop us from winning. Just because you’re out of the game does not mean your team lost. Turn this negative into a positive. You know what to do.”

Jennie nodded, taking his advice. He gave her a hug and an encouraging smile once he pulled away.

As the game took a brief time out, Jennie went to her teammates and discussed strategy, giving them pointers. They seemed discouraged now that she was out of the game since she was their star player but Jennie remained determined to lead them to victory. After watching the girls go back to the court, Jin and Taehyung approached her, giving her water and Smarties respectively to make her feel better.

“Thanks, guys.” she started to munch on her smarties.

“How are you holding up sweetie? I cannot believe that little girl did that. Like how dare she?” Jin shook his head, watching Naru play. 

"Just peachy," she replied.

Naru had a smug look on her face while playing as ARMY pointed it out online and began to call her out, making it trend on Twitter.

Hinata, however, kept taunting her from afar, which made Jennie start to slowly walk in her direction. 

Seeing this, Taehyung wrapped his arms around her from behind, lifting her up and turning her away from Hinata so she wouldn’t do something she would regret.

“Ennie. Stay here with me,” he murmured in her ear, squeezing her tightly while Taennie shippers went crazy over the cute moment. 

Her body relaxed into his as her annoyance went away.

"Turn this negative into a positive," he reminded her with a smile. "You got this,"

“Yeah. I will. I ain’t even worried anymore. It’s fine.” she said as she felt herself get released. 

Once Jin and Taehyung left, Jennie continued to encourage her team, acting like a coach standing by the sidelines of an NBA game. It looked like Onces was also praising her for how supportive and patient she was with Twice even if they weren’t as great in volleyball as Jennie. But she believed in them and that boosted their confidence.

“Nayeon! It’s all you!” Jennie shouted. "Smack it!"

Suddenly, Nayeon spiked the ball, making it hit the floor for the last match point. The crowd erupted into loud cheers while Jennie fist pumped.

“Atta girl!” she shouted happily, jumping up and down.

“YEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” Got7 and BTS celebrated their team win with Bestie cheering in the background.

Jungkook smirked and nodded in approval of his girlfriend’s efforts with coaching.

‘That’s my girl.’ He proudly thought.

Meanwhile, Hinata dropped her jaw, disgusted by the results while turning to Jennie to give her a glare with Yumi and Naru. In response, Jennie smirked victoriously and curtseys with her arms outstretched.

As the show went on, Jennie changed back into her regular ISAC attire.

“Let’s go J-Hope!” she cheered, watching him prepare for the first men’s 60m sprint event. 

Looking her way, he gave her a bright smile after hearing her words.

“Get ready! Set!” the announcer shot the gun and the guys dashed away but Lee Min Hyuk took the lead instantly with his notorious speed. 

For the second event, Jungkook was up to represent their team as Jennie and Taehyung massaged his shoulders, giving him a pep talk before he ran. After patting him on the back Jen watched him get to the third lane to prepare to run. 

She sat on the floor with Jin and J-Hope while watching the close running match as he was neck and neck with Woo Seong. They kept replaying it to see who won and it looked like Woo Seong got first place while he got second with a 0.03 second difference.

Things were going well for the show but what caught everyone off guard, making fans scream was when Jungkook lifted his shirt to show off his abs. Not expecting it either, Jen’s astonished expression became a relatable reaction to K-Pop fans. She also made her friends laugh when she grabbed a water bottle, chugging it quickly. JenKook shippers took it as a big JenKook moment, getting fanfiction ideas.

Making eye contact with her, Jungkook raised his eyebrows, he initiated another nonverbal conversation with her which was starting to become a common thing between them.

‘See something you like?’

She scoffed and rolled her eyes playfully, ‘You wish!’

He smirked. ‘You were staring, weren’t you?’

She shook her head. ‘I wasn’t.’

‘You sure?’ he tilted his head to the side.

She nodded. ‘Yep.’

‘You know...it’s okay to stare. I don’t mind.’

‘I wasn’t staring.’

‘You really liked what you saw huh?’

She narrowed her eyes, ‘Shut up!’

Deciding to tease her, he glanced back down at his clothed stomach and back at her, raising an eyebrow suggestively, ‘You want to see them up close when we go back to the dorm?’

‘Stop!' her eyes widened and she looked away quickly, covering her face.

A short laugh escaped his lips.

‘Cute.’ he thought.

Afterward, the crowd was screaming for Jungkook as he stood by, being interviewed.

“Bangtan has a song called Run, right?” he was asked as he started singing the chorus, capturing hearts everywhere. 

As soon as the gun was heard, the boys dashed away while everyone watched in anticipation and as a result, Min Hyuk won again. Lastly was the 400m relay finale. Bangtan was in this going up against VIXX, BTOB and BAP. 

Jimin, Taehyung, J-Hope and Jungkook were representing for their team. Once the gun was shot, everyone started running.

“Come on Jimin!” Jen yelled, watching him run past everyone and hand the stick to Tae. 

She jumped up and down in anticipation, cheering him on while BAP was close behind. Giving the stick to J-Hope, he dashed away as loud cheers erupted in the arena.

“Run Hope run! Run Hope Run!” she yelled as the announcers praised Bangtan for being fast and some began rooting for them to win. 

Lastly was Jungkook who received the stick and booked it, having a large gap between the rest of the guys. It was all over after that and as he got close to the finish line, he jumped over it, winning for his team.

-------

For The Boss Is Watching show, BTS and other boy and girl groups attended. The show was a survival show with various CEOs to watch over them to find out who was the best idol. This was supposed to be a fun time but Jennie was not in the best of moods.

She was so looking forward to filming for it but then at the last minute, the production team told her to sit out for the games that they would have.

What a surprise. 

They didn’t tell her exactly why but it crushed her mood regardless because she was especially looking forward to wrestling. She thought she could finally get the chance to do it unlike at ISAC but no. So, she sat all the way in the back with the rest of the members, wearing white while trying to be happy on camera. She bet this happened because of what happened during ISAC.

Nonetheless, she didn’t even want to be here. She thought this show was a joke and a waste of time. She would rather be back at the dorm. Not be bored, watching all this. She questioned the shows they make idols attend these days but she endured it in the end, speaking with her idol friends to help ease her annoyance.

Once filming began, one by one the CEOs from various companies came out as their respective groups cheered for them. As soon as BTS’ CEO, Kim Shingyu walked out, they stood up, hyped as they applauded him. When asked if he could sing a song, the members laughed when he said: “I need you girl” which increased Jen’s mood. 

After the introductions, the show began and Jen had a hard time enjoying it since she wasn’t that involved. She bet she wouldn’t even be on camera that much either. It just really sucked. Like why did you change your mind at the last minute to not let her participate in the games? Who did she piss off?

The first test was for strength as they started with the guys. Jennie immediately cheered for Jungkook when he went up to face a member of BAP. Once he took him down quickly, BTS was pleased to see him win. 

Catching eyes with GFriend, they gave Jen knowing looks when Jungkook won. 

“Stop staring at me.” she laughed at them.

For the semifinals, Jungkook took on UP10TION’s Kogyul. After a brief interview on what they thought of one another, hoping to win, they faced off. Everyone was stunned to see Jungkook quickly lift him up to take him down, using his strength to his advantage.

“Gee Wiz!” she exclaimed, standing up to clap with the rest of the members. 

She thought it was hilarious to see the baffled expressions of some idols who watched as he took him down.

“Jennie, does Jungkookie use his strength on you like that when we’re not around?” Jimin teased. 

“Jimin!” she yelled in a hushed voice, kicking him when sitting back down. 

He giggled with Taehyung and Hobi who overheard them. She even heard Yoongi chuckle a bit at his teasing.

“We’re pure people. An innocent, fluffy couple. Jungkook does not throw me on anything or use his strength on me.”

“But you want him to.” Taehyung teased while Yoongi snorted at her lie about being innocent.

Smacking Taehyung upside the head, she grumbled in a hushed voice, “No, I do not! Shut the heck up already!”

“And the lie detector determined that was a lie,” Namjoon replied, making her turn to him.

“Not you too!” She groaned, earning a laugh from him.

For the final round, Jungkook faced S.Coups from Seventeen. Jimin and Taehyung stood with Jungkook for support while the two opponents were interviewed briefly. After a back and forth battle, S.Coups managed to take him down for the win. Once Jungkook got situated, he went back to sit with the members, taking a seat next to Jennie.

Placing a hand on his back, she rubbed it comfortingly while the GFriend members giggled and gushed at their skinship.

“I’m proud of you, Kookie. You were great out there.”

“Ah, but I lost...” he sighed.

“Doesn’t matter. You’re still a winner to me. You tried your best, that is all that matters.”

Jungkook’s back relaxed at her touch and words. 

“Thanks, Jagi.” he shyly nicknamed her with a smile.

‘Jagi.’ She thought as her face warmed up. 

She heard that word before. If she recalled, it was something that couples called each other. The fact that he said that to her made her feel warm inside. Love was making her feel all types of ways. 

When it was time to watch the girls wrestle, Jennie’s annoyance came back. She was so frustrated. Why couldn’t she wrestle too? Who made them change their mind?

“Ah, don’t feel bad smartie. We all know you would’ve won anyway so it’s okay.” Yoongi reassured her.

“Yeah...I guess.” she sighed as she watched the girls wrestle.

“Yeah, you would’ve beaten all their asses. That’s probably why they didn’t want you to participate.” Namjoon added.

“Yeah, they think you’re intimidating in wrestling,” Hobi mentioned, making her feel better.

After Jungkook performed his hilarious impression of Zion T, making everyone laugh, the next event was a game of luck. Two idols would stand under a balloon of water and there were three buttons to choose from. The one that did not choose the button that bursts the balloon would win. Jin represented BTS for the game and he went up against Jooheon. Thankfully after listening to the members, he made it out nice and dry while Jooheon got splashed. But for the next round, he decided to choose 2 on the first attempt and got splashed, saying not to trust the other team’s boss. 

The next game was a game of teamwork by playing a group chicken fight. It was entertaining to see everyone falling around and scrambling. She rooted for GFriend when they were up against Laboum, Brave Girls, Lovelyz and Twice. She even was shocked to see Hayoon using her strength to knock a few girls down. Jennie felt like a proud mom watching her kick butt. After the game, Laboum was the winners and then AOA won the entire next game.

For the guys, BTS went up against Monsta X, Seventeen and Teen Top. Yoongi, Jimin and Hobi represented Bangtan.

“Oh my gosh, they left my baby Chim Chim alone.” she laughed when Jimin was the last one representing Bangtan. “Evade! Evade!”

But once Jimin went to massage his leg, he got knocked down. “BRO!” she exclaimed.

Monsta X won the game which made Jen proud to see them succeed. For Group B, BAP advanced. Watching Monsta X and BAP was fun since they were both going hard and determined to win. Monsta X prevailed in the end and near the end of filming, it was revealed that Sonamoo had won, enjoying a trip to East South Asia.

When fans found out that Jennie wasn’t shown much in the show, they tweeted about it and Jennie had even liked a tweet that said, ‘Lol they just didn’t want Jennie to participate because they know she’ll win. They don’t want her to be great. They did her dirty.’

----------

Days later in the evening time, Jennie met Yoongi and Jin at a restaurant.

“I’m here!” she announced, walking to their table.

“Smartie. Finally, you’re here.” Yoongi greeted.

“Sweetie! Welcome to Eat Jin! Come! Come! Join us!” Jin gestured, taking his bag off the chair next to him so she could sit. “You finished your chores?”

“Yes, Dad! I finished my chores. I can’t believe you left without me like that. It wasn’t going to take that long to clean my room.” she sighed, getting comfortable.

Yoongi chuckled. “We started eating not too long ago, so dig in.”

“Oh, you’re on V-Live?” she looked at the screen. Smiling, she waved. “Yo! I miss y’all. I’ll do another live soon.”

“What were you doing today?” Yoongi asked.

“I was writing,” she answered.

“Lyrics?”

“Yep.”

“Your music?”

“Yeah, I got inspired so I started writing. It’s coming along. It’s crazy how someone can have such influence on your creativity, giving you inspiration for stuff.” she replied, thinking about Jungkook.

Being in love was a crazy thing and she couldn’t help but write lyrics on how she felt about being with him.

“Ah...cute,” Yoongi murmured, getting the hint she was talking about Jungkook.

“SO! What are we eating?”

“Today’s menu is beef brisket and galbi jjim.” Jin answered, fixing her a plate of food and placing it in front of her. “Eat as much as you like. I want to see you eat a lot tonight. Don’t leave this table until I say so.”

“Yes, Jin.” she snickered and dug right in, devouring the beef.

“Isn’t this such a great agency? Giving us meat because we want it.”

“Yes, it is. I always ask them for smarties and they took over ordering them for me. I love it.” 

“This is not a surprise,” Yoongi replied. “I was telling Jin earlier that we should eat eels next time.”

“Eels? I never had them. My dad loves them though. He always eats them when he can but I never asked to try some. Eating eels sounds interesting. I wouldn’t mind trying it.”

“Your dad and I will get along well. I want to eat some with him. Let’s make that a plan very soon.”

“What have you been up to lately besides writing lyrics?” Jin asked, handing her a wrap to eat.

“Gaming. Jungkook and I were playing Smash a few days ago.” she recalled and began munching on the wrap.

“You two keep gaming like your lives depend on it. Why not show Army the games you play since you two are fun to watch when you get angry or frustrated.” Yoongi suggested.

“So, you think Jungkook and I should make a Twitch channel and stream once in a while if we’re free?” she pondered.

“Why not? Army, do you think that’s a good idea?”

Looking at the screen they saw the viewers were eagerly interested in a JenKook Twitch channel since they enjoyed watching them together. Their chemistry and competitive nature would be a treat to watch. And JenKook shippers would get their JenKook fix too. Win/Win for fans.

“Okay, I’ll talk with him and see what we can do. That’s not a bad idea, I think it’ll be fun.”

“Here.” Jin picked up a big piece of meat off his plate and fed her. 

Before Jen could ask him to make more meat, he already had food ready and placed more food on her plate. It was like he just knew the right time to feed her which made her grateful. Armies even loved to see how much he cared about her eating well.

‘OMG aren’t you full Jennie??’ one comment was read.

Seems like a large amount of food she was eating bewildered some fans but Jin continued to proudly watch her eat to her heart’s content.

“Am I full?” she read. “Nah, I’m just getting started!”

"Why is she eating so much?" she also read. “Because I can and I love food. I wasn’t aware there was a limit to how much food I was eating. This healthy weight is great. And this food is great. We need to eat this again.”

"It's good to see her eating well. Let her eat," Jin defended.

"Yeah. Smartie can eat to her heart's content. Don't question why she is eating a lot," Yoongi spoke up and she thanked them. “You still working out?”

“Yep, I’ve been focusing more on my legs now. I have been appreciating my legs more. They’re getting so toned, I’m so happy about it. Hard work is paying off.” she grinned.

“Just know your legs aren’t as nice as mine.”

“Yeah, yeah, yeah.” She rolled her eyes, chuckling.

“You have sauce on you.” Jin grabbed a napkin and wiped her mouth. “There. Much better. Here place a few napkins on your lap so you won’t get food on you.”

After he did that, she continued to eat, feeling nurtured by him. Jennie focused on her food while Yoongi and Jin talked amongst themselves. She would say a comment here and there during the live.

“Suga, how is Jennie’s rapping coming along?” Jin asked.

“Don’t ask.” she groaned.

“She’s doing well. She just doesn’t give herself enough credit. She still has a while to go but she is improving a lot. She just needs to learn more about her technique so it can be clearer.” Yoongi replied. “You’re doing well, Smartie. Don’t think that you aren’t.”

“You really think so?”

“I’m not repeating myself.”

She laughed. “Thanks.”

“We need more water for this.” he pointed out and turned the heat off. 

Grabbing a bowl, he poured it on top of the stove but the three of them flinched once they heard a popping sound from the heat and water.

“Please do aegyo.” Yoongi read. “Want us to do aegyo while we eat? No way.”

Hearing Yoongi say that made her snicker while Jin briefly did some aegyo. Jin then made a wrap for Yoongi and aimed to feed him while Jen laughed.

“What are you doing? Why? I don’t understand.” Yoongi replied over Jin’s laughter and then took a bite while Jin talked about how it’s been a while since he fed him.

Near the end of dinner, the three finished eating the last few pieces of their meal, stomachs happily full. They then asked ARMY for suggestions on Eat Jin’s next episode and said bye to the fans.

--------

That same night Namjoon hung out in Jennie’s room, preparing to be her guest for another episode of LetsPutMakeUpOnSmartie with Destructive Rapmon~

Once the video started, Jen and Namjoon waited a few moments until a large number of viewers came. When it did, she began to speak.

“YOOOOOO! WHAT IS UP!?” she loudly greeted. “It is your favorite Bangtan girl, J to the E double N I E and with me today is our beloved leader of BTS, Rap Monsta! Say hello to our viewers!”

“Hello!” Namjoon waved and smiled.

“All right, you guys know what time it is. Today we are here for another episode of Let’s Put Makeup On Smartie. My gosh, I survived the first episode with V, making me look like a clown, so hopefully, Rapmon makes me look somewhat decent.”

“You sound scared.” he teased.

“I am, not gonna lie.”

“Don’t worry, I won’t make you look crazy like V did.”

“I’ll take your word for it.”

“Okay. Stay still and let me make you beautiful.” he grabbed some eyeliner as she closed her eyes.

Unaware, Namjoon began to place eyeliner all over her eyes and once he was done, he grabbed lip gloss. Opening her eyes, Jen looked at herself in a small mirror.

“Wait...what did you use?”

“This.” He innocently showed her the eyeliner.

“Dude, this is eyeliner. Why are you putting eyeliner on my eyelids?”

Namjoon looked bewildered as he saw that he messed up. “This is eyeliner? I thought this was eyeshadow!”

“BRO! No! They are so different from each other! Are you sleepy?!”

"I took a nap earlier!"

"It looks like you need to take another!"

“U-uh-okay-okay uh don’t panic. I got it. I’ll change it.” He grabbed a makeup wipe, grabbing a hold of her face as she cringed. 

Wiping her eyes, he started over but it looked like the damage was already done as the eyeliner was smeared around parts of her face, thanks to his wild wiping.

The stubborn pout/annoyed expression she had on her face made viewers laugh and think she was cute. When he continued, viewers commented on how poor of a job Namjoon was doing thus far.

“Crap, I messed it up.” he cringed at the uneven wing he was trying to draw for her eyeliner.

“I don’t even want to know what you messed up but keep going,” she replied with her eyes closed.

“Don’t worry, I’ll fix it.” he attempted to but made it worse. 

Giving up, he grabbed the mascara to put on her eyelashes. He managed to do well with that without any issues and went for the foundation and beauty blender. Suddenly he squeezed too much foundation and ended up squirting it all over the place, making a mess. Including landing on her pants, table, and floor.

“Uh oh.” He cringed.

“What do you mean uh oh?” she demanded.

“D-don’t open your eyes. Everything is under control.”

She opened them to witness her foundation all over the place. Blowing out her cheeks, she kept her composure.

Why did she agree to this?

“Namjoon...that is the new foundation that I just got in the mail a few days ago and I only used it once!”

“I’m sorry! I’m sorry! I’ll buy you more!” he tried to clean up the mess. 

Afterward, he applied what was left on her face but viewers noticed he was putting too much, caking a bunch on her that was not needed.

“I just feel the extra makeup smeared on my face. A little goes a long way,” she whined. 

“I can fix this, don’t worry.”

"We’re past worrying! I’m frightened to see the final product,” she responded as he laughed.

“I heard you might do a Twitch channel with Jungkook. Yoongi told me he suggested it. I think you two should go for it. Army will really like it.”

“I think I will. I’ll bring it up to him one of these days when I don’t have anything else going on. It’s like every time I want to ask him, it crosses my mind because I’m distracted with other stuff.”

“It be like that sometimes, Nini,” he replied and grabbed an eyeshadow palette, examining it. “Oh, what’s this?”

A loud snap was heard seconds later which made Jen open her eyes again and scream over the broken palette in his hands.

“HOW!?” she yelled.

“Uh...I-I can fix that.”

For the finished product, her face had smeared eyeliner and caked up foundation. But at least her mascara and lip gloss looked nice. She didn’t know who did better with her makeup. Taehyung or Namjoon.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 76- White Day

Chapter Summary: JenKook get caught making out during a commercial filming. JenKook celebrate their first White Day together. Jennie continues to be mentored by G-Dragon as he helps her prepare for the Fire comeback

Words: 6,000+

Author's Note: SO FLUFFY with Jungkook! Enjoy the cute JenKook moments!!

------

BTS was set to film a commercial for SKT. The members were clothed in fresh looking uniforms while Jen wore a skirt with her hair styled neatly in a cute bun. As filming began, Bangtan was filmed standing in front of a teacher and then was called up to be in small groups or to take care of individual filming for their scenes.

Jungkook periodically made eye contact with Jennie until she finally noticed that it looked like he wanted something.

Raising an eyebrow, he initiated their nonverbal conversation, 'Want to sneak away from everyone for a little bit?'

She pondered about it before shaking her head. 'Tempting. But no.'

He shrugged. 'Suit yourself.'

He knew she would say yes eventually. So, he remained persistent all day during filming. She couldn't resist forever. 

In Jen's scene, she was reading a book in the hallway and then looked up to see the teacher handing her a gift. She took it, turning around, watching her walk away, and then examined the gift. Once the shot was done a few more times, the director got good footage and she was able to chill while the other members had their turns filming. Chatting with J-Hope, Suga, and V before they were about to film, she sat with them.

"Jennie, V, Suga? Should I tell you a legend that has been passed down in our school?" J-Hope asked. "This person is also known as the Great Haul King. Wanna know who it is?"

"Who?" Jen asked.

"Who is it?" Suga wondered.

J-Hope gestured for them to lean in close. "It's me. J-Hope!" he laughed loudly and clapped at a fast pace.

Jen stood up and walked away, making Suga and V cackle. 

"Wait! Wait, where you going!?" J-Hope exclaimed, making her giggle at his whining.

"Goodbye!" she waved, leaving the room. 

Having the book in her hands, she decided to walk around slowly in an empty hallway to check it out. With the cameras not on him, Jungkook thought about doing Kabedon on Jennie, making his way over to her as she curiously skimmed through the book. 

Feeling herself getting walked back, her back hit the wall with a thud as she dropped her book and looked up at Jungkook who slammed his hand over her head, leaning in close.

"You," he spoke coolly, portraying a tsundere. "Why are you shaking up my heart?"

She laughed in his face and gently pushed him off. "Nice try. But no." she took a good look at him.

He looked so handsome. And she loved how his hair was styled to show off his forehead. But she was not going to be tempted. No matter how...fine this man looked.

"Nice area to make out in but there's somewhere quieter we can go." He persisted, looking around.

"Ha-ha-goodbye~!" she slipped away again after picking up her book.

As filming went on, it was like he continued to do things to tempt her and he would look hotter and hotter each time she laid eyes on him. As she kept thinking about him, the more she wanted to be alone with him. 

He looked so good in that suit, a few minutes to make out wouldn't be that bad.

So, when she made eye contact with him, she gave him a look. 'Changed my mind. Let's go.'

Pleased to see her coming to her senses and having his way, Jungkook nodded and walked past her, away from the staff and camera equipment. Jennie waited for about a minute before she slipped away from everyone's eyes to go find him.

Walking past hallways, looking left and right she couldn't find him anywhere until she saw him waiting for her against the wall. Grabbing him by his jacket, she pulled him close as his mouth went on hers. Pressing up against him on the wall, she deepened their kiss, unbuttoning the button of his jacket. Things began to get frisky between them as their hands were all over each other. Jennie didn't even notice her bun being taken out, letting her hair down.

Ignoring the fact that she would have to explain that to the stylists, she continued to kiss him.

Shaking her head, she pulled away. "Okay, should we really be doing this while we're supposed to film a commercial?"

"Yes." he leaned back in to smooch her but then she pulled back again.

"What if we get caught?"

"We won't. Relax baby girl." he grabbed her back as his hands roamed down her body. Walking forward he now pressed her against the wall. "Been wanting to kiss you all day. Five minutes won't hurt."

She yelped while jumping suddenly when he squeezed her ass. 

"Would you behave?" she laughed. "Ever since we started dating, you've been so touchy. Especially with my ass. So, is there something you want to tell me?"

He smirked in response and pulled her back in for a kiss while she wrapped her arms around him. His lips then slowly roamed down to her neck, making her breath hitch.

"Ju-" she bit her lip from letting out a sound. 

Gosh, this was so scandalous to her but she didn't want to stop. 

He lifted her up, making her wrap her legs around him. She even felt something poke her but didn't pay it any mind, just wanting his lips on hers.

The sound of someone clearing their throat made her jump down and get away from Jungkook as they both turned to the source. It so happened to be Namjoon, looking amused while they tried to fix their hair and clothes.

He let out a laugh, "We need you guys for filming. And next time just let me know and I'll find a way to let you two have some alone time. Better for it to be me catching you than someone else," he walked away.

Jungkook smiled apologetically to Jennie, rubbing the back of his neck as he felt flustered. She sighed and slid down on the wall, kneeling. She gestured for him to go on ahead, making Jungkook run after Namjoon, catching up to him.

"H-hyung are you going to tell anyone about this?" he asked.

"About what?" Namjoon asked, shrugging. "Just be more discrete next time and any questions you have once you two get a little more serious, I'm here. And go to the bathroom to take care of that." he gestured to his arousal in his pants, flustering Jungkook even more. "It happens to the best of us. That right there will only happen more often as you two continue like this. Only a matter of time before she witnesses it, too. When you're ready for that next step let me know and we'll talk."

He patted Jungkook on the back and walked past him.

----------

For Yoongi's birthday, Jennie posted a goofy photo of him and tweeted, 'Happy birthday to my napping partner, Suga! Can't wait for our nap today! #Jen'

Yoongi replied a few hours later, 'Delete this. #Suga'

'HAHAHA! Nope! #Jen'

'I am going to destroy every single pack of smarties you have. #Suga'

'I wish you would. I will destroy you. #Jen'

'...I'm finding a new napping partner. We're not napping together anymore. #Suga'

'You breaking up with ME!? You can't replace someone as cute and cuddly as me, my dude! #Jen'

'Oh yes, I can. I choose ARMY to nap with instead. #Suga'

'KEKEKEKEEKEKEKEKE #Jimin'

'STFU Jimin! #Jen'

Later that day, she chose today to bake cakes for both him and Hobi since she didn't have the time to bake for him on his birthday. She told them the cakes were only for them and that they didn't need to share. Needless to say, the members didn't take too kindly to that and were jealous that they were eating her baking.

The next day, Jen made her way to the kitchen sink with her items to wash her hair, grumbling, "I really do not feel like messing with this, today..."

It was one of those lazy days.

All she wanted to do was watch Marvel movies with her man when he came back to the dorm and stay in bed for the rest of the day. But no, she needed to wash her hair. Part of her wanted to wait until tomorrow to do it, but the other part of her thought it would be a good idea to just get it over with now so she wouldn't have to worry about it in the morning.

Besides, she already didn't feel like washing it yesterday. She shouldn't put it off any longer. 

As she dreadfully started to begin lathering her hair, she found herself getting frustrated as she progressed. Her arms and hands were aching from that last dance practice Bangtan had and massaging herself didn't help. 

She was alone in the dorm. As far as she knew, she had no idea what the majority of the guys were doing today but she did know that the Maknae Line had gone bowling. Her mind wandered to Jungkook as she couldn't help but chuckle softly. 

He truly made her happy.

Snapping back to reality, her annoyance crept up on her again as she continued to wash her hair thoroughly. While she was complaining to herself about it, she heard the front door close.

"Who walked in?" she called out after turning off the sink.

"It's me!" a bright voice filled her ears.

Jungkook.

"Jungkook, I'm happy you're here! Oh my God, can you do me a huge favor?"

When Jungkook had walked into the dorm, he had heard her cutely complain about her hair, immediately noticing that she was in the kitchen.

Once he strolled near the kitchen, he saw that she was wearing a pair of her pajama shorts and one of his many white shirts, which made him smile. Looking at her wearing his clothes gave him a confirmation that she was his and he was looking forward to seeing her wear more of his clothes.

"What do you need?"

"I really do not feel like doing this, could you wash my hair for me? Please?" she asked with a laugh.

"It'll cost you." he teased, taking a page out of her book since she always said that to him when he asked for things.

"Don't play with me! Please?" she exclaimed.

"What do I get in return?"

"Like Homer says in The Simpsons Hit & Run, I'll pay you in backrubs."

"I do like your massages." he contemplated in a teasing manner. "But no deal."

"What?! No deal? After all, we have been through?"

A giggle escaped his lips, "I just wanted to see your reaction. Of course, I'll have one of your famous massages."

"You know what? You're a little shit sometimes."

"I love you, too." he started washing her hair.

Jennie felt a sense of relief as he took over, letting her aching arms rest.

"Babe, why are you so gentle?" she called out as she felt his hands softly scrubbing her scalp.

"I like being gentle with you."

"You can get a little rougher than that," she reassured.

"I don't wanna hurt you."

"Kookie, I am not tender headed."

"Are you sure?"

"Yes, now use them hands."

"Okay." he fulfilled her request.

"That feels so good. Keep doing that." she sighed in contentment.

After rinsing out her hair, he applied another coat of shampoo to make sure he washed it properly as he began to hum. His humming always gave her a sense of serenity.

"What are you doing, now?" she called out as he started to make random hairstyles with her sudsy hair. He didn't answer as he began giggling repeatedly. "Cut it out!" she laughed with him.

After playing around, conditioner was applied to her hair and she let it sit in for a while. Rising and turning around from the sink, she put her hair in a bun and left her hair alone.

"So, how was bowling with Jimin and Tae?" she asked, taking a good look at him. That cute bunny smile was still plastered on his face.

"You should've gone with us! They kept teasing me about you..." he crossed his arms, plotting revenge on his hyungs.

"Wow, that is so ironic. They were the ones that got us together and now they do this? They are so aggy. I'll go bowling with you next time. So, who won the game?"

"Yours truly." he confidently announced.

"Aw, really?" she responded with fake disappointment. "Darn, I was rooting for Tae this time."

"Hey! You're supposed to be rooting for your Golden Boyfriend! Not hyung!"

"Really? Who said that?" she teased. She got a kick out of him acting shooked from her constant teasing as she couldn't help but laugh. "Anything goofy happen?"

"Oh, of course! Jimin Hyung never hit the pins and kept missing them. It was hilarious."

Jennie immediately started laughing with him as she thought about the visual of Jimin whining and yelling about the game.

"He can't catch a break."

"We should have a bowling date for White Day. You think that would be fun?" he suggested.

"That would be fun! Yes, let's do that."

After a few minutes, she headed back to the sink. "All right, can you start combing it for me?" she requested as he grabbed the comb.

"Start from the bottom and work my way up, right?"

"I love how you learn quickly." she proudly replied as he got started, feeling good about himself.

After they were done, she stood away from the sink and he dried her hair with a soft towel. Once removing the towel from her head, he smiled softly and moved some strands of damp hair from her face with his fingertips.

Opening her eyes, her face began to warm up. "Stop staring..." she giggled.

"Can't help it,"

It was still taking her a while to get used to him looking at her so lovingly like this. The way he looked at her was something that would always make her feel special. 

Placing the towel on the counter, Jungkook couldn't help himself as he closed the gap between them for a gentle kiss. Cupping his face, she felt his arms wrap around her, and she walked back to the nearest counter.

A thought in the back of their minds was a prayer that none of the members were returning to the dorm anytime soon so they could continue this moment. Before Jen knew it, she found herself sitting on top of the counter after he easily lifted her.

Pulling away so they could breathe, Jungkook laughed a little with a smile. "I haven't kissed you all day, so I kinda got carried away."

"I'm not complaining. You're so affectionate when we're alone. I love that."

She did love how he was the most affectionate towards her when they were in private. She could tell that he wanted to do more with her but they were living with six other people, so alone time wasn't often for the two. She wondered if she'd be prepared for how he would act when they're alone once their relationship gets more serious. What happened during their alone time filming that commercial was just a tease.

This relationship stuff was still new to her but being with him made things so natural and pleasant. She was looking forward to how their relationship would progress as time went on.

"What's that J word that couples call each other here? I forgot the word," she asked.

"Oh, Jagi?" he pointed out.

"Yeah, that's it. I remember you called me that during filming."

"Do you like it when I call you that?"

"Yeah, I do actually."

He nodded. "Good. Me too. Maybe one day I'll get to call you yeobo."

"Yeobo? What does that word mean? Educate me." she requested. Once he told her the meaning of the word, her face felt flushed. "Oh. Oh wow. T-thinking ahead are we?" she let out a shy giggle.

A soft smirk came across the Golden Maknae's features as he watched her. "It's nice to see you being the nervous one this time instead of me when I'm around you. You're cute when you're like this."

"I feel like you do this on purpose," she said, jumping off the counter. She finished moisturizing her hair and placed it in a bun, letting it air dry for now. "So, what should I call you?"

"Oppa," he teased her, making her face feel flushed. 

"Oh my God...that word," 

That word just...one day she'll say it. It won't be today. She also knew that the members would love for her to call them that from time to time. It didn't have to be often. 

"Ah...give me some time," she said as he laughed and nodded.

"Take your time. I like it when you call me babe,"

"Me too. I'll think of other cute nicknames to call you. Do you have any other suggestions?"

"Iron Kook? Your manly boyfriend?"

"Goodbye." she started walking away.

Laughing, he wrapped his arms around her from behind, hugging her. He then placed sweet kisses on her cheek, causing her to giggle.

"Are we going to finish those Marvel movies?" he asked.

"Yes! I'll set things up in my room." She said as she got released.

---------

When White Day came around, JenKook managed to go out to have a bowling date privately and away from the public. Jungkook had planned everything out, talking to Sejin to get to OK and kept in touch with him and Jin (of course) to know their whereabouts. Jin offered to go with them to supervise them but thankfully Sejin took over and stayed a nice distance from them to let them have their alone time.

The couple wore black masks on their faces in the bowling alley and received their bowling shoes. Jungkook also wore a beanie on top of his head.

"Okay~! Wow, bowling shoe ugly." she examined the bowling shoes on her feet while sitting next to Jungkook who was tying his shoes.

"They are pretty weird looking." He laughed.

"Nikes are better."

"Still persistent with them huh?"

"Oh, absolutely."

"I'm glad you are. One day they'll have you endorse them. Don't give up on it."

"I won't. So, can you teach me some of your techniques since you keep getting strikes left and right when you bowl?" she stood up with him.

Smiling behind his mask, he nodded. "Sure. Come on. It's easy." He gently grabbed her hand and walked up to the game screen.

"To you. I don't have that luck. I get a few strikes here and there but you, is there anything you can't do?"

"Not quite sure. I am called the Golden Maknae after all."

"Don't push it." She shared a laugh with him. "I'll put Munchkin for my name."

"I'll put Jeon Cena."

She laughed at the name. Ever since ISAC, fans have been calling him that more often due to his strength. It was hilarious and suited him well.

"Can we use the jawn where it won't go in the gutter, trapping the ball so it's easier to hit the pins?"

"Nope. You're playing the real way, not using that to help. Grab a ball. We'll do a few practice shots."

Sighing, she confirmed the game and went to grab a ball.

"Okay." he went behind her while they looked at the pins. "Relax...keep a firm grip."

Jungkook liked moments like this. Her asking for his help, especially with something he loves like bowling. This was going to be a fun outing. 

When she rolled the ball down the lane, Jungkook joined her in watching the ball until it hit most of the pins down, leaving three left. A happy giggle escaped her, making him think of how adorable she sounded.

"Not bad!" he praised. "You can definitely get a spare from this. This time let's release the ball at an angle." He demonstrated from behind as she tried to copy his movements. 

Tossing the ball, she managed to get a spare as she jumped up, fist pumping while Jungkook applauded.

"There you go!" he grinned.

After a few more practice rounds, with her sometimes missing a few pins and unable to get a strike they finally play. Jungkook, of course, kept getting back to back strikes which made Jen annoyed.

"This is ridiculous. Can you stop being good?"

He chuckled at her complaining and sat back down while she stood up. Jungkook placed a hand in his pocket to touch the black velvet box, pondering about her White Day gift. Taking his hand out of his pocket, he thought of when he should give it to her. He tried to this morning but chickened out. He didn't know why he was so nervous.

Turning his attention back to her after getting out of his thoughts, Jungkook noticed that she had gotten a strike. He stood up and cheered, "You did it!"

"Yes!" she shouted, jumping up and down.

As the game went on, Jungkook won in the end and they played a second game. This time Jennie did better and was close up to Jungkook a few times, which got him shooked.

'I-is she going to beat me? I can't let that happen.' he thought as his competitive attitude rose.

Some pins he would miss, which would make Jen snicker.

Before Jungkook stood up to get a ball once Jen sat down, his phone buzzed. Taking it out of his pocket he saw that it was Jin trying to Facetime.

"Oh Lord...here we go." She said with amusement while Jungkook sighed, answering it.

"Yes, hyung?" he asked while Jen scooted closer to see the screen

"Are you safe? You're not tongue kissing are you?" Jin asked.

"Hyung, we're fine. Sejin hyung is around. You don't need to call."

"Oh yes, I do! No funny business. I am watching you kids."

"Would you stop bothering them and hang up?" Yoongi complained in the background.

"Is that Jungkook and Jennie? HI! I hope you're having a nice date!" Taehyung appeared with his face close to the screen, making JenKook laugh. 

"You said you were going to make our food! Get off the phone!" Jimin whined, grabbing the phone. "Bye! Have fun!" he ended the call.

"Goofy," she replied.

After finishing their second game with Jungkook winning by only a few points, they went to play some of the arcade games. Jen was proud to be able to kick his ass in Pac-Man and taught him some strategies to win. Then, they took some cute photos in a photo booth, taking their masks off.

One photo consisted of him being silly, smiling meme like while getting close to her face as she tried to ignore him. She couldn't help but laugh and the booth snapped the photo, making it look candid and it so happened to be her favorite.

After their date, they were dropped off back at the dorm. Jennie was about to grab her keys to open the door but Jungkook gently grabbed her hand.

"What's up?" she turned around.

"I have something for you." he smiled softly, putting his hand in his pocket.

"Oh, you do? What is it?"

Nervously, he pulled out a small black velvet box, making her part her lips. Taking it, she looked at the box and then back at him as he smiled, gesturing for her to open it. When she opened the lid, her breath was taken out of her when she saw that it was a ring. And it looked similar to Iron Man's Arc Reactor with pretty jewels around it.

"Kook..."

"I have a matching one." He showed off his black ring with an Iron Man symbol on it. "And it has your name engraved inside on mine. With your ring it has mine. Every time you see it, you can think of me."

She was so speechless at the ring, that she couldn't even say anything for a moment. She was in love with it and it looked beautiful. 

"You can be my Pepper Potts while I am your Tony Stark," she remembered him saying as a big smile came across her lips.

He nodded. "Do you like it?"

"I love it! Look at this!?" she took it out and placed it on her finger. "I love you, so much!"

Giving him a big kiss, she pulled him in for a tight hug, making him stumble. With his arms tightly around her waist, he pulled her close, delighted that she liked her gift.

"I love you, too." he pulled away as a big smile came across his lips. He grabbed her hand to take a good look at the ring and then kissed her hand and fingers.

When they walked into the dorm, they caught Jin speeding away from the door, giving it away that he was spying on them.

"Really hyung?" Jungkook laughed.

"What? What did I do?" Jin asked innocently.

When they went to her room, they decided to play video games, taking turns playing Dark Souls 2. A loud rumble of thunder was heard around the dorm as Jennie watched Jungkook game. The sudden sound made her jump slightly, while Jungkook wasn't affected by it. They managed to beat the storm and just dealt with some moderate rain when they left the bowling alley.

"Hey, the storm is getting pretty bad. You think we should turn the game off before the lights go out?" she asked.

"After this battle, I want to get through! Come on, I'm almost there and then we can save it." 

"Let's save the game now."

"After this!"

"Kook-"

"Honey, let me just finish this," he whined.

She rolled her eyes in amusement. He was so hardheaded. As she continued to watch him, he, of course, did not save the game like he said he would and went into the next boss battle. And halfway through it, the electricity went out, just like she anticipated.

"NO!" Jungkook yelled while they heard Hobi screaming in fright outside their room.

"Woooooooow. Let's save the game, I said. Before the electricity goes out, I said. And what do you do? Continue playing and you did not save the game. All that hard work, gone. Now you gotta start all the way back again. Whew, how amazing is that?" she sarcastically said, over Jungkook's loud whining.

She turned her flashlight on her phone and got off her bed, looking around. They should have some stuff to help with the lighting. 

Leaving the room, she found Namjoon and Jin wandering around the cabinets and drawers to find what to help bring light back into the dorm. They then found stashes of candles and matches to prepare for situations like this. Bringing a few candles to her room, Jen started lighting them up and placing them around. 

Jungkook looked at his surroundings, noticing that her room looked like some romantic scene from a movie.

"Ha. Never underestimate candles," she said, satisfied with her work. Taking a seat on the bed with him, she asked, "Is this enough light?"

"Yeah. It's...perfect," he replied softly. They heard a whimper and saw Tony running right to Jennie's feet. "Hey, hey, what's wrong, boy?"

Tony jumped on the bed, going right to her lap, shaking. Concerned, she began petting him softly, trying to soothe him. "It's okay, it's okay. I guess you don't like thunderstorms, huh?"

Jungkook watched her nurture him as his eyes softened to see how gentle she was with him. He then began to comfort Tony too, petting him and scratching his ears.

"Let's cuddle Tony to get his mind off the storm."

"Good idea," she replied as she picked the dog up. 

Jungkook moved back the covers and they both got under them, keeping Tony in the middle. Pulling the covers over them, Jungkook noticed Tony beginning to snuggle into him and calm down a little as they tried to take his mind off the thunder.

---------

BTS' Jennie reportedly turns down big endorsement deal with Adidas

Articles from several K-Pop news sites wrote about it while Jennie ignored another shitstorm of criticism from people. It seemed like haters love to give her crap about everything she does and it was ridiculous. She did not have the time to dwell on it. 

Some on social media were divided on her decision. One half thought it was foolish to turn it down but the other half supported it because they knew how much she truly wanted to endorse her favorite brand.

She trended all over Twitter when it was announced while she remained unbothered, eating smarties and watching TV. 

Meanwhile, on Twitter, K-Pop fans voiced their opinion:

'The only endorsement queen wants is Nike! #LetJennieEndorseNike'

'She should've taken the deal. Would have made a lot of money. Nike ain't interested. Go for the next best thing Jennie. Don't be stupid.'

'She still persistent on that Nike deal?? Jen, girl, I love you but take the deal. It's Nike's loss if they don't notice you, boo. Get that bag Adidas offered!'

'BTS isn't even that popular so why would Adidas or even NIKE for that matter be interested in her of all people? Makes no sense.'

'We stan a loyal queen! Give her Nike!'

'I can't see someone like Jennie endorse Nike. Why would they want her? She doesn't have the IT factor'

'#JennieXNike will happen one day! Don't give up Jennie!'

'What if Nike lowkey does want her and so did Adidas but Adidas went to Big Hit first to make a huge offer to see if she would take it?'

'Guys...don't panic. I feel like Nike is lowkey keeping their eyes on Jennie! Jen is being smart here by not taking that offer'

'Nike, please notice Jennie! She loves your brand so much! You won't regret your decision to sign her. She will bring in so many sales with her passion alone for your brand!'

'Even though they're not following her, I bet Nike is watching her very closely' 

'Jennie deserves to endorse Nike. Watch all these videos from predebut of BTS and even from her Amity days of her talking about wanting to endorse Nike!'

'Adidas is better than Nike! Jennie you just set yourself up for failure. Nike ain't that great. TAKE THE DEAL!'

'I don't get why you would reject that endorsement. You can't be that stupid'

'If she endorses Nike and leaves Puma, she's a traitor. Just stay in your lane with Puma and be grateful.'

'I love that Jen is staying loyal to Nike. She still wants that endorsement after all these years. Not a lot of people would do this but Jennie, we support you! #NikeXJennie'

'She could've gotten a lot of money with that deal...'

'TBH, I think she's cocky, acting high and mighty by rejecting endorsements because she wants to endorse Nike. The brand isn't interested so move on'

Those thinking that she was arrogant and cocky about it were proved wrong when Adidas issued a statement of how they respected her decision and that she had been nothing but happy and appreciative about their offer. And she was even tempted to take the deal but she went with her heart and decided not to go through with it.

She remembered what she told them, "Oh my gosh...wow! I am so honored. Truly honored that you want me of all people to endorse your brand. This is truly amazing and I'm still shooked. But after thinking long and hard about it...I can't accept this deal. There is another company that I want to endorse if I can. If I endorse another company, I wouldn't be as passionate about it as I would be for Nike. Yes, this is a big offer when you tried to negotiate with me but I...I can't accept it. Thank you for the offer but I want to politely decline."

She then thought of her conversation with Bang PD.

"Are you absolutely sure? This is the second endorsement you turned down," he said.

"Yes. I'm sorry but I really want Nike. And if I gotta keep waiting, I will. I know one day it'll come. I don't want to rush this blessing. Man, I bet you really wanted me to take that offer, right? I'm sorry I let you down."

He had told her that he was happy she was still determined. He loved how passionate she was about Nike and wanted to see things go through with her achieving that goal. Whenever it was tomorrow or in a couple of years, Big Hit would find a way to get that endorsement.

To get her mind off things, she finally got a chance to hang with G-Dragon again at YG Entertainment, catching up on life. She wore a pair of high-waisted jeans along with a crop top with long sleeves while hanging with him in the practice room. She told him about the fire comeback and he happily smiled, listening keenly to her.

"You will be very successful. No doubt about it."

"I hope so!" she beamed.

"I see a lot of potential in you. You're getting there and growing each comeback. I have been watching your fancams. I wrote some notes down on what you should work on." He took out a notebook in his bag and handed it to her.

"You didn't have to do this in your spare time."

"You told me you want me to help you. I keep my word. And you're very serious about this and you take the advice to heart to improve yourself. What I'm doing is working. I see improvement. So let's continue improving."

"Okay." She smiled and read his notes. 

The main thing he wanted her to focus on was charisma, which she agreed.

"How are you adjusting to your growing fame in BTS?

"I'm getting by. It's so crazy. I'm enjoying it while making sure to stay safe and mindful of my surroundings,"

"Good. Just remember to be careful. And to understand that not everyone is your friend in this industry. Be mindful of who is in your circle. There will be clout chasers on the rise as BTS gets popular,"

She nodded. "I understand,"

"Can you show me your choreography for fire? I want to watch you so I can see what you can improve on."

"Okay." She stood up and plugged in her phone to put on the song. 

He stood by the speaker while she stood in the middle of the dance floor. Pressing play, he watched her move.

"Stop." he turned the music off, catching her off guard. 

Already? Was she that bad?

"You're not confident. You're hesitating. Don't do that, you're better than that." He pointed out, making her nod. "What do you hope to accomplish in this comeback?"

"That I'm not an afterthought," she admitted.

"Then do that. You have the power to show them you aren't an afterthought. So, go harder and be comfortable in your dancing. During some BTS songs, I see that you let loose and people see that. So do that here too. Let that charisma ooze out. It will get people to stare at you and ask about you even if you are not the one singing or in the center. You can have that ability. You just need to own it."

Understanding his words, he restarted the song and fiercely went right into the choreography, making him nod.

"Better." He called out. Just before the chorus, he stopped the music again. "You're in the front for the chorus?"

"Yeah."

"Why not do something memorable when you move to the front."

She thought about Taehyung and how cool he looked when he tossed his lollipop down and was in front during the chorus of War of Hormone. So, what could she do that would make people want to rewind back to her part?

"I got it." She got back into place.

After a few hours of working on what to improve, they chilled together, eating while she told him about Adidas wanting her to endorse their brand.

"You declined?" he asked.

"Yeah. Call me stupid but I still want to endorse Nike. I don't even know how dispatch knew about me declining. Things just got blown out of proportion."

"Whatever you set your mind to, do it. So if you want that Nike endorsement, then go for it. I bet they're watching you right now, just waiting for the right time to ask you."

"Ha! I wish."

"I saw something that your fans posted when I was scrolling through Instagram. They caught Nike liking one of your photos of you wearing Nike gear and then the like wasn't there anymore."

"Stop lying." she looked at him as her stomach dropped. 

Quickly, she went on Twitter to type 'Nike Jennie' on the search tab and scrolled down until she found a popular tweet from a fan that said,

'Nike IS watching Jennie! They liked her photo and then unliked it! They KNOW of her! So let's be patient and not spam Nike about her.'

"Oh my gosh..." she exhaled, feeling her heart race.

Will they actually ask her to endorse their brand one day? Could it have been a test to see if she would take Adidas' deal?

"See? So just relax and don't stress about it. Your time will come. For now, focus on your music. And nice ring by the way." he pointed out the blue ring Jungkook gave her for White Day. "Very nice looking ring. It reminds me of Iron Man a bit."

"Thanks, it actually is a part of Iron Man. My boyfriend gave it to me on White Day."

G-Dragon's eyes widened. "Oh, really? Wow, who is the lucky man?"

"It's Jungkook." She shyly replied, letting out a soft chuckle while looking down. 

Mentioning his name gave her butterflies as she thought about him giving her the ring. 

G-Dragon thought about Jungkook right away, remembering seeing him and Jennie together. He knew right away something was going on and that Jungkook was crushing on her. It was nice to hear that they were together now.

"You're in good hands." G-Dragon guaranteed.

That made her heart soar. "Thank you. I'll tell him that."

"Just be careful out there with the public."

"Trust me, I will,"

"And be careful as you and Bangtan get more popular in the industry. There are going to be people trying to tear you down. Be prepared and just don't forget who you are. Don't let anyone change you. Especially your music." 

Thinking about that made Jen think of Hailey. Her music is so much more different now than back when they were all friends in Amity. Her new music didn't suit her and the autotune was not needed because she already had a wonderful voice. She also needed to fix her attitude. She had hoped the punches to her face helped with that.

"I see big things for BTS." He added. "Continue to work hard and remain humble about everything. And be wary of Mnet as time goes on."

"Oh, believe me. I remember your diss. And I wouldn't be here if it wasn't for so many people that helped me. Whenever our time is as we get more popular, I will never forget those who helped me. Including you. Thank you for everything. I'm glad I spoke up and approached you. You're an amazing mentor,"

"I'm glad too. You're very welcome. So...why not film us dancing to Bang Bang Bang and I'll post it on V-Live later on today."

"For real!?" her eyes brightened as she happily stood up. "I've been practicing! I'm gonna kill it this time. I remembered what you told me. And I improved on TOP's part."

He laughed, pleased by her reaction. "All right. Let's get to it, girl."

When Jen arrived back to the dorm, exhausted, she showered and then went to take a nap to rest her body from working all day. A few hours into her nap, she was woken up by loud yelling as the BTS members rushed into her room.

"Is this where you sneak off to!? You said you were going to the store!" Jin yelled.

"Huh?" she asked sleepily and yelled when she was dragged outta bed by Hobi and Jungkook, taking her covers with her. 

She was then dragged into the living room and placed on the couch where the rest of the members were, as they yelled various questions.

Confused, Jen finally yelled, "What the hell is going on!? Why are you yelling!?"

"G-Dragon!" the guys shouted

"What about him!?"

"Full explanation!" Namjoon showed her the photo that G-Dragon posted on Instagram and Twitter.

He even tagged her in it, saying 'You're doing well. It was good to see you. Good luck with your comeback. #GDXJW'

The photo seemed to have gone viral very quickly as VIPs and Armies enjoyed their interaction and liked how they had some sort of father/daughter relationship. VIPs also praised Jennie because it was clear to them that she was serious about learning from him. And the fact that she personally asked him to be one of the people to help her was becoming quite a praise for her.

"And this!" Jimin showed her the V-live video of them dancing to Bang Bang Bang.

"You should've taken me," Jungkook grumbled, getting jealous that she was hanging out with a member of Big Bang.

Jennie was shooked as she watched herself in the video. The way she was hyped up while lip syncing TOP's part, made G-Dragon laugh as he watched proudly. How strong she rocked back and forth during the chorus.

'I truly have improved.' she thought as she watched herself dance effortlessly with him. 

Her body just let go and she felt that stage presence just oozing out of her like he wanted. He was an amazing teacher.

"You danced with him and hung out with him for the day!?" Taehyung whined.

"I can't believe you!" Yoongi added.

"This is unacceptable. You just kicked us all to the curb! E-excuse me, are you listening, young lady!?" Jin exclaimed as he watched Jennie go back to sleep, ignoring them.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 77- Fire

Chapter Summary: BTS film for Fire. Jennie hangs with Layla and thinks about when BTS went to film BTS NOW 3 and the Save Me MV. Jennie gets bummed when she sees Prom videos and photos on social media since she never experienced it before. Jennie helps Jungkook when he gets sick before promotions for Fire.  

Words: 8,000+

-------

2016 had been insane so far when it came to breaking news. Minzy had left 2NE1 and Jennie could not wrap her head around it. She was in tears, freaking out when she saw them reunite at the MAMA Awards and now she’s leaving, leaving the group as a trio? It just wouldn’t be the same.

She even tweeted herself listening to old 2NE1 songs with the caption, ‘Sad #Jen’

And then with Hyunseung leaving BEAST. Everyone was leaving left and right. It was insane. But as she thought about it, she thought about herself with Amity when she left. How she felt to move on to something beneficial for her. So she put herself in their shoes because she knew what they went through and understood why. And she understood from the fans' point of view to see a group member leave.

Was this how Amity fans felt when she left?

Finally filming and taking photos for their next comeback, Bangtan went to Jeju Island for the jacket shooting. Jen wore an off shoulder yellow dress for the shooting.

“I love this dress, ain’t it cute?” she asked on camera, spinning around. “No, I have not dyed my hair yet. Don’t be too upset, Army. It’ll happen one day. For this comeback I want to show a different side of Jennie, so stay tuned.”

She then took photos with a kite, which went successfully. Then they began the unit shoots. After Jungkook and Tae, Jen and Yoongi were up. 

“Aw, your freckles look so cute.” she pointed them out.

“Ah...thanks smartie.” He tried not to smile at her compliment. 

The wind kept blowing which made them shiver slightly. It was so cold but they got through it. They then took photos on the air balloon, standing back to back, as the camera got every angle. After they got what they needed, YoonJen high fived each other and got out while Hobi got in next, looking nervous.

“Scared?” she asked him.

“No, I am okay. This is fine.” Hobi smiled nervously. But once he got in, he started making loud sound effects, causing her to laugh. “Whaaaaaaaaaaaa~ What if I’m blown away?”

“You’ll be fine~!” she reassured

Once it was her turn to get inside the air balloon with Jin, she had a blast, not afraid at all at being a little up in the air. After she was done, she checked out the photos, in love with how she posed.

Next up for the comeback was filming for the Young Forever MV at Jecheon Airfield a few days later. Jennie wore a long-sleeved white shirt exposing her shoulders and black pants. The members were told to show emotional acting as they walked around the maze.

For her part, she walked around with one of her hands touching the steel fence. Then, while looking around, white feathers blew past her ethereally.

Once her shots were complete, she saw Yoongi snapping photos of Jin and walked over to them.

“Oh, oh we doing a photoshoot? Okay!” she joined in, posing with Jin. “Let them know, a future worldwide handsome model is standing next to me. Don’t forget about us when you make it.”

Jin laughed, “I won’t, dear.”

For the fire music video, Jen expressed her excitement as the cameras were following her, dancing around.

“I am sooooo ready for this! I love this song and I cannot wait to film it, it is going to be off the chain! I am telling you, y’all are not ready for this one!”

As the members walked in on the set for their party scene, Jen stood at a DJ booth, admiring the equipment.

‘DJ Jennie is here!’

“I just want to thank Big Hit for allowing me to DJ in a BTS music video, this is so exciting. Ahhh, this is heaven, right here!” she fangirled.

“What’s this button do?” Jungkook asked, walking up to the booth as she demonstrated. “And this? This? That?” he went on as she showed him.

While the set was still being prepared, Jennie was talking to the camera again, showing off her outfit which was just something to wear while she DJs. Sweatpants, white shirt, chain around her neck, looking fly as ever.

“I got Suga’s three dolla’ chain on my neck. Comfortable looking white shirt, these sweats, my Nikes-oh my Nikes! Check them out I designed them! Made a little something! Nike, I am still here! Give me a call! I got some great ideas for y'all!” she showed off the designs she made for fun which looked good.

"You are never going to let me live that down, huh?" Yoongi playfully glared at her for the inside joke from American Hustle Life.

"All in good fun!" she giggled.

There were so many extras for the party scene as Bangtan filmed performing fire until they got enough shots. And then they shot it again but this time with Jen at the booth. She was much more energetic for this comeback and it showed on camera, dancing around, flipping her hair all over the place, headbanging. The guys took a break while Jen started her individual shots at the booth. 

They first filmed her turning to take a look at the DJ booth and then her walking over to it. Examining it while running her fingers over the equipment, she got a hold of the headphones and slowly placed them around her neck.

After that shot, she was filmed at the booth, dancing around until it was her cue to sing with the camera panning to her.

maenjumeogeul deulgo All night long

(Fire)

jingunhaneun balgeoreumeuro

(Fire)

ttwieobwa michyeobeoryeo da

Grabbing the mic, she started powerfully, doing what G-Dragon told her, “Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-“

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!” the rest of the members joined in.

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

Thinking of G-Dragon helped her as she even gave a mesmerizing stare at the camera that was sure to make Armies freak out. Starting again, this time Taehyung was with her at the booth, giving the Taennie shippers their fix as they partied. Then the rest of the members joined her, jumping and fooling around. Jen even threw her hands up and down while going over her verse for the end of the song, making things even more exciting.

“Yay!” she clapped and jumped off the booth. “That was hot!”

Going to see her footage from an iPhone, she smiled at her performance. ‘That’s really me up there jamming, huh? I look badass!’ she proudly thought.

The director praised her for her efforts and she went back to continue filming with the rest of the members on the stage. They even had Taehyung crowd surf. Jen could tell he was nervous and reassured him that it would be fine. Although the first attempt failed, he did much better the second time and it looked like he was having a blast.

Next was the members performing in an abandoned pool, performing the choreography. Even after one time of dancing, they were all out of breath as the stylists fixed their makeup and hair. When they worked on the dance again for the chorus, Jimin missed his cue to dance and they had to start over while he laughed and hugged Jungkook. But once they did it again it was successful. After that, Jin, Suga, V and Jungkook were able to leave since they were done for the day.

“Everyone gets to leave. I’m going to be the last one here. I have to film my little water dance.” Jen sighed on camera.

“Sucks to be you. I’m leaving soon~!” Jungkook teased while she rolled her eyes.

“Blah, blah, blah. Leave.” she playfully shoved him away, out of the camera’s view. As she continued to talk about what was going on, Jungkook would butt in occasionally. “Go away!” she laughed and pushed him again as he laughed.

After talking on camera, Jen waited as the staff members prepared the set for her, Hobi and Namjoon. With his things packed, Jungkook approached her again as he looked down at her with a smile.

“I’m about to leave with hyung. You sure you don’t want me to stay with you?”

Jen shook her head. “It’s okay. I’ll be fine. Go on ahead.”

He nodded. “Tony and I will be waiting when you get back to the dorm. I love you.”

“I love you, too.” she tried to go for a kiss but couldn’t reach him. She tried again, standing on her toes but he playfully avoided her kiss by not tilting his head down, watching her struggle. All he had to do was just put his head down to meet her lips but he wouldn't.

Frowning, she replied, “Wow, so you not going to give me a kiss goodbye?”

Laughing softly, he wrapped his arms around her and lifted her up. Now she was the one looking down at him as her heart raced. He then gave her what she wanted while she leaned down, pressing her lips on his as she cupped his face.

Taehyung quickly took out his phone to start filming them. A big smile was on his face as he thought about this being one of the cute moments to share when they decided to reveal their relationship to the public.

“Jungkook! Let’s go!” Jin called out, walking around to find him.

Yoongi walked with him and then spotted Jungkook with Jennie. “Good Lord...these kids.”

“What is taking so long-PUT HER DOWN!” Jin yelped while the 95 Liners cackled at him freaking out. 

Before Jin could march over to them, Jimin made the save by jumping on his back to distract him. Meanwhile, Jennie and Jungkook tuned out what was happening around them as they kissed repeatedly, short and sweetly.

“Ahem!” the director cleared his throat on the megaphone. “Can we please have Jennie-ah on the set, Jungkook-ah?”

Reality hit the 97 Liners and Jen was slowly set down. The two let out a laugh while one of the makeup staff members pulled her away from Jungkook to fix her hair and makeup.

While Jimin was filming his individual scene, Jennie changed into her other attire for fire which was a pair of jean shorts, a black dragon crop top, and a dragon theme bomber jacket. She also had a secret tattoo of a dragon which was placed around her left inner thigh along with a thigh chain on her right thigh.

“Nini! You’re going to be the last one out of here.” Namjoon pulled her in for a hug while she sighed loudly.

“Why is everyone so happy they get to leave before me? Don’t rub it in. You excited?” she asked.

“Yeah, I am. It has been a while since we did something together in a music video. So, remind me, are you keen?”

“Fresh and keen, numba one chick when I step out on the scene.” she quoted, putting her twist on the Pussycat Doll’s song, making him laugh. “I had that song in my head all day. I blame shuffle. I was playing throwbacks on our way over here to film.”

Starting the scene, Jen and Namjoon coolly stood next to each other as she went first, adjusting the cap on her head

“Aye, live it up, Bangtan just exploded on the scene.”

Hey, burn it up jeonbu da taeul geot gachi

“Aye, shout it out! I’m turnt up, it’s okay, I’m keen~”

Hey, turn it up saebyeogi da gal ttaekkaji

With J-Hope walking through the door while a fire was in the background, he met up with the two, dancing around.

geunyang sarado dwae urin jeomgie

geu malhaneun neon mwon sujeogillae

sujeosujeo georyeo nan saraminde

Standing in between them, she shouted, raising a hand up with them, “So what~!”

Standing a little in front of them while they stood by her, Jennie showed off a little attitude while going over her verse, “Calling us extra yet you still want to hang. Bang to the tan, you wanna join this gang. Keep your eyes on me, I am still that chick!” she slapped her chest before pointing to the camera. “Don’t you stand too close, what, you think you slick? Admit we the shhh as we tear it down!”

When she said shhh, Rapmon and J-Hope dramatically turned to her while she placed a finger to her lips.

“BTS is the flame they wanna water down! Bangtan is still here and we killin’ it still. We always start the fire, you just a fire drill!” she smirked, shoving the camera away with her hand. 

The three did the scene a few more times to make sure to get many shots. They even had Namjoon and Jennie back to back as they said their verse. Namjoon would look at her a few times, nodding before looking back at the camera.

“Okay, good job.” The director praised.

“It’s over! It’s over!” Hobi cheered.

“I’m still here~!” Jen dramatically dropped to her knees, making Hobi and Namjoon laugh.

Despite it being late and her being the last one here, she remained professional and went through with it, not giving anyone problems. She wanted these scenes to be great and she would do whatever she could to show how hard she had prepared.

As she walked on the set, the background was black and with water coming down them the ceiling and there was a large pool of water for her to step into that was up to her ankles.

“I’m just glad the water is not cold.” She said, preparing herself.

Once the music hit, she went hard while being expressive about it. Wet hair flipping around, popping and locking, she had a blast. Things went well as they made her dance a few more times to get the shots they needed.

For the final scene, she just had to lip-sync the song while in the water, doing whatever she wanted.

“Okay! Jennie can go home.” the director announced

She sighed out of relief, falling back, making a big splash as the staff laughed.

“Hallelujah!” she shouted.

For the second day of filming for their music video, after it rained in the morning, the members gathered around for their group set. Jennie yawned loudly, making Jungkook, Namjoon, and Jimin mock her yawn.

“Four hours of sleep. Four. Living the dream” she replied.

After filming the first scene of them talking and Yoongi shaking hands with someone, setting them on fire, Jungkook rode a bike around the man on fire and then watched his bike on fire. 

Meanwhile, Jen was snacking on smarties until it was time for the group dance. She unzipped her bomber jacket so it could show off the black crop top. Afterward, she went with Jimin to practice the chorus of the choreography. He even got in front of her a little bit while she periodically glanced at him to make sure she got the moves right.

Standing in between Jin and V, she leaned to the right with the members.

Errbody say La la la la la

“La la la la la.”

Say La la la la la

“La la la la la.”

soneul deureo sorijilleo Burn it up

Strutting to stand in front, she flicked her nose with her thumb before tilting her head to the side, showing even more attitude.

Bultaoreune

Powerfully, she broke out into the choreography, going hard. She wasn’t expecting to be the one in the front to start it off and she wanted to make a good impression. It seemed like it paid off because the shot went well.

After being filmed watching the car drop down with everyone shooked at the scene, Jen had another solo scene in the same area Hobi and Yoongi were at night with a police car around. She started her verse with the bat she had from the danger MV. Carefully standing on top of the car, she performed, whipping her hair around. She even kneeled while pointing at the camera, continuing to lip sync.

“Jennie. Look at her go. She was not this expressive in the last music video. I’m pleased to see her so lively. She has been doing a great job so far.” Jimin watched her. “She is so cool.”

Then they had her lying on top of the hood of the car with her back against the windshield. After doing the group dance again, Jen fell on her hands and knees, acting like Patrick from that one Spongebob episode as she began dramatically coughing like him. The others were just as exhausted. 

Finally preparing one more time, they successfully finished the group dance with the backup dancers behind them.

The last scene had Jin across the table with Taehyung having an iron on him. The members surrounded him as they did their final scenes fooling around. Afterward, they walked outside to the camera, expressing how happy they were that they were finally done.

“The Fire MV is complete!” Jen announced, clapping with the members.

“Fire~!” Jin sang

“Feel the heat!” Yoongi said, popping into the shot.

“Please enjoy the MV!” Jimin pointed.

“Go, Fire! Go BTS!” They waved goodbye.

The next morning, Jen went into her studio to see a cute note from Jungkook on her desk telling her to have a good day. He even made a tiny drawing of a smiley face on the note. There was also a pack of smarties next to it. Smiling, she ate them while going back to writing how she felt about him for songs.

Feeling a buzz on her desk, she grabbed her phone and looked at the caller ID, answering instantly. “Hey! It's been a while!”

“Hi! Wow. I’m surprised you picked up.”

“Of course I would. I’m not going to ignore you. How you been?”

“Happy. I wanted to tell you that I’m in Seoul, right now. I was wondering if we could grab a bite to eat, together. If you’re okay with it.”

Jen swung around in her chair, replying with no hesitation, “Sure, Layla. Send me the address of where you wanna go,”

--------

Jennie arrived at a small café where Layla had been waiting for her. Making eye contact, Layla smiled and waved while Jen made her way up to her. 

Jennie didn’t know what came over her, but she embraced her tightly, taking Layla by surprise. Despite everything that happened, she missed every good moment she had with her. Layla was not expecting the hug, widening her eyes but hugged her back tightly, missing her just as much.

“For a second, I thought I was going to get punched like Hailey.” Layla teased as they let go. 

“Nah. I have to admit, I’ve missed you.”

“I've missed you, too. Thanks for coming to see me. This means a lot.” she released her and they sat down.

“Trust me, I’m surrounded by men every day at the dorm. It is so nice to hang around you for a change.”

“I’m flattered. You still get this, right? When we were kids?” Layla pointed out what she had bought her. It was green tea and a cinnamon muffin. “You used to copy my orders to piss me off whenever you could. So, for today, I got you the same order I got...for old time’s sake.”

“Oh wow! Yeah, I remember!” she chuckled at the fond memories. “Remember the time we went to Friendly’s and I got every single thing you got?”

“Oh gosh...don’t remind me. I even asked for five cherries on top of my milkshake and of course, your ass got the same. Trinity had to escort me to the bathroom because I was about to pull your hair out.”

“I’m not sorry for that. Wow, I haven’t had a muffin and tea together in forever. It’s been a long time. I'm so used to eating other types of breakfast food these days. Thanks for buying this for me.”

“You're welcome! Aren’t you glad you came out with me, today?”

“Absolutely. What are you doing here in Seoul?” Jen took a bite out of her muffin.

Setting her tea down after a big sip, she replied, “Work related and also to just take some time to travel to new places. I’ll be going to the DR soon.”

“Lucky! I wish.”

“Hey, you have a comeback to focus on. I bet it’s going to be off the chain.”

Jen chuckled, “I hope! It’s my favorite song we made. It’s called fire. It’s pretty dope if you asked me.”

“I’ll be counting down the days for the comeback show. I’ve been writing a lot since that day with all of us in that hotel room. I have so many stories to tell. It’s getting me excited.”

“Your solo work is going to be good. Any idea what type of genre of music you want to go into?”

“R&B.”

“That suits your voice.”

“Thanks, Jen. I would love to get a Grammy someday for my music."

“You will. Anything is possible. So start saying that you will get a Grammy one day.”

Layla smiled at the thought. “I should. Do you remember all those dreams we had? We would talk for hours about what we wanted to do with our music careers.”

“Those were good times.”

“You always were talking about singing in Korean and we thought it was crazy of you to do it. But you went on and did it and you’re living your dream. Me, I am too. I’m writing the music I want to perform and I’m working on my solo stuff. Slowly but surely. We’re still young, learning and growing but we’re going to make it with our music careers.”

“No doubt about that. Muffin cheers to that.” she bumped her muffin with hers and they both took a bite, letting out a series of giggles. “Heard anything from Trin or Hailey?”

“No, not really. They kind of just fell off the face of the earth. No social media, no reports, nothing. It makes me a bit sad to see how everything is now.”

Jennie frowned, “Yeah. Deep down, I miss all five of us being buddies with each other.”

“It’s most likely going to take some time but I do hope that one day those two will come around, and just apologize for everything as grown women. Then we can move forward. Simple as that. But those two are so stubborn.”

“Very stubborn. They always want to be right.”

“Oh, I was hanging with Angelina a few days ago. We went boxing together and she almost gave me a black eye.”

Jen laughed, “Oh my gosh, why boxing?”

“In her words, she said it was to relieve all the frustration she had left for me over the years. That girl can pack a punch, my ribs still hurt from those body shots. But it was fun.”

“Yikes, I do not want to be on the receiving end of that.”

“I got another piercing, too.”

“Where?”

Layla pointed to her chest, which made Jen put two and two together.

“No way.” Jen dropped her jaw.

“Yeah! It’s my favorite!”

“Now I know getting your nips pierced hurts a lot.”

“Actually it wasn’t that bad. It was just sore.”

“You got that, I could never. How many piercings do you have now?”

“Uh...well it should be seven, right now.”

“Damn. Any more you want?”

“I want some nose piercings. But I’ll wait a little bit for that. I just hope this photoshoot goes well today.”

“Oh, you’re taking photos for work?”

“Uh huh! Doing stuff for my fans, I want to create a little photo album for them."

“That’s sweet. Ever thought of doing fan meets?”

“No, I haven’t. Any suggestions?”

“I have tons but just don’t make them have to buy hundreds of your albums for a chance to get into a fan meet. That’s something I disagree with when it comes to meeting our fans here. I just wish BTS could have regular meet and greets and all they have to do is buy a ticket. Or just buy one album for a fair chance instead of buying multiple. So you won't have to spend so much money for a chance in the lottery. But that’s how it is here, so I don’t have much say.”

“Oh nah. Yeah, I’ll do it for free. Maybe set up a location in New York. That would be fun. How’s it been over here for work?”

“I had to do a few commercials...one of them was very...cute which I cringed.” Jen thought back to the shooting.

-------

Jennie shook her head frequently, displeased at the fact that she would have to dance and sing cutely for the Smart Uniform commercial with G-Friend and the rest of BTS.

“Mm Mm! No. No. HELL NO. NO! NO! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO~!”

“We’ll pay you in smarties! Come on, it’ll be fun!” Jin stated with a smile.

“Nah, fam. You gonna have to do a lot more than smarties this time. You tried it.”

The amount of suffering and cringing she dealt with when recording the song and learning the choreography in the practice room. And now here she was wearing a uniform, hanging around GFriend, feeling rather uncomfortable.

She hated this commercial with a passion, having a huge dislike for cutesy dances. It just made her feel so out of place. And fans got a kick out at how she was screaming internally in the commercial.

‘How did they make me dance and act cute like this?’ she pondered, as she felt mortified when they filmed themselves dancing. 

She stayed professional and went through with it, faking it until she made it. One thing was for sure, she would be hating Wednesdays for a few months. And now she couldn't get the song out of her head.

------

“Wooooooow! Kudos for you not dying that day, hah!”

“Not funny.” Jen narrowed her eyes.

Layla found the commercial and looked at it on her phone, cracking up at Jen’s performance.

“Stop laughing~!” Miss Bangtan whined and tried to grab her phone.

“This is hysterical! You are so adorable~!”

“Shut up! And don’t get me started on the Save Me music video filming. I just kept falling and falling. One of my pairs of Nikes got so messy when we filmed. I was not happy that day.”

------

On the inside, Jen was in a foul mood, having to be forced to shoot the Save Me music video in this horrible weather. She was feeling herself getting sick and was not trying to let this upcoming cold win, making mental notes to fight it as soon as she got home. Her hair was straightened for the music video but due to the rain, her curls were already popping back up, and she decided to just roll with it, staying professional. She wasn’t the only one who did not want to be here.

Looking down at her shoes, her Nikes were getting a lot of mud on them thanks to the weather, which got her even more upset.

“My Nikes are getting screwed up due to this mud. Ugh. But hey, Jennie here...cold...wet...trying to survive.” She said in front of the Bangtan Bomb camera, wearing a poncho.

Namjoon and Taehyung had huddled around her to keep her warm which helped a lot while she continued to suffer.

“Are there crabs?” Namjoon asked, looking at a nearby hole that he assumed had crabs in it. “Isn't it the crab hole?”

“I had eaten crabs a few days ago. It was very delicious.” Jen called out, making him shoot her a dirty look. A loud cackle escaped her lips at the offended look he gave her.

"Eating crabs...you're evil!"

"No, I'm not!"

This music video consisted of one take, so the members had to move around a lot behind the cameraman while another member had their camera time. They rehearsed in their raincoats/ponchos while trying to keep warm.

During filming, mistakes were made, such as Yoongi bumping into the director as he tried to film, Jennie slipping and falling, making her pants dirty as the stylists cleaned them without any issues.

“Not funny,” she called out Jungkook and Jimin who were laughing at her dirty pants. “Remember that when you want me to bake something for you.”

That shut them up quickly.

Getting soaked in the rain after many more takes for the MV, the weather was starting to get a little worse and Jen started shivering.

“So cold...I can’t even breathe with this wind.” she shivered violently.

Taehyung engulfed her in a hug from behind, to keep her warm as she continued to talk about how she was doing on camera, with him adding a comment here and there. Soon after, he grabbed her hands and blew his warm breath into them.

------

“My favorite part of Save Me is the dance break. I have so much fun doing that. But the weather was not it.”

Layla snickered. “You always complain but you still get the work done. You've done it with Amity and you're doing it with BTS. How about that,”

“Yeah, some things never change. We went to Chicago a few months ago for our third BTS NOW DVD."

"Ooh, how was that? Did you win again?"

"Well..."

-------

In Chicago for their first day, the members got their makeup done and wore colored contacts for their photoshoot. Jen’s contacts were red as she checked herself out in the mirror.

“Now this is a look. I love this. Red eyes? This suits me pretty well.” she looked on in admiration.

‘How does it feel to be back in America?’

“Exciting! We’re here in Chicago!” she happily announced.

Jin was walking with her in the hallway of their hotel but then he tripped, making her laugh with him. 

“I was trying to be cool, but I tripped,” he explained.

“Ennie, your eyes look mesmerizing. You should wear red contacts for a comeback one day.” V pointed out.

“Maybe! That would be fun!” she grinned.

‘What will today’s photoshoot be like?’

Once they got on the bus, Jen immediately fell asleep. Having some fun, the guys decided to take selfies with her knocked out, plotting to use them for embarrassing photos to post.

‘They arrive at the first location’

“Jennie!” Jungkook called out, making her turn around. Once she saw him with his camera, she posed for him.

Seeing him taking pictures of her, Suga and Jimin butt in, posing with her, making the 97 liners laugh. After goofing around, it was Jennie’s turn to take pictures as she posed effortlessly for the camera.

Standing in front of a metal fence, she grabbed it while looking cool.

‘Jennie looking fierce.’

She then took unit photos with Jimin. Once Jungkook was done taking unit pictures with Rapmon, he stood behind Jennie as she leaned back, resting her back against his chest while they checked out Rapmon’s individual photo shoot. They laughed at how he was running for his shots. For the next shot, all the members wore unique eye makeup. With Jen, she had purple lipstick and colorful eye makeup.

In the van, Jen had her earbuds in while Jimin, Jungkook and J-Hope had their English time. Taking an earbud out, she stared at them in confusion, trying to comprehend what they were saying.

“What are you saying?” she asked in her native tongue, making them laugh.

For their next location, Jin had unit photos with Jennie against a tree, showing various expressions and poses.

“BTS Now 3 Mission Start!’

‘Choose a desired theme’

‘Create a picture with a story. The winning team receives a great prize! Which team will win?’

Once choosing teams, Jimin shouted “YES!” and ran around excitedly, which made the members curious.

“Who did you get?” V asked.

“I GOT JENNIE!” he laughed. “WOO HOO!”

“What!? No fair!” Jungkook whined.

“Sucks to be you~!” Jimin teased and turned to Jennie.

"AYEEEE!" she high fived Jimin. "Let's get it!"

Jimin and Jennie called their team JenMin. For the remaining teams, J-Hope and Jin called themselves HopeJin, Rapmon and Suga called themselves six years and V and Jungkook called each other TaeKook.

Throughout the second day in Chicago, the members got ready for more photos outside. 

With JenKook taking photos of the view, Jin and Jimin decided to mess with them.

Jimin threw a toy grenade at Jungkook. “Ennie! Jungkook! Run! Jungkook! Ennie!” he kneeled down, covering his head to try to take cover.

The couple glanced at him for a moment and then continued to check out the pictures they had taken of nature. With the toy grenade thrown at them again, this time Jin ran over to them and went down on his knees to take cover.

“AH! Jennie! Jungkook!” he yelled but did not get a reaction out of them.

The photographer told them that there were props they could use. Jen picked a skateboard for her concept, to show off the skills that her friend Kevin taught her over the years. Grabbing a skateboard, she skated around with it as the camera snapped away. It looked like she was having more fun than she anticipated, feeling elated.

“She’s so cute.” Jungkook smiled and snapped candid photos of her. One of these photos was going to be his new phone lock screen picture.

While everyone continued to set up, Jungkook had a speaker and put on Show Me Your BBA SAE, while recording himself with V. They nodded their heads back and forth to the beat and JenMin walked over to join them.

‘Let me hear you say! BBA SAE!’

As soon as the beat dropped, the Maknae Line danced and whipped their heads back and forth. Hyped, Jen began the Wutang dance, jerking her arms up and down and side to side with V trying to copy her movements.

“How do you do that?!” Jimin laughed.

“Easy! I’ll teach you!” she demonstrated for them.

It took a few tries but afterward, Jungkook restarted the song so they could Wutang with Jennie on video. The Golden Maknae even tried to convince Rapmon who was nearby to dance but he refused, laughing it off.

“Come on~!” Jen grabbed Rapmon’s hands, gesturing him to dance.

“All right, all right.” he gave in as she cheered him on with V joining him.

On the third day, they went to a house they rented to take photos. This was where their mission began. Jen and Jimin decided that their concept would be a parody of Tom & Jerry. After much debate, Jimin was Jerry while Jen was Tom.

“We have cheese!” Jimin brought out a plate of cheese.

“You’ll be eating and chilling and then I’ll come and try to chase you,” Jen suggested.

The first few shots included Jimin looking cute, and eating his cheese. Then it would show Jennie glaring at him with her arms crossed. As the photographer snapped away, she snuck up behind Jimin and tried to catch him but he quickly moved out of the way, turning away in shock. He started to run away, initiating her chasing him around. Later they were in the kitchen and Jimin had a frying pan, placing it against Jennie’s face for the photo to show that Tom was about to lose again to Jerry. After that, she was on the floor, on her stomach with a hand underneath her chin, looking annoyed at the camera while Jimin sat on her back, looking happy that he won again.

“Good! You two are done!” The photographer praised.

“Yay!” Jimin bounced up and down on top of her, making her laugh.

After their mission, the members continued with their pictures around the house. Jen, ate cheese curls while sitting next to Jungkook on the couch.

“Can I have one?” Jungkook asked.

Taking a cheese curl out of the bag, she fed it to him. Meanwhile, the camera panned up close to his face and he cutely said: “I’ll kill you.” revealing his bunny smile.

“The concept of this outfit is yellow,” he mentioned as the camera showed off what he was wearing. “It’s been a while since I wore red.”

“And he’s wearing red Nikes. I love them!” Jen pointed them out.

After the camera stopped filming them, Jungkook randomly said, “You’d look nice in red, Jennie.”

“Thanks, I wear red constantly if you hadn’t noticed.”

“That’s not what I mean.” a big grin came across his face.

It took her a second to get what he was implying before she smacked his chest.

“Dirty!” she scolded with a laugh and got off the couch.

“Babe! Come back!” he laughed harder, getting off the couch to chase after her.

Once filming was over, each team was interviewed back in Korea

‘Please introduce your team.’

“JENMIN~” the two joyfully announced and hugged each other

“It’s our ship name. We’re back JenMin shippers! We all know Jennie has a special place in her heart for me.”

“I could say the same for you,” she replied, making eye contact with him which would freak out shippers.

‘After finding out the teams, what were your thoughts?’

“CLOUD NINE! I love doing things with Jennie!” Jimin giggled.

“I was excited, too. I love working with Jimin. He’s so sweet and helpful.”

“Win or lose, we were going to have a lot of fun working together.”

‘Introduce your film’

“We reenacted a childhood cartoon of mine! Tom and Jerry!” Jen beamed. “This cartoon means so much to me. So, the fact that we got to do this was so cool.”

“We had a long debate on who would be who,” Jimin said.

“At first he didn’t want to be Jerry because he thought I was picking on him for his size. Which I wasn’t!”

“I know, I know. But still. You know how defensive I get about people calling me short.”

“Yeah, I know shortie.”

“HEY! I am taller than you!"

“I know. So, I was Tom and Jimin was Jerry.” she changed the topic, attempting to keep herself from laughing as he playfully glared at her. “Our concept was pretty simple. It’s cute and I’m sure people will like it and would want to check out some old Tom and Jerry episodes.”

When they were shown their best photo, Jen and Jimin cackled, holding onto each other.

“Your face!”

“My face? Look at yours! This turned out great!”

Everyone was in the room as they prepared to check out all the teams' photos. Six Years was first who did a parody of a horror movie.

“That’s so scary. Oh my gosh, the one when Suga is behind Rapmon with tissue paper, BRUH! His head is in the fridge.” Jen laughed. “Jimin and I voted for you guys to win. This was good.”

“Yeah, the pictures look nice.” The members agreed.

Next was to show JenMin’s photos and the members laughed at how cute the concept was. 

“I like the one when you look like you lost and Jimin is on your back. That’s cute.” Rapmon said.

“This looks natural. And I’m not surprised Jimin was Jerry. He’s tiny.” Jungkook giggled.

“I am NOT tiny!” Jimin fired back

Next up was TaeKook’s pictures. They did a parody of an animation. The members couldn’t stop laughing at V’s passionate expression in his solo photo. Their shocking visuals were the main topic.

“The kick!” Jen laughed. “That was perfect.”

Last up was J-Hope and Jin who did a parody of a movie. Some of the members talked about how chubby their faces looked and joked around that they looked ugly.

“I gained weight for the concept!” Jin exclaimed.

It bothered Jennie that they were talking about how “chubby” their faces supposedly looked. They looked just fine to her.

“Guys cut it out,” she spoke up with a frown. “They’re not ugly, they look just fine. Don’t even listen to them. It doesn’t matter if you gained a little weight, at least you’re healthy.”

“Thank you, Jennie.”

When it was time to see who won, it was revealed that TaeKook got 18 votes, JenMin got 52 votes, J-Hope and Jin had 64 votes. For the winners, Suga and Rapmon, who had 68 votes, they shouted and hugged each other when they found out they won first place.

“Woo!” Jen clapped. “Congrats guys!”

“I can’t believe we won,” Rapmon said in disbelief.

“We gave up on winning.” Suga laughed as they received a $300 gift certificate

“Sharing is caring, I hope y’all know that.” Jen reminded them

“Not today!” Suga replied, earning laughs from the members

------

"Darn...sucks you didn't win that $300 gift certificate. That would've been great. But hey, I hope you win in the next BTS NOW filming, if you have another one."

"Fingers crossed! I’m sure things will work in my favor next time!” Jen reassured.

-----

For the next few days, Jen had been a little down after checking out prom photos on social media. She wasn’t as cheerful as she usually was and it was starting to become noticeable by the members. Some thought that it was just the time of the month but little did they know it was something much deeper than that.

“Hey, are you all right, munchkin?” Hobi had asked one day in her studio with Namjoon.

“Ah, not really. Just been a little down but I’ll feel better after a few days.” Jen shrugged.

“What’s got you down?”

“I just...I just wish I was able to experience prom,” she admitted.

“Prom?”

After that, she broke down, “Yeah. I knew the sacrifices I had to make when I came here to become an idol. I would miss out on school experiences such as prom. But just seeing everyone all decked out in their dresses, nails done, all beautiful, it just makes me sad. I will never get that American high school experience. My sisters got to go to prom. My parents got to go to prom. Angelina got to go to prom. But for me, I never will with this idol life.”

Wiping the tears from her face, she cleared her throat. “Sorry, I didn’t mean to get all emotional. Just give me a few days to cope. I’ll feel better, soon.”

“Munchkin...” Hobi looked at her in concern.

“I will be okay.” she smiled sadly and stood up from her seat. “I need to use the bathroom.”

After watching her leave her studio, Hobi and Namjoon turn to each other.

“I didn’t think it would be this bad.” Namjoon sighed.

“I know...poor thing. What should we do?”

“Why not do prom here?”

“Plan a prom? You think we can?”

“We can figure out something. Even if it’s something small. Something for her. Let’s talk with Bang PD and then the rest of the guys about it.”

---------

Once the fire M/V dropped, people were pointing out Jennie’s dragon tattoo and trended it on Twitter, making edits and asking if it was real. They were shooked to see that it was even hidden too, starting from her lower stomach and then going down into her inner thigh. It looked sexy and something they were not expecting her of all people to have.

‘Jennie is your tattoo real!?’ she was spammed with questions on Twitter and Instagram.

She tweeted adding an emoji sticking out its tongue to tease the fans, ‘Curiosity killed the cat. Come and find out at your own risk.’

The reactions towards fire were insanely positive as Bangtan was trending and rising up the charts like wildfire. It was exciting and records and views were ranking up. But what was even more exciting was Jen watching these reaction videos from K-Pop reactors on YouTube and Instagram.

“I am telling YOU! I feel like G-Dragon, EXO, and whoever other idols she talks to had something to do with her because her stage presence and charisma for this music video are giving me goosebumps! Do you see my arms!?” one YouTuber yelled. “Whatever these idols are teaching this girl, they need to keep it going because she keeps getting better each comeback. This is crazy! My edges are gone, my face is cleared, and my grades are great! I am gay for Miss muthafucking Bangtan! She is that bitch! I cannot wait to see this live! And is her tattoo real!? Like got damn, I was not expecting her to be this LOUD! She is just GLOWING! Like I dunno what is going on behind closed doors but she just looks so happy and is having a blast. Jen, sis, you make me so proud~!”

Jennie smiled at that. She was glowing? That’s something she’ll never get tired of. She scrolled through Twitter to check out what fans were saying about her:

‘She is so cute!’

‘GLOWING! She is glowing! Look at her go!’

‘That NamJen moment thooooo! I ship!’

‘Go off!’

‘She better back it up!’

‘I’m living for this!’

‘MAKE JENNIE DJ AT BTS CONCERTS! #DJJENNIE4BTSCONCERT

‘BIHHHHH the facial expressions’

‘She said you a fire drill, I’m doneeeee’

‘The hair flips are giving me life!’

‘She is so extra, I love it ahahahaha’

‘She is killing it!’

‘Jen is going so hard during these dance moves, did she get whiplash?’

She chuckled at the comment. She did get whiplash a few times for being so extra while dancing but it was well worth it.

“No, they didn’t...” she said when she looked at the trending chart to see 'Jennie’s Legs' trending.

She read the comments with amusement:

‘Why did she hide her legs for so long!? They’re so toned!’

‘Choke me with your legs!’

‘Queen!’

‘Jen got a little thick and I’m here for it!’

‘My GOD!’

‘Ruining lives! She is continuously ruining lives!’

‘I’m in love!’

‘I’m straight...I’m straight...I think?? She’s making me question myself!’

‘WAIT! WAIT SHE JUST WALKED TO THE FRONT AND WENT HARD!’

Checking out more reaction videos, there was a group of male K-pop fans who looked like they were in their late teens and early 20s reacting to Fire. There was one guy specifically who was known for having a massive crush on Jennie and called her his bias. From the video, it looked like his name was Noah, as his friends would tease him and think of ship names for them. He was Caucasian and had on a Jennie shirt and BTS cap over his messy brown hair.

He seemed captivated as he stared with his mouth open slightly at her dancing. He looked so in love right now, it was astonishing to her how she could charm someone from her MV shots.

“Pause it for a second, oh my God, she is so beautiful!” Noah stared at the screen, shaking his head. “Wow...just wow.”

“You all right man?” one of his friends asked while laughing.

“Do you think she would date someone like me? She like white boys?”

That caused her to laugh as she continued to watch the video. This was too cute.

“She said she’s open to dating any race, remember?” one of his friends reminded him.

“All right, and BTS may be going to K-Con, right? I gotta meet her. Like I need to meet her in person.” Noah declared.

“You’re drooling my guy!” one of his friends laughed and nudged him. “Should we start planning a wedding? Buy her a ring? Hahah!”

As the video continued, Noah exclaimed, “You REALLY want me to watch her while she is looking like THIS? I’m a committed man, this is my wife right here. But I’m not gonna lie, I’m not sure if I can handle all that. She is so sexy.”

Some comments under the reaction video were teasing him for "wanting the chocolate" and that he looked like he was "ready to risk it all" which amused Jennie as she read them. 

She thought it was cute of him to admire her like that. She was very flattered as she pondered if she was starting to get more people to speak out about their love and admiration for her. When she first debuted in BTS, she never thought she'd be anyone's bias. But as she continued to grow as a performer, more people began to fall in love with her and it touched her heart that she was called someone's bias. 

Later that day, she decided to post a photo of her wearing the fire outfit that she took during filming with the caption,‘*Insert Jennie leg and thigh appreciation posts on Tumblr/Instagram/Twitter* #EXPOSED’ which made fans freak out.

With G-Dragon, he was in the dance studio with Big Bang. He had been watching the fire music video on his phone, mumbling to himself about how Jennie was improving.

“Is that the girl you were talking about?” Taeyang asked, checking out what he was watching.

“Yeah, that’s her. Jennie.” he smiled proudly.

“Wow! I’d like to meet her. I keep hearing you talk about her.”

“You’ll love her. She's a very gifted performer. I’ll see if I can schedule something.”

----------

Days before their comeback show, Jungkook had unfortunately started to get sick. It was so sudden and the company thought about having him sit out during their comeback show just so he can rest and get better. He had developed a fever and once Jen found out, she went straight to the store to pick up some items.

The protective mode of Jennie was on full blast as she came back to the dorm and went right to his room to help him. Whenever Jungkook was hurt or got sick, her focus was on him 24/7, doing everything she could to make him feel better.

Wetting a few small towels with cold water, she placed them in small plastic bags and let them stand in the freezer for a while to get nice and cold. It was a method her family used on her and her siblings when they suffered fevers.

“We need to work on strengthening your immune system,” she said, setting things up in his room.

Jungkook sat up on his bed and was handed a glass of cold water. Watching her turn her back to him to prepare the small towels, he downed the drink and placed the glass on his nightstand. 

As soon as she turned back around, she saw the glass empty and looked bewildered. “You drank it that quick?”

“Yeah, it was good.” He grinned.

“Good, drink another glass.” she gave him the second glass and he downed it quickly.

“You always take care of me.” he smiled tiredly as she kneeled beside him on his bed.

“What can I say? I like taking care of you guys.”

“Can you just take care of me though? Not the other hyungs. Jimin hyung always likes to rub it in my face whenever you take care of him when he’s sick.”

“Kook, not this again.” she giggled.

“And did you really bake him those cookies that I like after his sickness was gone? What about me?”

“So, you want me to let them suffer?”

“Yes?”

“Absolutely not!”

A whine came out of him, making her laugh. “How are you feeling?” she asked.

“Horrible,” he complained. “Why does this have to happen to me now? And our comeback is in a few days but I have to sit out.”

“I know it’s frustrating but your health comes first. We all want you to just rest.”

“I can’t even kiss you...” he grumbled.

She placed a hand on his forehead and was startled to feel how hot his skin was. “Wow, you’re really hot,”

“I know.”

She narrowed her eyes at his giggle and cheeky grin. “Annoying. I need you to take off your shirt so I can cool you down.”

Once he complied, she made him lay on his stomach. Taking a cold towel out of the plastic bag, she placed it over his back, making him shiver slightly from the coldness hitting his skin. After a while, the sensation began to feel nice on his body as it helped cool him down. She resumed cooling him down a few more times and made him lay on his back to place another towel on his torso.

“My bad.” she smiled apologetically at his facial expressions of discomfort from the coldness.

“Don’t worry about it, Jagi. It’ll feel good after a while,”

After cooling him down, Jungkook remained persistent to get a kiss from her.

“Can I have a kiss?” he asked.

“You have a fever.”

“Please?”

“You’re sick.”

“Please?”

“Kook...”

“I love you.”

“Stop.” She tried to fight her smile.

“I love you~.”

“I love you too but I’m not kissing you.”

“Can we at least cuddle?” he pouted.

‘I hate it when he gives me that look, I can’t say no.’ she thought as she relented and got into bed with him.

Holding him, she watched him fall asleep quickly. Slowly running her fingers through his soft hair, she thought about how he didn’t feel as hot as before. The towels helped tremendously. She just hoped his fever would go away quickly.

“Ah, stop staring at him with those worried eyes. He’s going to be fine. He’ll bounce back quickly.” Hobi poked his head into the room, catching her attention.

“I wasn’t staring.” she felt her face heat up.

“Uh huh. Says the smitten munchkin. How is he doing?”

“The cold towels helped. He doesn’t feel as hot. As long as he keeps drinking water, taking medicine and I continue to cool him down, the fever should go away soon.”

“Good. I’m glad. Thanks for taking care of him. I’m happy the kid’s going to be okay. He’s in good hands because of you.”

She smiled at that. “Thanks, Hobi. I try,"

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 78- Prom

Chapter Summary: BTS promotes fire and Jen becomes the next person to receive phone numbers in her sandwich. Bangtan thinks of a way for Jennie to experience her own Prom in Seoul. While on a prom weekend trip with a group of their 97 Liner friends, Jennie and Jungkook play a little game of dares which takes a spicy turn.

Words: 11,000+

Genre: Such a fluffy chapter! Promposals from the members and BIG Jungkook fluff! And smol Jungkook smut. (Not all the way. Just some smol stuff like oral. Short and sweet.)

Author's Note: I was experimenting with this and ideas just kept flowing. I hope you like it! I'll continue to do better in the smut department. A for effort! Lol, I'm biased and loved Taehyung's Promposal the best since he's my Bias in BTS hehe. I lost the photo of the dress I used for Jen's dress for prom smfh. If I ever find it I will add it in.

----------

Backstage for Mnet Countdown, Jungkook was chosen to stay back, still recovering from his flu. Already in her attire for the show, a producer came up to her to discuss her role for today.

“Jennie. We’re going to change things up a bit since Jungkook is unable to perform today. So we want you to take over his lines for Save Me and Butterfly.”

“Okay!” she replied with a nod, feeling confident about herself.

From now on, she would try her best not to get so nervous about doing stuff like this. She got this. She will do Jungkook justice for the songs. 

In front of a Bangtan bomb camera, some of the members spoke about Jennie taking over his lines for the day while Jungkook was giddy about it, teasing her.

“It is so weird when a member is missing and you have to go on without them. And the fact that they want me to take over Jungkook’s lines, it’s a big responsibility. But I believe I can do him justice.” she said on camera.

Getting something to eat with the members, Jen was given a sandwich at the cafeteria. When she sat down with them to begin eating, she noticed there were small pieces of paper in the sandwich.

"Huh?" she took the pieces of paper out and examined them. A laugh escaped her lips as she shook her head. "Bold!"

“What happened?” Namjoon asked as he took a look at the pieces of paper.

“I got a few phone numbers.” she continued to chuckle.

“What!?” Jungkook exclaimed, rushing over to look at the pieces of paper.

Who in the heck would be this bold to give out their number to his girl? Who!?

“Numbers? What numbers?” Jin shouted

“Whoa, whoa, guys, it’s okay!” she looked at them in bewilderment.

“Okay!? Someone is messing with our ship!” Taehyung complained and grabbed her sandwich.

“It’s harmless, relax,” she reassured.

“Some idols already know I’m your boyfriend. Why are these guys trying to shoot their shot?” Jungkook grumbled.

“Jungkook-ah, relax.”

“No, I won’t relax, Jagi! I want to know whose numbers these belong to.”

“Oh Lord...” she turned her attention to Taehyung and grabbed her sandwich back. Taking a bite, she spat it out immediately. “What the heck is this!?”

It tasted weird. Nothing like the usual sandwich she would get. Did they make a new sandwich or something? She opened the sandwich and it contained bread, egg potato salad, cabbage salad and...strawberry jam?

“Ew. No, I’m not eating this.” she placed it down and went into her bag to see if she had any leftover snacks.

Meanwhile, the guys rambled on about people giving Jen their number. 

Checking out her bag, she pulled out another random piece of paper that someone supposedly snuck into her bag.

“Oh. Another set of numbers.” she chuckled.

“ANOTHER ONE!?” Jin yelled in horror. “That’s five numbers in one day! The heck!?”

“This is unacceptable. I don’t want these guys getting any bright ideas.” Namjoon frowned with Jungkook complaining.

“Do I need to have a talk with them?” Yoongi asked, cracking his knuckles.

“We should start bringing her lunches instead. Make her lunch, Jin.” Hobi eagerly suggested.

“Duly noted. What do you want to eat for lunch, sweetie?” Jin asked.

“Guys, relax! It’s fine!” she exclaimed while Jimin and Tae whined about their ship.

---------

On the stage, wearing the same white shirt as the members but with black shorts, Jen exhaled shakily, looking up at the ceiling. ARMY noticed her hand shaking as the music came on. The 97 Liner slowly walks around, singing softly,

amugeotdo saenggakhaji ma

neon amu maldo kkeonaejido ma

geunyang naege useojwo

Jen listened to Tae’s soulful vocals as they all moved elegantly on stage. 

Covering her lines, she sang, “Is it true? Is it true? You, You. Neomu areumdawo duryeowo. ”

Untrue Untrue

You You You

Taking over the chorus, putting her hands together and moving side to side in sync with everyone, she went on, “Gyeote meomulleojullae. Naege yaksokhaejullae. Son daemyeon naragalkka buseojilkka. Geobna geobna geobna.”

siganeul meomchullae

i sungani jinamyeon

eobseotdeon iri doelkka neol irheulkka

geobna geobna geobna

Spinning to the middle, she looked up, singing, “Butterfly, like a Butterfly. Machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom.”

The way she sang Butterfly was so angelic as some members of the crowd were saying ‘wow’.

Meanwhile, she had made eye contact with Jimin who had smiled softly at her, nodding at her performance so far. That gave her the reassurance she needed.

Butterfly, like a butterfly

machi Butterfly, bu butterfly cheoreom

After Suga and J-Hope rap, Jin looked up and turned to the camera,

Untrue Untrue

You You You

This wasn’t as bad as she thought as she nailed the chorus again before Rapmon went on to rap passionately.

It’s all FREE for you baby

Standing with Jimin as he did his high note, Jennie revealed a pair of white butterfly wings on her back, that she had hidden with her shirt, which had amazed the crowd. She sang again with the confetti falling down as Jimin harmonized with her. For the ending pose, the boys turned their backs to the ground with their hands mimicking a butterfly while Jen faced the crowd, moving her body like a butterfly before outstretching her hand, and looking up.

For fire, the members walked onto the stage, hyped with fire all around the scene. Wearing their outfits from the MV, Suga placed his arm around Taehyung in the middle.

bultaoreune

Fire Fire Fire Fire

When I wake up in my room nan mwotdo eoptji

haega jigo nan hu biteuldaemyeo geotji

Sticking her tongue out and catching the camera panning to her, she flowed fluidly with the members after J-Hope finished his verse.

da mansinchangiro chwihaesseo chwihaesseo

Losing her balance from staggering around pretending she was drunk while Yoongi rapped, Jen caught herself.

‘Whew, that was close.’ she thought as she continued to dance.

mak yokhae gireseo gireseo

na masi gatji michinnom gatji

da eongmangjinchang, livin’ like ppi-i-

Taehyung covered Jungkook’s parts as he stood in the middle.

ni meotdaero sareo eochapi ni kkeoya

aesseuji jom mareo jyeodo gwaenchanha

Errbody say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!” Jen repeated with the crowd.

Say La la la la la

“La, la, la, la, la!”

soneul deureo sorijilleo Burn it up

Strutting up to the front, she flicked her nose with her thumb, changing her face into a serious expression.

bultaoreune

Going hard in the dance break, making her hair whip around, she sang, “Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Eh! Eh oh eh oh!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

Standing with Namjoon, she began moving her head side to side with him.

“Aye, live it up. Bangtan just exploded on the scene~!.”

Hey, burn it up jeonbu da taeul geot gachi

“Aye, shout it out! I’m turnt up, it’s okay, I’m keen~”

Hey, turn it up saebyeogi da gal ttaekkaji

geunyang sarado dwae urin jeomgie

geu malhaneun neon mwon sujeogillae

sujeosujeo georyeo nan saraminde

“So, what~!” she shouted with them, raising a hand up.

“Calling us extra yet you still want to hang. Bang to the tan, you wanna join this gang. Keep your eyes on me, I am still that chick!” she slapped her chest. “Don’t you stand too close, what, you think you slick? Admit we the shhh as we tear it down!”

When she said shhh, the members dramatically turned to her while she placed a finger to her lips before they followed her around as she continued to go on, “BTS is the flame they wanna water down! Bangtan is still here and we killin’ it still. We always start the fire, you just a fire drill!”

This comeback was her favorite out of everything as her happiness soared on stage with the guys. Performing this at a concert was going to be a rush.

(Fire)

geop manheun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

goeroun jayeo yeogiro

(Fire)

maenjumeogeul deulgo All night long

(Fire)

jingunhaneun balgeoreumeuro

As the backup dancers danced with them, Jen got hyped, shouting, 

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-“

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!” the rest of the members joined in

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

(Fire)

“Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’-”

“Hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!”

ssak da bultaewora bow wow wow

With Suga walking up next to V, he pointed to the camera. 

yongseohaejulge

---------

Once Jungkook was good as new, feeling much better, he went all out for the remaining performances. And thanks to ARMY, BTS had received their first win for fire as the confetti startled both Jen and Yoongi.

“Please give us your winning speech!” the MCs gave Rapmon the mic

“ARMY! Thank you to all the Armys who are watching this live, right now!” Rapmon said.

“ARMY is the one who gave us this award. ARMY is truly the best!” Jin said. “And to our members, please don’t get sick. We will always be with you guys so please continue to look after us!”

Taking the mic, Jungkook happily said, “Everyone, I’m really OK! I love you!”

“I love you, my family!” V waved.

For the encore of fire, the guys put the confetti all on Jennie as she tried not to laugh while singing her parts. Today was all in all perfect.

Walking backstage, she held the trophy, doing a victory dance before skipping around with Taehyung. After settling down, she waited until it was her turn to be recorded thanking ARMY for the first win.

“ARMY is truly one of a kind. You guys are always there to support us through our highs and our lows. And all because of you, we were able to win first place again. I can not thank you guys enough. Thank you guys so much! You guys are amazing and I love you so much!” she beamed.

For one music show, Jungkook was chosen to MC for Music Core. Looking over the script, he pointed out that there were a lot of aegyo and singing parts.

Jennie started cracking up at the script. “Oh gosh. This is going to be cute. And you gotta sing your Boy In Luv lines? How charming.”

“I think our 97 Liners should MC together one day,” Namjoon suggested.

“Me and Jennie?” Jungkook’s eyes lit up as a big bunny smile came across his face. “I’d love that.”

“That’d be fun actually.” she agreed.

Pulling her close, he looked down at her, smiling, “Cheer for me?”

“Of course. I love you. You’re going to do great out there.”

“I love you, too.” He gave her a sweet peck on the lips

“Aw~!” Hobi cooed with Jimin and Tae, causing the couple to turn in their direction, amused.

“I love you, too~.” Jimin teased.

“Cheer for me, Jennie? I love you.” Taehyung added.

“Of course, you’re going to do great out there.” Hobi joined in.

"Shut up!" Jennie said. 

She and Jungkook rolled their eyes, trying to ignore their teasing.

As the members got ready for the show, they looked at the TV screen to see Jungkook MCing with other idols.

“He’s doing well,” Jin praised.

Jennie smiled at her boyfriend MCing. He did look a little nervous with his trembling voice when he was singing but he was doing his best and began to get the hang of things. 

“He’s so cute.” she giggled.

“Ah, he’s so awkward, AH!” Namjoon laughed.

Once the show was over, Jungkook was in for a ton of teasing, even from Jennie as his face turned pink.

-------

The next morning, Jungkook was drawing in his room to pass the time. His ears perked up at the sound of Jennie singing along with loud music playing. Jin had asked her to clean her room since it was looking a bit messy during their comeback season. 

Grabbing his video camera, he chose to take a peek at what she was doing. The sight of her dancing and singing to Raven Symone’s Supernatural, in front of her stuffed animals on her bed, made him press record. She was really giving her stuffed animals a concert. It was adorable.

When I get this feelin'

Something's about to happen

Without any reason

It's Supernatural

Some people call it crazy

Something's there's no explaining

Just believe what you see

It's Supernatural

Watching her jump and bounce around, Jungkook had suppressed a laugh. She even grabbed a big teddy bear and started to dance around with it. Setting the teddy bear down, she seemed to be more into dancing than cleaning.

As she danced to more songs, he even filmed her dancing and singing to The Party's Just Begun by The Cheetah Girls as she was still oblivious to him watching her.

Tell Me Something I Don't Know by Selena Gomez, the Another Cinderella story version, played while she sang and danced. She finally noticed Jungkook and pulled him into her room. She made him sit on the bed as he laughed and resumed recording while she dramatically sang.

I hear it every day

I hear it all the time

I'm never gonna amount to much

But they're never gonna change my mind, no

Tell me, tell me, tell me 

Something I don't know

Something I don't know

“Jennie, I don’t think this is what Jin Hyung meant when he said to clean your room.” he giggled.

“Shhh!” she replied with a grin. “He isn’t going to be back until a few more hours. Let me live!”

“Don’t jinx it~!”

After cleaning her room, Jennie and Jin sat at her desk with makeup all around as they began to have a V-Live.

“What is up Army!? Welcome to another episode of Let’s Put Makeup on Smartie featuring Handsome Jin~! Say hello to our viewers!”

“Hello, Army! I hope you have all eaten and slept well.” Jin blew a kiss.

“So far everyone has done a remarkable job making me look a mess.” she laughed nervously. “So, I really hope that this time will be different.”

“Trust me, I won’t make you look a mess. Now relax and let me handle this. Army, I got this.” he went on and put primer on her face. “I see you cleaned your room.”

“Yes, I did. Now you can stop bugging me about it.”

“I was not bugging you.”

She impersonated him, “Jennie, you need to clean your room. Your room is a mess. Why did you let your room get like this? I want it spotless when I return or no smarties. Okay, tomorrow you are cleaning your room. Sweetie, did you clean your room yet?”

“I do not sound like that!”

“Yes, you do.” she asserted as he finished putting a neat coat of foundation on her face.

Fans commented on how good of a job he was doing so far on her makeup. Way better than the other members.

“How am I looking?” she asked.

“You will see when I am done. So far so good,” he replied, neatly putting eyeliner on her.

Jin went for a more natural look in contrast to the others so far making her look like a "clown" in Jen's eyes. With the foundation matching her skin complexion, he applied it on until he thought everything was neatly placed. Then he applied a little bit of lipstick to complete the look.

"Done!" he announced.

"That's it? That was quick. Are you sure-DAMN!" she looked at herself in the mirror in awe. "Oh my God, Jin! This is-wow!"

"I know. I know." he grinned proudly.

"I can't believe he made me look this good. I love this!"

"Oh, that was to be expected, hehehe. I'm happy you like it, sweetie. ARMY, I did a great job, right?"

---------

The following morning, Jen got up at her usual time. Walking into the kitchen, the delicious aroma made her stomach growl in anticipation as she saw Jin cooking.

Jin had been planning his Promposal for her for the past few days ever since Rapmon and J-Hope discussed it with him. To say that he was nervous was an understatement. He had hoped that what he planned to do wouldn't be corny and she would say yes to him.

“Good morning!” he grinned, turning to her.

“Morning! What are you making? It smells great!”

“Your favorite. Sit down. It’s already ready for you.”

Taking a seat, she looked at the plate that was made of her favorite blueberry pancakes, eggs, and bacon. He decorated the plate of food cutely as her heart soared. While looking closely at the pancakes, her stomach dropped when she saw the words ‘Prom?’ written in syrup.

Her lips parted as she sat there in astonishment.

Was this real? Why did it say prom? What was he doing? Was he really asking her? What is going on?

Looking up, she saw him smiling at her nervously.

“A-are you asking me to prom?” her voice shakily asked as her throat tightened.

“Would you do me the honor, Jennie? Go to prom with handsome Jin?”

Overwhelmed with joy, she let out a laugh as happy tears began to flow down her cheeks. Getting out of her chair, she rushed over to hug him, tightly.

“Yes!" she accepted, feeling his arms wrap around her. She took the moment to cry as he held her. "Thank you! Thank you so much!"

Pulling away from him she wiped her tears. "I can't believe this!" she rambled on. "We’re actually going to prom? Where? When? How? What is going on?”

He laughed at her excitement. “One thing at a time, Jennie. You have six other Promposals coming your way. But I’m sure mine was the best.”

Jin will never forget how Jungkook had almost fought everyone to try to be the first person to ask her out to prom. But in the end, Jin finally won after a game of rock, paper, scissors.

Following eating breakfast with Jin, she went to hang out with Yoongi to play basketball which they planned a couple of days ago. Yoongi thought of a simpler way to ask her and something basketball related.

“Check.” he gave her the ball.

Before she could check it back, she noticed writing on it.

“Smartie, let’s have a ball at prom!” she read out loud and looked up at him anticipating her answer.

She dropped the ball and ran up to hug him, making them both fall to the ground.

“Ow, smartie!”

“Yes, yes, yes, and yes!” she gladly accepted.

A gummy smile appeared on his lips. "Good. Now, let's play ball."

Back at Big Hit, Jennie had her usual dance practice with Hobi to clean up on any dance moves. Throughout practice, he couldn't contain his excitement and worked hard to not get distracted at the thought of asking her to prom.

"You earned it. Well done, today." he handed her an orange Nike shoe box.

"What is this?! New shoes!? Nike!?" she yelled excitedly.

Opening up the box, she looked at the new pair of sneakers, and on the top, it read, ‘Munchkin, just do it and dance with me at prom!’

“Yes!” she pulled him in for a big kiss on the cheek and a hug. “Oh my gosh, this is so adorable. Thank you! I would love to go to prom with you!”

Hobi squealed, running and jumping around the studio at her answer. “YEEEEEAAAAAAHHHHHH~!”

After spending some time in her studio working on music, Jimin walked in with a small box and bag of Smarties. He chose to do something that related a lot to her.

"Smarties!?" she squealed, cheerfully accepting them.

“Check out the box.” he pointed out with an eye smile.

Opening up the small black box, she found two guitar picks that said ‘I couldn’t pick a better date... prom?’ which made her heart soar.

"Aw...Jimin..." she turned to him as he shyly looked down.

"Was it too cheesy?"

"No way, this is so thoughtful! Yes, I will go to prom with you!" she proudly accepted as she stood up from her seat.

“Yes!” he fist pumped, pulling her in for a warm hug. “I bet my Promposal was the best out of all the guys!”

Following running back and forth around the Big Hit building, Jen strolled down a hallway to see two people wearing...thug costumes and masks?

"There she is! Get her!" one shouted.

"Whoa! Hey! Get off me!" she shrieked as she got lifted over one of their shoulders.

Was she really getting kidnapped at Big Hit? What was going on?

"Oh no! It's Iron Man!" one voice dramatically announced.

"You'll never take us alive, Iron Man! We have Miss Potts! She's ours now!" the other sneered.

"Not on my watch!" a familiar voice was heard.

Jungkook??

Getting set down, she saw someone wearing an Iron Man suit, "fighting" against the thugs. As random as this was, Jennie was entertained as she watched the action unfold. It didn’t take long for Iron Man to defeat the thugs and approach her.

"Miss Potts, are you okay? Come on. Let's get you to safety."

She got carried bridal style as she held onto him. Going back to her studio, she got sat down on her couch, while Iron Man took a seat on one of her chairs.

"Are you hurt by any chance, Miss Potts?"

"No, I'm not. Thanks for saving me, Tony. How can I ever repay you?" she played along with a smile. 

Standing up, she walked over to him. Carefully she removed his helmet to reveal Jungkook's face and his messy brown hair.

“You could repay me by joining me for a marvelous night at prom. What do you say?" 

Cupping his face, she gave him a big kiss. “Mr. Stark, you got yourself a deal. I would love to." 

He smirked softly and pulled her into his lap as she cupped his face again, giving him multiple kisses on his lips.

“Nice getup.” she gestured to his costume.

He chuckled. “I knew you’d like it,”

------

Just before leaving Big Hit’s building, Jennie stopped walking once she saw a walking...hot dog?

“The heck is going on?” she laughed at the sight, walking closer, only to see it was Taehyung who was holding up a sign.

“Oh...my God.” she covered her face and laughed. Uncovering her face, she read the sign while Taehyung had a boxy grin on his face.

‘Ennie~! Before any of these other weenies try to ask, I hope that you will choose this weenie as your date for prom!’

Giggling, she embraced him and pulled away, smiling brightly. “Ennie would love to go to prom with a weenie like you, Tae. Absolutely!”

“Yay!” he jumped up and down, dancing around which made her laugh again.

As soon as she made it back to the dorm, she went to her room to see a box on her bed along with a bouquet of flowers and smarties. Opening it, it looked like a small puzzle. She went straight to work on putting the pieces together to figure out what it was.

After around 30 minutes, she put the last piece together and took a good look at the puzzle. There was a cute photo of her and Namjoon and under it were the words, 'Jennifer Walker, would you give me the extraordinary honor of allowing me to be one of your dates for prom?'

"Hell yeah," she spoke out loud.

Later that evening with Namjoon engaged in his phone, he felt a pair of soft lips on his cheek.

Looking up, he saw Jennie looking down at him with a smile

"I would love to give you the extraordinary honor of allowing you to be one of my dates for prom, Namjoon. Clever puzzle."

A chuckle escaped his lips as he felt his face warm up from her words. "Thanks, Jennie. Prom is going to be a night you will never forget. Trust us and be excited."

The preparation for prom was an exciting one for Jennie as she prepared for the event. Yoongi had taken her to get her nails and feet done, getting the color yellow. She even snuck a photo of him napping while he waited for her.

‘I’ll take you to get your nails done, he said. But let me take a nap. LOL.’ she tweeted.

Jin and Taehyung took her dress shopping. They argued constantly over which dress would be better. It got so bad, that Jen decided to call her good friend Sam Okyere for suggestions and went along with his pick instead which Jin and Taehyung loved.

Now, today was the day. Prom day. The event that Hobi and Rapmon set up with the rest of the members. They had managed to invite a ton of idol friends, renting a nice little venue for the get-together. They even thought of a theme for the prom which was a carnival theme. Jennie told the guys that the color she was wearing would be yellow, so they each wore something yellow to match her.

In her room, she checked herself out in the mirror, admiring her dress. She was actually going to prom and she couldn't control her nerves. Spinning around in the yellow dress, a giggle escaped her. She was so ready for tonight.

"I look great." she complimented, adjusting her hair which was in a bun with curls on each side.

"Munchkin, are you ready?" Hobi called out.

"Yeah, I'll be right out," she replied. 

Letting out a sharp breath, she opened her door, walking out to the living room where the guys were waiting for her. Nervously looking up at them, she awaited their reactions.

Jungkook widened his eyes at the sight of her, parting his lips. 'Wow...' he thought in admiration. He was freaking out on the inside, staring at her with heart eyes. She looked so beautiful.

Jin's eyes began to water. He loved how gorgeous she looked. She was all grown up and that dress was just stunning on her. The members stood there in disbelief as they couldn’t keep their eyes off her. As if on cue, the boys dramatically fell to the floor, shouting as they clutched their chests, carrying on about how pretty she was.

“Beautiful!”

“Oh my Gosh!”

"AHHHHHHH~!"

Jennie laughed at their shouts and squeals, making it difficult for her to control herself from cheesing hard.

“Look at you! Look at her! Look at her! This is my date!” Jimin shouted proudly.

“Our date!" Namjoon corrected.

"My Girlfriend!" Jungkook shouted.

“My Munchkin!” Hobi yelled.

“I met her first!” Taehyung reminded loudly.

“I taught her how to rap!” Yoongi yelled.

“My Daughter!” Jin declared. "Jennie, you look phenomenal!"

"Hahaha, thank you! You guys clean up nicely! Showing off those foreheads, I see."

"Let me put the corsage on you, Jagi." Jungkook swiped the corsage box out of Yoongi's hands, causing the members to argue.

"You always hog her! Give someone else a chance!" Hobi whined and grabbed the box. "I want to put it on her!"

"No, I'm the oldest so I should do it!" Jin shouted and took it off his hands.

"Who is the leader?! I am! I'm making the rules here so I should do it! Gimme!" Namjoon shouted back and snatched it out of Jin's hands.

"No! You gimme! I had this damn thing first!" Yoongi yelled and snatched it from him. 

"As the cutest member here, I should be the one to put it on her!" Jimin declared and yanked it out of his hands.

"I've known her longer than all of you and for that, I should have the honor of putting it on her!" Taehyung demanded and managed to swipe it out of Jimin's grip.

Jennie laughed wholeheartedly at their bickering, looking back and forth at their debate.

"Fellas, why not just play rock, paper, scissors to see who wins? So it can be fair," she suggested. 

In the end, Namjoon won as a loud chorus of complaints was heard. Grabbing the box, he approached her, smiling sweetly. "Nini, you look beautiful."

"Thank you! You don't look so bad yourself, Namjoon. Nice hair."

His hands were gentle as he carefully placed the cute corsage on her. Jennie admired it and went on to place a boutonniere on each of them. After getting situated, they took tons of pictures together, and Jen tweeted the photo of her with them all acting extra while laying on the ground, freaking out at her beauty, 'When your seven bros are your dates for a prom made specifically for you. Thank you for making my day. Let's PARTY!'

-----------

Walking into the venue, the place was decked out to make it look like an actual carnival. There were cotton candy, colorful decorations, popcorn, and games. It was a nice choice. And it sounded like Namjoon had borrowed some of Jennie's playlists because the music they were playing was top notch, making her feel right at home. Although the event was private, of course, the media were there to try to get a glimpse.

Watching Jennie rush over to greet Hayoon, Amber, Hyuna and others, Hobi and Namjoon high fived each other.

"Yeah, she's very happy." Hobi chuckled.

Jennie would not stay off the dance floor, dancing with everyone she could.

"JEN-NAY!" Jackson shouted.

"Jackson! Bam Bam! Guys! You're all here! Hey!"

GOT7 was blown away by her dress and stole her away from the BTS members to dance. The members hardly saw Jennie at prom since she was all over the place, hanging out with everyone. She was on the dance floor 70% of the time too as classics like the Cupid Shuffle and Michael Jackson came on. Then Jen was at the photo booth taking tons of photos.

"Ladies and gentlemen it is now time to announce Prom King and Queen!" Yoongi announced. "First, our prom King...J-Hope!"

"Woo!" Jen clapped, turning her attention to a genuinely surprised Hobi.

That sunshine smile of his was brighter than ever as he went on to accept the crown. He had his hands on his heart, bowing to everyone.

"And for our prom queen...Hayoon!"

Jin sighed as Hayoon and Hobi danced together. “I’m upset that I didn’t win. I am the most handsome guy here. And I didn't win Prom King? This is rigged." he jokingly complained, making Jennie laugh. "This is not funny!"

"Oh yes, it is."

"Would you like to dance?" he had his hand out for her. 

She accepted it immediately and he took her to the dance floor. Deja Vu by Beyonce came on as Jen got excited and did Jin’s famous traffic dance with him. Jungkook even did the worm with Bam Bam and Yugyeom. 

Feeling a gentle hand on her shoulder, Jennie turned around to see Sam Okyere, who embraced her in a hug.

"Sam! I’m so glad you’re here!”

“Thank you for having me!”

Give It Up to Me by Sean Paul and Keyshia Cole came on as she happily danced with him and got spun around occasionally. She even got Namjoon to dance, making him cut loose on the dance floor. Feeling at home, she even battled Hobi for the percolator dance. Hobi went first, moving his body fluidly to the bubbly beat of the song as everyone crowded around him. When the beat dropped, Jennie danced, moving up to him, going hard as everyone cheered her on.

As more slow songs came on, Yoongi approached her. Clearing his throat, he gave her a gummy smile, "You save me a dance, smartie?"

"Yes, I did! Come on!" she got held into his arms as they swayed around. 

He even spun her around after a while and she was caught in the arms of Taehyung.

"Ennie~!" he dipped her, making her giggle.

With Jungkook, his eyes were on her the entire night, smiling at how radiant and cheerful she looked. The prom surprise was a success and he was elated to see her smiling so much. But he wanted to dance with her. It was like every time he wanted to approach her, someone else took her away. But he had something up his sleeve so he could spend some time alone with her. 

Locking eyes with her from across the room, a soft smile appeared on his lips. He tilted his head to the side, gesturing for her to follow him out of the room. 

Finally taking a glimpse at Jungkook made Jen's heart flutter. She hadn't interacted with him like she wanted since everyone was trying to spend time with her. 

When she watched him go through a set of discreet doors, she waited a few moments before going to follow him, excusing herself from everyone. Walking through the doors, she closed them behind her to see Jungkook's back as he walked through another set of doors.

'What are you planning?' she pondered while she continued to follow him through more rooms.

Arriving in the final room, closing the doors behind her, she looked around to see that they were outside in a secluded area just for them. Various flowers decorated the space along with string lights surrounding it. Soft music was playing in the background and she saw Jungkook waiting for her with a grin.

"Milady." he bowed and extended his hand out.

Taking his warm hand, she was pulled in close, feeling him gently wrap an arm around her waist. Holding onto him, she looked up at him with a smile. Swaying around to the music, they occasionally giggled, enjoying this alone time while they could.

"So, would you say this is your favorite dance out of everyone you danced with tonight?" he asked, making her laugh.

"Top ten." she teased.

"What?" he whined, making her giggle. 

He spun her around and brought her back into his arms as she wrapped her arms around his neck.

"Kidding. This is my number one. Thank you for making this night even more magical." she placed a hand on the back of his head and kissed him.

"Anything for you," he whispered and let her rest her head on his chest as they continued to sway.

----------

To spend their prom weekend, some 97 Liners have gone to a private resort, with a beach house. To have no worries about cameras or fans following them and to just unwind with friends away from their idol life was a great thing for them.

GOT7's Yugyeom and Bam Bam, Jungkook, Seventeen's Mingyu and The8, IKON's DK, GFriend's Hayoon, Yuju and Eunha, Jennie, and Twice's Mina and Jihyo arrived safely in a private area in Hawaii.

With Jennie and Jungkook, Jungkook carried their bags, making their way into the room that he would be sharing with her. Meanwhile, the rest stayed in other rooms around the big beach house.

Jennie plopped on the bed and let out a long sigh. But her relaxation was short lived when she let out a groan due to Jungkook dramatically falling on top of her.

"A warning would've been nice." she chuckled, trying to push him off but he wouldn't budge.

"That'll defeat the purpose of doing this," he said as mischievous tendencies began to go through his head.

Jennie took a whiff of his cologne. "You smile nice. Smells like my perfume...wait. It IS my perfume! That I've been searching for, for weeks! You stole it!?"

Placing his hands on either side of her head on the bed, looking down at her, he laughed. "Are you sure? I don't recall. I bought this a few days ago."

"You!" she grabbed a pillow and smacked him in the face with it, making him fall off the bed with a thump. 

Continuously hitting him with her newly acquired weapon, Jennie resumed calling him a thief.

“Ah! Hey!" he shouted as she straddled him to continue hitting him. 

He could easily turn them over but this was entertaining as he let her have her way for a bit. She grabbed his arm and placed it between her legs for an armbar, holding it for a moment until she felt him biting her leg.

“Ow! Did you just bite me?” she released him, rubbing the bite as she stood up with him.

Since she was distracted, he quickly got behind her, wrapping his arms around her waist. 

"Oh gosh, don't suplex me~!" she shrieked as she was lifted in the air. 

Jungkook's back landed on the bed while she got thrown backward for the wrestling move. He then laid on top of her for a pin.

"1! 2! 3! Winner and still undefeated! The Golden Maknae! Jeon Jungkook!" he got off of her and raised his hands up in victory, being extra.

Loud giggling was heard as they saw Mina and Yugyeom secretly recording them to tease them about later.

"Oh no! You were recording!? Delete it!" Jennie chased after them with Jungkook.

"Run Mina! Run! I got this!" Yugyeom shouted, grabbing onto Jungkook as they wrestled around playfully.

Mina and Jennie ran around the kitchen with Eunha giggling with Hayoon as they watched them. 

After unsuccessfully getting Mina and Yugyeom to delete the video, Jennie and Jungkook went to play volleyball outside with Mingyu and Hayoon. With Jennie being the best at volleyball, she effortlessly won for her team. After that, they switched teammates as Mingyu teamed with her while Jungkook teamed with Hayoon. 

"You ready to win!?" Jennie cheered.

"Hell yeah, I'm teaming with the GOAT of volleyball. I got nothing to worry about," Mingyu grinned and highfived her. 

As they predicted, Jennie won again for her team as she celebrated with Mingyu, doing their secret handshake and jumping up to bump shoulders.

"How do you keep winning!?" Jungkook complained.

"She's the GOAT of volleyball! That's why!" Mingyu praised and laughed at his complaining.

"We'll get her next time, Jungkook," Hayoon reassured.

"Yeah, we definitely will," The Golden Maknae agreed.

"Hey, you're better at me in bowling! Let me enjoy this moment of beating you!" Jennie giggled.

Later on, everyone gathered around to eat lunch. Jennie expressed how elated she was that they were able to do this fun get together and hoped to have more 97 Liner trips down the line. She also mentioned how appreciative she was that they showed up for Prom and that she loved them all. Her sweet words made them happy as they told her how much they loved her too.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

Jennie glanced at her phone to see a text from Jungkook as they all ate and talked among themselves.

JK: Want to play a game?

She looked up as she sat across from Jungkook who smiled at her.

Jen: Lol. Sure.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

A game of dares, huh? What's the worst that could happen?

Jen: Hm....dare

JK: I dare you to chug your drink

Jen: Easy as pie!

She grabbed her full glass of iced tea and began to chug it effortlessly. When she was halfway done, she started to get the attention of some of the 97 Liners as they watched her in surprise.

"Wow, was it that good?" The8 asked with an impressed look as she laughed and set the empty glass down.

"Heck yeah, it was good! I need a refill," she grabbed the pitcher and poured another glass of tea.

JK: Lol good job.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest, my love?

JK: Darer

Jen: I dare you to do 20 push ups

JK: Your wish is my command

Getting out of his seat, he immediately started doing push ups. Some of the 97 liners started laughing at him while others looked confused.

"Really? While we're eating?" Bam Bam giggled.

"I forgot to do my daily pushups," he explained as he continued to do them until he was done and went back to his seat, feeling pumped from the workout.

Jen: Nice job, Kookie

JK: Dare, darer or darest, baby girl?

Jen: Darest

JK: I dare you to stand up and shout "It's my money and I need it now!" 

Jen: Oh Goddddd. I shouldn't have shown you those commercials lmfao

A while ago she showed him different JG Wentworth commercials on YouTube. She told him it was some of her favorite commercials that would play whenever she binged the channel that showed Maury, Jerry Springer, and Cheaters in the mornings.

Standing up, Jennie shouted, "IT'S MY MONEY! AND I NEED IT NOW!"

Her face immediately felt flushed when everyone's eyes turned to her. She covered her mouth in a fit of nervous giggles as soon as she sat down. Jungkook laughed out loud while clapping, pleased with her performance. 

"What in the world..." DK chuckled. 

"Your money? What is going on?" Mina asked, amused.

"Jennie, are you having a sugar rush? You're so silly," Hayoon giggled.

After settling down, Jennie texted Jungkook again. 

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: Lol I dare you to start barking 

"WOOF WOOF WOOF WOOF!" he said out of nowhere, causing her to cover her mouth to try to hide her laughter.

"What the heck?" Yugyeom asked as he laughed in confusion with the others.

----------

Later in the evening, Jennie changed into an orange bikini with jean shorts and a buttoned white cover up, planning to go in the hot tub later. She sat with the rest of the 97 Liners to test their friendship by playing Uno. The 12 of them sat inside the house at a big table with snacks and drinks scattered around. Jen sat in between Yuju and The8 while Jungkook sat in between Yugyeom and Jihyo. 

Jennie and Jungkook sat across each other as everyone was immersed in conversation about how fun it had been to be here so far. Starting the Uno game, Bam Bam was in charge of shuffling and distributing the cards. Like always, Uno turned into chaos quickly.

"I'm placing down two of my yellow 3s." Yuju placed them down on the table.

“That’s not how you play the game!" DK called out.

"What do you mean!? If I have multiple, I want to put them all down!"

"No!" Mingyu exclaimed.

"Yes!" Yuju stood her ground.

"Oh dear." Eunha cringed.

"That is how you play!" Bam Bam agreed with Yuju.

"No, it's not!" Mingyu yelled.

"Yes, it is!" Bam Bam yelled back

"NO!" The8 chimed in.

"I prefer to put multiple cards down," Jihyo added as a huge debate started around the table. 

Jennie casually ate her smarties, watching the action unfold. She and Jungkook were sitting out for this game since the maximum number of players was 10. Truth be told, she was waiting for the drama to happen. This was going to be an interesting game night. She didn't care how Uno was going to be played for tonight. She loved the game either way and played it many ways depending on whatever rules someone wanted to put in the game. But if she had to choose, she'd rather put multiple cards down to make the games rotate faster since it was a lot of them playing.

Buzz Buzz Buzz

She looked at her phone to see a text from Jungkook.

JK: Dare, darer and darest?

She glanced up at him and he smirked softly as she began to smile.

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt a little

She looked at him with an amused expression as he raised an eyebrow suggestively. Letting out a soft laugh, she started texting back.

Jen: Is this your way of getting a nice view of my chest?

JK: Maybe...

Jen: Dirty...lol. Fine.

Deciding to tease him a little, she took her bun out and let her hair fall. Making eye contact with her boyfriend, she slowly unbuttoned a button and then one more, showing more of her chest for him. She observed his pleased reaction as his eyes wandered down with a satisfied smile.

JK: Wow...Orange looks good on you

Jennie sent a winky face emoji and the both of them started listening to the conversation again. 

"...actually it is. You can put multiple cards down if it's the same number." Hayoon spoke.

"Nah, nah. We are not playing like that. One card only." Jungkook asserted.

"Yes, we are playing like that." Hayoon asserted back, making him widen his eyes.

"Ooooooohhhhh!" the 97 Liners got hyped at her speaking.

Jungkook playfully glared at her before turning to Jennie, "Babe, are you going to let her talk to me like this?"

Jennie glanced at Hayoon and then Jungkook, "If my best friend says that this is how we play then we are playing like that." she replied, having Hayoon's back.

"I trusted you," the Golden Maknae looked offended.

"Hehe, multiple it is!" Hayoon cheered.

"One card!" he demanded.

"Multiple!" 

"One card!" Mingyu chimed in.

"Multiple!" Yuju shouted.

"This is hilarious..." DK laughed.

A long debate occurred once again and they decided to settle it by rock, paper, scissors since it was clear that people played Uno in various ways. Finally, it was settled that they could only use one card which gained the annoyance of those who wanted it to be multiple. Yuju took back one of her yellow 3s, grumbling at how unfair this was.

As the game continued, Jennie noticed that Jungkook was still glued to her chest and she started to text him.

Jen: Dare, darer or darest?

JK: Dare

Jen: Keep your eyes up. Stop staring at my chest

JK: Whaaaaat? Seriously? :(

She sent laughing emojis and buttoned her shirt back while he looked disappointed.

JK: Dare, darer or darest?

Jen: Darer

JK: Unbutton your shirt again and allow me to keep staring at you

Jen: Seriously?? There needs to be some rules, you can't reverse it!

JK: Too bad lol. Let me see you

Jen: Ughhhh. Fine lol.

She did what she was told as he enjoyed the view. She watched him as he stretched and her mind began to wander. She wondered if she should take the risk to try to be a little bold and playful with her boyfriend at the table. She wanted to see where this new territory would take them. 

When a new game began with Jennie and Jungkook playing this time, the 97 Liners watched as the first card placed down on the table was a blue 8. 

As Jungkook was occupied checking out his hand, she decided to have one of her feet rub against his, catching his attention. She continued to look at her cards, ignoring his look as they started to play footsie for a bit. Her foot slowly started to go up his calf which caused him to chuckle softly, locking eyes with her. He thought of it as a cute gesture with her.

With the rest distracted with the game, they didn't have to worry about the attention on them unless it was their turn. So perhaps she could go along with this bold plan of hers to test the waters. 

Jen: Dare, darer, or darest?

JK: Darest

Jen: No matter what, stay in your seat for 5 minutes. I'll put a timer on.

He raised an eyebrow and shrugged.

JK: Easy. Fine by me

'We'll see about that,' she thought as she put a timer on her phone.

After a minute, she raised her foot to rub against his calf again but this time went further up until she boldly pressed against his crotch which caused him to shift in his seat. 

He gave her a warning look while she smiled innocently. As she pressed further, rubbing against him, he flinched in his seat. He immediately grabbed her foot to stop the sensation but his shorts began to feel tighter.

'Fuck...' he thought as he managed to bite back a groan.

That was the last thing he was expecting her to do for a dare like this.

JK: I highly suggest you tread lightly

Jen: Me?? Tread lightly? It doesn't feel like you want me to

JK: Jennie...

Jen: Yesssss?

JK: Tread lightly...

Jen: You sure? 'Cause I'm flattered by how you're so quick to react to me. It looks like you're about to lose, Kookie. Want to throw up the white flag?

"Your turn Jungkook," it was announced as he was distracted by her.

"R-Right. Sorry. Here," he quickly put a card down as the game progressed.

As music played in the background along with loud conversations regarding the game, a low groan escaped him when her foot pressed against him again, making his arousal grow. He managed to keep his composure as he watched her smirk and wink at him.

'Confident, huh?' he thought.

JK: Last warning. Don't start something you can't finish, Jennie...

She looked at the message and back at him as he gave her a sharp stare which she thought made him look hotter. 

Oh, she was loving this...

Jen: And what are you going to do about it, my love?

She was pushing it. Her confidence was through the roof as she assumed he was going to break and have her win this entire game. But he continued to control himself, going along with the dare. He couldn't lose. Not like this. He had to win this game.

JK: Bet.

Reading his text made her even more amused as he took a page out of her book when she'd say that from time to time. 

Jungkook chose to be a patient man, plotting revenge later. They never did anything like this before but it was exciting and he wondered how far this was going to go between them. In the meantime, he managed to wrap his hoodie around his waist to make sure to hide his arousal when he planned to excuse himself once the timer went off. He was thankful everyone was occupied with the game as it was getting intense.

After another minute, the alarm on her phone went off. And Jennie giggled to herself as she watched him quickly excuse himself, claiming forfeit for this round so he could use the bathroom. 

Jennie continued the game and after they started a new game, Jungkook came back, less tense, watching the action unfold until they were ready for a new game. She waited for him to text back for another round of the Dare game but he didn't and she decided to patiently wait.

"STOP BEING A TROLL!" DK shouted at Bam Bam for constantly putting reverse cards down.

"Jeez, how many reverse cards do you have?" Yugyeom asked.

"Don't hate the player, hate the game. Now pick up a card from the deck DK." Bam Bam giggled.

"Mingyu! Don't you put that card down! If you put that card down I will never talk to you again!" Eunha warned when he teased her with the draw four card.

Placing it down anyway, Eunha playfully punched him on the arm and was forced to pick up four cards.

"Are you kidding me!?" Hayoon shouted after two people put down draw 4 cards when she was waiting to put down a wild card to change the color.

Everyone was shocked at how out of character she got because she was usually on the quieter side. During the game, she had the least cards but now ended up having the most. 

"You sure you want to do that?" The8 asked her when she was about to put down a green card.

"No regrets. I'm trying to get rid of these cards," she replied.

"Welp." he put down a reverse card, which made her shout in frustration because that was the last green card she got rid of. He seemed pleased to see someone getting all the cards to make the odds better for him to win.

"Jungkook, I'm sorry." Jihyo put down a draw 2 card.

"Don't be. I have a draw 2 card. Sorry, man." he turned to Yugyeom after placing the card down. 

"I think we need to stop being friends, Jungkook." Yugyeom sighed, picking up four cards.

"UNO!" Bam Bam shouted, having one final card.

"UNO!" Jennie announced next before placing down a red 7. 

She maintained eye contact with Bam Bam, as the competition heated up.

"Are you cheating?" Hayoon demanded, looking at Bam Bam angrily.

"Wh-what? No! Why would I?" he sputtered.

"Don't lie to me. Throughout this whole game, you keep getting the good cards." she narrowed her eyes making her look scary.

"What is that on your lap?" Mina pointed out

"Hidden cards?!" DK called out.

"Oh, so you cheating?" Jen called out as the guys stood up and chased Bam Bam around the house.

----------

Later in the evening, Jungkook, Jennie, Hayoon, Mingyu, Jihyo, and DK hung out in the hot tub, chatting amongst themselves. Jungkook had his arm around Jennie, sitting next to her. As their time in the hot tub progressed, he removed his arm and then placed a hand on her knee.

"Final round. Dare, darer or darest?" he asked in her ear, taking her by surprise.

He still wanted to play? One last time?

"Are you serious?" she murmured to him.

"Unless you want to forfeit."

"No way. I'll play. But if I win this whole game, I want you to buy me that new video game coming out soon. The one I was telling you about,"

"Fine by me,"

"And what is your reward if you win?"

"You'll see when I win this final round,"

"Confident are you? Darest,"

"I dare you to be quiet," he said as she raised a brow.

Be quiet? That's it? That was easy. He just basically gave her the game.

She shrugged and turned her attention back to listening to the conversation their friends were having about funny moments living with their groups. She had already shared her piece with Jungkook on the moments they dealt with at the dorm so she eagerly listened, occasionally smiling at a comment here and there. 

Suddenly she felt Jungkook's hand slowly go further up on her thigh which caused her breath to hitch. She gave him a look while he looked ahead, unphased, and had an innocent smile on his face.

"You all right, Jennie?" Hayoon asked.

Feeling him lightly grip her inner thigh she jumped a little. "Ye-ah! Yeah! I'm fine! I just remembered I gotta catch up on the episodes of this American show my friend was telling me about. Another new episode should be out."

'So, you're sensitive here...' Jungkook thought, making a mental note.

After she wasn't the center of attention anymore, she felt Jungkook raise his hand up further which caused her to squirm in her seat. She refrained from having a whimper escape her lips and immediately grabbed his hand to make him stop.

'Mission ABORT!' she yelled in her head as she pondered on ways to get out of this situation. 

She was about to try to move to get out of the hot tub to avoid her fate but he immediately grabbed her and kept her securely next to him.

"Mm mm. Don't run now," she heard him say in her ear, making her shiver. 

She felt him kiss her cheek afterward. From their friends' perspective, it was like he was just giving her a sweet kiss for a little PDA which was something they were used to. But boy was she in shambles on the inside.

Once the rest thought of watching a movie, they began to get out of the hot tub. Jennie attempted to move again, hoping to leave with them but Jungkook continued to hold her securely, making her stay with him.

"Enjoy the movie. We're gonna stay here and spend some quality time together," Jungkook announced.

'Oh my God...what have I done?' she thought.

"Aw, cute! Have fun! I'm gonna leave and turn in, I'll see you guys, tomorrow!" Hayoon grinned and got out of the hot tub.

"Y-you're leaving? Already?" Jennie called out as Jungkook began to smirk to himself.

"Yeah, I'm sleepy. See you two tomorrow!" she waved and started walking away.

'No, no don't leave, sis!' Jennie begged in her head as she watched her go back inside after shutting the door.

And now she was left alone and at Jungkook's mercy.

Jungkook's mind raced with various scenarios on how this could go down. He could go the usual route and tickle her. But his mind began to wander to how she made him feel earlier. How quickly his body reacted to her and how he imagined what it would be like to make her feel good in a more sensual way. She had officially awakened a side of him that he didn't think he had. And everything she had done tonight made him want to do more.

"Alone at last..." he said proudly.

Turning to him, she attempted to try to sweet talk her way out of this. 

"Kook, listen I-"

Before she could continue, he cut her off with a heated kiss. She moaned against his mouth once his hand reached her core, rubbing against it, making her squirm. She weakly tried to move his hand away but he continued as his kisses traveled down to her neck, making her whimper.

"J-Jungkook..." she gasped, trying to keep her sounds low.

He could really get used to hearing her say his name like that.

The sensations and everything he was doing were driving her insane as she began to grind against his hand. His pace was steady as he listened to her sounds.

"Where'd the confidence go, Miss Bangtan?" he teased in her ear as she let out a soft curse. 

She couldn't even answer his question as she cried out for him. She underestimated how he would retaliate after she teased him earlier. But she didn't want him to stop what he was doing as her panting increased and she threw her head back.

Suddenly, the pleasure stopped as he let her go and pulled away.

"I win," he grinned.

Dazed, she looked at him in shock, "Wh-what!?" she exclaimed breathlessly. "I-I-hey! That wasn't fair!"

"I told you to be quiet for the dare, baby girl,"

"You didn't say anything about doing this! And why did you stop?!"

"You lost as soon as you answered Hayoon's question earlier. And as for what just happened...you shouldn't have teased me," he replied as he got out of the hot tub.

"You're leaving!? You're just gonna leave me, like this?!" 

"I said don't start something you can't finish. Good night, Jagi," he smiled and left her alone, going inside the house.

"I...this little shit..." she grumbled as she crossed her arms.

Who told him to be this bold? She was loving every bit of this side of him. It also amazed her how quickly she submitted to him. She had to fight back next time and take control.

As frustrated as she was that he didn't give her that release, she enjoyed herself and was curious to see what else they'd do.

----------

The next morning, Jennie got ready for the day while still in her pajama shorts and tank top. She gave everyone a head's up yesterday that she was going to sleep in and chill for the morning while they went out for their fun activities. She'd join them later in the afternoon. For now, she wanted to lounge around and then maybe go for a jog later.

"Oh, hey. Good morning. You didn't want to join the others to go out?" she asked as she saw Jungkook walk into their bedroom, shirtless with just a pair of grey sweatpants on.

He smiled and shook his head. "Good morning. Nah, I didn't want to leave you, so I stayed behind. I was waiting for you to wake up,"

"Aw, you didn't have to. I know how much you love hanging with the guys. I would have been all right,"

"And miss the chance of being alone with you? No way. I'll go out later,"

"So...about last night," she brought up. "Can we talk about it?"

He nodded. "Yeah. Did I go too far?"

She shook her head with a smile. "No way, I enjoyed it. I'm just upset you left me hanging. It was nice. It felt really good. Maybe I should start teasing you more often,"

He chuckled. "Maybe you should. I'm glad you liked it,"

"Did I go too far? You know, at the table,"

He shook his head. "It took me by surprise but you initiated something I've been thinking about for a while. I'm glad we're comfortable with this,"

"Me too. Oh so about the game...I lost. So, what do you want as your reward?" she asked, feeling curious since he hadn't brought it up yet.

The statement caused him to smirk. "You'll see,"

"It's nothing embarrassing is it?"

"Nah. You'll enjoy this more than me," he reassured and glanced at the bed. "Lay down,"

"Lay down?" she looked confused.

"There's something I've been wanting to do for a while now,"

"Alright," she shrugged and got on the bed, laying her body against the soft sheets. 

She laid her head against one of the satin pillows and watched as he smiled and got on top of her to capture her lips intimately and slowly. She melted into his touch as he caressed her and felt his lips travel down her body. As she felt his kisses down her stomach, she gasped.

"Wait..." she breathed out as she felt his hands pulling on her shorts. "N-not there. You don't have to do that," she fidgeted and gently pushed him off of her.

"What's wrong?" his eyes turned into concern while she sat up with him. "Did I hurt you?"

"No, no, I just...you don't have to do that, okay?" she felt herself getting nervous.

Deep down she wanted to but she began to feel a little shy. She always thought about getting head from him but she'd feel self conscious. What if she smelled? What would he think when he sees her? Does it look okay down there?

"I want to. This is what I wanted to try. Are you nervous?" he asked.

"A-a little. I never experienced it before,"

He smiled understandingly. "Me either. It's something we can try together for the first time. I told you I wanted to be your first in other ways. I want to make this experience a good one for you. Don't be nervous, okay? Just relax, Jennie. I got you," 

He gently pushed her back down and kissed her. His kisses slowly traveled down to her neck, making her tremble. 

"Seeing you in that bikini really made me want to do this," he added. "And not to mention with you teasing me and how you sounded in the hot tub...I want to hear you say my name like that again,"

For a while now he wanted to try this with her. Being able to give her pleasure by his mouth with his head in between her thighs. It was new to them both and Jungkook was eager to learn more about what she liked when getting pleasured. Eager to learn more about how her body reacted to him.

"You trust me? Can we try this?" he asked as he looked at her for consent.

His words made her feel at ease and she nodded.

"I want you to say it verbally,"

Face flushed, she spoke, "Yes. I trust you. We can try,"

Once he got confirmation, he brought her to the edge of the bed and kneeled on the floor. Removing her shorts and panties, he pushed her legs apart.

"Beautiful..." she heard him say as she felt him kiss around her inner thighs, making her squirm in anticipation.

She cried out at the sensation as his wet and warm tongue slid against her folds, making her back arch. He started slow, taking his time as he held her in place. 

Her eyes squinted shut with pleasure, and her breathing quickened as she desperately tried to grip on something. She became a mess under him, grabbing his hair while he continued to experiment and listen to her feedback.

Jungkook thought she looked beautiful like this as he watched her with lustful eyes. He studied the way her face moved and how her body tensed. She was all desperate and needy for him as he felt her shudder in pleasure and moan out his name. The way she tugged on his hair and cried out for him gave him affirmation that he was doing well and he felt a sense of pride that it was him making her feel this way.

As Jennie continued to enjoy herself, she noticed that it seemed like Jungkook was a talker, speaking sweet nothings to her as he pleased her. She found herself appreciating that and pondered how it would be when they decided to have sex since this was already getting her going.

Once she felt her release coming, she began to try to push away. Everything was feeling intense for her and she felt like she wasn't going to be able to handle what was about to happen.

Pulling her back to him, he spoke, "It's okay, I got you. Just let go,"

While he buried his head back in between her legs, a strong wave of pleasure took over as she cried out his name in bliss. Pulling away from her, he smirked at the sight of her trembling and breathing heavily.

"Good girl," he thought out loud, praising her.

Jennie felt her face flush at the new nickname and she found herself loving it as a light laugh escaped her and a tired smile came across her face for a moment. He was going to be the death of her if he kept this up. And this was only the beginning of them doing things sexually.

Jungkook watched her reaction and realized that she liked the way he praised her, keeping a mental note of it. He was going to enjoy getting better and better at this so he could see that satisfied look on her face often.

"You all right?" he asked softly. 

She couldn't speak for a moment as she continued to catch her breath, trying to calm down from her high.

"What...the hell...Jungkook?" she breathed out as he chuckled and sat on the bed.

"Did I do okay?"

"Yeah, that was amazing. I feel amazing. Wow..." she continued to catch her breath, still feeling out of it. "What has gotten into you?"

He grinned. "I couldn't help myself."

-----

In the afternoon, Jungkook went to spend time with the guys and checked out the sights while Jennie went with the girls to a local zoo after Hayoon excitedly suggested the idea.

“Wait, don’t you think we should go by the map?” Mina advised as they all watched Hayoon run off like a child with a bright giggle.

“There she goes.” Jen chuckled.

“She really likes animals, huh?” Eunha added as they went to catch up with her.

“Look at how cute it is!” Hayoon pointed at the monkeys. “And this one! And that one!”

They all walked around while Hayoon took over the entire trip, pointing out where she wanted to go. She even ran straight to the gift shop to buy a toy giraffe, which sparked Jen’s creative mind to create a giraffe themed birthday box for her once her birthday arrives.

Continuing to explore, they observed the cute pandas, birds, and snakes which creeped some of them out, and now it was onto the fish. Walking over to the touch bank, they watched the stingrays swim around. Mina hesitantly dipped her hand in the water and flinched when she felt the smoothness of the stingray, pulling her hand out.

“Oh my gosh.” she giggled in surprise while the rest of the girls followed suit.

“It’s so squishy,” Yuju said as she tried to touch one.

After the zoo, Jennie received a text from Jungkook that made her stomach flip.

JK: I'm taking you out. Let's go on a real date. :)

Jennie got ready quickly and then went to the mirror to do her makeup along with Jungkook waiting for her in their room. He watched her apply lip gloss on her lips as a soft smile came across his features.

‘With or without makeup you’re still beautiful to me always.’ he thought.

“What?” she smiled, bringing him out of his thoughts.

He grinned. “Ah, nothing. You ready?"

"Yep! I'm excited!" she grabbed his hand as he led her to where their date was.

He took her to a nice romantic picnic that had a great view of the beach. He made sure to take lots of candid photos of her while they ate. He made her laugh so hard that she snorted again which was something he hadn’t heard in a long time. It was pretty rare that it happened. Whenever she laughed so hard and snorted, she’d get embarrassed about it. But Jungkook thought it was cute over the years and made sure to tell her that. Because of this, thanks to him, Jennie started to feel more comfortable about her unpredictable snorts.

After their lunch, they walked around the beach, holding hands. He then suggested carrying her as she got on his back, checking out the view. Finding a Hammock, Jungkook lounged in it with Jen resting on top of him. He held her close as they watched the ocean, clouds, and blue sky.

A moment they'll never take for granted as they enjoyed each other's company and thought about how lucky they were to have each other.

“I wish we could stay like this forever,” she murmured, feeling one of his hands run up and down her back affectionately.

Kissing the top of her head, he guaranteed, "I know. Me too. We’ll go on more vacations. This one is just the beginning,” 

She looked up and kissed him. Pulling back, she smiled. “I can’t wait.” 

------

After their date, Jennie spent time with Hayoon, finding her around the area, bike riding. She rode bikes with her and then sat at an empty table near the beach.

“Hey, hey!” Bam Bam grinned and took a seat with them as he did some shopping.

“Bam Bam!” Hayoon beamed.

“Yo~!” Jen grinned. “Nice of you to join us.”

“I just came to see Hayoon.” he teased.

Miss Bangtan narrowed her eyes. “Oh okay. I’ll remember that when you want my baking.”

That caused his eyes to widen. “Wait, no! Please, I’m sorry!”

“Nah, you f’ed up.” she waved him away before everyone laughed in unison.

“There’s this smoothie place around that I saw earlier today. Want to grab some?” he suggested.

“I’m down.”

“Yes, let’s go,” Hayoon added.

After getting smoothies, Bam Bam whipped out his phone to film them walking around the beachside, enjoying their drinks. Jen noticed him filming and threw up the peace sign while Hayoon happily waved.

“Hi~! Blueberry smoothies are the best!” Hayoon proudly said.

Abruptly, Bam Bam dabbed and started laughing with Jennie.

“Do it with me.” he encouraged and dabbed again with Jen while Hayoon sighed, unamused.

“I need new companions.“ Hayoon walked past them, causing them to laugh harder.

“Wait! Come back!”

Sitting at a table by the beach, the three spent time sharing funny dorm stories and how their idol lives have been. Jen even posted a video of recording Bam Bam mocking her performance for fire.

“Guys, I do not dance like this,” she said in the video.

“Yes, you do! And then you move your hips like this.” he dramatically rolled his hips around in a circle, looking extra which caused Hayoon to let out a high pitched laugh.

“Stop encouraging him!” she groaned while playfully scolding her.

The trio decided to play Uno again to get back at Bam Bam for cheating. The two best friends demanded that he play fair and watched his every move. Hayoon was also in charge of distributing the cards. She did not have much luck during the first round and it was down to Bam Bam and Jen who had one final card left.

Jen had a blue zero while Bam Bam had a green five. Everything was in Hayoon’s hands as they waited for her to put down her next card. Miss Bangtan’s heart rate quickened in anticipation. She just had to win this.

Once Hayoon put down a wild card, she announced “Blue!” as the new color.

Slapping her blue card down, Bam Bam wailed in defeat.

“NO!” he shouted.

“YES! TAKE IT, BITCH!” Jennie stood up and raised her fists in the air

“I WAS ALMOST THERE! DAMN IT!”

“WOOOO!”

"I WANT A REMATCH!”

Sitting back down, Jennie took a photo of herself smiling victoriously with an annoyed Bam Bam in the background and a delighted Hayoon. She tweets it with the caption, ‘Decimated, embarrassed, schooled, BODIED! #Jen’

After playing a few more rounds, with Hayoon and Jennie beating him every time, they grabbed Bam Bam’s small speaker to dance around for fun and taught each other their group’s choreography.

“Let’s throw it back.” Jennie put on Tambourine by Eve. “Follow my movements, all right.”

She did some basic moves as they followed her. Soon after that, she went to record them to post on Twitter.

“Shake what your mama gave you! Move those hips!” she encouraged.

Hayoon did as she was told which surprised both of her friends.

“What was that!?” Bam Bam yelled, impressed.

“Damn girl! Where did that come from?” Jen grinned.

“You said to shake what my mom gave me,” Hayoon replied innocently.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 79- Meeting Shawn Mendes

Chapter Summary: BTS film for Running Man again. Jennie goes back to America for interviews with Buzzfeed and iHeartRadio. She supports and joins Angelina for the BBMAs and finally meets her celeb crush, Shawn Mendes.

Words: 14,000+

Author's Note: New Jennie Ship! Jen and Shawn Mendes (Shawnnie) Pretty cute. In case you need reminding, this is still a Jungkook x Jennie (OC) story lol. 

You know how artists have some people they always collab with? These two are going to collab often. And when she releases her solo work, he'll have a feature. I see people always anticipating them working together and ranking their favorite songs. 

-----

After coming back from Prom Weekend, Jen goes to catch up with Amber at her place. Jen was happy to be a part of her next vlog for her YouTube channel and went with her to work out at the gym. 

The female member of Bangtan took off her jacket to reveal her sports bra and defining muscles on her upper body.

“Wow, look at my mom. Those abs are getting defined!” Amber did a close up of her stomach, making Jen laugh. Setting the camera down to film them stretch, she asked, “You excited about the Billboard Awards?”

“Oh yeah! I am so stoked! Despite some of the negative feedback that I’ve been hit with, I just hope that I can put in a good word for BTS as I try to promote us as a group and support Angelina. I love to network so I'm sure I can do my best to talk about K-Pop,"

“Right, I saw that. Ugh, keep ignoring it like you usually do. It's so rude of these so-called supporters of BTS to question why you’re going and not the rest of the group. It’s like they hate the things you do that have nothing to do with the group. You're going to support your friend. Angelina is always asking for you to join her. It's so nice of Big Hit to allow you to,"

“Yeah, I'm so grateful. I won't take it for granted. It'd be dope if BTS could attend the Billboard Awards together. A Korean group at that show? That'd be huge! I hope we can accomplish that one day...to be able to go home and be standing with my boys as we perform and do our thing...what a dream. I hope we can do more in America. I miss performing at home,"

“Speak it into existence! I can just see you now, looking all cute and dolled up for Billboard. BTS at the show would be a huge deal. Never say never. What are you wearing?”

“Angelina and I are going to color coordinate. I’ll be wearing white while she will be wearing black. She doesn’t like going alone to award shows since she’ll get bored easily. But if a friend, like me, was with her, she’d have a better time.”

"Aw, cute. Do you think you’re going to meet you know who?” Amber teased as Jen's mind went to the man she knew she was talking about.

A nervous chuckle escaped her. “Ah...I hope I meet Shawn.” 

Jennie just hoped she does not freeze when she was face to face with that man. Someone she admires and wants to work with. If she was freaking out about him noticing her online, she doesn’t know what she is going to do when she sees him on the pink carpet. She must keep her composure.

After stretching, Amber began to play on her phone until Jen took it away.

“Woman, get off your phone. Time to work.” she placed it down and walked over to the punching bag after wrapping her hands in tape.

“Can’t I just look at my messages?” Amber whined

“Nope. Let’s work.”

She sighed. “Fine Mom.”

A laugh escaped Jen as she waited for Amber to hold the punching bag for her.

“I love using this. It makes me release so much stress.” Jen pounded her fist against her palm a few times and began to strike the bag. 

“Think of this thing as something that stole your smarties,” Amber suggested.

Out of nowhere, Jen kicked the punching bag hard and Amber dramatically fell to the floor. Gasping and placing her hands against her mouth, Jen rushed down to help her.

"Crap! Are you okay!?”

But then she heard her laugh and watched her get up with ease. “The look on your face was priceless. I’m fine.” 

“I hate when you do that.” she playfully punched her shoulder. After her session of kicks and punches, Jen held the bag for her while Amber began punching it. “How’s Jack Jack?"

"Adorable and goofy as ever. We need to set up a playdate with Tony.”

“Tony would love Jack Jack. He is so friendly with everyone. I think he’s starting to get closer to V.”

“Uh oh. V is taking over now. You know how he gets when it comes to animals and babies. How is his drama going?”

“He is so happy and making a lot of friends. A social butterfly. To see him work so hard and do well in his scenes makes me a proud sister. I’ve been helping him a lot on his script and he seems to be feeling more comfortable with himself.”

"As he should! Wow, and can you believe that next year you are going to graduate high school?” 

That caused Jen to exhale. She was right. She is graduating next year.

“Are you planning on taking the college exam?” Amber’s question interrupted her thoughts as they went to use the dumbbells on the floor.

“I really want to. I want to go to college. But I don’t want to go to college online, I want to physically be there. But as a K-Pop idol and all, I am not going to be able to juggle that and school...I'm kinda frustrated.”

“What are you going to do? You think you want to take a hiatus from the group to go to school?”

“I don’t know.” Jen groaned and fell back on the floor. "I’ve been thinking of going into business. I’ve been starting to get very interested in that. I don’t want to just depend on music. I want to do more things. But if I take a hiatus from the group, I know a lot of backlash is going to happen with some of these fans. But if I don’t do this, I feel like I will regret it. I'm torn,"

"Hey, don’t even worry about those fans. You need to do what is best for you. If you want to continue your education, do it. You will find a way to make this work. You still have time,"

“Yeah...you’re right. I still have time to think about it. I think I should talk to my parents. And then Bang PD. But enough about that, let’s talk about Civil War! My baby Captain America! Ahhh, I cannot wait for that movie!”

------

The cast of Running Man arrived at their next destination for their 7 vs 300 episode. The cast pondered why there were so many boxes around and was told about their fourth mission.

‘We have special guests for this mission’

Soon after, a van pulled up, and out came BTS themselves which was a huge surprise for the cast.

“Welcome, BTS! Nice to see you! It’s so unexpected!” the cast happily greeted.

“I didn’t know that BTS would be here,” Jae-suk said.

“OH~!” Gary shouted when he saw Jennie and Jungkook. He pointed at them and that got Song Jihyo’s attention.

“YOU!” Song Jihyo shouted. She glanced at Gary and began freaking out with him, amusing everyone. “We have some unfinished business with these two!”

Jennie and Jungkook glanced at each other and laughed as they recapped how the Monday Couple could not stop the Golden Duo. But they were determined to change that today. After the members performed some of the choreography for Fire, the cast applauded them.

“I loved when Rap Monster acted like this in the end.” Jaesuk made the same facial expression and moved his hands the way Rapmon did. After seeing Rapmon doing it again, he responded, “That’s it. It looks nice. I should learn the moves.”

Soon after that, one by one the members of BTS showed off their different gestures for fire. V was up first which hyped up the cast members.

“Do I do it like this?” Gary tried to do the same moves.

“Jongkook, show us the old version of that dance.” Jaesuk requested.

“Why?” Jongkook asked.

“You know the old version.”

“Why should I?”

“Come on!” he replied as the rest of the cast tried to get him to dance.

Going along with it, Haha and Gary joined him in performing their own little routine which made everyone laugh.

“Oh my goodness.” Jennie giggled, covering her mouth.

“1! 2! 3!” the three men shouted and did their ending pose.

“So, what should we do with BTS?” Jaesuk asked

‘The fourth mission is to move 300 boxes with BTS. There are 300 boxes of ramen. You should use the handcart that has your team’s initials on it to move as many boxes as possible to your team’s truck. Those who move more boxes will win. If you win, we will donate the boxes you carried in your name. So please do your best.’

Both teams gathered around, preparing while one member from each team had their cart prepared.

“Okay,” Jen spoke up, making the members look at her. “Strategy. Put as many boxes on the cart. Speed is everything. Jimin,”

“Yes, Ennie?” he asked.

“Try to hop on someone’s back to try to distract them. I’d say go big. Perhaps Kwangsoo or Jongkook. Maybe even Haha. You have the clinging grip of a koala bear. It’ll be difficult to yank you off due to your strong grip.”

“Right,” he nodded.

“Fellas, are we ready?!” she announced loudly.

“Yes, ma’am!” they shouted.

“Are you ready to get down!?”

“Yes, ma’am!”

“Are you ready to win!?”

“Yes, ma’am!”

“One, two, three, BANGTAN!” they all shout, throwing their hands up in the air.

Jennie leaned forward, behind the line, anticipating to run. If all goes to plan, they’ll get the boxes in no time.

‘Will the members with a lot of experience win? Or will young BTS win?’

Once the whistle blew, everyone began dashing forward to one of the five spots of boxes.

“Suga where the heck did this speed come from!?” Jennie exclaimed as she watched him dash over to the boxes. “Never mind, run! Keep running!”

They all scattered around while Suga picked up some boxes before the handcart arrived. He was the first to place a ramen box on the truck. Jennie grabbed two boxes and began dashing towards the truck, evading the chaos around her. Jimin, Rapmon and J-hope were placing as many boxes on the cart as possible.

While J-Hope ran the cart over to their truck, he panted, “This is heavier than I thought!”

Kwangsoo popped out of nowhere. “Ahhhh! Stop it!” J-Hope yelled.

Suga, V and Jimin tried to get him away and Jimin remembered what Jennie had said and decided to hug Kwangsoo from behind along with V, pushing him away from everyone.

“No!” Kwangsoo exclaimed.

J-Hope's screams and yells kept making Jennie laugh as she ran over to their cart and unloaded the boxes on the truck with him. But then Sukjin began to try to take their cart away. Jin stopped him and started moving him away but Sukjin still had a grip on the cart and it began to move away from the truck.

“Seokjin, no!” J-Hope whined.

“Jin! The cart!” Jen shouted. “The cart!”

She ran back to him and managed to help him push Sukjin away. He ran away while she and the oldest member pushed the cart back to J-Hope so they could continue loading the boxes on the truck. Later, she met up with Jungkook to help attack Running Man’s cart, taking boxes out of it.

“Hey!” Haha tried to stop them with Jaesuk.

He managed to grab onto Jungkook but Jen succeeded in stopping Jaesuk from moving the cart even further. That is until Gary came by to hold a strong grip on Jennie.

“Keep getting the boxes! We have the Golden Duo!” Gary shouted to his teammates while Song Jihyo held onto Jungkook as they laughed.

Suddenly, Jennie tickled Gary which made him loosen his grip and she escaped his hold. She ran straight after Song Jihyo to pull her off of Jungkook. Jaesuk accidentally pushed the cart into BTS’ truck, so the members began to grab all the boxes. Jaesuk did the same thing, unaware that it wasn’t Running Man’s truck.

“Thank you, Jaesuk!” Suga spoke.

“What? It’s not our truck?” Jaesuk asked, bewildered.

‘Thanks to Jaesuk, BTS is winning by 14 points.’

“Let’s ambush them,” Jen suggested to Suga as Jongkook and Gary were carrying a large load of boxes to put on their truck.

They ran straight up to them to smack the boxes out of their hands.

“Jongkook!” Kwangsoo yelled while Jimin locked his arms and legs around him.

“Good job, Chim! Keep it up! I’ll bake you cupcakes, tonight!” Jen praised, running past them to grab more boxes.

“Just keep holding him.” Jongkook walked past them while Jimin jumped on top of Kwangsoo, making it harder for him to move.

As the game went on, everyone was out of breath from running as they continued to race all over the place for the boxes. Following Jongkook throwing another box of ramen into his truck, he turned his attention to BTS.

“I can’t stand it anymore. That’s it.” Jongkook marched right over to Suga and Jungkook.

“Oh hell no! Goodbye!” Jennie scurried away from him when she witnessed him grabbing onto her bandmates. 

She was just inches away from getting grabbed by him and she was not having it.

“Got you!” Song Jihyo grabbed her before she could get far.

“No! No! Come on! I’ll pay you in cookies!” 

Gary joined Song Jihyo, holding Jen hostage while Jongkook held down Suga and Jungkook. Jungkook's shirt began to rise as they all started laughing. It looked like this was the end of the road for these members.

“Jongkook, help me!” Kwangsoo walked over to him with Jimin still on his back.

Jongkook grabbed the back of Jimin’s shirt and pulled him off effortlessly, taking down three boys on his own. During this, Jen was now on the floor, lying on her stomach with Song Jihyo lying on top of her while Gary monitored her to make sure she didn’t escape.

“This is not faaaaaaaair~!” Jennie yelled, defeated.

“What’s happening here?” Jin kneeled before Jungkook, puzzled.

“I want to get out.” Jungkook laughed.

But then Jin got grabbed by Jongkook too and he began to panic, exclaiming, “Please, let me go! Please, let me go!”

Jin tried to pull away but to no avail as only three members of BTS were free and had the final verdict.

“Somebody get the Monday couple off of meeeeeee~!” Jennie yelled. “For the love of smarties! Somebody! Anybody! Hello!? Help!”

At the end of the game, Gary had managed to steal a box from Jin placed it on the truck, and congratulated each other on doing a great job.

‘The 7 vs 300 Boxes game is over’

Both teams stood next to each other, waiting for the results.

‘Let me announce the result. It’s 157 boxes to 143 boxes. BTS won.’ It was announced as bright cheers came from them. 

They jumped up and down to celebrate while high fiving each other. Now

the members of Running Man would have to pay for another 300 boxes of ramen to donate. When the announcer told them it was 5,000 dollars for 250 boxes, the cast did a double take which made Jennie look bewildered with the rest of BTS.

“Oh boy,” Jennie murmured.

“Really?” the cast stared in disbelief.

“Did you just say 5,000 dollars?” Sukjin asked

Someone will pay for 200 boxes, 50, 30 and 15. The members were chosen to give them a card at random. So for a random donation segment, the members handed each Running Man cast member a card to figure out what they would pay. Haha opened his card and will only be paying 50 boxes. Gary had a dance card and was spared so he danced around, celebrating with Rapmon who was the one who gave him the card. Song Jihyo’s fate got her 15 boxes. Jongkook got zero boxes and he celebrated with Jungkook and hugged him.

For the final three, it was between 200, 30, and 5 boxes. They were offered to dance around and switched cards three times. Unfortunately for Kwangsoo, who had the 200 card first and switched it, got the card again when switching for the third time. Kwangsoo got water thrown at him and danced for the 5,000 dollars he’ll have to spend on the 200 boxes while everyone laughed.

“Congrats Kwangsoo! You’re the unluckiest person.” Jaesuk said as he stood there, accepting his fate.

“Thank you for your hard work. Thank you all.” the members clapped and bowed at the cast.

“I hope to see you and Jungkook back on the show for another couple’s episode.” Song Jihyo smiled.

“Absolutely. We’re ready. Just let us know and we will attend.” Jen confirmed.

------

Back at the dorm, Jen decided to make a strawberry shortcake because she was bored. She had already finished packing and looked over her schedule for when she touched down in the States.

“Can I have one?”

A bright voice interrupted her thoughts as she looked up to see Hobi smiling kindly. She noticed he was referring to the fresh strawberries she had just cleaned.

“Yeah, knock yourself out.” she grabbed one and fed him. His smile got brighter as he savored the sweet fruit. “Is it good?”

“Very delicious. What are you making?”

“Ah, I would call this bored baking. I'm working on a strawberry shortcake,” 

He placed a soothing hand on her back and rubbed it. “You a little nervous about the show?”

“I think I’m more nervous about making sure I put in a good word for BTS. You know I love to network,"

“Munchkin, you’ll do just fine. And make sure you enjoy yourself there. Don't overwork yourself to network. Still, have fun with Angelina. Come on, I'll help you."

“Thanks. You can start by cutting the strawberries and then adding sugar.” she pointed to the materials while handling baking biscuits.

What she planned on doing was making it look like biscuits with layers of strawberries and frosting. As they baked together, she began to notice that whenever she glanced over at Hobi, he’d look like he was caught doing something he shouldn’t.

“...are you eating more strawberries?”

“No?” he replied with a mouthful in his mouth.

“J-Hope!” she scolded and tried to hit him but he jumped away. After pulling themselves together, she said, “All right, let’s put on some music while we do this. You can just grab my phone and press shuffle.”

“What’s the password?”

“Jungkook’s birthday.”

“Awwwww. I see that you two have each other as your lock screens and now your passwords are each other's birthdays. Did you know that Jungkook’s notification tone for you is a bell?”

“Oh yeah, from the anime? It’s so cute. Remember when one of y'all almost leaked our relationship on V-Live? Thankfully Kookie’s smart thinking saved us all,” she playfully scolded.

------

It happened a few days ago with Jungkook, Yoongi, and Hobi eating lunch together. During the live, Jen had messaged Jungkook in response to his question on whether she could pick up some banana milk while she was out. His phone sounded like a loud bell once she texted him and he looked down, smiling brightly.

“Goodness, you’re whipped.” Yoongi blurted out.

“He is maturing a lot because of Jennie,” Hobi added with a chuckle.

But they had almost forgotten that they were still on the air as Jungkook blushed, “Jennie is my best friend and has helped me a lot with this comeback. She’s the best and I couldn’t think of any other best friend.”

------

“My gosh, I’m just thankful it wasn’t anything worse,” Jen mentioned.

“Sorry, sorry. We’ll be more careful,” he replied and pressed shuffle as My Own Worst Enemy by Lit came on.

“Ooh! I was just working on this song on my guitar!” she started throwing her head around, dancing around. 

Hobi laughed and joined her, dancing around the kitchen.

“My car is in the front yard and I’m sleeping with my clothes on~!” she sang. “Came in through the window last night and you’re gone! Gone~!”

“How many rock songs do you have on your phone?” he asked.

“A lot! So many! I have a lot to study from. It’s so fascinating how complex you can make the chords. Soon I want to try playing some of the hardest chords when I increase my skill. But let’s get back to work. I like to make my biscuits from scratch. So, as you can see the dough is fine. Now we just need to cut them into small circles.”

She rolled the dough out and handed him one of the circular cutters as they both made several circles. Then, they sprayed two pans and placed the dough on them. Hobi opened the preheated oven and put it in so it could bake.

“Awesome, thanks for helping!” she high fived him. “We’ll continue after I wash my hair real quick. Just please keep an eye on that. It should be done before I finish.”

“No problem, munchkin.”

She went to wash her hair and then went to blow dry it in her room but as soon as she turned the dryer on, a big mess of flour popped out, causing her to scream.

“ARE YOU KIDDING ME!?” she yelled, making Hobi yelp. “WHO PUT FLOUR IN MY DRYER?!”

After ten minutes passed, Hobi saw Namjoon walking into the kitchen to grab water. But from the look on his face, the leader had a mischievous smirk on his face.

“No way, man. It was you? She is going to pulverize you.” Hobi chuckled.

“Not if she doesn’t find out~.” Namjoon smiled innocently.

“Well I just did and I hope you watch your damn back because I am going to make sure what you get is ten times worse,” Jen responded, causing him to turn around in fear. 

“Nini, hey, how are you?” he laughed nervously as he saw that she had managed to clean up her face and hair so that there was no more flour.

“Don’t talk to me. I’ll deal with you when you least expect it. Let’s continue finishing this shortcake.” she resumed with Hobi after creating 14 shortcakes for everyone.

“Thanks for the treat.” Hobi kissed her temple.

“Guys! I baked!” she announced. As soon as she said the word baked, they ran to the kitchen, shoving each other away to try to be the first to get a taste. “Whoa, relax. I made plenty so you all can have one.”

Later that evening, Hobi and Jen hung out in her room for another edition of putting makeup on Smartie. Setting up the camera and finishing up their strawberry shortcake, Jen called the program, ‘Lets Put MakeUp On Smartie Featuring J-Hope~’

“Hey, hey! What is up ARMY!? Jennie is back with another episode of Let’s Put Makeup On Smartie! And with us today is my hope, your hope, J-Hope!”

“Hi!” Hobi beamed and danced in his seat in excitement.

“I’m sure you’ve seen the previous videos of the guys doing my makeup. What do you have planned for me, today?”

“I’ve been thinking of what you’d look like as a vampire. So to prepare, I bought fangs, blood, and some other materials.”

Jen gulped loudly which caused Hobi to cackle and clap his hands. "Oh God...help me.“ she murmured.

"It’s going to be fine. Trust me. I made sure to learn what to do. I won’t mess up your face. I got this handled, Jennie.”

“Mm-hm,” she replied. “But before we start, I have a big announcement to make.”

“Oh yes! Can’t wait for this!”

“So, as you know, for a while now the idea of Jungkook and I creating a Twitch Channel has been up in the air. Well, I want to confirm that our Twitch Channel is coming and it is called The Golden Duo! You can sign up for free and make sure you’re subscribed to us. And good news, our first stream will be during BTS Festa this year!”

“Wooooo!” Hobi cheered with Jennie. “Make sure you let us play too!”

“We will! The first game we will be playing is The Impossible Game. We have so many games we have listed to play. A bunch of online games and console games. And more to come. This channel’s streaming times will vary due to our schedules but best believe we will stream at least once a month. No doubt about that. Jungkook and I are very excited about this. You are going to see just how intense our friendship can be when gaming. And for a warning, there will be rage quitting and you’ll see a side of us you haven’t before.”

Fans were extremely excited about the news, commenting:

‘JENKOOK SHIPPERS ARE GETTING FED!’

‘YES!’

‘FINALLY!’

‘OMG YASSS, THANK YOU!’

‘Please play Overwatch!’

‘Can you play The Sims?’

“We’ll play those games. Don’t worry. Now any donations we get for the stream, we are donating to charity. We are not keeping the money. We plan to split the money equally and give it to the charity of our choice. I will be donating to domestic violence survivors. I am very passionate about that subject. Jungkook is still figuring out where he wants to donate. Okay, now without further ado, let’s do this!”

Letting him get right to it, he put her primer on her face and then the foundation.

“Army, Jennie baked today. I helped her out. We made strawberry shortcake.” he said and went to work on her eyes by using black and purple.

“I thought it turned out pretty well, how about you?”

“I want more. But you’re leaving soon. So, next time when you get back to Seoul.”

“Sounds like a plan. I’m glad you liked it. Oh, Army, you guys are wild for your choice of what you want me to do for our upcoming Festa.” she brought up and paused as he focused on placing black lipstick on her. 

He put the two fangs on her teeth and went to focus on putting blood around her mouth to go with the look.

“If some of you aren’t aware, Big Hit put up a poll a few weeks ago for you guys to choose.” Jen continued. “I'm doing something with Jimin and Jungkook too but also will be dancing solo. So for my solo, you had to choose between a cute concept, a sexy concept, or a badass one. And since somehow, someway you guys like me being sexy, you chose the sexy concept and now I am going to be performing Sunmi’s Full Moon. Oh my gosh. Wow. I’m not ready. I can’t believe this. I was striving for the badass concept. But it’ll be fun.”

“We are currently making preparations for it now,” Hobi added. “We are eager to show you in June. And...done!”

Jen checked her face in the mirror. “Oh...oh! Whoa! I look demonic!" she chuckled and checked out her eyes. “I like it. I like how slightly messy it looks. This is good, J-Hope!”

“I knew you would like it! Aren’t you glad I didn’t mess up with face?”

“Very. All right, well thanks for watching us, today. Stay tuned for the next member of Bangtan to do my makeup. Who do you think is next? Find out soon!”

“Bye Army!” Hobi waved.

After they turned the live off, Jen took selfies with him, tweeting, ‘I wonder if I should be a vampire for Halloween. Thanks for the makeup! I look great! #Jen’

------

The next morning, Jen pondered about how the guys would look great for their airport style but she’d just wear something simple and comfortable. She was already tired as it is and looking at her hoodie and jeans with a messy bun, she did not feel like wearing some top-notch outfit for an airport. And knowing the fans loved airport pictures, she decided to tweet about it to not get their hopes up.

‘I know how much you guys like airport pics. But my outfit isn’t going to be all that like usual. Sorry to disappoint you guys...again! Haha. #Jen’

Looking at some of the replies made her smile:

‘You could wear a trash bag and we’d still think you’re beautiful’

‘Doesn’t matter! Still taking photos of your cute self! Stay comfortable!’

‘It’s OK queen. We still gonna see you when you arrive home.’

When she arrived back in America, a big yawn escaped her and her stomach leaped with joy to find that she was finally home. Carrying her bag along with her manager Diana and some security guards walking with her, Jen walked off the plane. But little did she know, a large turnout of fans, fansites, and paparazzi were waiting for her. And when they saw her walk out, cameras began to flash and the pandemonium rose, causing Jen to look up in astonishment.

“Oh my God, she’s coming! She’s coming! I hear screaming!” A fan squealed while recording and began screaming with everyone else once she saw her.

“No fucking way.” a curse escaped Jennie, making her fans laugh as she took off her sunglasses. “Who sent y’all? Y’all not here for me. I know y’all not here for me.” she said in disbelief while the cheers and laughter got louder.

“Dispatch is here. They’re going to want you to stand and pose.” she was advised and followed suit as loud clicks of cameras and flashing lights appeared in her view.

The screams were high pitched as she tried to get a good look at all the fans here to see her. 

“Hi, Jennie! Hiiiii~!”

“I love you!”

“Jen! Jennie! My friend loves you so much!”

“YASSSS GIRL! WORK! MISS BANGTAN!” a fan screamed, making her chuckle.

After the photos, she began to walk with Diana and security while others were rushing away to get a better view of her. Security did a good job keeping fans away from being too close to her.

“Jennie, I’m proud of you.” she heard a fan say while recording her.

She turned to make eye contact with her for a few seconds and smiled. “Thank you.”

“Jennie, welcome back!” someone else spoke

“Thanks, good to be back home!“

“How was the flight?”

“Not too bad, actually.”

Jen turned to see a guy smiling shyly and waving right next to her outside the airport.

“Hey! Thanks for coming to see me. How long did you wait?“ she asked.

"Hours. Worth it to see you in person. Here, this is for you. My cousin makes earrings and wanted you to have this.” he gave her a small gift bag

“Oh wow, thank you! I can’t wait to wear it.” she beamed.

On Twitter ARMY was freaking out and trended #WelcomeHomeJennie worldwide:

'Our beautiful Miss Bangtan has arrived safely in America! #WelcomeHomeJennie’

'Ah she is so cute! Looking like an adorable hamster in that hoodie'

'My baby is back in the US!’

'Our girl has arrived!’

'Jen is back! I repeat! Jen is back! Back in America!’

‘SHE LOOKED AT ME! OMG SHE SMILED AND LOOKED AT ME!’

'Of course, she’s decked out in Nike, what a cutie!’

As soon as she went to her hotel room, she ate and rested before it was time to go straight to interviews. This was going to be a busy day, starting with radio to help talk about BTS’ new album and hoping that K-Pop can be more recognized in America just like PSY did years ago. Then it was time for her interview with iHeartRadio.

Smiling for the camera, iHeartRadio took a photo of her and tweeted, ‘K-Pop’s own Miss Bangtan of BTS is here with us!’

Getting comfortable with the interviewer, they began filming as she listened to the interviewer greet the fans and give background on K-Pop and BTS.

“Here on iHeartRadio, we have the one and only Miss Bangtan, Jennie of BTS! How are you doing?”

“The adrenaline is pumping!” she replied with a big smile. “I’m so happy to be home for a little bit.”

"I'm glad! We’re going to have some fun today, with various questions. We even asked ARMY to submit some questions for you. Are you ready?”

“Let’s do this.”

‘First time you knew you loved playing the guitar?’

“After listening to rock music. I’d say that Linkin Park's One Step Closer was one of the many songs that influenced me to play the guitar more. When I practiced that song, I fell in love with it and I told myself that this was what I wanted to do. They are so amazing at what they do with their music. And I’m not going to lie, I really enjoy the heavy stuff with the guitar, too. How intense it is. It just makes me emotional because you can just hear how passionate the music is. I am a proud black girl who loves rock."

'Artist you want to collab with?’

"I have so many! Chase Atlantic has been on my radar. I would love to collab with a rock band, to be honest. Even if it’s just playing the guitar. I’d love to perform some rock songs. It's not every day you see a black female rock out. But we’re out here in this world. I honestly do not care which rock band it is, I will be grateful for whatever opportunity comes. Fall Out Boy, Paramore, Red Hot Chili Peppers, so many amazing bands! Right now I am studying different rock songs and learning them on my guitar. I want to learn different styles and techniques. It’s pretty fun.”

'What song are you studying right now?’

“Wake Up by Rage Against The Machine. It’s heavy and I enjoy the instrumental. I can’t explain it but ugh I love it. A funny moment happened a few days ago, so I was playing my music really loud and the guys got so concerned by the intense vocals. The guitar solo is still messing me up a bit, so I’m still practicing. Maybe one day I should release my covers for the songs I’m studying.”

'You think you could ever do acting?’

“My sister is the actress. But if an opportunity comes up and I need to prepare for an audition, she’s my go-to person. I thought about it on occasion but it isn't quite on my radar, right now. But it would be so fun to do one day. I'd love to try to be in some action movie or something. It’s nice to branch out and try new things.”

'What are some nicknames people called you?’

"Oh gosh, well Rapmon calls me Nini. I also get called Munchkin, Smartie, and Ennie.” 

'Okay, we gotta know, are you still keen on wanting to work with Nike?’

"YES! HELL YES! I am still patiently waiting! I know they’re watching me. I am here, Nike! Come on, please! I will bring you so many sales. I am so passionate about your product! Hit me up!”

'Any tattoos in the future?’

"Yes, I have something in mind. You’ll see.”

'What is your ideal date?’

A bright smile came across her lips as the interviewer raved over how big her smile had gotten. Truth was, she was thinking about Jungkook.

“Ah...well, I love mini-dates. Like the simple things are more than enough. Even if it’s just walking and looking at the sunset or stars while I'm in my significant other's arms. Eating smarties and snacks with them.” she got a little giddy and her face began to warm up as she thought about her boyfriend. “I guess I’m a little bit of a hopeless romantic.”

'What about your solo work?’

“BTS’ work.” she corrected, smoothly moving the conversation her way. “Everything is going great with our work. Our album is doing so well, please stream and buy our album. It’s called The Most Beautiful Moment in Life: Young Forever. The album with the colorful hot air balloon. You can’t miss it. I also helped create track four. Autumn Leaves. Give it a listen. We’re proud of it.”

“Well, that is all the time we have for today. We are going to see you at the Billboard Awards, right?”

“Yes, you are! I’ll be supporting my girl, Angelina. I am so stoked to be a part of it again. Thanks for having me!”

With Buzzfeed, Jen was filmed to be a part of their Thirst Tweets segment. Sitting down comfortably on the floor, she got handed the LOL bucket and prepared for her cue to start speaking.

“Hey! It’s your girl Jennie from BTS and today I shall be reading some thirst tweets!” she announced. “Disclaimer, I am fully aware of how thirsty you fans are. Remember that I do have a Tumblr and I see everything. I can tell that this is going to be very interesting so let’s get to it.”

Grabbing the LOL bucket, she dug in and pulled out a slip of paper. Reading it in her head, she started to chuckle.

“Whoa. Okay. This reads...”

'I hope Jen gets eaten out every night since she deserves it.’

She looked directly at the camera with a soft laugh. “I've been told I taste pretty nice," she teased before bursting out in laughter. "Was that appropriate for this interview? ARMY is going to freak when they watch this,"

'Imagine getting a lap dance from Jennie. I'd bust so quick!’

“Hm...you know I never gave someone a lap dance before. I should start practicing. Who wants to be my first?” 

'I just can’t stop thinking about Jennie’s ass. I want to smack it and eat-’

She couldn’t finish as she started laughing again, covering her mouth.

’...I want to smack it and eat her booty like groceries.’

“Y’know I get this a lot actually,” she admitted. “It’s okay to stare, though. Look but don’t touch. It's pretty funny to see all the memes about my ass. And the reaction photos you guys put up when you react to photos of me are top tier. It's funny as hell,"

'Jen could blow my back out with a strap on if she wanted to.’

“Ah...” she let out a sigh. “Thank you for the offer. I don’t know my own strength so I don’t think you’d want me blowing your back out.”

'I watched a compilation of Jen’s sexiest moments. I want to fuck her so bad’

“You want to have sex with me, too? Get in line,” she replied. "It's so interesting to read how desired I am from people. I've seen some shit. It is crazy,"

'BTS’ Jennie is a fine piece of ass. I want to bite her booty and give her a butt massage’

“A butt massage? Interesting...”

'Jennie sitting on my face is a nice concept. I would also love to eat smarties all over her naked body.’

She chuckled and rubbed the back of her neck. “You want me to sit on your face? It takes a special person for that," she giggled. "Ah, but I wouldn’t want you to get suffocated. And you want to eat smarties on me? I don’t think so. Let’s eat smarties from the wrapper, not on my body.”

'A concept: sucking Jen’s toes’

That made her widen her eyes, "Why is everyone talking about my feet these days? Did I miss something? Was it something I wore?” she asked, genuinely confused

'I’d pay so much money to drink Jen’s bath water’

She looked up at the camera and the caption, ’#Jennie.exe has stopped working’ appeared on the screen, causing the staff to laugh in the background.

“That’s...not sanitary.”

After finishing the tweets, she said, "Well, that’s all the thirst tweets for now. That was eventful. I wouldn’t mind doing this again. I’m Jennie from BTS and I will see on you the flip side. Stream BTS and other K-Pop groups! Our album. Right here.” she presented their latest album in front of the camera. “Track four. I helped produce it. All the songs are good. It’s lit.” she cheered as they signed off.

Meanwhile, a Shawn Mendes fan tweeted him about Jennie later on that day, ‘Shawn! Did you know that the girl with the guitar is going to the Billboard Awards!? She really wants to meet you!’

Replying to the fan, Shawn tweeted, ‘Yes, I do! I’m happy that she is going to be there. I hope I can see her.’

For the last segment of Buzzfeed, some lucky fans of Jennie were brought into the studio and asked to stand in a room alone, one by one.

The question was simple. Why do you admire Jennie?

And while the fans spoke highly of her, Jen was watching in the background, planning to surprise them.

“My big cousin got me into K-Pop a few years ago,” a little black girl cutely said. “When I saw Jennie, I told my parents, she looks like me! I hope I can dance just like her! She’s so pretty!”

Jen placed her hands over her heart as she watched her speak. This was why she loved what she did. Representation matters.

“Can you perform some of BTS’ choreography?” the little girl was asked and performed like Jennie for the Fire MV.

"Wow~! You dance so well!" Jennie praised, walking into the view.

The girl began jumping up and down excitedly, "Jennie~!"

"Hi~! You were amazing! I'm so happy to meet you!" she kneeled and opened up her arms as she watched her run over to hug her.

The way the girl cutely ran up to her made the staff 'aw' as they watched the wholesome moment. The little girl bounced in her arms excitedly, hugging tightly. Standing up, Jennie held the girl in her arms, smiling brightly at her once she pulled away. 

"You are just the cutest!" Jen beamed.

"Thank you! I love you so much! I want to be a dancer just like you! Thank you for being so cool!" 

"Aw...I love you, too!" Jen got hugged again by her as her heart soared.

Once the little girl left, Jennie giggled. "She is sooooo cute! Oh my gosh. Now I want kids. Ugh, I want a mini me when I get married,"

--------

“That’s my girl, right there!” a male fan enthused when it was his turn to speak.

“Yeah! Like I love how she sticks to her roots and doesn’t change who she is in another country.” his guy friend added. “Jennie, thank you for representing us. And did I mention that she is so beautiful? Like wow. Photos don't do her justice!"

“Aw...that’s how you feel?” she walked out.

“OHHHHHHHHHHHH~!” the first guy yelled and backed up, causing her to laugh.

“Oh shit!” the second guy fell to the floor. “No way!”

“Yes, way! What’s up!?” she giggled and helped him up. 

She got a kick out of when fans stumbled when they saw her.

“This is not real,” the second guy embraced her and then watched his friend hug her next. 

"Damn, you smell good!" he blurted out, making her laugh again.

-------

“She’s SO cute. Like an adorable hamster.” another fan said.

“Yeah! And the cute thing she does with her nose. Sooo adorable. Her in the Fire music video was a rude awakening that Miss Bangtan is here to stay. We’re just so proud of her and-” the second fan squealed when she saw Jennie standing there, amused.

“Hey, I am a human being.” Jen teased, watching the girls squeal and jump around.

“Oh my God~!” they shouted before hugging her.

---------

“It’s nice to see someone that looks like me in a genre that is Asian dominated. She has remained strong in that industry and there were lots of high expectations for her debut. She exceeded them.” another black girl proudly said. “I just auditioned for a few K-Pop companies because of her. I was moved to see someone like her break barriers. Her passion is undeniable. Jennie, thank for you being an inspiration to us black women in K-Pop.”

“You are very welcome~! I’m looking forward to your debut one day.” Jen’s voice was heard, making the girl freeze. Once she skipped out, a scream escaped the girl’s lips and she kneeled down, covering her head.

"No way! Hi!" the girl stood up and embraced her.

"Hi! How are you?"

"I'm shaking! Oh my God, I cannot believe you're in front of me, right now!"

"Believe it! Thank you for your sweet words. That is so amazing that you were able to audition for some companies! When do you hear back from your auditions?"

"In a few weeks!"

"I hope you get accepted! I'd love to watch your journey,"

---------

“Her relatable personality is what gets me. I love that she is not afraid to speak her mind. She also replies a lot to her fans. I think that Jennie is the most accessible BTS member. She’s like the most active BTS member on social media and I love that. You have a nice chance of getting a reply or like from her. She never forgets her fans. She sets a very good example of what it means to appreciate fans,” another male fan mentioned.

Cartwheeling into the room, Jen landed on her feet and posed, “Hi! Surprise!”

“Whoa! Hi! Hello!” he stammered and embraced her. “You smell good!”

“Haha! Thank you!"

-----

“This girl can get down! My daughters got me into K-Pop and when they showed me BTS and explained what a bias is, I knew Miss Jennifer would be mine. Watching a black girl thrive and make a name for herself in another country, proud of her dark skin, beautiful as ever, I get emotional about it.” an older female fan said.

“Yeah, we record our mom turning up to Jennie’s verses in BTS’ songs. It’s hilarious.” her oldest daughter added. “Jennie made me love Nike. Like the girl makes the product look good. Nike, what are you waiting for!? Call her up!”

“Yeah, and I got into smarties because of her. She should really be in a Smartie commercial.” the youngest daughter mentioned.

“Those are amazing ideas! I hope I can achieve them!” Jen happily said, walking out.

“Oh my goodness,” the mother laughed, looking amazed while her daughters jumped excitedly.

“Hi! It’s very nice to meet you! Thank you for supporting me, BTS, and K-Pop as a whole,” Jen beamed and hugged them.

“Oh my God, you’re touching me.” the youngest squealed. “Thank you for being you, Jennie!” 

“It’s people like you who got me here today. So thank YOU for supporting me and the rest of BTS. ARMY is the best.” Jennie smiled.

--------

"Are you serious right now?” a loud irritated sigh escaped Angelina’s lips while Jen walked inside the hotel she was sharing with her. “What is the issue? It is not that big of a deal. Who cares what these stupid fans say? I love you and I’m tired of keeping things quiet. You know what, I’m done talking to you. Talk to me when you realize your stupidity.” she hung up and tossed her phone on the bed.

“Hey,” Jen spoke up, making Angelina look her way.

“Hey...”

“So, what was that about?” she set her bag down.

“Namjoon’s annoying ass.”

“What happened?”

“I’m really tempted to break up with him, right now. Like I am so done with this.”

Jennie was used to this type of behavior from her and remained calm, “Slow down. What do you mean by that?”

“We had a disagreement. And I’m just becoming so fed up about all this.”

“Fed up about what?”

“I just want our relationship to be public. But he doesn’t want it public. He wants us to remain private. And when I asked why he was all about my safety and bullshit. I wasn’t even listening, I was just so mad. Like nobody gonna touch me. I’m no thin-skinned person, I can handle the hate, I can just ignore it, easily. I just feel like the man is ashamed of dating me and that’s why he doesn’t want to go public.”

Jen frowned. Angelina had a bad habit of attempting to make drastic decisions when things went south and when she was emotional. 

One time when she was working on a song with an artist, she was fed up with her rap not going as planned and wanted to give up on it until Jen talked her out of it. And thankfully she did because that collab with The Weeknd will be performed at the Billboard Awards and is still high up on the charts. Now, what if she gave up on it? Then what? Angelina still thanks her to this day for snapping her out of it.

“I understand both sides to this," Jennie spoke. "I understand that here in America, it probably isn’t that much of a big deal. Everyone loves their celeb couples here, always wanting the details. But with the K-Pop fanbase, it’s much worse. Possessive fans, people having a harder time with accepting relationships, it’s scary. I get that here in America it is like that too but I've seen some scary shit in Seoul. Like you remember that whole mess with Kai and Krystal? And then Baekhyun and Taeyeon. Namjoon means well. He is just trying to think logically about it. I think he is planning on a way to announce your relationship but for now, he just wants to remain private. You see, you, you are impatient.”

“And what about it?”

She chuckled, “You want things to go your way and you don’t think sometimes before you make a decision. Namjoon plans and thinks carefully. He knows what he’s doing. I bet he’s even going to make a song for you, too. Ang, I feel like your relationship will be public but just not now. I know him. He is not embarrassed to date you. Trust him. Okay?”

Angelina sighed. “Yeah...I guess.”

"Good. Call back and apologize. That was mean to hang up on him,"

"Fine~," Angelina whined and called him back to talk things out. 

After she got off the phone, Jen spoke, “How was your dress rehearsal? Sorry, I couldn’t make it. All these interviews they want me in.”

“I am so happy that things are coming together. It's a huge honor to perform with The Weeknd. Like damn, what was I thinking trying to give up on the collab when my rap wasn’t working?”

“Yeah, what were you thinking? You were out of your mind when you told me that.”

Angelina laughed. “Yeah, yeah, well, again, thanks for being there for me and giving me that pep talk. I do need to lighten up. Oh and for our seats, I’m sitting with The Weeknd. You’ll be next to me. And guess who is sitting behind you~?”

“Who?”

“Shawn Mendes~!”

Jen widened her eyes. “No way!”

“Yes, way! And he’s pretty eager to meet you~! Jungkook about to lose his girlfriend~!” she teased.

“No~! He’s not,”

“Shawnnie is the new ship name for you guys. It’s so cute!”

“Oh my goodness.” 

"It is adorable. The mystery American girl in K-Pop with the guitar has charmed Canada's talented and handsome Shawn Mendes. Prepare yourself, sis. People are going to be looking for any sort of interaction between y'all,"

"First I need to make sure I don't pass out if I see this man,"

"Nah what you need to do is make sure Jungkook doesn't take the next flight over here," Angelina laughed.

"Stop~! It's going to be fine!"

------

The next day was finally the big day for Billboard. Jen was excited as her stylist, Janae came in with a few other stylists to prepare Angelina and her for the day. Both of them were in robes, vibing to one of Angelina’s playlists. They just finished eating breakfast and were now getting their makeup done.

After she put on her dress, Jennie checked herself out in the mirror. The white dress had a V neck, exposing the middle of her chest, and had a thigh high slit. She also wore the earrings that the fan gave her.

"Okay! Talk to me nice!“ Jen hyped Angelina up who spun around, modeling in her dress as she filmed her. "Work!”

Jennie then took a photo and then sent a photo to Jungkook.

Jen: Miss u!! You like it?

With Jungkook, who was at dance practice, took a break to see the message. He instantly almost dropped his phone, making Jimin notice and laugh.

“Jungkookie, you’ve been staring at the screen, motionless for the past five minutes. What are you looking at?” Jimin asked, peeking at his screen to see Jennie’s dress. He ended up laughing harder. “She’s so cute.”

JK: [image.jpg]

JK: AGHGAGHAJFAHHBWIFA.

JK: WOW!! I'm so proud to call you mine

She laughed at the image of him on the floor looking like he fainted dramatically.

Later, she browsed Twitter and found a tweet from Shawn Mendes, 'On my way to the Billboard Awards. I wonder where the girl with the guitar is. BTS_twt'

She smiled and playfully responded, 'I’m around. :) Come find me #Jen’

"GIRL! Come find me!?" Angelina laughed as she read the tweet.

"I was just trying to act cool!"

"All cool for Shawn? You are going to freeze. You freeze and stutter with everybody else,"

"Hush!"

Once they got in the van to make their way over to the show, Angelina took out her phone to film a Snapchat video with Jennie. “Billboard Awards here we comeeeee~!"

The anticipation heightened once they arrived, seeing fans waiting for the next celeb to walk out of their vehicle 

“You ready?” Jennie asked with a smile.

“As long as you’re with me, I’m ready for anything.” Angelina held her hand.

Once the door opened, Angelina and Jennie walked out hand in hand as screams and flash photography were heard. The two friends glanced at each other with a smile and walked to the magenta carpet, waving at fans who were shouting their names. Photographers shouted their names so they could look their way and get a good shot. Jen hasn’t been at this show since the Amity days and it was nice to be back.

ARMY found tweets from curious fans who had no idea who Jennie was or BTS when the broadcast announced that Jen and Angelina had arrived, giving background on both of them.

'The girl in the white dress is cute af! Wow, is she single?’

'She is looking like a snack! Both her and Angelina are!’

'All that melanin!’

'Wait isn’t that the baby from Amity!? She looks so good!’

It was crazy how all her faves were just walking around the carpet right in front of her. So many people she wanted to speak to and meet. It was going to be an interesting day. 

E! started their interview with them first.

“We are here with Angelina and a member of the Korean Pop Group, BTS, Jennie. Welcome ladies! How are you doing today?”

“I’m feeling less nervous now that my best friend is here with me.” Angelina gratefully said. “She’s holding me down.”

“Aw. I’m really happy to be here and support her. I am so excited to see her and The Weeknd perform. She deserves this. She’s worked so hard for this moment.” Jennie added.

“And the crazy thing is, he wasn’t even planning on performing today but then asked me to perform this song with him instead of him performing one of his solo songs. I was so shooked.”

“You two are definitely friendship goals. Angelina, anything to say about what to expect from your performance tonight?” the interviewer asked.

“Expect to let Angelina show you how it’s done on the stage. No doubt about that.”

“Angelina, we hear that you are working on your next album. Any word on when it will be released?”

“When you least expect it.” she teased.

“Any boyfriends? Are any of you seeing somebody?“

“Actually, yes.” Angelina proudly said, catching Jen off guard.

Was she about to leak her relationship on national TV?

Angelina smiled softly, “He’s a great man and he makes me very happy.”

“Who is the lucky guy?”

"That’s classified for now.”

"And what about you Jennie? Any man in your life?”

“Right now, I’m not looking for a man.” She responded with a smile, proud to be locked down with Jungkook who made her happy.

After some more interviews, Jen spotted her fansites around and approached them.

“No way, what are you guys doing here?” she laughed as they happily greeted her and told them they came to see her. “Wow, thank you! Hey, you got the braids I suggested. They look cute.” she pointed out to one of her fansites. 

A few months ago she spotted her at the airport and she asked Jennie about changing her hair to a different color.

“I’m glad you suggested the green box braids. They’re cute, I love it.” the fansite grinned.

“Good.” she turned to another fansite, “You. You’re the one who told me about that test. Did you pass?”

“Yes, I did! I got a B minus. Thankfully I got the extra credit questions right.”

“I knew you would! You make me so proud!”

As crazy as it may sound, Jen had decided to get closer to some of her fansites, especially the American ones, having a close bond with them.

When she saw the fansite that had been with her since the Amity Days, Jennie's eyes lit up, “I’m glad you’re here! I was hoping you’d come!”

“Wouldn’t miss it! You look so pretty! I'm happy you remember me!"

“Of course! And thank you! I just want to thank you all for your dedication and hard work. You guys really didn’t need to do this but the fact that you are all here to support me means so much. Want to take a selfie with one of your phones? If you’re comfortable with it.”

They all happily agreed, some choosing to block their faces with a mask if they didn't want to reveal who they were and Jen let Diana take the photo. Then she took individual selfies with each of them. She loved her fansites dearly.

“Diana, can you make sure they get fed today? They’re probably hungry from staying out all this time just to see me and take photos.” she requested. "My treat. And make sure they're hydrated,"

“You got it.” Diana got right to it.

Angelina and Jennie did some individual interviews but remained close to each other. 

“Here we are with Jennie of BTS! It’s been years since you attended the Billboard Awards. How does it feel to be back?”

“This is crazy. Although I’m not performing or anything, just being here to support my best friend is more than enough. I would say that I’m not nervous like I was when I was a kid with Amity.”

“Do you think that one day you’ll perform at the Billboard Awards?”

“That’d be cool. I’d like to if that’s possible. Whenever it’s featuring in a song or hey what if BTS could perform? I hope Billboard considers that, having a Korean act perform on their show. We make such great music. Please check out our album!"

“What did it feel like to get on that plane, without BTS to be here alone?”

“Weird. Like wow, my boys aren’t with me. I gotta do this by myself now. I like it although I do miss my boys. I know they’re watching so, hey guys!” she greeted them in Korean.

"Is there anyone, in particular, you’re looking forward to seeing?”

“Well...” she giggled nervously. “Shawn Mendes.”

"Have you seen the name people are calling you? Shawnnie. It's so cute,"

"Yeah, it is pretty cute. I wasn't expecting this big of a reaction from our fanbases. I'm so flattered. He is just so amazing and I hope today is the day I can finally meet him. I admire his work so much,"

"Aw. Is a collab between you two in the future?"

"If he wants to work with me, I would be so down. Fingers crossed! I'd love to work with him! Ah...he's a pretty amazing guy," she couldn't stop the big smile from appearing on her face.

-----

Shawn Mendes had been on the magenta carpet for a while, doing interviews and taking photos. His eyes lit up when the same interviewer who had talked with Jennie said that they recently interviewed the girl with the guitar.

"You did?" a big smile began to appear on his handsome features. "She's here? Oh man...my day just got better,"

"Yeah, she spoke very highly of you. What do you think of the girl with the guitar?"

"She's a pretty amazing girl. Her voice and the way she plays the guitar...blown away,"

"She told us she'd love to collab with you,"

"I want to collab with her, too," he immediately said, happy with her statement.

----

Jennie had a young male interview her as he introduced her to the camera. But once she looked directly at him, smiling charmingly, he began to stutter.

“So, Jennie y-you, I mean...I’m sorry,” he laughed nervously, trying to remember the question he was going to ask.

It looked like he was thrown off by her smile for a brief moment and got lost in her charm.

'Cute,’ she thought, amused.

“It’s okay,” she giggled.

“Sorry, this is my first time interviewing.”

“I’m glad I get to have the honor of you interviewing me for the first time. Let’s talk about how exciting the Billboard Awards are,” she tried to calm his nerves as they briefly talked about what they were looking forward to.

Once he felt at ease, he began to ask her his questions, “You did a cover for Stitches a while back. How did it feel for Shawn to acknowledge that?”

“I remember running all over the place when I found out. Someone that I admire as a performer watching my craft. Surreal. I can’t wait to meet him!”

“Do people notice you easily in South Korea?”

“Oh definitely. It’s so obvious to notice me. If it’s not my melanin, it’s my hair. So, people are quick to want to get autographs. I’m always happy to see the fans.”

“I have to say, an African American woman like you representing black women in an Asian country is very impressive. Are you aware of the supporters you have?”

“Yeah! It’s very overwhelming for sure. Words can’t explain how much of a blessing this is.” 

“And lastly, can you speak some Korean to the viewers?”

She nodded and looked at the camera, deciding to give a message to the fans and BTS, “Thank you for always supporting me. Your Bangtan Girl is doing well and is happy. I ate today, don’t worry. No, I am not dehydrated. Please look forward to Angelina’s performance. I love you! Fighting!”

“I have no idea what you said but it sounded great.” he chuckled with her as she translated her statement. 

She even taught him a few basic words before the interview was over which helped him relax even more. 

After their interview, he went on to put out a few tweets about her:

'I just interviewed BTS’ Jennie and just wow...her smile left me speechless. Her beauty made me stutter a bit,'

'I was surprised at how relaxed she is. This was my first time interviewing her and when I saw videos of her performing, I thought she was as hyper as she is on stage.’

'But here she has a calming demeanor. She is so chill. A very mellow and soothing person. Thank you, Jennie.’

------

As Shawn was being interviewed by E!, his eyes occasionally wandered around the area to see if he could spot Jennie. And when he did he began to get distracted while answering questions.

"Ah, I'm sorry, could you excuse me for a moment? I found her," he smiled kindly.

-----

Walking around with Angelina, taking photos, Jennie is nudged by her.

“Don’t look now but a certain someone is watching you~!” Angelina whispered.

“Who?” Jen whispered back.

“You know who.” she teased. Her statement made Jen widen her eyes and she attempted to take a peek but Angelina stopped her. “Girl, don’t make it obvious. But he staring at ya. Oh shit. He’s...walking over here. Oh my gosh, he’s walking over here.”

“What!?” Jen panicked, grabbing onto her. “What should I do?!"

“Be calm. Be calm. Go say hi. I’ll be over there.”

“You’re leaving?!” she asked in a high voice.

Patting Jen’s back with a giggle, Angelina began to walk away, “You got this.”

'Oh my God...' Jen thought.

Jennie’s heart continued to race as she didn’t know what to expect. Her celeb crush was strolling right where she was. She needed to control her nerves. She didn't even know what to say yet.

“Excuse me,” a gentle hand grabbed hers, making her stomach flip. “Girl with the guitar?”

Turning around, she looked up to meet his eyes. His smile made him look even more handsome up close as he looked pleased to see her.

When she found her voice, she broke out into a smile, “It looks like you found me.”

“Looks like I did. It’s nice to finally meet you. Wow.“ he moved to hug her as she eagerly wrapped her arms around him.

‘Oh my God, his hugs! Lord have mercy, he’s so cute.’ she squealed to herself.

Pulling away he asked, "What’s your name?”

“My name is Jennie. To be honest, I was trying to act all confident in front of you but in reality, I was nervous to meet you.”

He chuckled nervously, “You’re telling me, I had butterflies when making my way over to you. Your cover for my song, I was blown away by your performance. I really love your voice.”

“Aw really? I love your voice, too.” she felt her face heat up, “I’d love to make music with you.”

“Yeah, I’d love that too,"

She continued to have butterflies in her stomach as she talked with him and it finally set in that she was in the presence of one of her favorite artists. He was so pleasant and friendly towards her as they got to know each other.

Their interaction began to go viral because cameras were taking photos, recording them, and live tweeting about the interaction. Fans were freaking out at how they looked at each other and when Shawn reached out immediately for a hug. 

“The North America leg of my tour starts in July. Would you like to come by during one of the shows?” he asked. 

“Yes!” Jen’s eyes lit up. “I’ll double check my schedule and discuss it with Big Hit. If I can make it, I will definitely come. I may have some free time around the September 10th show. I will keep you posted.”

“Awesome! I'd love it if we'd be able to sing together at the show. Maybe we can sing I Know What You Did Last Summer." 

"For real!? You want me to sing that with you? I'll do Camila Cabello justice!"

"I know you will. It'll be fun. And when I write some new music maybe we can record a song or two together. Or like a remix of one of my songs. I really want to sing with you,"

Her heart soared at how eager he was to sing with her. She was thrilled her voice was able to touch him to be this excited about collaborating.

"Sounds like a plan! When BTS has their next tour, you should definitely come if you can.”

“I'd like that. So, you sing in Korean?”

“Uh huh. There are some English words in there, though. And we sing in Japanese when we create Japanese songs.”

“Wow, that sounds intense. Is it difficult for you?”

“Very. The most challenging for me is singing in Japanese. I’m still not quite familiar with that language but I’m trying my best to connect with our Japanese fans the best way I can. I'm still learning here and there with the language.”

"You're incredible,"

She giggled and covered her mouth. "Thank you,"

"I'll see you at the show. Can't wait to see you again soon," he pulled her in for another hug and walked away, leaving her face flushed.

Angelina laughed as she walked back over to Jennie and began to tease her in a high voice, "It's going to be OK, I was trying to act all cool! And yet Miss Walker froze and started giggling like a cute fangirl. I am so done with you. You folded faster than I anticipated,"

"Shut it!"

"So how'd it feel to be hugged by your celeb crush not once but twice? You two are trending on Twitter as we speak,"

"I am so happy,"

"Yeah, you keep cheesing. It's adorable,"

-------

Outside where all the production trucks were, Angelina and Jennie met up with Layla who wore a shirtless pink blazer and pink pants.

“Ooh! I see you. Look at you, exposing skin. We are SO back! This is a look~” Angelina complimented and hugged her

“I had to pop out. You two look so goooood!” Layla cheered. “Let’s take some pictures.”

Jen happily wrapped her arms around Layla, pressing her cheek against hers as they grinned goofily for the camera but in the background was Angelina photobombing with a meme face expression. Then they took some cute photos.

Jen posted the photos, 'I’m happy we got to see you! Looking forward to your solo music. Let’s leave the past behind,’

The photo went viral as soon as it was posted with Amity trending. Fans replied:

‘Three out of five! Come on, I hope the last two can make amends!’

‘Why are you still friends with her?’

'They look so fake’

'Three queens!‘

'I’m not crying! You are!’

'JENLA STANS RISE!’

'Awww I’m so happy they reunited and showed love to each other’

'Finally! Now we need Hailey and Trinity’

'I hope Hailey and Trinity can work things out with these three’

'I still don’t forgive her’

'This is the content I like to see. Positivity and uplifting each other’

‘People out here thinking Layla is some kind of demon. She apologized and they all made up. Let’s hope Hailey and Trinity can do the same and we can get an Amity reunion’

'THERE! Now STFU about them all hating each other’

'CHOKE HATERS!’

'Hailey, Trinity WYA? Apologize and get back together!’

'I prefer it to just be the three of them. No need for Hailey and Trinity’

'I don’t know how to feel about this. I just hope they’re all on good terms’

'I wonder what Hailey and Trinity think of this’

'Is anyone going to talk about Angelina in the background tho? LOL’

While Jen was backstage, Rihanna approached her as she stopped walking. 

"You!" Rihanna called out, causing Jennie to turn around in surprise. "You are a bad bitch!" she praised and brought up how she watched Jennie's dance cover of the GTA Remix of Bitch Better Have My Money. She even told her that she looked beautiful and had been watching her do her thing in BTS, seeing great things for her in the future.

'No fucking way I just met Rihanna and she's praising me! What the hell!? Ahhhhhh!' Jennie began freaking out in her head as she kept thanking her for the praises and began to fangirl over how much she adored her. 

Jennie was starstruck and managed to bring up how she had been one of her inspirations and hoped to be versatile in music like her. She even impressed Rihanna by speaking in Korean. The artist gave Jennie some words of wisdom while continuing to praise her for making a name for herself in Korea. 

The two took a few photos together and Jen posted them, making fans freak out, 'I met Rihanna! Ahhhh! She called me a bad bitch! Life is amazing! #Jen'

Jen even met DNCE and raved about her love for the guitar, building a big connection with them. Pete Wentz had approached her first and asked her about her guitar passions, since he recognized her from some Fall Out Boy covers she had posted. She even told him she would love to collaborate with Fall Out Boy and to check out BTS.

Fans quickly noticed that a few celebs had started following Jennie and BTS on social media,

'GUYS! Jennie is being followed by CELEBS! LOOK AT THIS! Fall Out Boy just followed her!’

'RIHANNA FOLLOWED JENNIE! RIHANNA IS FOLLOWING MORE K-POP IDOLS! G-DRAGON, TAEYANG, CL AND NOW JENNIE! OMG! DO YOU KNOW HOW BIG THAT IS!?'

'Rihanna recently liked a video of Jennie and J-Hope dancing to one of her songs, too!'

Jennie even met Justin Bieber and spoke on behalf of Jungkook of his admiration for him and that he covered a few of his songs. Justin personally asked for the links, promising to give them a listen. 

And once she ran into Shawn Mendes again, she finally took photos with him while Angelina took a few candids of them speaking and hugging.

Posting them on Twitter, Jen tweeted, 'Your girl met Shawn Mendes~! #Fangirling #HeCuteAF'

Fans trended #JennieMetShawn and #Shawnnie while tweeting,

'WE STAN’

'Jennie is NETWORKING NETWORKING! She's meeting everybody'

'COLLAB’

'Oh my God!’

'Lol he cute af, girl SAME'

'Biggest ship ever! This is so cute! I loved the anticipation of them finally meeting! This was worth the wait!'

'Somebody play Kid in Love by Shawn Mendes because this is adorable omg'

'LOOK AT HOW HE IS LOOKING AT HER! Kid In Love by Shawn Mendes!'

'A dream come true! I am so happy for her’

'BTS and Shawn fans, how we feeling?’

'SOBBING’

'YASSSSS’

'Wait isn’t this the BTS girl? OMG’

'Yooooooo’

'Legends!’

'My favs finally met!’

'I SHIP!’

'Look at how cheesy her smile is. She is so happy. Awwww’

'You deserve this!’

When they walked into the venue, as soon as BTS fans spotted Jennie walking, loud cheers were heard and she turned around to see them waving at her. She waved back and went to follow Angelina to where they’d be seated.

Throughout the show, fansites recorded Jen’s reactions, including her eating smarties during the show and frowning when she ran out of them. Then when she kept chewing her many pieces of gum like a cow fans thought it was hilarious and kind of cute. 

Shawn and Jennie even exchanged snacks during the event, as their fans continued to ship them. She was even kind enough to offer him smarties before she ran out which fans pointed out.

Fans made sure to get a good view of Jennie watching in admiration to Shawn Mendes performing Stitches and singing along. Once it was time for Angelina to perform with The Weeknd, who had won many awards that night, Jen was the first one to stand up and dance, hyping them up as their performance moved the entire crowd. Angelina had walked out on stage with a purpose, as she rapped aggressively while The Weeknd was next to her. 

Being nervous was an understatement for her. It was a big moment but when she locked eyes with Jennie who was cheering her on in the crowd, it completely made her feel at ease.

Jennie was like her remedy. Angelina would always call her, even if their time zones were different. Call her for things such as calming her down when she’s nervous, feeling hopeless, having issues, and wanting a second ear to listen to her craft. No matter what, Jen always encouraged her to communicate no matter the time it was in Korea. And to see her best friend here to support her, meant everything.

After the performance, Jen made her way backstage, rushing towards Angelina who had tears of joy in her eyes.

“You were amazing! I am SO proud of you!” Jen squealed and embraced her.

Unable to hold it in, Angelina began to cry, fortunate about the performance as The Weeknd joined in the group hug.

“You did so well! You killed it out there. We had fun out there, didn’t we?” he cheered.

“Hell yeah.” Angelina pulled away. “Thank you so much for this opportunity. That was so fun, man. Like damn, we really did that!”

As the staff backstage was all congratulating them, they wanted Angelina and The Weeknd to take a photo to post on Billboard’s social media.

Fans tweet:

‘Angelina is that bitch!’

‘RAW! Just RAW! The Weeknd and Angelina killed it’

‘Angelina did what she had to do!’

‘The fact that The Weeknd wasn’t even planning on performing tonight and decided to perform with Angelina! LOVE!’

‘This was FIRE!’

Later, Jennie even met Fifth Harmony and bonded with them quickly as they talked about their music. She praised their work and hoped for more success for them. She found herself vibing with Normani and Camila the most. She took tons of photos with the group and planned to keep in touch with all of them.

When the girls left, Camila Cabello stayed behind to speak to her further.

“Hey, I know this may be a bit abrupt but I wanted to ask you, you were the first to leave Amity, right?”

“Yeah! It was hard to make that decision but sometimes you just gotta spread your wings and go somewhere you think is better for you.” Jen responded. “It may be a tough decision but you need to do what is best for your life and you need to be happy. So, if you have music that you want to share with the world or a vision and where you are is not doing that for you, perhaps it’s time to go another route. That’s what I thought of when I left Amity. It sucks about what happened. I hope one day we can all be friends again and not be on bad terms but I do not regret leaving. It was the best decision for me.”

Camila nodded and smiled softly. “Thank you. I’ll remember that.”

“Are you...getting ideas?”

Camila hesitated. “I know we just met and all but you understand how I feel. I just want to explore my individuality as an artist. I love this group. But I feel like I can do so much more without being held back.”

Jennie nodded and held her hands while giving her a bright smile. “All of you are so talented in that group. And whenever you all want to do solo stuff, I hope it's just as successful as what you have achieved so far in the group. And you have me as your new friend. I'll support you,"

"You're really sweet, thank you. I'll support you, too. You said you're in a K-Pop group, now?"

"Yes. Korean pop. The group is called BTS. There are 7 guys and 1 chick, yours truly,"

“Wow, there’s a lot of you. It must be tough yet empowering being the only girl in the group, right?”

“It has its challenges but it is very rewarding.”

“Have you thought of doing some solo work in the future?”

“Yeah, I have a lot of stuff in my documents. The guys got stuff cooking too but we're still united and will remain a group. The stuff I have been working on I am not quite ready to release yet. I want to touch up on the songs as well. One day the world will hear it. Maybe in a few years. For now, I’d like to continue focusing on the group’s activities. The company I'm in now gives us more creative freedom than when I was in SongStress,”

----------

When Angelina and Jen made their way back to the hotel, they relaxed in bed, eating snacks.

“Just an FYI, Shawn was totally staring at you throughout the entire show.” Angelina giggled.

“Don’t play.” Jennie playfully kicked her.

“He was! He kept smiling and everything. I bet he likes you. He’s going to be disappointed when he finds out you’re taken~ haha,”

“I doubt that. He's just very happy to meet me,” she chuckled.

"You'd be surprised the guys that be watching you. I mean think of Jungkook and how long he's been watching you and pinning for you,"

Jen smiled as she thought of how things came about with her and Jungkook. "Touche,"

“Okay, so I wanted to wait until after the show to tell you this...” Angelina’s tone changed into a more joyful one.

“What happened?”

“So, you know the XXL Magazine, right? How they have their freshman class? Well...I’m going to be the only female in this year’s class!“

Jen’s eyes widened. “What!? Oh my gosh! That’s friggin huge!” she yelled in excitement and pulled her in for a hug as they both started freaking out.

“Ahhhh! Thank you!”

“When did you find out?!”

“A few days ago! I was on cloud nine! I cried when they told me. Things are really coming up for me. I can’t believe this. I’m really doing it. I am doing the things I wanted to do. Songstress couldn’t give that to me. But I persevered and now I’m doing my own thing.”

“As you should! What will you be doing there?”

“I’m supposed to be recording freestyles, cyphers, solo and group interviews. I am so excited.”

“Lit! I cannot wait to check it out!”

“You have K-Con coming up, right? I was wondering if you wanted to watch me film for the magazine. I’m really nervous about it. But with you there, I can feel a little more at ease. Ugh, I’m sorry. I always ask you to accompany me to all these events.”

“No, no, it’s fine, I’m glad you want me around to watch your success! You watch my success! We’re best friends. Of course, I’m going to be there and watch you grow. If Big Hit can let me attend, I will attend,"

“Thanks. It’s just that you just make me feel more confident and give me a sense of security. Like I have someone with me besides my manager and team that I can trust fully and can help me no matter what. I have my other friends in the industry but you are my number one. When I was on that stage tonight, when I saw you, my nervousness went away. You’ve always been there for me. So, I wanted to say thank you for the tenth thousandth time. I'll work on not getting so nervous when you're not there. But for now, in this moment, thank you for being here,"

Jen laughed. “You’re very welcome for the tenth thousandth time. If I’m free, I’ll tag along.”

“I love you,” Angelina gave her a big kiss on the cheek and another tight hug.

“I love you, too!”

“So, have you told your parents you’re dating Jungkook?” she pulled away.

Jen exhaled. “No. They don’t know yet. Jungkook is eager to see them when we travel for K-Con. He wants to tell them about us. He’s been trying to bring it up for a while and last time we finally had a conversation about it after I couldn’t think of another way to get out of it.”

She thought about the conversation.

-----

“Since we’ll be back in America for K-Con, let’s give your family a visit. It’ll be great to tell them about us,” Jungkook happily smiled.

Jennie hesitated. Truth be told, she’s been trying to avoid this conversation. He’s been bringing it up for a while now. And lately, he seemed even more persistent as the event was approaching rather quickly.

“Let’s...wait a little longer,” she murmured with an apologetic smile.

Normally when she said that, Jungkook would leave it be. But this time, he didn’t want to. 

“Jennie, you’ve been avoiding this conversation for a while. Every time I mention it you freeze and act weird. What is the problem?” he spoke up with a frown. “Are you...”

“Never.” she cut him off, knowing what he was about to say.

She shook her head and let out a breath. Maybe it was time to let him know her feelings. She should be open about this and communicate.

“Tell me,” he softly added, placing his large, warm hand on hers.

“I’m nervous about it,” she admitted, looking down. “My dad is totally fine. I know he’ll happily accept you. He loves you and the rest of Bangtan. But my mom...she’s...not that open-minded and is one of those family members who would rather have me date within my race. And I can just see the disappointment now. I don’t want to deal with it. I don’t want you to deal with that.”

Jungkook’s eyes softened as he listened to her vent.

“It sucks. You make me so happy. And I love being in this relationship with you. But I don’t want any negativity from my mom and her views. I don’t want that to interfere with what we have. I don’t want to have an argument with her about you. I know I'm going to just get angry and lash out at her for not being happy for me that I found someone who sees me for me. I just wished she'd stop looking at color and just look at the personality of the person,"

Lifting up her chin, he smiled in reassurance. “It’s okay. We can make it work. I will do whatever I can to be accepted by your mom. So, she can support us. Trust me. Things are going to be fine. I promise.”

-------

Jennie exhaled sharply at the memory while telling Angelina everything.

“I am freaking out, Angelina. I just...I don’t want to deal with my mom on this,"

“Hey. Trust in him. If he says he got you covered and things will be all right, trust him. I bet he’s had this all planned out on telling your parents that you’re dating. And I hope that ya mama can stop being so closed minded. It is 2016. Get with the program.”

“You’re telling me,” Jen chuckled. "But yeah, you're right. I will trust in Jungkook. He always knows how to make things right. I can do this with him,"

------

The next afternoon, Jennie got ready for the day and finished baking, getting teased by Angelina about it.

"And you baked for him!? Girl...good luck when you go back to Seoul," Angelina laughed out loud. 

"Shut up! I'm trying to be nice and leave a good impression!"

"Girl, you already made a good impression when you covered Stitches. Shawn is already smitten with you. Poor Jungkook," she teased.

"What!? Jungkook knows I bake for everybody! I baked for him and Bangtan before I left!"

"Uh huh,"

Jennie proceeded to get filmed for a Bangtan Bomb as the camera followed her to find Shawn's hotel room.

“I am on my way to surprise Shawn Mendes!” she cheered. “I baked him cupcakes and before I leave I want to give them to him. I hope he likes them. I’m super nervous,”

Knocking on the door, it took a moment for him to open up, dressed for the day. When he took a look at her, his eyes lit up.

“Jennie!”

“Hey! I wanted to stop by and say hi! And to give you these. I baked these for you.”

She walked inside his room after he let her in and presented him with Harry Potter themed cupcakes.

“Oh wow! These are for me? Thank you so much! And it’s Harry Potter!” he said with excitement.

He was so going to enjoy these on the road.

"Yeah! I remember you loving Harry Potter. I gotta take the test to see which house I'm in. You're Gryffindor, right?"

"Correct! I bet you'd be Gryffindor with me since you're so extraordinary,"

Feeling her face flush at the compliment, she giggled. "Thank you. I'll keep you posted on my results when I take the test. I hope the cupcakes taste good. I know your schedule is busy, I won’t keep you long but I hope we can see each other again, real soon,”

“Yeah! We’ll definitely keep in touch. Let’s take another photo before you go.” He suggested

“Yeah! Sure!”

Their interactions with each other were talked about immediately and even made K-Pop articles. 

‘Sparkling Friendship between BTS’ Jennie and Shawn Mendes’

It talked about the two meeting at the award show and his recent Instagram post of his photo with her and the cupcakes as the caption said, 'I am so happy I finally got to meet you. Your warm, positive energy is infectious. One of the sweetest, and kindest interactions I had. Thank you, Jennie. Can't wait to sing with you. See u soon.'

Fans commented:

'WE STAN!’

'Awwwww’

‘Jennie has won at life’

‘She must be on cloud nine! Not only did she meet him but the girl was bold enough to bake for the man. Girlfriend material!’

‘Get you a girl that bakes for you!’

'I love how she bakes for everybody she meets. Bangtan is so lucky to eat her baking 24/7'

‘Now date!’

‘Collab!’

‘Thank you for being so kind to our Miss Bangtan. This means so much to her. I’m glad you two met!’

After hanging with Shawn, Jen and Angelina went to get a quick workout at the hotel gym. 

"I'm telling you! Jungkook is going to freak when he finds out about you baking for the man," Angelina laughed

"I bake for everyone!" Jennie countered. "We've been over this,"

"I wonder how jealous he's gonna be,"

"Shut it! He'll be fine...hopefully...aw man, he's probably losing it, right now," she groaned. 

"Oh yeah," Angelina giggled.

After their workout, they hear a voice say "Excuse me,"

Turning around, Jennie looked surprised. “Oh my gosh, hi!”

“Hi! It’s nice that I finally found you!” Halsey grinned, with a box in her hands. 

“Me!? Hi! Oh my gosh, you’re Halsey! Hi! I-I love Badlands!”

“You said hi like three times,” Angelina laughed, making Halsey laugh too before she greeted Angelina whom she already knew.

“It’s okay, I’m nervous too. Thanks for listening to my music. I’ve been wanting to say hello to you since the show but I had to leave before I could find you. How are you?”

“I’m great! The show was so much fun. I hope that I can attend next year too and with BTS,"

"Yeah! I'd love to meet the boys!"

"I'm sure they'd be happy to meet you. I would hug you but I’m sweaty,”

“Oh, it’s fine. I’m about to leave and I know you’re about to go back to Korea but I wanted to give you this. It’s a big case of smarties. I did my research and saw that this is your favorite snack so I wanted to give you this,” she presented the box to her.

“Oh no, more smarties. You’ve done it now, Halsey,” Angelina teased.

“What!? Oh my gosh, thank you! Wow! I am so eating these on the plane,” Jen said excitedly.

“You're welcome! I hope you enjoy them! I’m doing the rest of my Badlands tour in America and if you’re free, stop by!”

“If I can make it, I will! And I’ll bake something for you. I baked something for Shawn earlier,”

“I saw! It looks great, I would love to try your baking. You want to take a picture?"

“Yeah! Let’s!”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 80- Taking Things A Little Further

Chapter Summary: Jennie returns to Korea as BTS prepares for their Festa. Jennie hangs with Big Bang. Jennie comforts Jungkook and calls out the Flower Crew cast for how they mistreated him during filming. JenKook start a Twitch gaming channel together. 

Words: 7,000+

-------

With the guys back in Seoul, they were shooked and happy to see Jennie take so many photos with several celebs.

“Aw~! Munchkin finally got to meet him.” Hobi pointed out the photos with her and Shawn.

"Did he have to hug her so tightly?" Jungkook grumbled, frowning at the hug while the guys laughed and teased him. 

“Look at how big she’s smiling!” Taehyung giggled.

“She’s cheesing, huh?” Yoongi chuckled.

“That smile is so wide. She must’ve been blushing.” Jimin pointed out.

"You think you're gonna lose your girlfriend?" Namjoon teased while the members played along.

"Shut up!" Jungkook whined, trying to hit the guys while they laughed.

“Wow, she met Ludacris and 50 Cent!” Hobi said in awe, pointing at the photos she had taken backstage with all these celebs.

They watched a video of Jennie teaching Ludacris Korean backstage on Billboard’s Twitter.

“So, how do you say it?” Ludacris asked as he tried to say hello in Korean after Jennie repeated the word slowly for him.

The boys laughed at the video and liked his pronunciation of the word.

It seemed like BTS’ name was traveling fast because Jennie was in a lot of videos with several celebs and Billboard staff as she talked about Korean Pop. Which was a great thing as she put out the idea of having K-Pop groups attend Billboard one day.

----

As soon as she arrived back in Korea, she had to go straight to work. Arriving at Big Hit’s building, she went to her studio, quickly changing into her outfit for dance practice. Turning to her desk, she saw smarties and a cute note connected to it. 

Smiling softly, she examined it to see that it was from Jungkook, who drew a small doodle of a bunny and a hamster.

‘I missed you! I hope you had a great flight. Enjoy these. See you at practice. I love you’ – JK

Walking into the dance studio with her gym bag, posing dramatically at the door, she announced, “I’m back~!”

The guys stopped talking and turned to her with bright smiles on their faces. “Jennie~! Yay~!” the members happily cheered and rushed over to her as she laughed.

“Ennie’s back! Ennie’s back!” Taehyung beamed.

“How was the show? We saw all your pictures. It’s like you met everybody,” Namjoon exclaimed.

“How’s Shawn?” Jungkook asked with jealousy, crossing his arms, and making the guys laugh. “You seemed to have a lot of fun with him. Even baked for him, too. When was the last time you baked for me? I’m always up for your baking.”

“Someone’s jealous,” Hobi teased, nudging Jungkook as he playfully hit him back.

"Yeah, Jungkook was complaining a lot when he saw the photos and videos of you and Shawn Mendes," Jimin laughed, throwing him under the bus.

"They have a cute ship name, too!" Jin brought up in a fit of giggles while Jungkook glared at him.

“Oh, would you relax?" Jen giggled at Jungkook. "Shawn has a girlfriend. He told me they're dating privately which is what we're doing. Shawn and I are friends. I think we're going to be the best musical partners going forward when we start collaborating. Anyway, he's great. Everything is great. I'm so glad I went to the show,"

“Angelina was amazing. I had to watch her perform a couple of times. Just wow. Blown away.” Namjoon added.

“Right?! I am so proud of her! She deserves everything!” she went to hug Jungkook who leaned down to kiss her. “So, Silver Spoon, right? And then rehearsing for our Festa?”

“Right on. We’re being filmed for a Bangtan Bomb for this dance practice too,” Hobi added. 

“All right, let’s do this.”

“Let’s have someone take over Hoseok’s dance part at the end of Crow-tit.” Yoongi suggested. 

Hobi agreed since he always did the dance break. After a game of Rock, paper, scissors, Yoongi was the one to lose and would have to do the dance break. As soon as he realized he lost, he dropped to his knees while everyone laughed.

“Yoongi Hyung’s got it!” Jimin cackled.

“I’m glad it ain’t me!” Jen high fived Jimin, celebrating.

After pulling themselves together, they got in position to dance. Jen stood next to Jungkook as their backs were facing the camera and the music came on. Quickly turning around, they shimmy on the beat. As they walked towards the camera, Jen put up three fingers and counted down just before Rapmon began his verse.

They call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

hwangsae deoge nae garangin taengtaeng

Her weak pelvic thrusts caught the attention of those around her as they laughed at her while she stuck her tongue out. If they don’t leave her alone. Perhaps she’ll just freestyle and shake her ass instead next time.

So call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

Moving out of the shot, she watched as Hobi, Jimin, and Jungkook danced. She stood in the background with V and decided to dance with him as they both started to dab and laugh.

alba gamyeon yeoljeongpei

hakgyo gamyeon seonsaengnim

sangsadeureun haengpae

eolloneseon maennal myeot po sedae

Once Rapmon was about to rap, she came back into the picture with him.

rul bakkwo change change

She stood in between Jimin and Rapmon and as she kicked, she put a little bit more fierceness into it as she thrusted her shoulder forward.

hwangsaedeureun wonhae wonhae maintain

geureogeneun an doeji BANG BANG

As they moved around, she stood behind a kneeling Jimin, while Jungkook was next to her as they put up gun signs. Then, she started bodyrolling in sync with him.

igeon jeongsangi anya

igeon jeongsangi anya

Grabbing Jimin’s cap, she took it off his head and placed it on hers instead as he stood up and gave her a playful glare. She stuck her tongue out in response.

ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsae!

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok

She froze with the rest of the members until Jungkook low fived Hobi and they all leaned back in sync.

ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

Standing in the middle while the guys were dancing around, Jen began doing the shmoney dance for fun.

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“silmang an sikyeo.” she lipsynced with Jimin

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“ireum gabt hane.”

Jimin took his cap back and placed it on his head as they danced with each other, rocking to the beat. Then he got to the front as she stood behind him while they all moved their leg up coolly.

yeoksi hwangsaeya

“da haemeogeora.”

yeoksi hwangsaeya

Hwangsaeya

Jumping to the front, J-Hope continued the chorus as Jen put her own flavor into the leaning to the side dance move by looking extra and having a surprised expression on her face.

They call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

hwangsae deoge nae garangin taengtaeng

Instead of the pelvic thrusting, she decided to shake her ass, which she felt much better doing as she turned around for her butt to face the camera. She got a kick in the butt in response by Jin who wasn’t too happy, which made her laugh.

So call me baebsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

Swiping Jimin’s cap off his head again, he laughed as he walked out of the shot while Jen stayed to dance around Suga with Rapmon. She decided to copy Rapmon’s moves as he laughed at her.

nan baepsaedari neon hwangsaedari

gyaenen malhaji ‘nae darin baekman buljjari’

nae ge jjarbeunde eojji gateun jongmok hani?

They say ‘ttokgateun chowonimyeon gwaenchanjanhni!’

Never Never Never

rul bakkwo change change

hwangsaedeureun wonhae wonhae maintain

geureogeneun an doeji BANG BANG

igeon jeongsangi anya

igeon jeongsangi anya

Walking over to the front, she adjusted Jimin’s cap on her head and started to lipsync, “ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo. ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo.”

Tapping the side of her shoe, she smoothly leaned back while the rest of the members froze until it was their cue.

“ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok. ah noraguna ssaksuga.”

yeoksi hwangsae!

She pointed to Jungkook, who lifted up his leg and arms, pretending to be a bird, with the guys. Jimin started to move past her to the front as they made eye contact and laughed again. She then placed his cap back on his head.

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsaeya

Jungkook started doing one of his meme dances which made Jennie laugh as she continued the choreography.

nae tasirani neo nongdamiji

gongpyeonghadani oh are you crazy

ige jeonguirani you mu be kiddin’ me!

You mu be kiddin’ me

you you mu be kiddin’ me!

After he finished lipsyncing, Taehyung jumped on his back and slapped his butt as he walked back to his position.

ah noryeoknoryeok taryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

Being extra, she decided to lean back farther than usual, which would be a big rewind moment for reactors on YouTube.

ah noraguna ssaksuga

yeoksi hwangsae!

noryeoktaryeong jom geumandwo

ah ogeuradeureo nae du sonbaldo

ah noryeok noryeok ah noryeok noryeok

ah noraguna ssaksuga

urin baepsaeya

“silmang an sikyeo.” Jen and Jimin lipsync again. Jimin decided to copy her shmoney dance as she laughed and did it with him.

urin baepsaeya

“ireumgabthane.”

Afterwards, it was Yoongi’s time to shine as he started twerking with everyone hyping him up.

“WORK!” Jen cheered, laughing with Jimin while Rapmon covered his mouth.

So call me baepsae

yokbwatji i sedae

ppalli chase ’em

geumsujeoro taeeonan nae seonsaengnim

After the ending pose, Taehyung kicked Hobi’s butt and the recording ended as everyone caught their breath.

Now it was on to practicing for the Festa. The practice room was filled with Hobi’s “Ba bams” and music as he helped Jin with his solo dance while Jimin helped Rapmon with his. V walked around rapping for Cypher Part 3, and Jennie walked around to go over the lyrics for Sunmi’s Full Moon since she’ll be singing and dancing. Including rapping Lena’s part.

Yoongi was with her as he listened closely to her rapping.

“Perfect weather, can get no better,” she rapped smoothly as he nodded. “Everything around us so so real yo. Tonight, it’s the night, boreumdareul jomyeong sama, sarangeul soksagigi ttak joheun bam.”

“geudae soneul japgo Walking on the moon, gutge dachin mun ppajimeobsi yeoreo, oraetdongan gidaryeo watdeon kkum.” she messed up on transitioning back to Sunmi’s verse and stopped singing altogether.

“You sound good, smartie,” Yoongi praised. “Let’s just work on how to control your breathing,”

She needed to make sure her transition from the rap to the chorus wasn’t sloppy as she worked hard on her breath control and timing. Maybe breathing through her nose will help. 

After working on the lyrics, she focused on practicing with Jimin and Jungkook for the Coming of Age Ceremony cover. She swiped Jimin's hat off his head again to wear as they rehearsed. At one point she slut dropped all extra, making the boys laugh at her randomness. 

As the song continued to play, she listened closely to the lyrics. ‘I’m not a little innocent girl anymore, you don’t need to hesitate any longer,’

“Wow, a relatable song to me,” she commented, making Jin stop working on his Festa project.

“What do you mean relatable!?” he called out.

“I was joking,” she quickly replied.

“You better be,” he pointed to her, narrowing his eyes, and making her giggle.

“SKRT!” V shouted on the mic as Cypher pt 3 came on. “SKRT SKRT! SKRT!”

‘This man is a character,’ she thought with a chuckle.

“Hi, Kim Taehyung, I’m so happy I get to rap like this,” he rapped.

On camera, Jennie was standing in the background, smirking at her phone in amusement while nodding her head to his flow. She was going over the lyrics for her performance. 

Jimin’s hat was taken off her head and she looked up to see Jungkook placing his hat on hers instead. It looked like he was a little jealous to see her wearing Jimin’s hat. He planned on leaning down for a kiss but then remembered the camera was on them since Taehyung was rapping in front of them for a Bangtan Bomb. Although it could just be edited, he decided not to take the risk. Instead, he stood with her as they watched him rap.

“Hyung, you really shouldn’t rap,” Jungkook immediately chuckled after he finished the song

“Jungkook.” Jen scolded and turned to V, “Don’t listen to him. I’m your biggest supporter on this no matter what. You killed it. Just keep practicing. Army is going to be excited over it,”

A boxy smile came across V’s face as he looked at her with appreciation.

Later, Jen stared at Yoongi and Hobi wide-eyed and started laughing as they sang dramatically, practicing their cover of Homme’s I Ate Well.

“It’s a big mistake to ask them to do this. I’m extremely good at harmonizing. We should’ve done it together. It’s such a pity.” Rapmon complained.

“AHHHHHHHHHHH~!” Hobi screamed out while singing, causing Jennie to look up from her lyrics, furrowing her eyebrows. The camera caught her reaction and it was sure to become the next K-pop meme as Jungkook and Jin laughed at them.

“Oh yeaaaaaaaaah oooooooohhhhhhhhhh~!” Yoongi sang out

While the guys were doing their own thing, Jennie finally started to practice Sunmi’s Full Moon dance. There was a couch against the wall that she used as she put on the song to practice. Concentration was on her face as she drowned out all distractions to make sure she got this choreography and sensuality right. But Yoongi and Hobi decided to mess with her by sitting next to her on the couch to try to copy her moves. She suppressed a laugh as she continued to dance.

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, nal boreowayo

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone seodulleojwoyo

As she danced to the chorus, angling her arms up in the air like a moon, Jungkook, Yoongi, and Hobi copied her and pretended to be her backup dancers.

She slowly kneeled and rubbed her hands together.

Eh eh eh eh eh

Eh eh eh eh eh

Eh eh eh eh eh

---------

After practice, Jennie went to meet up with Big Bang as G-Dragon invited her to go eat with them. The excitement in her was building as she made her way to a private section of the restaurant where he was waiting for her.

“Jennie,” his eyes lit up as she went to hug him.

“I missed you! What’s been going on?”

“Touring has been fun. Just enjoying every day. So, does BTS know you’re going to be hanging out with Big Bang?”

She smiled sheepishly, “Not...yet.”

They both laughed.

“I’ll let you be my little secret for a little while longer,” she added. “It’ll be nice if we can all hang out one day. I’m sure the guys would flip.”

As they walked over to the table, Jennie was met by excited smiles from the members.

“Here she is. Miss Jennifer.” G-Dragon announced

“Hey!” she waved excitedly.

“Jennie! Welcome!” Seungri happily greeted which caught her by surprise.

“So, you’re the precious Jennie hyung is always blabbing on about. Nice to finally meet you!” Taeyang smiled.

Jen’s face immediately heated up by the way he was smiling so charmingly. It was surprising to her that they knew her name. Like Big Bang knows who she is!? That’s amazing.

When her eyes met TOP's, she almost fainted.

He smiled softly. "It's nice to finally meet you, Jennie,"

"Oh my gosh, hi~!" she giggled, making the guys laugh at her enthusiasm towards him. 

Taking a seat next to G-Dragon and Seungri, she was welcomed with open arms. She watched the group bicker and crack jokes which made her laugh. It made her think of her bond with BTS and she hoped it would remain as strong as theirs.

“I baked some cookies for you guys! I hope you like them. Thanks for having me here.” she took out her bag and placed it on the table to reveal a big container of various chewy cookies. They immediately thanked her as they looked at the cookies happily.

“I like her even more,” Daesung called out with a laugh, making her smile.

“Oh wow, thank you!” Seungri happily took the container of cookies.

“It’s for all of us,” TOP called out, grabbing a hold of it, and pulling it to him.

“Yeah, bring it to the middle of the table so we can all share,” Taeyang added, bringing it to the table which made Seungri pout. “Jennie, BTS’ fire comeback is very impressive.”

“Thank you, that means so much coming from you. The guys will be stoked to hear about you liking the comeback,” she said. “I have to give thanks to G-Dragon for helping me.”

“Seeing your hard work pay off is great to see. You’re doing well,” G-Dragon praised.

“Speaking of fire, TOP caught me making a dance video about it,” Seungri laughed.

“Oh really?! You have the video?” she eagerly asked while G-Dragon and Daesung snickered at the memory, shaking their heads.

“Way ahead of you,” TOP took out his phone to show the video of him secretly filming Seungri in a dance room, making everyone at the table laugh.

“We should make a dance cover video of fire,” Jen suggested.

Seungri seemed to enjoy the idea and wanted to make plans to film a cover with her for fire soon. 

“How is the idol life for you? Any questions?” Daesung asked.

“Yes. I hate to kill the mood but I feel like you guys are the best to ask about this. Um, how do you guys deal with sasaengs? Because I think I was followed by a few when I went to the billboard awards.” she frowned.

“What happened at Billboard?”

“I just always feel eyes on me. It’s crazy about the idea of being followed. And I hope it doesn’t get worse with family being involved.”

“That’s the worst when they start following our families.” TOP sighed and rubbed his temples. “One thing I recommend is speaking up about it. Call them out. Be stern about it. Enough is enough. Stand up for yourself. And keep Big Hit informed,”

“I will. I've been taking self defense classes, too. So, I do feel good about defending myself if anything comes to that.

“You hear that, hyung? Don’t make her upset or she’ll beat you up,” Seungri teased.

“I wouldn’t do that to you,” Jen reassured TOP, as the members laughed.

“You know with me, I had to move at one point because some crazy girls were hiding around my apartment at night. It was shocking. So, I moved to a more private apartment.” G-Dragon mentioned.

“There are times I can’t even get in,” Taeyang added.

“Just let me know when you visit,”

“I do!” Taeyang turned to Jennie and joked, “I feel like he just doesn’t want to see me,”

“You guys are about to celebrate ten years as a group,” Jen brought up in amazement. “Right now Bangtan and I are focusing on our annual Festa. We’re celebrating three years. Time is flying so fast. I hope that we can last a long time like you. Ten years is astonishing. So much hard work and dedication. It’s inspiring,”

“You will,” G-Dragon predicted. “I can see that BTS has a bond like no other. No matter the hardships, teamwork is how to do it. You made it this far. You’re going to soar.”

“Namjoon always told me teamwork makes the dream work as our fans work with us to be the best that we can be,”

After their lunch, the members posted photos from their outing. Seungri posted a selfie of him gobbling up Jen’s cookies while she pretended to look at him like he was crazy and captioned it, ‘Nice to meet u, Jennie! I’m keeping the cookies hyungs!’

Daesung posted a cute photo of them hugging, 'Nice to meet you, Jennie! Thanks for the cookies! You are going to do well in the industry,'

G-Dragon posted a group photo that they took during the lunch with the caption, ‘Big Bang X JW.’

Taeyang had posted a cute selfie with Jen with the caption, ‘Dope Meeting, congratz’

TOP posted a photo of him and Jennie looking cool for the camera. With the caption, ‘W Jennie’

--------

'God...give me the strength. Because I’m trying my hardest to mature and keep in this frustration. But people keep trying me. #Jen’ Jen tweeted as ARMY commented on asking her if it had something to do with Flower Crew.

Earlier today, she had checked out the first episode of Jungkook staring on Flower Crew while taking a break from shopping. He had been talking about it for weeks and was extremely excited to be able to be on a variety show by himself. She thought it would be an amazing experience for him.

But when she watched the show, things started to go downhill as her blood began to boil. Jungkook bought burgers for the cast and then Jo Se Ho decided to act like an asshole and claim they were leftovers, making Jungkook upset and embarrassed.

An irate Jennie had to go on Twitter to tweet and then begin to type out her rant on her notes to post as photos for Twitter. She knew some would most likely criticize her for speaking about someone older than her in Korea like this but this needed to be said. You shouldn’t treat someone any type of way regardless of age. Her heart ached to watch Jungkook look so bummed and uncomfortable during the show. He did not deserve that.

When she brought it up to the members via text, they immediately went to Jungkook to get him to explain what happened as they all went into full protection mode.

“Why didn’t you tell us about this?” Namjoon asked.

Jungkook cringed at the memory and looked down. “It was embarrassing...”

The guys had sat him down to give him a pep talk and to make him feel better, they went out to treat him to lamb skewers.

Jungkook scrolled through Twitter and noticed a series of new tweets from their account, including Jen’s photos of her rant through her notes. He started to read:

‘With all due respect, what made you think your actions towards my best friend were OK? He’s on his first variety show alone, so excited, and took time out of his day and money to treat you and the rest of the cast to burgers. And you say they’re leftovers? You’ve got to be joking me! That’s not cool, Jo Se Ho. Jungkook is one of the kindest, sweetest souls in this world and for you to treat him like that is revolting. Apologize. Immediately. You lucky I wasn’t on the show because I probably would’ve been criticized and asked to leave after what I would’ve said to you on TV. This is unacceptable behavior. The heck is wrong with you acting like this on TV to someone? Grow up. Encourage us young people, not berate and embarrass us. ARMY, stay away from the cast's social media. This is the first and last time I’m giving this joke of a man the time of day. Don’t attack him online or the rest of the cast. It’s going to give a bad rep. You’re better than this. You do not need to attack anyone on social media, so please chill out, and let’s focus on more positive matters. Let us continue to give Jungkook love and support. Kookie, my Marvel bestie, your banana milk is waiting for you.’

Fans tweeted:

'OMGGG’

'Miss Bangtan said to not attack him online! Respect her request. We are better than this’

'Jennie snapped!’

'Can they date?’

'JenKook RISE! She said what she said!’

'And she’s giving him banana milk. Awwww. Thank you for speaking up Jennie’

'DRAG HIM!’

'Miss Bangtan has spoken! Thank you for being a great friend to Jungkook’

'THIS is friendship. She’s giving him banana milk!’

'I really want them to date. Because that last part was cute af.’

When Jen arrived back at the dorm, she had placed five bottles of banana milk down for Jungkook as he smiled appreciatively. He was then met with a tight hug from her and they stayed like that for a while.

“How are you feeling?” she asked with her head against his chest.

“I’m feeling much better now. Thank you,”

She looked up at him as he looked down with a smile. “Don’t mention it. Don’t let people take advantage of your kindness like that. And don’t let this ruin your variety show experience. He was a big jerk.“

“I won’t. I prefer Running Man. Especially when it’s with you,”

"We’ll be on another episode of Running Man, soon enough, okay?”

“Okay.”

The next morning, Jennie felt like she was about to die as she stayed in bed, clenching her stomach due to the most deadly cramps of the century. Every time she got her period, it was the worst for the first two days and she became a different person. If you say something wrong or look at her the wrong way results may vary when it was that time of the month.

Jungkook had been educating himself on periods and to get somewhat of an understanding of what women go through when it is that time of the month. Lately, he had started to track her period to prepare himself and buy things for her in advance such as a heating pad for her stomach. He even spoke to Jin about it.

The first sign that it was that time of the month was when she was bedridden and irritable. She doesn’t want anyone to bother her, always snaps at people, and tends to pass the time by playing games on her phone and napping. Jungkook didn’t take her irritation to heart, no matter how many times she snapped at him. Although she can be a little scary, he knows she doesn’t mean it. If anything, all he wants to do is cuddle her.

“I don’t care, go away!” she placed a pillow over her head.

Next was her weird food cravings. He would always ask what she wanted to eat. For some reason, she enjoyed eating potatoes and bananas the most while on her period. So, he always made sure to stock up.

One time he had given her smarties since he knew that was her favorite snack. But when she rejected them, that made him Jungshooked.

“Ew, I hate smarties. They’re disgusting. Throw them all way!” she complained.

“Wh-what? But you love smarties!” Jungkook tried to reason.

“Who lied? They’re gross. Throw all of it away. I don’t even want to look at them,”

“O-okay,”

Biggest mistake ever.

Because once she was off her period, she almost tore the entire dorm apart, trying to find her favorite candy.

“B-but you said to throw them away-“

“YOU THREW THEM AWAY!?” Jennie screamed, making him flinch. Jimin, J-Hope and V yelped and took cover, getting as far away from her as possible while Rapmon sat on the couch with his headphones on, oblivious. “WHY DID YOU LISTEN TO ME!? THAT WASN’T ME TALKING!"

He assumed everything she said was literal when she was on her cycle and decided to do whatever she said. But now he knew that if she said to throw away smarties, don’t do it. It was just her crazy hormones talking.

Today, during the first day of her period, Jen was lying in her bed, with a heating pad on her stomach given by Jungkook which had started to help.

“I hate everything...I hate my life. This is the worst. Why? What did we do to deserve this pain?” she complained, hissing at the sharp abdominal pain in her stomach.

She then felt herself get pulled back into a warm chest, getting closely held.

“Go awaaaaaaay~!” she whined, trying to get out of Jungkook’s arms.

“I’m not leaving you.”

“Go play video games with the guys or something.”

“I want to be with you,”

“Well, I don’t right now. I look like shit. I feel like shit. I am shit. Leave.”

“No.” he simply answered.

She sighed and decided to just deal with it, making him smile victoriously. As much as she hated to admit it with her stubborn attitude during her period, lying with him helped tremendously. She hoped he would stay after she woke from her nap.

--------

A few days later, playing video games in her room, Jungkook tried to focus on Overwatch while playing through his aching back. He had strained it when he danced too hard during the fire promotions. He had tried his best to hide it from Jennie. But this time, he got caught as Jen had been observing him for days.

“So, how long are you going to hide that from me?” she called him out.

“Hide what?” he asked innocently.

“Your back. You look like you’re uncomfortable. What happened?”

“It’s nothing. Don’t worry,”

“Kookie, you’re never going to perform your best with that much tension. Stop playing the game for 30 minutes, come here, and lie down on my bed.”

“I-it’s okay. Really,”

“Really? You always ask me for massages. And lately, you haven’t been asking. Why? What’s the problem?”

He started to feel a little fidgety.

‘Because I don’t know if I can control myself with the way you touch me,’ he thought.

Lately, it seemed like his body was reacting much more to her. It was getting to the point where almost every time they made out, his lower region began to have a mind of its own. Sure they did some things during Prom Weekend but he had been trying his best to avoid being extra touchy these days until he could work on his hormones that were running all over the place. And with them not being alone like they were during Prom Weekend, it was getting harder.

Having enough, Jen rolled her eyes and took the controller out of his hands.

“Goodness gracious.” she huffed, exiting out the game

“H-hey! I was in the middle of the game,”

“I don’t care. Lie down. Now. I’m done watching you in pain like this.” she set the controller down and made him lay on his stomach on her bed after taking his shirt off.

“I told you, I’m okay.”

“I don’t want to hear it,” she sat on his behind, rubbing massage oil on her hands, and began working on his back. 

While massaging him, she proceeded to nag him, which he always thought was cute. He had to admit her hands were doing magic as he immediately felt relief from her touch. But his mind started to drift elsewhere as it started to make him feel fidgety again. Once he felt her nails lightly rake his back, his struggle to keep himself together worsened.

His mind went to a suggestive place, as he thought about her underneath him. He didn’t mean for these dirty thoughts to happen but he couldn’t control it. He knew her massaging him was a bad idea.

Did she know how much of an effect she had on him?

How much he was starting to want her?

However, Jennie was starting to feel the same way. His back was so broad as she thought about him pinning her down against the bed. How nice his lips would be against her neck and even lower.

'No, stop.’ she thought, shaking her head as she tried to block the suggestive thoughts out of her mind.

They weren’t alone in the dorm so maybe making out wasn’t the best idea as she thought of the possibility of being walked in on.

After massaging him, she went into her bathroom to wash off the massage oil from her hands.

“See how easy that was? And you feel much better, right? Next time just tell me to massage you. No more waiting that long to be massaged,” she stated. "I hate when you don't tell me that you're in pain. You worry me,"

As soon as she walked out of her bathroom, she was met with his arms pulling her to him for a kiss out of nowhere. It made her stumble back into the bathroom as she kissed back, pulling him closer.

This kiss felt...different.

More frenzied and passionate.

It made her body feel flush as she was backed up to her sink with his hands on it to trap her. 

‘You’re not alone!’ reality hit her which made her reluctantly break the kiss.

“The guys are here,” she reminded him.

“Just for a little bit,” he whispered, ignoring her warning, and leaned back for another smooch.

“Jungkook,” she warned again.

But he kept getting handsy which started to almost make her forget about the guys being here. But clinging onto the last resistance she had, she gently pushed him back.

“I want to. But one of them may walk in. Let’s make out later. Like when everyone is sleeping or something,” she suggested, walking out of the bathroom.

Remaining persistent, Jungkook walked out of her bathroom and shut her door, locking it.

“There, no abrupt interruptions on our alone time,” he shrugged like it was no big deal.

She stared at him in disbelief. He was getting bolder these days. The intense stare coming from him was making her go a little crazy.

“And what if they hear me? I don’t feel like dealing with them teasing us about it for a couple of weeks,”

“I won’t let that happen,”

“Easier said than done with your unpredictability. We shouldn’t.”

He reached out for her but she turned around to avoid another kiss. One more kiss and it was over for her. She needed to stand her ground. There’ll be plenty of more times to make out. 

But her avoidance was short lived when she felt a pair of warm lips on her shoulder blade. Trapped in his arms, she began to feel her legs weaken as she shivered in pleasure when he began to slowly travel up to her neck.

This was so dangerous.

Her eyes closed and she leaned back into him as her breathing quickened.

‘We should stop but this feels so good,’ she thought as she felt a gentle bite on her neck.

“Just five minutes. And then I’ll stop,” he whispered, gently biting her ear.

'Who taught him this?’ she thought, enjoying what he was doing.

Five minutes he said. Maybe five minutes won’t hurt.

Turning around, she wrapped her arms around his neck for a heated kiss, as her desire for him took over. She felt herself being lifted up and moved to her bed as he sat on the edge of it, allowing her to straddle him. Cupping his face, their slow, passionate kisses left her breathless as their need for each other grew. Gripping her hips, he felt her move against his hardness, making him moan out her name.

"Keep your voice down," she whispered.

"I'm trying...you’ve been driving me crazy these past few weeks, you know that?” 

When he said that, she felt this need for him that she couldn’t quite explain. She wanted to go further.

Securely holding her, Jungkook turned them over to place her on the bed as he hovered over her and kissed her again. He then slowly moved down to her neck making her breathing quicken. 

This felt so good. Everything. The way he was touching her. She wanted more.

“You want me to stop?” he whispered in her ear, making her shiver.

Five minutes passed already? She didn’t want this to end. Can’t he keep going and ignore that the time passed?

“I can keep going,” he said like he read her mind. The way she was looking at him gave it away. “But you’re going to have to say it, baby girl,”

'Oh my God, who taught him this? Who is teaching him to say these things? Because this was new and I love it,' she thought.

“Keeping going,” she responded breathlessly as he went back down to her neck.

Suddenly, she let out an unexpected moan when he found a sensitive spot on her neck. She quickly covered her mouth, making him chuckle.

“They definitely heard that,” she exclaimed. “We gonna get caught,”

“No, we won’t, relax. It wasn’t even that loud,”

“To you.”

“It was for my ears only and I’d like to hear it again. Can I try something?”

“Okay,”

“Trust me.” he leaned down to kiss her again, making her forget about her worries. 

He began grinding his hips into hers, making her whimper. She lightly scratched his back in response as she let out another sound. 

Okay, screw it. If they get caught, they get caught. This was feeling all too good right now, it was worth getting caught. She didn’t want to stop as she felt comfortable with him. She can only imagine how it will be when they’re ready to go all the way.

“Jeon Jungkook! I know you're in there!” Jin called out, knocking on the door, and tried to open it but it was locked. "Stop hiding in Jennie's room! I know you pranked me!"

Jungkook sighed out of annoyance, turning his head to the door. He looked down at Jennie to see her chuckling.

“It was nice when it lasted,” she said while he got off her and put his shirt back on. "What did you do to Jin?"

"I put eggs in his laundry. I guess he figured out it was me. I'm gonna hide from him. Don't tell him I'm here," he went under the bed.

That caused Jennie to laugh. She went to open the door to see Jin marching in, looking around.

"Where is this brat?"

"Jungkook isn't here,"

"Are you lying to me?" he crossed his arms.

"No, I haven't seen him all day. Have you checked the laundry room? I did hear him say he was going to wash clothes,"

-------

During the week of the Festa, JenKook had set up everything for the start of their Twitch Stream for Army. They had the equipment set up, everything was recording fine and they sat next to each other in front of the camera. They were located in Jennie’s Smartie factory for the stream.

Jennie tweeted the link, ‘Guess who is streaming!? JenKook’s first episode is here! Click on the link and watch! Let’s have some fun!’

“It’s on~!” she said excitedly

“How many people should we wait for until we start the stream?” he asked, spinning around in his chair.

“W-wow. We already have over 20k.” she looked on in amazement as she peered closely at the viewer count on the screen.

“It’s still growing. Now 70k. Might as well start now.”

Looking at the camera, Jennie smiled, “Yo yo yo! It’s your one and only Miss Bangtan!” she turned to Jungkook, waiting for him to speak but he missed his cue and they ended up laughing. “We’ll work on our intro.”

“Yeah.” he turned to the camera and waved, “Hello! Jungkook here!”

“And we are The Golden Duo! Welcome to our first Twitch stream. You excited?!” she asked the fans who rapidly replied in the comments positively.

“I am. I can’t wait to win,” the Golden Maknae said confidently

“If you win,” she shrugged.

“I will. I win everything,”

“Well, perhaps today is the big day when you lose, my good friend.” she ignored his glare which made viewers laugh and respond with ‘hahas’ and ‘LOLs’. “Today we’re playing...”

“The Impossible Game!” Jungkook announced in English as the game was happily on the screen, waiting to be played.

“How ready are you to get this going?”

“I got this. Let’s play,”

They played a quick game of rock, papers, scissors to determine who would play first. Jungkook managed to win and they launched the game. The music began as the orange square moved at a steady pace. Jungkook effortlessly pressed the spacebar as it jumped over the first triangle. But automatically died when he failed to jump over the second. He paused the game while Jen let out a laugh.

“I got this. I win everything,” she mocked in a deep voice.

“I’m just warming up,” he said, brushing it off.

“Oh, okay. Try it again.” she turned to the camera, “He’s warming guys.”

He tried it again and this time got further as she watched closely. Once the music intensified, the orange square kept moving up the blocks. Jennie danced to the beat, making him laugh and distracting him as he hit a triangle.

“Stop distracting me,”

“What? I didn’t do anything,”

“Stop being cute,” he murmured and tried again.

“Hop...hop...hop...hop again. And again. Hop. Hop. Hop-hop-hop-hop-hop,” she said, following the square’s movements while he concentrated.

He got even farther as he tried again but still couldn’t make it past the part when the beat got higher pitched.

“Okay, my turn!”

“I bet you can’t beat that,” he said confidently.

“I really hope I win so I can see how salty you’re going to look,” she started the game. She made it just before the beat dropped as she felt accomplished. 

Hearing him laugh at her error, she responded, “Okay but I still made it farther than you on my first attempt,”

As she continued, for some reason, she couldn’t get much farther as she kept hitting the spikes. Meanwhile, fans were amused to see Jungkook grinning at her failure.

“CAN YOU JUMP!?” she shouted at the screen after dying again, making him laugh loudly. “Look I’m just-“

PHEW!

“I’m just not concentr-“

PHEW!

“Can I finish my sentence without dying, damn!”

PHEW!

She sighed loudly and paused the game to rub her temples.

Jungkook glanced at her and the screen as a moment of silence occurred.

“You okay?” he teased.

“Shut up. Leave me alone,”

“Let the professionals take over,” he unpaused the game and began to play while she rolled her eyes and watched him. “It’s okay to lose to me. It’s fine. It’s normal.”

“I’m seconds away from hitting you,”

He giggled as he progressed, jumping up the blocks. But then he suddenly died.

“No!” he shouted.

“Let the professionals take over,” she mocked. “It’s okay to lose to me.”

“The keyboard is just glitching,”

“Oh! Blame it on the keyboard. What’s next?”

“Me beating the game before you,” he replied as he got back to the section he stopped at but died again...and again...and again.

The intensity of the game increased as Jungkook began to look more serious while playing, determined to beat the game. Poking the inside of his cheek, his frustration was more visible since he wasn’t progressing further.

He threw his head back and let out a frustrated sigh. “This game is rigged!”

“Is it now?”

“Yeah! I barely touched the triangle and it made me die! It could have let me go by it,” he whined as she let out a giggle. “Is something funny?”

“Yeah, you. My turn,”

She went to play, making the orange cube hop over the dark boxes and triangles with ease. As the beat dropped, the cube continued to make it up to the top without any errors. Jungkook’s smile fell as she progressed past where he stopped and stared at the screen in disbelief. She kept going as he turned to her and then back at the screen.

He went to read the comments:

'Omg look at his face! He’s shooked’

'I love how cute she looks when she’s concentrating,’

The cube hit a triangle and it was back to the beginning as she tried again.

“How!?” Jungkook exclaimed.

“That was luck. I was trying not to freak out as I progressed.”

As she tried it again many more times, she and Jungkook started bouncing in sync to the beat. The block fell down for a moment but then she didn’t notice as it hit the spike and it was back to the beginning, making Jungkook cackle and clap his hands.

“NO~!” she screamed, “NO! ARE YOU-ARE YOU KIDDING ME!?”

“Welp,“

"I’m done. I don’t want to play this anymore. It took me forever to get back to where I was,”

“Yeah, I think we both had enough,” Jungkook chuckled. “Well, it looks like we can’t beat the impossible game today. But we’ll just have to replay it on another stream in the future for round 2,”

Jen went to the stream chat to read a comment, “What game are we playing next? The next game we’re going to check out is Overwatch!”

“We don’t have a date yet for our next stream but just know when we do, we’ll tweet the link,”

“Yeah, so keep a lookout. It can happen any day, any time. All right, that’s all the time we have!” she paused and glanced at Jungkook. “We need to think of an outro too, don’t we?”

“We should think of something cool. Something catchy.”

“Let’s think of ideas later. So for now, we’ll simply say goodbye.”

----

With Matt Rife who lounged backstage before the show of Wild N' Out, he scrolled through Instagram to see the latest post on Wild N' Out's page. There it had Jennie announcing that she was excited to be a guest on the show in August with Desiigner & Angelina and hoped to take Nick Cannon's belt. 

"Damn..." Matt said as he scrolled through her Instagram page. "This girl is going to be on the show?"

He continued to lurk through her page, liking tons of posts.

“Damn...she is cute,” he said and followed her. 

On Instagram’s following tab where you can see the activity of the people you follow, BTS fans who watch Wild ’n’ Out and check who Jennie is following and who is following her noticed that Matt had followed her.

Mattrife started following JJennie_JW

They even noticed his comment on her recent photo. A simple eye emoji with a smirking emoji.

Fans immediately jumped on the situation and began commenting and making Twitter threads to bring awareness to who he was and the whole Zendaya situation back in 2015.

‘GUYS! WE HAVE A SITUATION!’

‘Matt Rife followed Jennie!’

'They can never make me hate Matt. Shoot your shot!'

'White boys be loving some Jennie I swear lmfaoooo'

'Oh God...Jennie run. Run now run fast’

'Ew wtf he better unfollow her!’

'Stay away from her!’

'He bet not be trying to make a move because Jennie belongs to Bam Bam’

'He is not ruining my ship.’

'That is Shawn Mendes' future girlfriend! He better stop!'

‘Omgg lmaooo she’s going to turn you down’

'I don’t blame him for trying to shoot his shot’

‘Oh, he is handsome! Who is he!?’

'Get in line pal! A lot of people want her’

'He outta pocket for that comment ctfuu’

'Lol goofy’

'Jennie is single! So why not? He’s cute!’

'She single Matt! Make a move!’

‘Date!!’

'I honestly would not turn him down.’

“Whatever you thinking, don’t do it, man,” Nick Cannon warned with an amused voice.

“Do what? I’m not going to do anything,” Matt replied with a shrug.

“Nah dawg, you going to do some stupid shit on the day they come to the show,” Conceited joined in.

“What he tryna do?” Justina asked, interested in the conversation.

“He drooling over one of our upcoming guests’ IG page,” Nick informed her.

Justina rolled her eyes, “Here he goes,”

“What? I just wanna get her number. Come on! You guys can’t deny we’d make a great couple. She is fine as hell. Look at her. Look at them lips. It would fit perfectly on mine,” Matt rambled which made his cast members laugh at him. “You guys are some haters,”

“This is Zendaya all over again,” D.C Young Fly cackled.

“Matt, there is no way in hell Jennie is going to give you the time of day,” Nick guaranteed.

“You don’t know that,” Matt denied.

“Come on, Jen ain’t going to fall for just some white boy looks and so-called charm from yo ass,”

“Ain’t she in some Korean group?” Chicobean pointed out.

“Yeah, I heard that. What they called?” Justina asked.

“Bangtang or somethin’?” D.C called out.

“No, BTS,” Nick answered. “Seven guys and her in that group. Matt, do you really want to get yo’ ass beat by them boys if you try to make a move on her during the show?"

“They ain’t gonna touch me. I ain’t scared of them,” Matt said confidently, “Look I'ma make my move. I got this. You’ll see. I’ll definitely be getting her number. August can't get here fast enough,"

“He a lost cause. He gonna get embarrassed,” Chicobean laughed with D.C.

“Yeah, I know. And watch them Korean boys pop up on the show and say it’s on sight,“ Conceited predicted. "We ain’t helping you out. You on your own,”

Ignoring everyone, Matt went back on Instagram to look through her page and slid in her DMs.

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 81- BTS Festa 2016

Chapter Summary: BTS celebrate their Festa for 2016

Words: 4,000+

-------

BTS Festa 2016 profile

Name- Jennie Walker

Hashtag- #JamminWithSmartie

Position- The thriving black girl in BTS

Body Size- Big butt and I cannot lie!

My smartie love is peerless in BTS

Talent- DJing

Hobby- Playing guitar, traveling

A line that gives me strength- I’m proud of you 

Something I did recently that makes me very proud- Working on a song with Angelina

I’m the No. 1 in BTS for- Volleyball

I’m the No. 7 in BTS for- doing pelvic thrusts :(

When I’m drowsy- I like to sleep

Happiest moment is- Celebrating three years with BTS

My recent concern is- obsessive “fans”

Something that has changed from last year- I’m rapping much better. Can’t wait to showcase it 

A line of BTS song which I’d like to give to you is- Just one day, if I can be with you

A new modifier I created for myself is- Ruler of all Smarties

I will compliment myself- Giiiiirl! You’re THRIVING! Keep up the great work beautiful

My goal in 2016- Endorse Nike

2016 bucket list- to collab with more artists, showcase more of my talents as an artist and endorse Nike

To have people who support me is like- the best feeling ever. I love being unlifted and uplifting others. Positive energy only

-------

As a tradition, she wrote about all the members.

I’m thankful when Jin looks out for me

I dislike when Jin watches me like a hawk lol

The moment I was the happiest with Jin was when we wrestled together

When I see Jin cooking, my mouth waters and I can’t wait to eat

Something I wish for him is more lines for songs because I love hearing his voice and feel like it’s not shown off enough in our music.

The thing that connects me and Jin is our enjoyment of trying new food

I want to be Jin’s daughter for a long time

------

I’m thankful when Rapmon helps me with my Korean.

I dislike when Rapmon snores :(

The moment I was the happiest with Rapmon was when we took walks together

When I see Rapmon working hard on music it motivates me to work harder.

Something I wish for Rapmon is to continue being who you are and don’t ever change.

The thing that connects me and Rapmon is our eagerness to learn

I want to be there for him always

------

I’m thankful when Suga teaches me about rap

I dislike when Suga doesn’t want me to take a nap with him

The moment I was the happiest with Suga was napping with him.

When I see Suga napping, I like to join him

Something I wish for Suga is good health

The thing that connects me and Suga is our unique friendship

I want to be Suga’s rapping partner if we can one day be in units

------

I’m thankful when J-Hope saves my life

I dislike when he gets sad

The moment I was the happiest with J-Hope was when we danced together

When I see J-Hope my frown turns upside down

Something I wish for him is even more positive vibes

The thing that connects me and J-Hope is dancing

I want to be his friend forever

-----

I’m thankful when Jimin gives me advice

I dislike when Jimin doubts himself

The moment I was the happiest with Jimin was when we were pranking the guys

When I see Jimin dance, I look at him in admiration

Something I wish for him is happiness

The thing that connects me and Jimin is how much fun we like to have no matter how busy our schedules are

I want to be Jimin’s dance partner for dance covers one day

-----

I’m thankful when V spoke to me when I first came to Korea

I dislike when V is sad

The moment I was the happiest with V was when we goof around in the dorm

When I see V rap, I cheer him on proudly

Something I wish for him is many more years of friendship

The thing that connects me and him is our trainee days

I want to be your travel buddy

------

I’m thankful when Jungkook makes me happy

I dislike when Jungkook overworks himself.

The moment I was the happiest with Jungkook was 1-16-16. Haha what a great day.

When I see Jungkook happy, it makes me happy

Something I wish for Jungkook is more cherishing moments

The thing that connects me and Jungkook is how much we relate to each other

I want to be Jungkook’s Marvel Bestie forever

----

The next day for the Festa, a surprise video for BTS’ YouTube channel was released. Armies were surprised to see it was Jin in the kitchen, with an apron on while cooking. Then he turned around.

“There is a certain someone that I have unfinished business with Army,” he spoke. “Someone by the name of Miss Bangtan. I want my championship. The K-Pop title is supposed to be mine and I demand a rematch! You see, I was going easy on you and I’ll admit I underestimated you. But this time, I won’t be holding back! Jin will show no mercy this time! I mean it! I will win! I am worldwide handsome, do you understand!?“

The caption, ‘StopJennie2K16’ came up on the screen

“This time, it will be the match of my choosing. After doing my research on types of wrestling matches, I challenge you to a Falls Count Anywhere match! We wrestle everywhere! At any time! I am taller than you! I am stronger than you, and I will beat you! Jin versus Jennie part 2, coming very soon on your local Bangtan Bomb! Now...accept my challenge, missy! That title needs a more worthy champion to hold it,” he pointed his spatula at the camera and signed out after blowing a kiss.

Jen tweets, ‘Lmfaooooo what!? Is that how you coming? #Jen’

‘Yes, I am. Everyone knows worldwide handsome should have won #Jin’

‘You want a match? Okay. You got it. Challenge accepted. #Jen’

'We bout to go to war, we bout to swing today! Start training. You’re going to need it, gramps #Jen’

‘I am not a grandpa! Watch your back little girl! #Jin’

-------

For the day of their birthday festa event for V-Live, the members were currently at their dress rehearsal. Everyone seemed to be anticipating Jin and Rapmon’s dance battles the most as they sat in their seats.

“You’re freaking cool!” V encouraged as the lights went out, with Rapmon waiting for the music to come on. “Woo!”

“Okay!” Jen cheered as he began to dance.

Yoongi and Hobi started laughing as they watched him.

“His expression is daebak!” Suga said

“Oooooohhhhhh!” V cheered.

After he finished his last move, Jen started screaming with the rest of the members as they all cheered and freaked out.

“That’s my leader! He killed that 'ish! He killed it!” she shouted.

“Wow, you’re cool!” Jin added.

“He’s good. Really good,” Jimin praised.

“Hyung’s coming now,” Jungkook announced on the mic. 

“Wooooooooo! Let’s go Jin!” Jennie cheered as the lights popped on and he began to dance. 

Yoongi and Hobi were cracking up while she and V were bouncing in their seats, vibing to his performance.

“He’s so, so awesome!” Jimin spoke.

“Okay! Okay! I see you, Jin! That’s what I’m talking about!” Jennie shouted.

She was proud of them both. They worked so hard and it paid off. She knew viewers were going to enjoy it.

Next up was Jen, Jungkook, and Jimin’s coming of age ceremony.

“Ah, I think it’s going to be so embarrassing,” Jimin called out.

“We’ll look forward to it!” Jin announced.

“We're going to kill it! We'll be fine,” Jen cheered.

“Fighting!” V quickly said.

As the song came on, the members watched them dance. Jen was in the middle for the performance, giving it 110% as the members cheered.

"Look at Jennie!" Rapmon cheered. "Go, Jennie!"

Hobi pointed out that Jimin had gotten some of the dance moves wrong in the beginning.

“Their moves are different from each other!” Jin called out.

nan ije deo isang sonyeoga aniyeyo

geudae deo isang mangseoriji marayo

geudae gidaryeodeon mankeum

nado oneureul gidaryeosseoyo

jangmi seumusongil naege jwoyo

As the lights went out, they reappeared for their dance break which made the members laugh and watch in awe. 

Next up was Sope’s vocal duet. Jennie sat with Jungkook for this performance. Suga started singing first, walking on stage with Hobi.

“Okay! Vocals!” she praised, waving her arm around

“Everybody! Stand up! Clap! Clap!” J-Hope announced as he jumped around.

Jimin covered his face, laughing while Jennie stood up with her phone. Putting the flashlight on, she started waving it around. When Hobi started screaming into the mic, she sat back down and laughed, covering her mouth while Jungkook stomped his feet and slapped his thigh while laughing.

“Oh my gosh...” she said as they continued to sing all extra.

“My throat freaking hurts,” J-Hope said in the mic after they finished.

“That was cool,” Rapmon stated. “You guys are cool. Really cool.”

“You guys are good.” Jin praised.

“Jennie, you’re up,” the staff announced.

“Oh boy,” she got out of her seat and made her way to the stage.

“ENNIE!” V and Jimin cheered.

“Go, Jennie! Go, Jennie! Go! Go! Go, Jennie!” Hobi rapped.

“This is going to be funny,” Rapmon chuckled.

A couch was already placed on the stage and she kneeled behind it as the lights went out. As soon as the music came on, the lights popped back on and she rose up to sit on the couch and began to sing. The guys watched her admiringly and even laughed since they knew how much she preferred more badass concepts.

Hobi studied the intensity of her movements, making sure she was doing the moves right since she had asked him about a few dance moves while practicing. Rapmon nodded his head to the beat while the Maknae Line started dancing, swaying in their seats. Periodically they would shout silly things to cheer her on.

“Perfect weather can’t get no better,” she rapped.

“OHHHHHHHHHHHHH!” the guys shouted as she started rapping on the couch.

Tonight, It’s the night

boreumdareul jomyeong sama

sarangeul soksagigi ttak joheun bam

gibun joheun nalssi yeolhansi wanbyeokhan seting

haneulmajeodo uril chukbokhana bwa

Suga nodded in approval and stood up to applaud. “This is my smartie!" 

After she finished her performance, Suga jumped up and down, "WOOOOOOO! My smartie!”

After getting off stage, she was met by high fives from the guys, who congratulated her on a job well done.

“I’m proud of smartie! She has done well with the rap!” Suga smiled at the camera.

“He’s so happy,” Hobi giggled.

Next up was V’s Cypher pt 3 solo stage which was what Jennie had been anticipating the most. She stood on the side of the stage with the members.

As the song began, V began bouncing. “Ohhhhh. Oh, oh, oh. Do you know this song?” he asked as Jennie danced with Hobi.

V even was wearing Suga’s outfit for the occasion as he began rapping his heart out.

niga mueoseul hadeun I will kill for

naega mueoseul hadeun I’ll be real for

ttokbaro bwa

ige baro niga ba baran beast mode

namjaneun dambae,

yeojaneun baram pil ttae

I smoke beat this a beat smoke

“Who the man told you crazy? Who the fella told you crazy, I’m better than ya lazy,” Jen mouthed, pointing to the camera.

kibodeuro hiphap haneun nomdeulboda

baek baeneun yeolsimhi salji

Rapmon squinted his eyes shut, trying to keep his laughs in as he covered his mouth. “I can’t,”

Suga had his arms crossed as he chuckled while watching V rap. Jennie looked like a proud best friend watching him rap while the rest of the guys stood there, staring at him.

“Hi, I’m Kim Taehyung, I’m so happy I get to rap like this. Ho-ho-ho-ho-ho- oh shit!” he rapped passionately.

The guys continued to laugh as Jimin threw his body forward, holding his stomach while Jennie continued bopping around with a proud smile on her face. Everyone made their way on stage as V started bouncing around for the chorus.

Haterdeureun manchi

“Okay!” Jen shouted on the mic, hyping him up while bending her knees slightly, rocking to the beat.

But no problem, I kill

“All right!”

nal mutgi wihae nae keorieoeda padaeneun sapjil

“Say what!? Frankly, you don’t what!? You can’t control my shit!”

bulsineul chamanaen ninjaga dwae dasi dorawatji

As he continued to rap J-Hope’s part, V started dabbing, which made them all laugh and copy his movements behind him. As the chorus came on again, V started dabbing around and Jen joined him as they jumped all over the stage dancing with each other. Suga took over his own verse before V could as they all laughed. And then V joined in.

nuga nae dwieseo nareul yeotmaegideun

nideuri chyeonol ttae urin segyeilju

“Uh! Uh! Okay? Okay? Fuck it up!” she rocked back and forth.

After the song ended, even the staff was laughing.

“You’re good,” Rapmon said.

“So we will watch him quietly like this during the middle and then when it’s Suga hyung’s verse, Suga hyung will rap,” Hobi said.

“I’ll create a surprise twist,” Suga replied.

“Yeah, do the twist, then V goes and then we can-“

“Together. Everyone do it together,” Rapmon suggested.

“And then at the last chorus, we’ll all play together,” Hobi added.

“This wasn’t planned, right?” Jimin asked.

-------

For the opening of the show, Jin and Jen waited for their cue as the camera was now on Jimin and J-Hope. The camera panned to them and they both picked up the piece of paper and held it together as it said, ‘BTS Happy Birthday’

They turned to each other, smiled, and started walking towards the stage. Then they turned around and blocked the camera with their hands.

“Hey, is this your first three year anniversary party?” Rapmon announced, opening up for Dope over the screaming fans who waved their Army Bombs.

After performing Dope, they stood on stage together and did their signature greeting. Rapmon started off by greeting the fans and saying that they were streaming on V-Live+. For the event, J-Hope and Jimin were today’s MCs.

“This segment is to recognize BTS’s three hard years and Army fans,” J-Hope announced. “It’s called BTS Awards.”

“Last week, we asked fans to pick our best photo, the best Bangtan Bomb, and the best moment for BTS,” Jimin said. “Let’s see the candidates and see who got first,”

There were chairs placed for each member as they took a seat. Jennie sat in between Suga and V. They checked out the candidates for best photo as they looked at the screen.

“Oh wow~!” Jen said. 

One was from the fire MV, the other was from their three year anniversary and the other seemed like it was from the Begins concert. The members watched as Jimin unveiled each photo which had a variety of dots on them to determine which one had the most votes.

“You need help?” Jennie laughed when Jimin pulled off the cover for the first picture but it almost fell over and J-Hope had to fix it.

“He always needs help,” Jungkook replied, making them laugh.

“Jimin, this almost fell over,” J-Hope said. “Don’t do that,”

In the end, the Begins concert photo got the most votes.

“Let’s pick our best BTS Bomb,” Jimin said as they looked at the screen.

The one where they were having fun in the hotel, got the most votes.

For BTS’ best moment, everyone voted for when they debuted. 

“That day was the start of our journey. So many memorable moments. We’re extremely grateful for you all being there for us for three years. Let’s hope for many more.” Jen beamed.

“We’re more than happy about this. I heard our Army fans have awards for us too,” Suga added.

“In our special BTS Awards, Army fans prepared awards for BTS,” J-Hope announced. “Rap Monster. The first of many. 772 Award.” he said as 772 meant clumsy.

“I present this award for his excellence. From BTS army fans June 13, 2016. There are other awards. Destroyed the world award.” Jimin announced.

That made Jen laugh with Rapmon and the audience. Rapmon also won the buy two shoes with 10,000 won award.

Jin won the looks good every day, Old Man’s Jokes, Everything tastes good/tasty meals, and Korean meals awards.

“He got five awards. I’m envious.” Suga said.

“Thank you. I’ll make an old man’s joke to honor this moment.” Jin said. “What’s the biggest nose in the world?”

Suga won ‘Otousan’, ‘Suga genius best man’ and ‘I can die for Naver’ awards. With the Otousan award, Hobi explained that Suga seems chic but cares for other members and fans. So like a father figure.

“I’ll do my best to be worthy of these awards. Thank you,” Suga replied.

J-Hope won dances like a God, shares hope with the world and You can depend on Hobi awards. Jimin won Jungkook’s mom award, fan café fairy and Fatal award. The fatal award was about his charm. V won A walking case study, Meant to be, and the T-Zone great looks award.

Jungkook won suspiciously quiet, Jungkook’s face but Jungkook’s body, and everyone’s guy award.

“Ennie~!” Jimin sang as cheers got louder once she stood up with a smile and made her way over to him. “Awards. Name. Jennie. I present to you the Smartie Gobbler award, Nike’s force of greatness and cutest DJ,“

“Why thank you very much,” she bowed, taking the paper. “One day I’ll be able to endorse Nike and become a true force of greatness for their product. Nike if you’re watching this, I am still available!”

“It’s been years. Someone from the company call her up,” Suga laughed.

She went to shake Jimin’s hand and then V eagerly shook her hand too before she went back to her seat.

“I want to give BTS an award. It goes like this, BTS always thinks of Army award,” Suga said and pointed to the crowd, making them cheer while Hobi laughed.

For the next segment, the members decide to make their own cake. A table was brought up on stage and there were two cakes on the table. Their table consisted of ingredients for them to decorate.

“Shouldn’t we just let Jennie do this? She bakes.” Jimin suggested.

“Yeah, a lot. And her baking is delicious.” Rapmon added.

“I actually baked these cakes,” Jen replied.

“Oh! Perfect!” Jin cheered.

“Thank goodness. It’s been a while since we had your delicious baking,“ V said.

“I also baked for Army. You’ll be receiving cupcakes that I made for you all,” she announced to loud cheers. “A token of my appreciation for embracing me here in Korea. Thank you again.”

“Awwwwww,” they responded and chanted her name, which caused her to smile and bow.

Bangtan was set to team up in two teams to decorate. For the teams, it was Jin, Jungkook, and Jimin going up against Rapmon, V and Jen.

“We have Jennie, it’s OK,” Rapmon said confidently.

As they decorated it, Jen used the icing to spell out BTS in a decorative way while V and Jimin began dancing around, entertaining the crowd.

“I need you to destroy these cookies. Destroy them and then sprinkle them all over. I don't care about it looking neat. It’ll look fine with the crumbs,” Jen said as Rapmon did what he was told.

After the time was up, their cakes were judged.

“If she wasn’t on our team, we would’ve screwed up the cake with the cream.” Rapmon laughed.

After the segment, they went to go change, meanwhile, a video was played of Bang PD. Backstage in a separate dressing room, Jen changed into her outfit for the Coming of Age Ceremony, wearing a suit. While she got ready, SOPE performed.

When she made her way to the stage, waiting to go on, she met up with Jungkook and Jimin. She high fived Jimin and turned to Jungkook.

"We got this!" she gave Jungkook a quick peck on the lips.

As the three of them got on stage, ARMY screamed and cheered as they performed effortlessly with Jennie singing the song and dancing in the middle sensually. 

After the performance, she quickly rushed backstage to change for the Full Moon performance. She wore an outfit similar to Sunmi's in the music video in black while going barefoot.

Sitting in a chair, the make up artist began to put red lipstick on her lips and finished up her look to make her look like a vampire just like Sunmi in her music video. 

After getting situated, she stood backstage, pacing around, as her nerves began to get to her.

“Perfect weather can get no better!” Hobi rapped as he made his way over to her with a bright smile. That helped calm her nerves and she let out a laugh. “You’re going to do great out there. Especially the rap,” he kissed her forehead.

Once it was her time to shine, she made her way to the stage. The stage was dark as the couch was placed in the middle, waiting for her. She kneeled behind it as she heard the crowd anticipating what was next. As the music started, she slowly rose up from the couch with the lights appearing on the stage. That piercing gaze in her eyes made fans scream as she made her way to the couch.

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(OK JW Leggo)

She began to sing in a low, mature voice as she sat on the couch and danced.

jigeum dangjang amu maldo pillyo eobseo

geudaewa naui nunbichi malhaejuneungeol

Bouncing in her seat, she shimmied her shoulders. Her goal was to see dance gracefully yet add the sensuality and keep it balanced. It also helped with the way she would be staring into the soul of the camera, which made viewers freak out.

malhaji ma amu maldo pillyo eobseo

chokchogi jeojeun nae ipsure salmyeosi dagawa ip matchwojwo

saranghandan ppeonhan geu han madiga

teukbyeolhage neukkyeojineun oneul bam

wae iri simjangeun ppalli ttwineunji

ja ije sigani dwaesseo

Standing up from the couch, she danced the chorus, as she made a moon with her fingers and extended her left foot to the side.

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, nal boreowayo

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone seodulleojwoyo

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, geudae sarangeul jwoyo (Jen Walker!)

Armies seemed to have screamed out the fan chants because she started to notice it was almost as loud as the music. She fought the urge to smile and stayed in her Full Moon persona.

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone nal boreo wayo (Saranghae!)

Slowly kneeling, she gazed at the crowd as she sensually rubbed her hands together.

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

Going back to the couch, she rapped, ‘Perfect weather, can get no better’

Which had surprised everyone. As she took her seat on the couch, she crossed her legs, moving sensually, rubbing her legs together.

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

Laying her body across the couch, she rapped smoothly as the cheers got louder,

Everything around us so so real yo

Tonight, It’s the night

boreumdareul jomyeong sama

sarangeul soksagigi ttak joheun bam

gibun joheun nalssi yeolhansi wanbyeokhan seting

haneulmajeodo uril chukbokhana bwa

Standing up, she continued to move her hips.

seodureuji malgo hanado ppaenochi malgo

uriman saenggakhago i bameun gildago

geudae soneul japgo Walking on the moon

gutge dachin mun ppajimeobsi yeoreo

oraetdongan gidaryeo watdeon kkum

Sitting back on the couch with her knees against her chest, she went back to singing.

saranghandan ppeonhan geu han madiga

teukbyeolhage neukkyeojineun oneul bam

wae iri simjangeun ppalli ttwineunji

ja ije sigani dwaesseo

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, nal boreowayo

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone seodulleojwoyo

She sat on top of the couch to perform the choreography again.

geudaeyeo boreumdari tteuneun nal, geudae sarangeul jwoyo (Jen Walker)

i bami gagi jeone hae tteugi jeone nal boreo wayo (Saranghae!)

Standing on top of the couch, she slowly walked across.

bissoge i osi heumppeok jeotgo

neowa na danduri i gireul geotgo

dalkomhan sarangeul soksagyeoyo

Slowly kneeling, she rubbed her hands sensually again,

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

Perfect weather can get no better

Laying her body on the couch with her head on the floor and legs over the top of the couch, she ran her hands down her body sensually.

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

(Eh eh eh eh eh)

Everything around us so so real yo

Getting back off the couch, she danced while the crowd fan chanted her name eight times for the final beats of the song. Taking a seat on the couch, she crossed her legs and turned her head to the crowd for the ending pose. After the song ended, she was met by loud cheers as she laughed and bowed.

“Thank you! I love you!” she giggled and walked off the stage once the lights turned off.

After her performance, it was now time for V’s as he rapped cypher pt 3, dancing around the stage.

The members walked on the stage as they crossed their arms, staring at him while V rapped J-Hope’s verse. Jennie danced around, bopping to the beat, watching him proudly. She started laughing while V started poking J-Hope and then Rapmon. As planned, V and Suga rapped his verse.

For the last verse, Jen decided to rap with Rapmon, jumping around with him

Haterdeureun manchi

“What!?” She shouted in the mic.

But no problem, I kill

“Okay!”

nal mutgi wihae nae keorieoeda padaeneun sapjil

“WHOOOP! Frankly, you don’t what? You can’t control my shit!”

bulsineul chamanaen ninjaga dwae dasi dorawatji

After the performance, the members stood on stage together, while V dabbed excessively. They recapped their performances, praising one another.

“What about Jennie’s full moon?” Hobi asked.

Loud screams occurred as she covered her face and laughed.

“I’m glad you liked it! Thank you!” she said.

“That was a very sexy stage, munchkin. You looked fierce.”

“Eh, eh, eh, eh, eh,” Jimin sang while Jungkook and Hobi copied her dance moves by exaggeratingly rubbing their hands together, staring at the camera, making everyone laugh.

“I want to praise V. He did such an amazing job. You worked hard and your dream to rap came true. I’m proud of you,” she grinned.

“Thank you Ennie,” he smiled happily and they high fived each other.

“It’s our third anniversary right?” Yoongi asked. “What if we start rising again?

Suddenly Rise of Bangtan came on, hyping the crowd up while the members jumped around.

turn up!

la lala lalala lalalalala

turn up!

ni maeumeul jibeosamkyeo

naega watda jigeum allyeo

la lala lalala lalalalala

While the rest of the guys danced around on stage, Jennie made her way to the stage, standing in the background with a mic in hand.

“Uriga nugu! nugu! jingyeogui bangtan! JENNIE!” Rapmon shouted.

The guys surrounded her, hyping her up as she performed her verse.

“WHOO! My boys and I started at the bottom, now we rising up! And Watch out cause this bullet-proof girl is knockin’ down all the walls! Ain’t nothing stoppin’ us now, they got my back, I got theirs! We steppin’ over all the roadblocks. Our music is on and you can’t help but move to the rhythm. Don’t even try to hide it, this beat is sick, so rock with me now.”

She danced around all extra with the members.

“Ladies! Rise like a Bulletproof Girl Scout! Rise, be brave! Let's go, Jungkook!” She high fived him as he started rapping.

As the chorus came back on again, she threw her head around, dancing with J-Hope.

uriga nugu

“WHOOP!” she shouted.

jingyeogui bangtansonyeondan

uriga nugu

geobeobsi jibeosamkinda

“Cuz we got fire! Fire, fire, get higher! Higher, higher!” she sang.

uril moreundamyeon jedaero aradwo

As Jungkook sang, while getting on his knees, Jen got on her knees too.

Mudae wie oreuneun sungan

geudaeui hamseongdeureul nan neukkyeo

Putting the mic to her lips, she sang, “Geudaero yeongwonhi geogi isseojwo. Idaero jugeodo.”

Harmonizing with him, they sang, “Huhoeneun eobseul tenikka~”

After they finished the song, Satoori Rap came on, as the rap line performed with the vocal line jumping and dancing around on stage. Jennie milly rocked on stage with Jin and V joining. 

Fire came on, which excited the crowd even more as they performed and they wore special jerseys for the occasion. After the song, Namjoon began the closing remarks as the event was about to end. A chorus of awwws was heard. He then asked the members how they felt about fire being suited for them. After their closing remarks, they ended the festa with fun boys.

------

After the show, Jennie, V, and Hobi went out to have a night picnic while walking Tony.

Tony energetically ran around, playing with V as they were all seated on the grass, enjoying their food and light music in the background. The three reminisced on their festa event and Tony was lying down, enjoying belly rubs from V.

Looking up at Jennie who finished listening to Hobi about his performance with Yoongi, V said, “Ennie, I want to say thank you for hyping me up when I was performing and practicing for Cypher. It made me very happy. I appreciate that.”

Jen smiled softly as Tony nuzzled against her. “Of course! You deserve it. Now hopefully one day the rap line can put you on a cypher-”

“Noooooooo,” Hobi interrupted as they laughed. “Yoongi would have a fit.”

“Well, we’re still going to try and make it happen,” she replied.

The night consisted of laughter as the two boys made fun of her dancing to Full Moon. She retaliated by kicking Hobi in the butt, making him fall.

After they finished eating, they lay on their backs, in a circle and watched the stars.

She took a selfie of them and posted it on Instagram. 'Thank you for 3 wonderful years of BTS! I love y'all!'

Her comment section was flooded with positive responses and unfortunately Matt Rife even commented again.

MattRife: You are so gorgeous...

Which caused fans to comment to him to back off once again.

Buzz. Buzz. Buzz.

Jen checked her phone to see a surprise text from Chanyeol.

Chanyeol: Hey Jennie! Congrats on three years with BTS! I wanted to discuss something with you. We have music on our repackaged album that will be released in a few months. We were thinking of having a second version of a song or two with a feature in it. We thought it would be great to have you featured in one of them if you’re interested.

That surprised her. A song with EXO? That would be so fun!

Jen: omg yes! ABSOLUTELY! Send it, please! I want to hear it!

Chanyeol: Yay! I’m sending them now.

She then received two audio recordings.

Chanyeol: What do you think? Do you think we can create something? Lay and Sehun can teach you the choreography. We can work on the lyrics. We’re making music videos for them too. It would be a pleasure for you to be in it too.

Putting her earbuds in, she pressed play while looking up at the stars. The beats for them were sick as she fell in love with the sound. She felt a sense of empowerment with it too, thinking of various ideas.

Jen: Omg.

Jen: Are you kidding?

Chanyeol: Don’t like the songs? :(

Jen: No goofball! This is lit! Both of them!

Chanyeol: So you’ll do it?!

Jen: Yes!! I’m in!

She was suddenly messaged with tons of happy emojis, making her laugh softly.

Chanyeol: Let’s discuss our schedules and when we can work on this

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 82- K-Con 2016

Chapter Summary: BTS have a horror movie night and a member pranks them by scaring everyone. Jin and Jennie film promos for their upcoming wrestling match against each other. Jennie and Jungkook hang with her family and announce they are dating to her parents as Jungkook works hard to get the approval of her mom

Words: 10,000+

--------

“Can we have a horror movie night?” Taehyung suggested as he strolled in the living room.

Everyone in the dorm was casually playing on their phones and lying around. Taehyung wanted to spend more time with the members and thought that a movie would be the best idea. Especially a horror one.

“H-horror? Can we watch a comedy instead?” Hobi stammered with worry.

“What are you afraid of? It’s just a movie. Relax, it probably won’t even be that bad,” Yoongi grumbled, taking his headphones off.

“I’m not afraid! I just think a comedy would be more fun to watch,”

“Uh-huh. What movie are we watching, Taehyung?”

“Wait, can I pick it, hyung?” Jungkook asked with an evil smile.

Hobi felt a soothing hand rub his back and turned to see Jennie giving him a warm smile.

“I’m not one for scary movies either. But hopefully, it won’t be too bad,” she told him which made him calm down a bit.

Bangtan and a horror movie. What can possibly go wrong?

The smell of buttered popcorn filled the room as the members sat around to watch Paranormal Activity 3. As the movie started, everyone let out a yelp when the lights went off and looked around to see Jungkook walking back to his seat.

“Don’t do that,” Yoongi grumbled as his heart rate began to go back to a normal pace.

“I told you a comedy would have been better,” Hobi grumbled.

“Do we have to have the lights off when we watch this?” Jin asked.

“Why not? It makes it more fun, hyung,” Jungkook replied with amusement.

“I have a bad feeling about this,” Namjoon rubbed the back of his neck.

“You’re telling me,” Jimin added.

Getting scared from just the first seconds of the movie, Hobi began to cling to Jennie. Feeling her wrap her arms around him, he began to loosen up. As the movie progressed, his body trembled as the suspenseful music grew before screaming with a few other members at the jump scare. Jennie covered her eyes and flinched throughout the movie while Hobi remained terrified. 

When the movie was finally over, which seemed to be taking forever, the only person who seemed to have appreciated the movie the most was none other than the Golden Maknae.

“Ah...what a great movie,” Jungkook said with a grin.

“No way, that was scary,” Jimin shivered.

“C-can we all sleep in the living room tonight? Please?” Hobi stressed.

“I second that. That movie was creepy,” Namjoon added.

“I’ll get the blankets,” Jen got up from her seat.

Jin and Jimin helped her set up blankets all around the floor with pillows and comforters for everyone.

“Do we have a nightlight?” Hobi whimpered.

“Sleep with me, it’ll be fine,” Jen laid next to him and brought him into her arms for comfort.

“Me too,” Jimin clung onto her from behind.

“You guys are scaredy cats. It wasn’t even that scary,” Jungkook shrugged and got under the covers.

“Oh, would you leave them alone? Stop it,” Jen scolded with a disapproving look.

“But it’s true, Jagi! They are just dramatic. It wasn’t a big deal,”

As the night went on, everyone slept soundly but Jungkook who was getting tired of Namjoon’s noisy snoring. He cringed whenever a loud snore came to his ears. It didn’t help that he was right next to his hyung too.

The Golden Maknae was lying on his back with his hands behind his head. Staring up at the ceiling, he realized that he was bored and still wanted to do something. Glancing over at his hyungs and girlfriend, a mischievous idea popped into his head, and threw the covers off himself. Minutes later, a loud bang was heard which quickly awakened everyone in the living room.

“What was that?” Yoongi grumbled, voice heavy with sleep.

“Maybe it was just something outside?” Jin inquired.

A loud crash made everyone yelp and look around in alarm.

“It’s so dark in here! Someone turn the light on,” Jin said.

“Ahhhh what is going on?!” Hobi exclaimed in fear.

“Everyone remain calm. I’m sure it was nothing. Let me see if I can find a flashlight or something,” Namjoon said.

“Wait I found a light switch,” Jennie said after slowly moving over to the wall.

"Oh, good," Jin sighed out of relief.

“The heck?” she switched it twice but nothing happened. “The lights aren’t coming on!”

“What do you MEAN the lights aren’t coming on!?” Hobi squeaked.

“Are we going to be OK?” Tae asked with worry.

“Yes, we are. Maybe the power is out?” Namjoon suggested.

Before Jen could speak, she let out a frightened scream when a pair of arms grabbed her. Her scream made the rest of the members scream and scramble around frantically, wondering what was going on.

“Jennie!”

“Are you okay!?”

“What’s going on!?”

“What happened!?”

“Who is doing this!?”

Various questions were shouted at her as she continued to scream and try to escape from whoever was grabbing her. When the arms released her, she fell on the floor and began crawling away.

“Something just grabbed me!” she yelled.

“Can anyone see anything?!” Namjoon shouted.

“Ahhhhhhhh~!” Hobi cried when his legs got grabbed and began getting dragged across the room. “Somebody help!“

“I got you!” Jin managed to find him and grabbed ahold of his hand to pull him back.

Once Hobi was released, the panic stopped and the dorm was dead silent.

“...everyone all right?” Yoongi asked cautiously.

“Hell no!” Hobi asserted. “Somebody broke in and is trying to kill us!”

“Okay, I doubt someone is trying to kill us. I mean we’re BTS. Who would want to kill me? World Wide Handsome?” Jin asked.

Another loud bang made a chorus of surprised cries occur. But then when they heard the sound of a chainsaw, everyone began to try to run around the dorm in alarm, bumping into each other since it was so dark.

“Okay! Somebody is trying to kill us!” Jin frantically yelled.

"I don’t wanna die! I don’t wanna die!” Jimin whined.

A loud laugh stopped everyone from freaking out as the lights all around the dorm came on. There was Jungkook in the living room, looking cool and collected in contrast to the terrified members.

“That was worth it,” he giggled.

“Wait that was YOU!?” Hobi yelled.

“Maybe,” he smiled evilly.

He took joy in making the members suffer. He can add this to his successful attempts. 

“Not cool!” Jin added.

“That wasn’t funny! I was really scared! Why I oughta-“ Jimin tossed a pillow at him and missed.

“Welp...now it’s time to kill him,” Yoongi bluntly suggested.

“Right ahead of ya! Get his ass!” Jennie ran after him with the rest of the members.

--------

The next morning, Jennie continued to help Taehyung with his lines for his drama as they looked over the script. They stood in her room with only her having a script in her hands after he reassured her he did not need a script anymore, showing progress in memorizing his role.

“All right, ready?” she asked.

“Yes. I’m ready,” he beamed.

“Okay. Action,” she called out and began to walk.

He walked after her and whined, “Why not?”

She stopped walking and scolded him, “Do not complain to me. Why did you not speak up then?” 

Grabbing a hold of her arm, he went on, speaking his lines perfectly while shaking her, “I did not know because I was hiding. Please take me with you. Talk to Master Wehwa for me,”

The way his face was scrunched up and how he begged made it so believable that she wanted to say okay. But she went on with the script,

“Hold on,” she removed his hands from her arm and began to walk again, “Tell the others,” 

“I do not like the others. I like you,” he stopped her and gave her a charming smile.

Fighting the urge to smile back, she remained in character, letting out a scoff. “How can you say that so openly? I don’t know what to say,“

His large hands grabbed her cheeks and he got closer to her face. He looked down, staring deeply into her eyes before pressing his forehead against hers. Although the forehead part wasn’t in the script, it was great improvising.

“Do you think I am a baby, too?” he asked. “I am an adult. I can withstand it all,”

Moving his hands from her face, she let out a sigh, shaking her head. “Goodness...yah. Why do you like me?”

Taehyung stood there for a moment, pondering. She liked the detail of his acting, and how he would add the smallest things when giving his lines.

“I do not know,” he responded. “I just think you are cool,” he lightly chuckled, giving her a boxy smile.

Ending the scene, she smiled back and patted his head, “You little kid,”

“Yay! How did I do?” he asked as she tossed the script on her bed.

“Tae, you got this in the bag! You said everything perfectly! Even though this is your first time acting, you are doing an impressive job. Like the detail of your acting, just everything. A lot of viewers are going to be impressed. I won’t be surprised if you get more acting gigs when the drama releases.”

“Ah...Ennie...” his face warmed up from her words. Gently grabbing her, he pulled her in for a warm hug. “Thank you for not giving up on me. I’m glad you gave me that extra push to do this.”

Pressing her cheek against his chest, she held him back with a smile.

"Of course. I was not going to allow you to give up on this opportunity. Let me know if you need any more help!” she pulled away.

Once she finished up with Taehyung, she went on to clean the dorm.

“Wait, what are you doing?” Yoongi asked when she went to place one of many gift baskets with nice smelling items for the guys’ rooms.

“Doing you and everyone else in this place a favor.” she announced.

“Which is?“

“Y’all need better smelling rooms! It smells like sweat, blood and tears,”

“Now you’re just exaggerating. It doesn’t even smell that bad, Smartie,” he stretched from his nap.

“Do you not smell the foul stench I smell monthly? I can’t do this anymore. We’re using candles and other Bath and Body Works goodies, courtesy of me.”

A loud sigh came from Yoongi, “Here you go...”

“Hey! You’ll think me later,” she reached for one of the air fresheners and sprayed it at him, causing him to wave the spray away from him.

“Quit it!” he demanded over her laughter.

“Sweetheart, we’re cleaner than the others. I think you should focus on giving these items to them,” Jin complained.

“Nope. Y’all room stinks, too. Anything else so I can bust your bubble?” she remarked.

Her answer caused him to stare at her in disbelief.

“I-I think our room smells just fine!”

“I’ve been living with you guys for years and my nose has gotten used to the horrible smells you guys create from time to time. I can’t deal with it, anymore. Since it’s about to be summer, we’ll be enjoying these scents. I’m also putting them in the studios. Deal with it,”

Jin and Yoongi glanced at each other. With equal annoyance, they mocked Jennie when she left. 

“Deal with it,” they imitated in a high pitched voice.

“I heard that!” she yelled, making them flinch.

After cleaning, she took a deep inhale, enjoying the fresh scent. Proud of what she did, she went back into her room to take a break. The purple-colored walls were decorated with photos of her family, friends, and the members. A special frame with a photo of her and Jungkook sat nicely on the nightstand next to her bed. A smile came across her features as she looked at the finished product of the photos connected to strings against her wall. She just finished decorating the wall yesterday.

That Baekhyun poster, however, was not leaving her wall anytime soon, no matter how many times the members teased her for it.

“Such a fangirl...” she murmured with amusement.

Laying on her bed filled with stuffed animals and pillows, she scrolled through Twitter until she saw a tweet from Billboard about Shawn Mendes. The tweet had many Armies asking for her to watch it. Curious and excited, she played the video to find out he mentioned her.

“Were you able to find the girl with the guitar?” Shawn was asked as a pleased smile came across his face.

Jen noticed how his eyes widened with happiness at the question which made her heart soar. She of all people making one of the men she admired musically smile like this. What a dream.

“Yeah, I did! I uh, I was pretty nervous to meet Jennie at the Billboard Awards.” 

“You sat near her, didn’t you?”

“Yeah, we had a great time. We were sharing snacks during the show. She had a ton of smarties with her.” he chuckled at the memory as he thought about her telling him about her love for the candy. “She baked me for me, too. They were really good! I just had to post them on Instagram. I’m really looking forward to getting to know her more and having a future collaboration one day. Our voices will sound great together,”

Jen let out a loud squeal and clutched her phone against her chest after that. Wow, he really said that with his whole chest and in front of millions watching him.

She tweeted him in response, ‘Our voices WILL sound great together. We're going to create something amazing. You have my number! We'll be in touch :) #Fangirling’

The tweet blew up immediately with Armies all over it, cheering for her special moment with Shawn,

‘SHE GAVE HIM HIS NUMBER!’

'He has your number!? OMG. Jungkook take notes and get IU’s number! We waiting for a collab!'

'They have each other’s numbers!?’

'Omg she moves fast’

'Jennie wtf how!?’

'Queen winning once again!’

'I am so here for this! I hope they sing together soon!’

-------

Today was the day that Jennie and Jin would film their promos as future Bangtan Bombs for their upcoming match. Yoongi sat in the middle of the room on a chair while two other chairs were next to him as they began to film.

The rapper cleared his throat before starting the program, “Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to the first episode of Yoongi TV where we give you the must-see K-Pop Wrestling interviews. Today we have two unique guests with us. First, let us introduce our first K-Pop Champion to the stage. Our beloved and extraordinary Miss Bangtan...Jennie!”

Jennie walked up to her seat and sat down with her K-Pop Championship around her shoulder. Jungkook, Taehhyung, and Hobi sat in the audience, cheering for her while Namjoon and Jimin stood in the background as security guards just in case something went down.

“Smartie, it’s good to have you,” Yoongi said.

“Thank you for having me,” she beamed.

“You are the first K-Pop Champion, how does that feel?”

“I am honored! I will wear this title proudly and be the best image I can be for this championship. It’s still so surreal that I was able to win this title,”

“You surely deserved it,” a small smile came across Yoongi’s lips.

“Awwwww, thanks, Suga,”

“It seems you have an upcoming match. Are you preparing well?”

“Ah, yeah. My boyfriend-“ she began but stopped herself when she realized her mistake and covered her mouth immediately.

“Ah! It wasn’t me this time!” Jungkook pointed out while everyone laughed.

“At least this isn’t live and we can edit it out,” Yoongi added.

“Sorry! Sorry! It’s becoming a habit,” Jen grinned sheepishly, adjusting herself in her seat. “Let’s start over,”

After getting settled, they went back to the filming.

“It seems you have an upcoming match. Are you preparing well?” Yoongi asked again.

“Yeah! I’m getting tons of help from Jungkook and V! They’re always motivating me with the workouts and we also rewatch my match to point out any strategies I can work on for the next bout,” she answered smoothly.

“I see. We will all be watching how well your training has paid off in the next bout. Although you only wrestled Jin, are you thinking of challenging others in the future?”

“Definitely!”

“Who do you have in mind?”

“You’ll see~!” she teased.

Yoongi let out a sigh, “Of course, you won’t say anything. As long as it’s not me,”

“It’s not, ha-ha,”

“Good. Speaking of your match with Jin, I’ve been told it will be a nontitle match. For those unfamiliar with wrestling terms, that means that Jennie’s title will not be on the line for this match. But if Jin beats you, he will be granted another opportunity at your title. Smartie, how confident are you going in for this rematch?”

“Fairly confident. I will not underestimate Jin, though. He will be unpredictable this time, I’m sure,” she answered honestly. “But I will have my guard up and try my best to prepare for whatever he throws at me.

“All right, well then let us welcome your opponent...he is built with handsome shoulders and a handsome face, Jin!”

Jin walked out, throwing out flying kisses with a happy smile on his face. He took his seat that was on Yoongi’s other side. The oldest member ignored the loud boos coming from J-Hope and Jungkook as he continued to look unbothered.

“Jennie,” Jin smiled smugly, getting into his ‘heel’ persona for their filming.

“Toothpick,” Jen mocked his smug look.

“That title must feel heavy around your waist and shoulder when you carry it. It should feel heavy since you won it by a fluke,”

“I’m sorry, who tapped out again?” she looked around, pretending to be confused. “Oh, right...you did. Over...and over...and over again. And I’ll do it again,”

“You’ll know your place after I take the title away, you little brat!” his voice came out harsh.

“Uh-huh,” she shrugged. “Just make sure you don’t whine about that ‘handsome’ face of yours when I kick you in the face,”

“Settle down you two,” Yoongi spoke up to restore the order. “Now Jin-“

“Worldwide Handsome.” Jin corrected.

“Jin-”

“Worldwide handsome!” he raised his voice.

Yoongi let out another sigh. “Worldwide handsome...you lost against Jennie once. What will you do now that you have an idea of what her wrestling style is?

“Her wrestling style is generic at best,”

“Generic?” Jen stared at him with a stank face and rolled her eyes.

“I have been training and rewatching our match as well,“ Jin went on. "I have seen a lot of ways to take advantage of our match. Let’s just say the match will go swimmingly and you shall see that her winning was a fluke,”

“Yeah, okay...okay,” she grumbled.

“How do you feel about your rematch?” Yoongi asked.

“Although I am baffled that I will not be receiving a title shot for this match, it is okay. I feel good about this rematch,” Jin proudly said.

“Jin, smartie beat you in an effortless bout-”

“Wait wait wait, effortless? You are calling her performance effortless? Do you know who I am?” he snapped.

“Yeah, I do...”

“Do you know who you are in the presence of!?”

“Yes, Jin-“

“Handsome Jin! How are you saying the match was effortless? It was a fluke! I was going easy on the little brat, but I will not make that mistake again!”

“Excuses...” Jen commented.

“I was! Besides, I’m worldwide handsome! I have better things to do than continue to wrestle with the likes of you. But I want that title so I will be beating you and beating you again for it, and then it will be mine forever. I will relax at the spa with the title and retire from wrestling,”

“Whoa-whoa-whoa-whoa. Retire? You barely wrestled! I was kicking your ass the majority of the match,”

“That’s not how I saw it!”

“So if, and that’s a big IF, you win my title, you’re not going to defend it?”

“Nope. I have better things to do.”

“Which are?”

“Being handsome, duh!”

Yoongi let out a laugh, shaking his head.

“What are you laughing at? What? You don’t think I can beat this little squirt?” Jin rambled.

“Well, you did tap out,” Yoongi shrugged.

“You are a terrible interviewer! You are not supposed to be unbiased! Ugh, you know what? Fine. I’ll show you.” Jin got up from his seat, pointing to everyone, “I’ll show all of you! That she is a fluke!”

Grabbing the nearest pillow from the seat, he went on to throw it at her. Jen threw her hands out in front of her to catch the strike just in time.

“Hey! Not cool!” she shouted, grabbing a pillow of her own to throw.

Jin caught the pillow with ease and rushed up with the pillow she threw to get a few cheap hits in as they both began to strike each other with pillows.

“Hey! Hey! Order! Order! We need security!” Yoongi laughed as Namjoon and Jimin rushed in to try to break it up.

In the end, Jimin managed to hold back Jin while Namjoon had a strong grip on Jennie. Jimin had to jump on the oldest member’s back to get him to calm down while Namjoon had Miss Bangtan over his shoulder.

“You know what? Fine! I want a ladder match! With a bag of Korean meat hanging from the top of the ring!” Jin announced.

“You’re on!“ Jen agreed.

"Handsome Jin and Miss Bangtan in a ladder match for Korean meat? Army, who do you think will win? Stay tuned for more information on this highly anticipated match,” Yoongi said before signing off the filming.

--------

The flight to New York seemed to have gone forever as Jennie impatiently waited for the flight to land. Those goosebumps always came whenever she was back home. When the flight announced they were in New York, she was the first to rush off the plane as the members laughed at her excitement.

“You’re so excited,“ Jungkook giggled.

She laughed and wrapped her arms around his arm as they walked together. 

Namjoon cleared his throat as he walked past them, murmuring, “Watch your movements you two,”

She immediately removed her hands from his arm as they kept walking. It almost slipped their minds that they needed to be mindful of how they acted towards each other in public. As soon as the members were in sight of their fans, the gasps, screaming and cheering began. The crowd waiting for them was bigger than Jen expected as she waved and responded to as many fans as she could.

It occurred to her that she forgot to give Jungkook back his black 158 Alife jacket that she wore. It was extremely noticeable how big it was on her which sparked some curiosity among fans.

‘That jacket doesn’t look like her size!’

‘Whose jacket is that?’

‘She probably borrowed it from one of the members. No big deal.’

‘Wait isn’t that Jungkook’s jacket?’

‘If so I hope they’re dating!’

‘I hope it’s his jacket. My OTP is soaring!’

‘She wears clothing from the members all the time, no biggie!’

‘If that is Jungkook’s jacket which seems highly likely, then I think that’s so cute!’

When Bangtan made it to the hotel and got settled in, JenKook prepared for their makeup with Smartie episode. It was finally Jungkook’s turn for the episode and they needed to get everything situated and make sure things were fine before they went live. Including protocols on how to not act like they’re dating on camera.

Easier said than done?

Sitting next to each other with makeup scattered on the table, they made sure the camera was focused nicely.

“One more question before we go live,” she said.

“What’s up?” he glanced at her.

“Am I going to be alright?”

The question made him chuckle lightly. Knowing Jungkook, he was probably going to make her look crazy to prank her.

“Baby, you’re in a relationship with me. Nothing is ever going to be alright,” he answered with a smile.

“Oh joy,” she responded sarcastically, getting a light kiss on the cheek from him.

Turning the record button on, the live stream appeared and thousands of armies immediately came on to view another episode of LetsPutMakeUpOnSmartie with the Golden Maknae!

‘Finally, it’s Jungkook’s turn!’

‘My OTP!’

‘Hiiii!’

‘I love you!’

‘YES! It’s Jungkook’s turn!’

“What’s up, guys!?” Jen happily greeted in English. “We are here with another episode of doing makeup with Smartie! And look who we finally have! Our favorite Golden Maknae, Jungkook!”

“Hello~!” his bunny smile appeared on his face as he cutely waved.

"Yes, it is finally Jungkook’s turn. I guess this has been highly anticipated,” she chuckled.

“I will make sure this was worth the wait. Jennie, can we speak English for this live?” 

That took her by surprise. The eagerness of his voice. He truly wanted to impress her and their fans that he could hold a steady conversation in English. She had been teaching him English every week for a few years now. She had no doubt he will do well.

“Of course we can!” Jen went on to speak in her native tongue. “If you don’t feel comfortable as you continue to speak, it’s no worries, okay? Don’t overwhelm yourself,”

“I know. I want to show my skill. To you. You taught me well,” he said fluently.

A proud smile came across her lips as she nodded, “I’m glad. Okay, let us get started. What are you going to do to me today?”

Perhaps that question came out in a dirty way because some perverted fans began to freak out over the question.

“A lot of things,” he answered.

"All right, I think I’m ready for it,”

“Are you sure?”

“Yes, goofball. Come on,” she gestured for him to begin.

Jungkook started with the basics, making sure the foundation and primer were on her face. But then he grabbed the highlighter and started going wild with it.

'Oh nooooo not the highlighter’

'Kookie NOOOOO!’

'RIP Jungkook’

'Poor Jennie’

“For crying out loud, why do you have to put so much highlighter on me?” she complained.

“It is not a lot. Only a little,”

“A little to you! It doesn’t feel like a little!”

“Trust me,”

“I’m getting concerned,”

“Don’t.”

“Too late,”

He let out a giggle as he continued to work. Looking over at the comments, he went on about K-Con, “Army, Jennie has a special dance for K-Con.”

“Don’t spoil it!”

“Just one spoiler?”

“No. They don’t need to know anything about what is happening behind closed doors,”

“Clothes doors,” he pronounced, making her chuckle.

“Closed doors,” she sounded out. “Closed,”

“Closed,” he said correctly.

“There you go,”

“Army deserves to know what happens with you behind closed doors for your dance,”

“They’ll see on stage!”

“Can I tell them, please?”

“No,”

“Okay, the spoiler is-“

“Aye, aye, aye!” she covered his mouth, getting out muffled words in response. “Anyway, keep a lookout for my special performance! It’s going to be lit! It’s the least I can do for our American fans,”

A shriek escaped her lips when she felt him lick her hand to make her release him.

“Ew, what is wrong with you?” she complained, wiping her licked hand on her jeans as he laughed.

‘Jennie was that your jacket you wore at the airport?’ was a question that made her get butterflies.

She could just ignore the question and pretend she didn’t see it. Or she could just answer it.

“The jacket? It’s Jungkook’s,” she answered truthfully, causing some to freak out. She quickly thought of a way to move the question from any sudden assumptions and blurted out, “I was teasing Jungkook about his jacket. I really liked it and wanted to wear it before I could buy my own. He wouldn’t let me like the other members would let me wear some of their hoodies from time to time. Especially if it was cold and I didn’t have many layers on for the weather. So, we made a bet on the plane. If I got a higher score on Temple Run than him I could wear his jacket. If he won, I would have to treat him to a new pair of Timberlands. Of course, yours truly won,”

“You got lucky,” he grumbled, still bitter he lost. “But you look pretty in my jacket.”

“Thanks, Kookie,”

He then went on to put on eyeliner in her eyes. When he was done, he went on to lift up her chin, gazing deeply into her eyes.

“Let me make sure they look good,” he said softly.

Jennie began to forget that were live as they proceeded to stare. After a moment, she realized this and started laughing, which made him laugh.

“You’re staring at me all serious. Don’t do that,“ she responded.

"Are you nervous?” he quipped with a teasing smirk.

Oh, he was really pushing it.

“No, I’m not. And you’re spending a lot of time on my eyebrows. Should I be concerned?” she questioned.

“No,” he smiled and continued to color them in.

She felt him begin to color in the middle of her forehead which led her to exclaim, “Oh my God... what the heck are you doing? Are you-are you creating a monobrow!?!”

Jungkook just hushed her and resumed working on her face. A knock on the door occurred and Jungkook went to open it to reveal Jimin, Taehyung, and Namjoon stopping by to visit.

“Hey Jen-whoa,” Namjoon’s eyes widened at her face.

“Oh-mah-gawd,” Jimin murmured in English while Taehyung giggled at the sight.

“Is it bad?” she asked with a cringed facial expression while the comment section was filled with laughing emojis, variations of 'LOL’ and greeting the three members.

“I’ll let you look at your face when he’s done,” the leader replied.

“What are you three up to?” Jungkook asked as he opened up some red lipstick and began to place it on her cheeks.

“Wait a minute, why are you putting it on my cheeks? It’s for my lips!” she complained.

“Your lips are fine,”

“Well, I would have thought you would put some lipstick or something on my lips.”

“No need. I like your lips better with the lip gloss you use,”

Jimin let out a squeak, trying to restrain himself from their banter while realizing that they were on live. Namjoon cleared his throat and decided to quickly talk about how happy Bangtan was to be here in New York for K-Con.

Meanwhile, Jen’s face was still feeling warm from her boyfriend’s words. The urge to kiss him was getting higher. Thankfully she had some self-control and decided to crack her knuckles to take her mind off things. She then noticed the room got quiet and she looked to see everyone staring at her weirdly.

“What? Why did it get so quiet all of a sudden?” she asked.

“Doesn’t that hurt?” Jimin cringed.

“This?” she cracked another knuckle, making them all wince.

“Ugh, please don’t do that again! It sounded so weird,” Tae whined.

“Guys relax,” she laughed.

After a few minutes passed, Jungkook announced he was done and brought the mirror over to her. He seemed pretty proud of his work while Jennie cussed at the sight of her face. Her face looked bright as ever thanks to the highlighter with uneven red lipstick on her cheeks which she assumed were supposed to be blush. On top of that, she had a monobrow and thickly colored eyebrows. She looked ridiculous as Jungkook’s laughter filled her ears and he ended up getting smacked upside his head.

-------

After cleaning up her face, she went on to meet with Angelina In Tribeca, New York, at a restaurant. They booked a private room to get away from the public and can happily catch up without any unwanted visitors.

“It’s going to be in LA! You’ll be there, right? For K-Con?” Angelina asked, telling her more details about the XXL Magazine.

“Yeah! I will! I can’t wait to see you in action. You deserve this and more,”

“Thanks, hon. Things are really coming up for me. Oh, and my brother misses you a lot. You need to visit him soon so he can stop nagging me all the damn time,”

“Aw, I’ll make sure to visit him soon. He still likes WWE?”

“Unfortunately...I can never hear the end of him talking about it,”

“I’ll buy him some wrestling figures,”

“How cute. Layla and I have been getting closer again. I missed hanging with her,”

“I’m happy to hear that. Hopefully, I’ll run into her in LA or something. Hear anything about Hailey or Trinity?”

“Not really,”

“I dunno I just hope they’re okay and we can all move on from the drama,”

“One day,”

After Angelina told her more about what was going on with her life, she asked about Jen’s. It was the usual, preparing for K-Con, their comeback, and future plans.

“I saw that Shawn Mendes video! Any song plans?” Angelina grinned.

"Yeah! So, I'm going to be attending one of his concerts and performing I Know What You Did Last Summer! We'll also record it, too! I'm super stoked!"

"Ahhhh, I'm so happy for you!"

------

The next day, Jen scrolled on her Tumblr to check out what people have been saying about her live with Jungkook. To say the comments were all making assumptions that they should date or maybe date got her to be surprised. Was it that obvious?

‘Intense, loving eye contact feat. JenKook,’

'No need. I like your lips better with the lip gloss you used. What are you trying to say Jungkook!?’

These were just a few of many captions from the various posts created by fans. She thought the JenKook ship pages were adorable and followed a few. It made her realize just how much love they have for each other in their eyes. It was unavoidable and wondered if one day it would be too obvious and would have extreme speculation that would cause K-Pop articles to be created. She was also grateful that people enjoyed seeing them together.

Deciding to stay positive about it, she entertained herself with the JenKook tag and then went on to get a quick workout at the gym before going to rehearsal at the venue.

She took a selfie at the gym and posted it on her Instagram, 'Get them gains before K-Con!'

And of course, Matt Rife continued to comment on her photos, although she still had yet to notice since her comment section was always flooded with comments. 

MattRife: damn and she works out?? We need to go to the gym together. When is the next time you are in LA? I can be your personal trainer

Jennie went to stretch, warmed up on the treadmill by running, and then went on to do some punching and kicking on the bag. It woke her up fully and she felt great after she finished. She noticed a BTS fan patiently waiting until she was done with her workout. It looked like they finished working out a while ago.

Wiping her sweat with a towel, Jennie smiled and eagerly gestured for the fan to come over to her. The fan took the gesture as a surprise and approached her promptly.

“Hey! Good morning! You got a workout in too, huh?” she greeted.

“Yeah! I like to work out in the mornings before getting my day started. I was shocked to see you here! I hope I’m not bothering you,” the fan answered.

“Not at all! It’s nice to randomly run into those that helped make BTS who they are today,”

“I wanted to tell you that I love your work and I love you in BTS. You are my bias. And I hope you and Shawn Mendes sing today soon!”

Their words made Jen’s heart soar.

“Awe...thank you, you are just the sweetest,”

“You’re very welcome! Do you mind signing my water bottle? It’s the only thing I have right now,”

“Yeah! I don’t mind!” she happily took the bottle and started to sign it after asking for their name. “Are you going to K-Con?”

“Yes! I’m so excited to see you perform live with BTS. I always wanted to see you live but never got the chance. 2016 is my year though. I’m grateful,“

After chatting, she took a cute selfie with the fan who was extremely grateful for taking the time out of her day to chat with them.

----

At the venue, the members finished their dress rehearsal and were unwinding backstage while the rest of the acts went on. Jennie was disappointed that she was not offered an MC role like Namjoon and Ailee. When she found out Namjoon was MCing with Ailee, her heart broke as she wished it was her instead. But she was grateful. She got to meet her at King of Masked Singer and has since developed a growing friendship with her.

“Ailee!” Jennie beamed and rushed over to her, embracing her.

“Jennie! It’s nice to see you again!” she answered, hugging her back.

"It’s good to see you, too! I wish we were MCing together. But orders are orders I guess,”

“Yeah, it’ll be fine. And besides, one day we will share the stage. And it won’t be an MC role.”

Jennie’s heart soared at her words and she couldn’t help but give her another hug.

“I’ll be looking forward to your performance!”

“And I’ll be looking forward to yours!”

They asked a staff member to take a picture of them hugging and they both posted it on their Instagram.

As Jen walked around backstage, she felt a soft tug of her hand before she could walk further. Turning around, she saw The8 smiling at her.

“Long time no see, friend,” he greeted.

“Oh my gosh! Hey!” she pulled him in for a big hug, “How are you!?”

“Very happy to be in America. It’s our first U.S performance. A little nervous but I hope we do well,”

“Trust me, it’s going to be an exciting time. Seventeen’s first U.S performance. Wow. The crowd is going to love you. The U.S CARATS are going to be going crazy for you guys.”

"I already feel the energy,”

She laughed, “I know right? K-Con is about to be wild! You’re going to have a ball. This is only my second time going but boy oh boy has it been awesome,“

"How do you get over your nervousness?”

“I love being home in America, so my nervousness ends up turning into excitement as my adrenaline pumps. But just breathe and have fun with it. You got this. I can’t wait to see your stage~! Tell Mingyu and the others I said hey if I don’t run into them,”

She also ended up taking a picture with him and they both posted it on Twitter and Instagram. 

Later backstage, Taehyung, Jen, Hobi, and Jimin pranked Jungkook by throwing a bunch of water balloons at him. This was to get back at him for the prank after the horror movie. They prepared the balloons last night, hiding them in a gym bag. Throwing his phone aside, the Golden Maknae began to sprint after them, not pleased to be drenched in water.

Jennie widened her eyes and yelled, “Oh sh-“ before scrambling away with the guys.

They ran all around the venue, desperately trying to get away from him and his wrath.

"Split up! We need to split up!” Jimin suggested.

“We need to stick together!” Jen said frantically.

“He’ll kill us all regardless! Let’s just run while we can!” Tae exclaimed.

"V, I am LOVING the positivity, right now," She sarcastically shouted.

“Less talking more running!” Hobi yelled.

“Get back here!” Jungkook shouted, causing them all to run faster.

Suddenly, Hobi tripped and fell while the rest of them ran on ahead. It wasn’t long after Jungkook caught up with the rapper. Hobi screamed in fright as he was grabbed by the younger member.

“J-Hope!” Jen shouted, looking back.

“Don’t look back, keep running!” Jimin exclaimed.

“Keep running!? What about J-Hope!?“

“He’s very dead as we speak!”

“Lord have mercy,”

She lost Jimin and Taehyung along the way when they ran to different places. She could hear their screams and yells, which meant that they’d been caught or seen by Jungkook. Adrenaline washed over her as she ran down the hall and tried to open up a door but it was locked.

“Oh come on...” she complained. “Are you kidding me? Is it really locked?”

She heard footsteps and turned to see Jungkook running her way. Evading his attempt to grab her, she made another run for it across the hall but he was high on her tail. When she turned the corner, she screamed out of shock when he wrapped an arm around her waist, pulling her back, against the wall.

Welp. She was done for.

“H-hey honey,” she greeted nervously.

“Hey, honey,” he smirked, greeting back in a low voice. “So, this was your idea?”

“What made you think that?”

He placed a hand against the wall which made her flinched. He then leaned in to press his forehead against hers.

“Are you ready?” he asked.

“For what exactly?”

“Your fate,”

“Can I use my get out of jail free card?” she asked with a sheepish smile.

But it was too late as he began to tickle her against her will as punishment.

---------

After playing around, Jennie and Jungkook prepared to meet her family. It took a lot for her to agree to this and she just hoped and prayed it would go smoothly to tell her parents, specifically her mom that she was dating Jungkook.

They stood at the front door of her house, wearing matching outfits. Letting out an exhale, she held his hand and looked at him, “Ready?”

“Yes. Are you?”

“Hm...a little bit,“

"If you want to do this another time we can,” he squeezed her hand.

“It’s all right. I want to tell them who makes me happier than I already am. I will be okay. Come on,” she rang the doorbell.

“I was beginning to think you forgot about us, kiddo,” her dad opened the door, smiling brightly at the both of them.

“Never! I missed you! Dad, you remember Jungkook, right?”

“'Course! Nice to see you,”

“Nice to see you, too,” Jungkook grinned and shook his hand.

Her dad could easily tell what was going on as he couldn’t stop grinning. He was patiently waiting for something to happen between his daughter and Jungkook. He had seen all those cute pictures and videos they would take together. It was bound to happen at some point.

“Baby! You’re finally back!” her mom rushed up to hug her, attacking her with kisses.

“Mom!” she tried to push her away but couldn’t stop the endless kisses all over her face. Her mom released her and turned to Jungkook, “Oh, you brought the members?”

“It’s just Jungkook. I wanted him to join us for dinner. I hope that’s all right,”

Her mom nodded and smiled, “Of course! I hope you like lasagna,”

Dinner went smoothly with her parents and sisters, who were anticipating Jennie to finally announce that she was dating Jungkook. Including her dad, who was waiting for her to say something. The only one oblivious to what was going on was their mom. So, after they ate, Jen turned to Jungkook and nodded.

“M-Mom, there’s something I wanted to tell you and also you dad,” Jen spoke up.

“What is it, baby?” her mom asked, setting her fork down.

“I wanted to tell you that I’m dating. I’m dating Jungkook. We started dating a couple of months ago,” she smiled nervously, awaiting her response.

“Ahhh about time! I noticed when you two were at the door. I fully support you two,” her dad said with a cheerful look.

Jungkook smiled and bowed, “Thank you. I will treat her well,”

“I have no doubt son,”

“You know we’ve been waiting for this day. Of course, we’re thrilled! But you already knew that.” Vienna giggled as Alani agreed.

The only person who hadn’t said anything was their mom who looked puzzled. She did not know how to feel as she felt various emotions from the news. Sure her daughter was happy but Jungkook wasn’t who she thought her daughter would be with.

“Erm...“ her mom murmured.

Whenever she began a sentence with that sound effect, it meant she was about to be brutally honest and wouldn’t be holding back from how she was feeling.

"I just...thought you would date someone black instead,” her mom admitted.

That caused tension at the table.

Of all things to say, she had to say that? In front of Jungkook? It hurt Jen that she said that. Why do race and skin color have to be such an issue when it comes to dating? What was the big deal? Couldn’t she see that she had a great guy in her life? So what if he was Asian and not Black like she thought she would date? Who cares? Why did that matter?

Jungkook held Jennie’s hand under the table and squeezed it.

“I'm sorry but I dunno...I just feel like maybe he just wants to know what it’s like to be with a foreigner,” 

“Hey, come on. It is definitely not like that. Don't do that,” her husband stepped in.

“Not cool, Mom,” Alani frowned.

"I promise you that my relationship with your daughter is not like that,” Jungkook spoke sincerely. 

“Can’t you just be happy for me?” Jen spoke up as her eyes began to sting.

“I’m sorry honey I just...he’s...not what I expected,” her mom answered with a frown. “I need to get a little used to this. He’s handsome and all but there are so many fine young black men out there for you,”

"Well this Asian boy stole my heart instead of a black boy and that is OK,” Jen stressed. “I’m happy. It’s not always what you want. I never looked at the race, I looked at who he is as a person,”

“It’s okay,” Jungkook spoke up, staying positive. “I will do what I can to prove to you that I have good intentions, Mrs. Walker.“

The Golden Maknae was bummed that her mom wasn’t that fond of him yet. But that motivated him to make sure that this would work.

“I like him even more,” her dad said. "I apologize for my wife, she’s a bit closed-minded,”

“We can fuckin’ tell...” Vienna grumbled, rolling her eyes.

After dinner, Jen and Jungkook got picked up by one of their managers and sat in the back seat of their black van. Once settled in the car, Jen couldn’t hold back the tears and started to sob.

“Baby...” Jungkook frowned.

His heart ached as he watched her cry. He went on to hold her, trying to do what he could to comfort her.

“And that’s why I didn’t want to announce our relationship to her," she murmured. "We shouldn’t have come here,” 

“I’m glad we did and I’m glad we told her. It will be all right. It will all work out. I promise. I’m the Golden Maknae, after all. Here,” he took some smarties out from his bag and gave them to her.

She stopped crying at the sight of the candy, wiped her tears, and kissed him on the cheek. Taking them, she began to munch on the candy.

“Thank you,” she murmured, feeling better with her candy.

Jungkook responded by giving her a kiss on her head, getting a whiff of the nice-smelling hair product she used in her hair.

Following that evening, Jungkook offered to play some games with her to help her get her mind off the disapproval from her mom on their relationship.

“YES! THAT IS WHAT I AM TALKING ABOUT! WOO! LET’S GOOOO!” Jen shouted and slammed the controller down.

She instantly got up and ran around her hotel room, jumping up and down in victory while Jungkook whined, falling back on the floor.

“NO!” he exclaimed. “Something is wrong with this controller. It has been glitching all day! Let’s play again!”

She laughed loudly. “Oh well!” she took out the matching Captain America pajamas she bought. “Wear em, I won fair and square! We are NOT playing again, I won three times in Tekken, take this L and happily wear this with me.”

Jungkook sighed loudly and stood up, grabbing the outfit. “It should’ve been my Iron Man pajamas that I bought for us.”

“Hehehe, not tonight~!”

Once Jungkook changed into the navy blue Captain America shirt and pajama pants, he walked back into her room to see Jennie smiling widely.

“Ooh, okay! You look good,” she praised and approached him, trying to adjust his shirt. Her hands began wandering down his chest. “Gosh...um, maybe I should’ve gotten a bigger size. Your muscles are just bulging out of the shirt, it looks a bit too tight on you. What the heck?”

“That sure is a strong grip you have on me.” he teased, making her take a step back and remove her hands from him.

“I was just...checking the sleeves of the shirt.” she averted her eyes.

He continued to tease her, “Oh really? Are you sure you didn’t just buy the shirt a smaller size on purpose because you wanted to see my muscles? Or shirtless?”

“No! I did not! You just keep working out and growing larger whenever I want to buy clothes for us to match. But suddenly whenever you buy matching outfits for us, it fits perfectly. Something doesn’t add up.”

Jungkook giggled in response and took a look at her pajamas. “You look cute in those. Really cute. Maybe this isn’t so bad, but you’d look cuter in my Iron Man pajamas, just saying. It’s not too late to reconsider.”

“Nice try but no,” she replied, amused. She had on a tank top version of his shirt along with white Captain America shorts.

“Worth a shot.” he shrugged.

After gaming for a few more hours, the two stood together by the bathroom sink to brush their teeth while Jungkook filmed them nodding and moving their bodies to the beat of the music playing in the background. He then filmed them wearing one of Jen’s face masks from America.

In bed, Jungkook let out a sigh of contentment after he rested his body on top of her with his head on her stomach. Occupied on her phone to check out Twitter, she gently ran her fingers through his soft, messy hair.

“Hey, check this out,” she called out, wanting to show him a meme but didn’t get a reply. Looking at him, she noticed that he had dozed off. “You fell asleep quick, wow.” she chuckled and watched him sleep, thinking of how cute he looked.

------

As K-Con arrived and before the evening started for the concert, Bangtan arrived for their Hi-touch event. The room was full as screaming fans cheered for them. The MC/translator announced them and began to ramble on about things Jen wasn’t listening to. She kept her attention on the various screaming fans who had various K-Pop merch on, their phones recording, and Army bombs. She saw a big sign for her and laughed, pointing out the fan.

“I see you,” she mouthed with a grin, earning an excited reaction from them.

“JENNIE, I LOVE YOU!” a fan screamed, startling her but she ended up laughing at their enthusiasm.

“I love you too!” she shouted back, making more fans scream.

“Jennie, you’re back home,” the MC acknowledged. “What do you want to say to the U.S fans?”

“I just want to say this is so overwhelming and I love your energy. Thank you for always embracing me when I come home. Keep it going. Continue this positive energy,“ she happily said on her mic.

After they were done with questions, the fans lined up eagerly for the hi-touch. They saved the country’s fan favorite for last, as Miss Bangtan happily stood next to Taehyung, awaiting to meet fans.

It was cute to see a diverse set of fans who were both nervous and excited to see them in person. It amused her that some fans asked if they were real.

“Hi Jennie!”

“I love you!“

"Oh my God, hiiiiii!”

And many other sentences she heard whenever she tagged hands. Out of all the members, it appeared that Jennie was the most excited about the hi-touch, although she wished the hi-touch didn’t go so quick and there would be more time to interact with the fans.

“Can I have a hug?” a fan quickly blurted out.

“Of course, I’ll give you a quick hug,” she gently pulled her in for a firm hug, swaying side to side before releasing her.

“No hugging, no hugging,” a security guard scolded the fan.

“I want to hug them. It’s fine. Leave the girl alone, please, thanks,” she immediately replied and turned back to the girl. “You’re fine, girl. It was nice meeting you!”

The fan was shooked and couldn’t think of coherent thoughts as she blurted out another 'thank you’ and proceeded to walk away.

What made the hi-touch even more fun was that Jen finally got to be face to face with one of her biggest fans from YouTube. The boy that fanboyed over her during the fire MV, Noah. Jen had requested in advance to let him be the last person for his line and not let the next line go up yet because she wanted to personally interact with him. When fans noticed that Noah was actually in the room, they began to anticipate what was going to happen as his friends were filming a vlog for K-Con.

“Noah, how do you feel right now? You’re about to be face to face with Jennie,”

“I’m freaking out man...I’m about to be in the presence of a Goddess. I dunno if I’m ready,” he replied as his friends teased him before he got in line.

Back to reality, as Jen touched the hands of everyone in the line, she placed her hand down and placed her hands on her hips, staring down Noah. She noticed the way his Adam’s apple bobbed to show how nervous he was.

He awkwardly smiled, “U-uh, h-hi,”

Continuing to mess with him, she raised an eyebrow, taking a good look at him before breaking out into a smile.

“Hi, Noah!”

“Oh shit, y-you know me?”

“I do! Your reactions about me are pretty cute,” she giggled, pulling him in for a hug as everyone cheered for him. “You’re so adorable,”

Jungkook stared at the boy, feeling jealous as he poked the inside of his cheek while Noah told Jennie all that was on his mind, from her being beautiful to how great she was in fire. Jungkook scoffed at how the boy made her so giddy and how he had a dreamy look on his face after being kissed on the cheek by her.

For the concert, Jennie felt right at home as BTS performed on stage. The surprise she had for the fans was her dancing in water just like in the fire music video. She wore the exact same outfit with the shorts and dragon tattoo while breaking it down, hyping the crowd up. Her powerful movements along with her hips blew everyone away. She even ended up splashing some of the close audience members who excitedly loved every second of it.

When she left the stage, she quickly dried off and went back on stage to go over to her happy place, the DJ Booth, to hype New York up and perform Fire from the booth.

“Y'all know this one! Say it with me! Errbody throw yo’ hands in the air, we gettin’ hot! Hot! Hot! Hotter!” she shouted with the crowd.

The crowd was louder than her which caught her off guard.

“Damn, y'all loud as hell!” she shouted, making them laugh and continue on.

When the show was over, confetti hit the stage as everyone went on stage to wave goodbye.

“Jennie! Here!” a fan shouted, with an American flag in their hands.

She happily took it and placed it around herself, walking around with it with a happy smile. Tears began to flow down her face as she became overwhelmed with joy. Noticing her crying, Jimin jogged over to her, hugging her behind with a smile.

“It’s okay~!” he said, turning her around.

“I’m just happy to be performing again in America,” she explained, wiping her tears as he proceeded to cheer her up.

Jimin walked with her to the rest of the Maknae Line to find Jungkook beginning to do the dab with V.

“Oh God, here we go,” Jen laughed at them.

Like the meme he was, Jungkook began to dab repeatedly while Jen laughed out loud and then joined in. As everyone left the stage, Jennie was the last one standing, turning to the crowd, and looking at everyone. Placing her hands over her heart, she smiled gratefully and thanked the crowd once more before having some last-minute interactions with lucky fans.

--------

Jungkook had beaten many battles, but this one was an obstacle that he had been preparing for ever since he started dating Jennie.

The battle? The approval of her closed-minded mom.

He knew all about how much her mother wanted Jennie to date a black man. He remembered the conversation he and Jennie had alone in the dorm when she vented to him after she had that family dinner.

Why was it so troublesome for her mother to realize how serious he was about her daughter? This love he has for her is not “puppy love” or “something casual.”

He isn’t someone that was going to sleep with her and move on to the next person. What he has with Jennie is something he had been hoping to have for years and he was not going to let go of this love so quickly because of a closed-minded opinion. He was determined to change her mother’s mind. To show that the Golden Maknae can overcome anything and that included this. He was crushed to see Jennie look bummed when her mom voiced her disappointment in their relationship. But it also prompted him to give her mom something he had been working on since they started dating.

To do this, Jungkook had told Jen that he was going to go hang with a few friends which allowed her to spend time with Ailee and the rest of her peers instead. He did not want Jen there with him, he wanted to speak with her mom alone. It was better this way. He wanted to do whatever he could to get her approval before they had to leave.

Jen’s mom watched him smile shyly at her. She was counting down the hours when he was going to show up on her doorstep. She had a feeling he was going to visit her sooner or later.

“You are such a persistent boy. Well, you’re here so come on in. I made lunch. You can have a plate of my sandwiches.”

“Thank you,” he bowed, speaking in English the best he could.

Thanks to Jennie, his English was coming along better than expected which had surprised her mother who would always stare in wonder at his clear pronunciation. She had assumed the language barrier was going to be an issue.

As they made their way to the kitchen, she gave him two sandwiches while he sat at the counter. She decided to make small talk and ask him how the K-Con event went while he eagerly answered her questions and noticed how his eyes lit up when he spoke about Jennie and her performance. 

She watched him curiously as he devoured the food, enjoying every bite. Jen’s mom felt a sense of happiness to see him eat so well and offered him another plate which he happily accepted.

‘This boy can really eat...I like that,’ she thought.

After washing the dishes, she dried her hands and placed them on the counter. Letting out a breath, she stood in silence as Jungkook looked down at his lap, waiting for her to say something.

“She is my youngest,” she spoke, making him look up immediately as she turned around. “You’re here to talk about my daughter, aren’t you?”

He nodded. “Yes.”

“I..I always pray that she’s safe, being miles away from us in Korea. I try my best to be a supportive parent. Even if that meant her being far away from home. I am aware that you and the rest of the fellas love and cherish her. And I am aware that she loves you unconditionally. But I am just not...I just can’t accept the fact that it isn’t who I thought she’d be with. We always date within our race. And somehow you popped in and...got her off track. I have never seen her look so happy for a young man like you. It boggles my mind.”

Jungkook watched her ramble as she tried to get her thoughts together.

“Why do you love her so much? Why? I just...I just think this is puppy love. That’s all that it is. And maybe in a few months, you two will go your separate ways and find other people.”

“I have something for you,” Jungkook took out a large envelope with both hands, “It expresses everything and answers your questions. Please accept this and understand where I am coming from. Read the letter first and then scroll through the book,”

Curious, she grabbed the item and opened up the letter. It was to her and her husband, as Jungkook expressed his feelings and journey towards dating Jennie since he met her. He waited patiently as he watched her read everything. He wrote everything in Korean and got assistance in translating everything into English so Jennie's parents could read it all. He felt like he expressed himself better when writing instead of speaking it out loud. He had been writing and drawing his thoughts about Jennie since he started to fall in love with her years ago.

It made Jennie's mom emotional, with the choice of words and how raw it was. The book caused her to cry as she looked at the drawings and pictures about him and Jennie over the years. It made her feel awful how she acted towards him. How she didn’t give him a chance when she first saw him. She understood that this love he had for her daughter had been building for years.

“I...“ she murmured, wiping her tears. "This is...beautiful.”

“I hope this will help you understand where I am coming from, Mrs. Walker,” he smiled. “I love Jennie and always will. I hope you will approve of our relationship,”

She nodded and walked around the table as he stood up. "May I hug you?" she asked as he immediately nodded.

She kissed his forehead and went on to embrace him, making his eyes go wide.

Did it work? Did she have a change of heart?

Pulling away, she placed her hands on his shoulders, “I want to apologize for being so ignorant and biased. I am sorry, Jungkook. Please forgive me for my behavior and poor choice of words,”

“You are Jennie’s mother. Of course, I will forgive you. It is okay,”

“Please, let’s start over. Come back for dinner and bring Jennifer too, please. I should make this right,”

“I’d like that Mrs. Walker,” Jungkook smiled, feeling good about the future.

Hours later, as he was told, Jungkook came back with Jennie.

“Are you sure she isn’t just pranking you?” Jen asked as they made it back to her parents’ house.

“She seemed serious,” Jungkook said as Jen opened the door.

“Well, I hope it’ll be civil,”

What caught them by surprise was that they smelled...Korean food? Curious, they walked to the dining room to see her parents and sisters waiting for them.

“There you two are! Come! Sit down!” her mom beamed.

“Took y’all long enough, I’m starving!” Vienna complained.

“Wh-what’s all this? Korean food for dinner? What?“ Jen asked in disbelief.

The table was filled with many dishes that made Jungkook feel at home.

"I wanted to expand my cooking so I made a few Korean dishes and then ordered some take out Korean food. I hope you two like it,” her mom announced.

“I dunno about you but that beef looks good as heck,” Alani said as Jennie and Jungkook sat down.

Jennie was baffled. Her mom deadass made and ordered Korean food and was cheerful toward Jungkook. What happened?

“Before we eat, let’s pray. Join hands. You too, Jungkook,” her mom smiled sweetly at him, grabbing his hand.

After praying, they dug in.

“Um, what is that?” Alani asked, pointing to a dish.

“That is kimchi,” Jungkook informed her.

“Kim what? What is in it?”

“It’s mixed with many veggies. Like cabbage. Try it,"

Curious, she put some on her plate and took a bite.

"Holy, this is good! And even the kimbap! You made the kimbap, mom?”

“I tried! Does it taste a little like home?” her mom asked Jungkook.

He nodded. “That and more. It feels...welcoming,”

“I’m glad. We’re happy to have you in the family,” she turned to Jennie, “You have yourself a good man. I’m happy for you,”

That made Jennie stare at her in surprise as she began to tear up. "Mom...thank you,"

"I'm sorry for being so ignorant,"

"It's okay. I'm happy you approve of us,"

“I knew you’d come around,” Jen’s dad smiled.

As they continued to eat, her mom praised Jungkook for eating a lot of the food, “Jennie, this young man can eat! This is like his third plate! I love that!“

“Yeah, I would have to order extra food when we eat together,” she chuckled.

“Oh, I started listening to more of Big Bang,” her dad spoke, “They are one badass group. Their song Bang Bang Bang is catchy,”

He began to dance and sing the song, making Jungkook and her sisters laugh.

“Dad...no. Stop,” Jen cringed, feeling second-hand embarrassment with her mom.

“Well, I’ve been getting into EXO like you requested. They ain’t no joke. I have been loving their stuff,” her mom added. “The short one is adorable,”

“Xiumin? He is~! They’re awesome! Do you have a favorite song?” Jen asked.

“Heart attack,”

“Excellent choice,”

“Speaking of K-Pop artists, I love IU! Her voice! Ugh! I’m turning into a huge fan. I’d love to see her in concert,” Alani said.

Jungkook perked up at the mention of IU and grinned, “We will get along well,”

“You like her, too?”

“I do!” he began to ramble with Alani about her while Jen and Vienna had a separate conversation.

“I dunno about you but you need to hook us up with Jay Park’s fine ass. He sexy!” Vienna gushed over him.

“I haven’t met him, though!” Jen laughed.

“Not yet! DM him or something,”

“Why don’t you? You the one that wants to see him,”

Jennie’s parents watched Jungkook interact with their daughters. He’ll fit right in with the family. 

After dinner, Jungkook helped clean the dishes with her mom as Jen watched them, puzzled. She was thrilled about her mom’s change of heart but still bewildered. It was like a whole 180.

What the heck happened?

“Be safe you two. Safe travels,” her mom hugged and kissed Jungkook's cheek goodbye after hugging Jennie.

After leaving the house, Jennie grabbed onto his arm and walked with him to where their pick up was.

“Okay, earlier she was totally against us. Now she’s supportive. What did you say to her?” she asked in wonder.

A smile came across his lips as they kept walking, “Honey, I’m the Golden Maknae for a reason,”

The Bangtan Gal Chapter 83- I Need You On This

Chapter Summary:  BTS rent out a movie theater to watch Captain America Civil War. Jennie's dream which she had been talking about for years finally comes true. Jen has the honor to film with Yoon Mirae for the first episode of Celebrity Womance. Jennie and Jungkook spend time with his family. Jennie supports AGUST D's mixtape

Words: 9,000+

Author's Note: Bon Voyage Season 1 is next after this chapter! Also, don't panic, things will be fine :)

-------

The following morning, Jen received a phone call from one of her sisters while she was gaming with Jungkook.

"Awesome! Thank you, we'll be there! I'll make sure of it! I have been waiting to see this movie!" Jennie happily got off the phone and turned to Jungkook excitedly as he chilled on the bed. "Oppa, let's watch Civil War, today! My sister's friend hooked us all up for a rented movie theater to watch the movie, today! We'll be alone with no one to bother us!"

Jungkook's ears perked up and he quickly turned to her, Jungshooked.

She finally said it...

Jennie realized what she had just said as her entire face flushed. It just slipped out, she meant to say his name but it just flowed naturally to call him that despite her not being a fan of saying the word often.

"Did you..." he trailed off as a huge smile came across his face. He stood up and walked over to her. "Did you say what I think you just said?"

Smiling softly, she nodded. "Yes, I did."

"Can you say it, again?"

"Oppa, let's watch civil war, today."

Jungkook immediately wrapped his arms around her and gently lifted her off her feet as she laughed. "Okay, Jagi. Let's watch Civil War, today!"

"I'll tell the others," she said after getting set down.

"Am I the first guy you said oppa to?"

She pondered for a moment. "As a matter of fact...yes, you are the first guy."

Jungkook smiled triumphantly, already planning to brag to his hyungs. "Good."

At the theatre, JenKook wore Marvel shirts for the special occasion and sat in the back while the rest of Bangtan sat further down, scattered around. Her sisters sat near the members.

"I hope y'all won't be doing anything dirty back there!" Vienna teased the couple.

"Hush and watch the movie!" Alani replied.

"Would y'all be quiet!?" Jen shouted as the previews finished.

As they watched Captain America Civil War, JenKook freaked out and spoke during the movie which amused the members.

"Look at this, look at this! Look at this perfection! Iron Man wishes he could do this!" Jen said as Captain America was shown fighting at the beginning of the movie.

During the scene where Tony gives the students a grant, Jungkook goes on to brag about Iron Man, "Captain America wishes he could give students a grant like Tony,"

"Oh shut up," she rolled her eyes.

"Be jealous~!" he teased.

The rest of the members laughed at the debate JenKook had rows behind them including her laughing at Tony getting beaten up and hit by cars.

"That wasn't funny!" Jungkook huffed.

"Yes, it was,"

The scene with Steve and Bucky talking about whether Bucky was worth it made Jennie tear up.

"You see the mess he made!? All of them are in cells! Captain America is better." Jen debated with him later on in the movie.

"They brought this on themselves,"

"How!?"

"Would you guys be quiet!?" Jin shouted.

"We knew this was going to happen," Namjoon laughed.

During the plot twist of Bucky being the one to kill Tony's parents, Jennie and Jungkook were shooked.

"No..." she covered her mouth.

"I hate him, I hope he dies," Jungkook furiously stared at the scene.

"No! I don't want Bucky to die-"

"He killed Iron Man's parents!"

"He was brainwashed! It wasn't him!"

"I don't care!"

"Well, I care!"

The final fight scene between Bucky and Captain America going after Tony got them hyped as they both cheered on their favorite superheroes.

A scream left Jen's lips when Bucky's arm was destroyed by Tony.

"NO! WHY!?" she yelled.

"NO!" Jungkook yelled in horror when Cap hit his shield in Tony's heart.

Jen covered her mouth again and started tearing up at the defeated Iron Man. He really got hit in the arc reactor.

"Jungkook..." she murmured, not knowing what to say.

"Do you see the destruction your Captain America has done!? He ruined everything!" he angrily said.

"Hey! Don't blame him! He was protecting his friend!" she snapped at him.

"People are hurt! He almost killed Tony! That's unforgivable!"

"Tony tried to kill Bucky! He blew out his arm!"

"He deserved it!"

"No, the hell he didn't! He's a changed man!"

"A-are they actually angry with each other? Are they really fighting?" Jin asked with concern.

"Nah, they do this all the time when they watch Marvel movies," Taehyung answered, calmly.

"Yeah, they're just bonding, no need to worry," Jimin reassured with a chuckle.

Near the end, Jennie laughed at Stan Lee's cameo, calling Tony, Tony Stank.

"Ha! I told you it was true! Tony Stank for the win!" she laughed.

"At least Tony is richer than everyone," Jungkook quipped.

"Oh ho ho...no the hell he ain't! Black Panther is richer! Um, hello he is a whole prince. He has almost 100 trillion! Don't get me started on my brothers,"

"Blah, blah, blah,"

After the movie finished, Jennie sighed in contentment. "Gosh, I hope they have a Black Panther movie soon! Like that'll be so lit. I can only imagine how awesome it'll be. What I wouldn't give to be a part of a Marvel movie. That would be a dream. Even if it's just a song or something or a small role, I don't even care,"

------

After the movie, Bangtan went shopping at the mall. When splitting up into groups at the mall, the members found their way back to each other after shopping at Forever 21. Everyone but Jennie had bought some things because all she was looking for was a certain brand of perfume that she could not find anywhere. That was until she finally spotted Victoria's Secret.

"Oh my gosh, finally! I gotta get something real quick!" she eagerly rushed in, surprising the guys with her enthusiasm. "Man, oh man, I hope they have it."

"Jennie...what are you planning on getting from here?" Jin's heart dropped as he walked into the store with fear, quickly following her.

"I think we all know exactly what she is going to buy from here." Hobi chuckled with Yoongi.

"Hey, hey, Jungkookie, do you think Jennie is going to buy something to wear for you?" Jimin teased, wrapping an arm around him as they walked deeper into the store.

'I-is she going to get some lingerie now? I-in front of the Hyungs? Is she ready for THAT??' Jungkook thought with wonder and astonishment as he began to blush.

Did she want to do THAT already?

His imagination was already beginning to wander...

Did she want him to go crazy?

Why couldn't she do this when they were alone? Not with the rest of the guys around them.

Jungkook's thoughts were interrupted by a large pat on the back by Namjoon. "I'm surprised she would be this bold. Don't you want to help her pick something out? We can wait out here."

Before Jungkook could answer, he peeped Jennie walking past all the underwear.

'Wait...why is she walking past the lingerie? Even the red underwear?? No...no, no, why?' Jungkook thought.

"Finally!" she happily announced and grabbed a few bottles of the perfume she wanted. "I have been trying to find these everywhere!"

Namjoon let out a laugh, looking stunned. "W-wow...perfume. Would you look at that? She came here for perfume."

Jin sighed out of relief. "I'm glad it was just that!"

"Yeah, of course. What did you think I was gonna get in here?" Jen stared at him like it was the most obvious thing she would get in the store.

Meanwhile, disappointment was clearly shown on Jungkook's face while the rest of the members felt salty that what she bought wasn't what they were expecting.

"Darn...I really thought she was going to get a set for Jungkook." Hobi whined.

"Bet the kid is upset, right about now," Yoongi added.

"Aw...tough luck, Jungkookie." Jimin giggled with Taehyung.

Back at the hotel, Jungkook decided to speak up about it and ask her about the stunt she pulled at Victoria's Secret.

"S-so you weren't planning on getting anything else?" he asked.

"Nope, just the perfume. Why?" she watched him as he averted his eyes.

She then realized what he had meant and felt her face heat up. "O-oh." she nervously laughed. "Well...the stuff in that store is not even what I would want to wear for you when I'm ready for that."

That sparked his interest as his ears perked up. "Well, what do you want to wear?"

"I guess you'll have to wait and find out one day." she teased, grabbing the controller to finish her game.

"When can I find out?" he eagerly asked.

"Shh."

"Can I at least know the color?"

"Shh."

"Can it be red?"

"Shh!"

-------

The next morning, all packed and ready to leave America, Jennie met with the rest of the members on the first floor.

"Jen," Diana, her manager called out.

"Yeah?" she turned to face her.

"You won't be going back to Korea just yet,"

That caused Jennie to furrow her brows. What did she mean? She was planning to go back with the members so what could possibly be left on her schedule? It made her nervous but decided to stay positive about it.

"Okaaaay. What else is on my schedule?"

"Last minute meeting Bang PD and I scheduled with some important people that want to meet you. Come on. They're waiting for us,"

Important people? Meeting? That she and Bang PD scheduled? What was going on?

After telling the members she'd be staying a while longer in America and saying her goodbyes, she went to follow Diana in a car that took them to the location of the meeting.

"You keep looking at me. What is going on?" Jen asked after she caught Diana staring at her longer than usual.

"It's nothing. Just relax. The meeting shouldn't take that long, anyway." she replied, trying to change the subject.

"Who am I meeting anyway?"

"You'll see when we get there,"

After arriving at the location, Diana escorted her to a meeting room to see two caucasian people. A man and woman in suits with welcoming smiles.

"Ah, Jennifer Walker. It's a pleasure to finally meet you in person," the man spoke first shaking her hand.

"Hi, nice to meet you as well," she politely replied.

The two introduced themselves and informed her that they were looking for potential musical artists to endorse Macy's. The idea did interest Jen as she thought it would be a good opportunity since she already endorsed Puma with BTS. 

"Any brands you enjoy wearing?" she was asked.

"Nike!" she beamed. "That's my all-time favorite brand,"

"Nike? Why that brand?"

"Oh, a lot of things. I have a whole collection of Nike sneakers. I just love everything about it. Their style, their clothes. It makes me feel empowered as weird as it sounds. Let me show you the collection of sneakers I have," she took out her phone, showing them the large collection of shoes.

Diana refrained from laughing while the two others looked impressed and pleased to see her so passionate about a brand like this. The exact passion they want to endorse a brand. 

Jennie rambled on and on about Nike as she showed tons of photos and stories about wearing the brand.

"...and these are the sneakers I wore on the night I debuted with BTS," she rambled on.

"If you wanted to create something, what would you want?" she was also asked.

"I'd love to create a whole line of Nike shoes for dance and Nike dance clothes. Sneakers, ballet shoes, everything Nike dance shoe related. Comfortable and cute clothes to dance in for Nike. I strongly believe dancing is a sport and I feel like dancing should have some representation. It would be a dream to create something like that for Nike one day."

"Hm...I see," the lady nodded and looked over at her partner.

The man took out a folder and placed it on the table with a smile, "Well, Nike would love to see this vision come true,"

It took a few seconds for his words to register in her brain as Jen stared at them in astonishment. Her heart dropped and her mouth went dry as words couldn't form in her head. 

Did he just say Nike wanted to see her vision come true?

Diana couldn't help but laugh and had to be the one to open the folder to reveal the Nike Endorsement contract waiting to be signed.

"We've had our eye on you for quite a while Miss Walker. Your passion for our brand is infectious. We would love to have you on board and put your vision into action."

"I had to talk to them to try to make something up. I didn't want them to go straight in and say they were from Nike," Diana giggled and turned to Jennie. "Wow, the look on your face. Are you going to say anything? I'm sorry, she's still trying to process all of this,"

"We understand. We've watched all those videos of her talking about Nike. We heard her passion loud and clear," the woman replied with a giggle.

Nothing came out of Jennie but tears as her chest felt heavy. Looking down at her lap, her sight was blurred with tears.

Was this another dream about Nike? It wasn't like the others.

"Y-you want me? To endorse Nike? You really want me?" she managed to speak, looking back up at them after wiping her tears with her sleeved arm.

"We've wanted you for quite a while now. We're pleased we were able to get to you due to your busy schedule. When we heard about Adidas wanting you, we were a bit worried that you would join them." they told her.

Feeling a hand on her shoulder, Jen turned to Diana.

"I already looked over the contract. Bang PD discussed it with me as well. This is what you always wanted, although Puma will have to go away,"

Jen understood about Puma and was prepared for it as she tried to process that a contract from Nike was waiting for her.

"Will you do it?" Jen was asked.

Looking up at the Nike representatives, she smiled happily with tearful eyes, opening up a pen.

"Yes! Heck yeah, I will!" she answered proudly, signing her signature.

Diana could feel herself getting emotional as she watched Jennie sign the contract. She was so proud of her having this moment.

"Great! We will keep in touch, Ms. Walker. We are looking forward to working on this vision of yours,"

"Thank you so much! Thank you! You have no idea how much this means to me! Thank you for giving me a chance! Thank you for noticing me! Thank you for everything!" Jennie rambled on about her gratitude for this blessing.

After they left, Jen hugged Diana as more tears escaped.

"Thank you so much!"

"I got you. Always remember that. You deserve it," Diana beamed.

Pulling away, she took out her phone, still shaking from what just happened, "I-I gotta call my parents," she said, calling her mom up.

"What's wrong? Why are you crying?" her mom asked on the line.

"Are you all right?" her dad asked.

"I'm crying because I'm happy," Jen sniffed.

"What happened?"

"I got it..."

"Got what?" her dad asked.

"An endorsement deal with Nike."

"Aw, baby I'm so proud of you! I told you, prayer is a powerful thing!"

--------

After returning to Seoul from her meeting with Nike, Jennie still felt her body shaking from the news that Nike wanted HER. She was about to endorse the company that she dreamed of endorsing for many years. She couldn't wait to tell the guys.

"I'm finally back!" she announced, shutting the front door.

When she turned around, the lights went on and she was welcomed with loud cheers. She looked around in wonder, genuinely surprised as she saw a large banner that said 'Congrats on the Nike Endorsement' with various balloons and confetti around the room.

There were the boys who were patiently waiting for her arrival as they had bright smiles on their faces.

"No, you didn't," she covered her mouth as a smile grew on her face.

"Congrats Ennie!" V ran up to her, scooping her up in a hug.

"She's finally endorsing Nike!" J-Hope yelled proudly, jumping up and down

"A dream come true~! Jennie and Nike 2K16!" Jungkook shouted happily.

"I knew you were going to get it one of these days! I'm glad you remained patient," Namjoon praised.

"Nike X Jennie! Finally~!" Jimin yelled

"Wow, I feel like a proud father," Jin rambled, "I can't wait to ask my friends, is your daughter cool enough to get an endorsement from Nike? No? Well, my precious Jennie scored one and is going to break barriers with it!"

"We're proud of you smartie," Yoongi praised. "You deserve this. We're glad you went with your heart,"

"I wish we could have seen the look on her face when she found out," Hobi laughed with Namjoon and Jimin at the thought.

After being set down, she walked further into the room to see pizza and plates waiting at the table, along with a large cake that said congrats on the Nike endorsement. 

It took her a moment to realize that they all knew that she was going to get it. 

"Wait...you guys knew?!" she asked, taken aback. "That I was going to get it!? And you didn't drop any hints!?"

"Of course not! That eliminates the element of surprise," Jungkook giggled.

"Guys..." she said as she looked at them with tears falling down her cheeks.

"Aw, she's crying! I told you she was going to cry!" J-Hope laughed and pulled her in for a hug. 

The rest of the guys joined in, saying that it was all right. After pulling herself together, she smiled and thanked them for supporting her.

"Wow, Nike really has you now. How did the meeting go?" Jimin asked.

"I was nervous, I didn't know what I was getting myself into," she said and explained to them what happened.

In response, they teased her for her reaction.

"Finally that company opened their eyes to see a gem they have for an endorsement. They're going to be happy they chose you," Yoongi said confidently.

"If you need us to model for your brand or anything, let us know," V added.

"Free promo," Namjoon grinned

"Thanks, guys. Really. This is just so surreal. I'm still trying to wrap my head around this. Frickin' Nike...and Jennie of BTS. Bangtan is moving forward. V and his drama, our comeback we're working on. K-Con headliners, Yoongi's mixtape. I feel like as we progress, we're only going to be chasing more bags and success. Let's keep working hard," she high fived all of them as they cheered.

"That's the energy to have! How soon can you start designing what you want to do?" Jin asked as they all sat at the table.

"For now, they'll be in touch with me," she answered.

"Wait until ARMY finds out. They'll be ecstatic," V said.

"Are you going to tell them soon or wait a bit?" Jungkook asked.

"I want to wait a bit. Let it be a huge surprise when I announce it," she replied.

"Cool. Now dig in!" Jimin laughed and pushed her face into the cake with Jin.

--------

As a few weeks went by, Bangtan was back in America for LA's K-Con. The group went through a series of interviews to promote it. News about Suga's mixtape that he was working on had got out and he expressed his enthusiasm that Armies were excited about it.

"Jennifer has been the biggest supporter out of my journey working on the mixtape," Suga announced proudly as she looked at him in shock. "I would find her trying to peek in my studio to see if I'm working on it. I am happy to have a strong support system for my music. ARMY, I hope you like the finished product,"

She didn't expect him to acknowledge that and it made her feel good. The huge smile on her face did not go unnoticed by viewers and the members as Suga glanced over at her to give her a soft smile.

Fans commented on the YoonJen moment and expressed their excitement for his mixtape:

'Awww YoonJen!'

'Keep in mind Yoongi said, Jennifer. Not smartie. You know he serious af about her being supportive of him! I'm soft!'

'My heart! I can't wait for him to release it!'

After the interview, Jennie went out to roam around K-Con with Sejin and a bodyguard with her. She came across fans performing dance covers of BTS songs. It appeared to be a local dance group and she watched as they performed fire. What took her by surprise was the black male dancer performing her part.

'Wow!' she thought, mesmerized as he nailed her mannerisms. It was like she was looking at herself perform.

"Yasssss!" she shouted, which caught the attention of fans who began to scream. "Y'all killing it!"

A large portion of fans tried to get her attention for photos and autographs but she kindly told them that she wanted to watch the rest of the performance before any interaction. They respected it and watched as she happily danced to the beat of fire, enjoying the performance.

After the group finished, Jennie approached them and clapped.

"That was amazing! You guys killed it!"

"Oh my gosh, thank you! We can't believe you came out here!" one of the dancers said.

"I'm still a K-Pop fan at heart. I just wanted to drop in and say hey. How long have you been in a group? The synchronization was extremely good,"

"That means the world to us coming from you. We wanted to do it justice. We've been performing since 2014!"

"Wow, keep dancing, please! Don't ever stop. All of you are gifted,"

As more fans gathered around, she tried to take as many selfies as she could.

"Jennie! What do you think of NCT?" a fan asked.

"I tweeted about them! They are lit! Sooo many members. Firetruck is a bop," she beamed.

"Do you have a bias?"

"Not yet! Hard to choose,"

"I love you and Alex Reid. Have you met Alex yet?"

This had been a common question. Unfortunately, she still hasn't met the girl but eagerly wants to. Someone to relate to in this industry.

"Sadly no. But I really want to! I hope we can meet up one of these days,"

After going backstage, Jen felt like she could breathe easier since Bangtan wasn't until the end of the show. She spent time with Ailee and watched backstage as she performed. She had some mic trouble but she nailed the performance without music as the queen that she was. Her A cappella was on point and it blew her away.

"Jen!"

Her name was called out and she turned around to see Zico waving and walking over to her with Dean.

"Zico! Long time no see! How are you?" she pulled him in for a hug.

"Doing good. How you been?"

"Everything has just been blessings upon blessings. I got my Nike endorsement!"

"No way, you finally got it?! About time! They have a gem on their hands! I can't wait to see what you create with them!"

"Aw thank you!" she turned to Dean. "Hi! I'm Jennie! It's so nice to finally meet you, Dean! Your music is so dope. I love your sound,"

Dean was pleased to hear how much she praised his music and thanked her.

"Your vocals are like so soothing and I admire your work. I hope you get a ton of awards for your EP," she added.

"Thank you, Jennie. How does it feel headlining K-Con with BTS?" Dean asked with a smile.

"Surreal. I am so grateful,"

After talking with them, she stayed in BTS' dressing room.

"Hello! Is Jennie Unnie here?" a female voice asked.

Jennie turned around, pausing her conversation with Jimin to see the IOI members walking in.

"Ah! There she is!" the voice belonged to Somi.

All the members of IOI had walked in with bright smiles, dressed in their outfits to perform.

"Oh my gosh, hi!" Jennie rushed up to them.

She hadn't seen them in a while but watched closely at the survival show's results and their journey as a group. 

Sohye with a cute smile presented the large basket to her. "This is on behalf of us,"

"F-for me? Oh my gosh, thank you," she graciously accepted it and placed it on the table.

"A thank you for supporting us," Pinky added.

When Jennie opened it, she squealed in glee when she saw it was filled with packs of smarties. Her happy sound effect made the girls giggle, proud that she liked the gift. Meanwhile, Bangtan watched with amusement.

'You're becoming a great role model, Jennie,' Namjoon thought as he watched IOI look up at her in admiration.

"My smarties! Thank you, thank you, thank you!" she went on to hug all of them. "How does it feel to be a group? Hard work paid off, huh? I see bright futures for all of you,"

"Yeah, we love it. It's so exciting to be here, too," Chungha answered.

"I'm glad. Make the most of everything. And if you need anything, I'm here for you,"

-------

Back in Korea, with the short amount of free time that they had, Jungkook wanted Jennie to join him to eat with his family. He thought it was the perfect time to tell them that they were dating, too. There was no doubt in his mind that they were going to be thrilled.

Once they made it to his parents' house, Jungkook turned to her with a smile.

"Are you ready?" he asked.

"Butterflies are increasing as we get closer to the door," she admitted and took a deep breath.

"You'll be fine. I have a strong feeling they're going to be pretty excited to hear the good news," he grinned at her, making her mellow out.

Suddenly the door opened to reveal his mom smiling brightly at them.

"Jungkook! You're here!" she pulled him in for a hug. "Look at you. Are you eating well?" she pulled away.

"Always, Mom,"

"Good," she turned to Jennie as her smile got wider. "Jennie! I'm so happy you can join us!"

"Hi, Mrs. Jeon. Thank you for having me. This is for you and your husband," she presented her with a gift basket she created for them.

"Oh, thank you very much. Come on. Both of you. Your father and brother are in the backyard, Jungkook,"

"Okay," he responded and let Jennie walk in first. He followed her inside and closed the door.

'You okay while I go to the backyard?' he gave her a look, initiating a brief nonverbal conversation.

'Yes, go on ahead.' she nodded and returned the smile that he gave her.

As she watched him leave, Jennie turned her attention to his mom placing the basket on a table.

"I've been so excited to see you again!" she heard his mom say.

She has?

"Really? That means a lot, thank you!"

"Jungkook can never stop talking about you. It made me miss you more than I already have,"

"He talks about me a lot to you?" she chuckled softly, feeling her heart soar as she heard about her missing her.

"Oh, all the time. It was the cutest thing. Since you came along, I have seen a positive difference in his character. I'm not sure what is going on but whatever it is, I hope it continues,"

'Wow, all from us dating?' Jen thought optimistically.

A lot of people have been saying this to her lately. That Jungkook had been more lively and open. Was it really because of her?

"I hope so too," she smiled. "May I assist you?"

His mother looked at her with appreciation as she was preparing to finish up dinner. "Yes, I would love that. Please set up the table,"

"You got it,"

After finishing it up, she helped his mom put the food on the table.

"Jennie is here," she heard Jungkook as he walked inside with his brother and father.

"I'm glad that I finally get to meet her. You talk about her so much, it made me anticipate her arrival even more," his brother, Jung-hyun said to him.

"Hi! It's nice to finally meet you, Jung-hyun," Jennie greeted kindly.

"Likewise. It's nice to meet the 'most precious person' to my brother,"

That made her face heat up while he giggled at her and his brother's flustered reaction. He could easily tell something was going on and was happy his little brother found a significant other. He approved of Jennie right away just from Jungkook chatting about her and showing their photos over their years in Bangtan.

"H-hey! Cut it out!" Jungkook smacked his brother's arm for putting him on blast like that. 

His face turned slightly pink as he planned his revenge.

"Jennie! It's good to see you again, how are you doing?" his father asked.

"Very well! I'm happy to be here, Mr. Jeon,"

As they sat down for dinner, Jen sat next to Jungkook while they were across from his parents and brother.

"Jung-hyun, Jungkook showed me some of your art. It's amazing. You know my sister Alani likes to create DIY items,"

"Oh really? Cool. Thank you. I'd like to see them sometime," he grinned.

"She has an Instagram about it. I'll show you later,"

"How many siblings do you have?"

"Just two! Both sisters. Alani and Vienna. Alani is into communications and Vienna is starting to lean more into acting. Lately, she's been wanting to get into Broadway and been auditioning quite a bit,"

After more small talk, Jennie felt comfortable and relaxed further. Jungkook noticed and was happy that his family warmed up to her so easily.

"Are your sisters gamers, too?" his brother asked.

"Not as much as me. I'm more of the gamer out of the three of us,"

"She sucks at Overwatch," Jungkook laughed. "She died as soon as the match began. I wish we recorded it for our channel. It was hilarious,"

'Wooooow. Roasting me in front of your family?' Jennie thought, amused as her nervousness melted away completely.

"Hey, I'm still learning. And you show no mercy in these games. Whenever we play against each other you don't give me a chance to try to hit you," she pointed out.

"Of course not, I want to win," he teased.

"I think you should at least go easy on me so I can learn and then go full out,"

His parents watched them cutely bicker about video games and gave each other knowing looks. She definitely fitted right in. Her genuine smile towards their son was another significant factor. And how she praised him throughout the entire dinner touched their hearts.

"You game as often as Jungkook?" his dad smiled.

"All the time. You should watch our channel sometime. It's really funny," she grinned.

"She gets competitive a lot, Dad," Jungkook laughed. "Just like me. There are games that she's better at and tries to teach me,"

"Well just know that I will be rooting for you, Jennie," his father promised her.

"Dad, you're not going to be cheering me on?" Jungkook looked offended, while his girlfriend and mother giggled.

"It's nice to see you get beat once in a while in games,"

"Jennie, how is your family doing?" his mom asked her.

"Really well. There hasn't been much going on at home. Just working and enjoying summer,"

"One day it would be nice to meet them and have dinner together," his dad suggested.

That made her get butterflies in her stomach as she appeared Jenshooked. Was it obvious that she and Jungkook were dating because throughout this entire meal, they'd been talking a lot about the future and how Jungkook had changed happily because of her.

"Dinner with you and her family?" Jungkook looked Jungshooked for a moment.

"Of course! We're eager to meet your girlfriend's family!" his dad blurted out with a large smile.

"Dad..." Jung-hyun groaned. "We were waiting for them to announce it themselves,"

"Surprise ruined," his mom sighed.

His dad laughed nervously. "Whoops. Sorry. I mean look at them. Adorable. They've been holding hands under the table the entire meal. I had to say something,"

Jungkook and Jennie looked at each other and couldn't help but laugh. Jennie had nothing to worry about. Things were just fine.

"Wow, was it that obvious?" Jungkook smiled bashfully.

"Your body language, little brother," Jung-hyun pointed out. "And your lingering gaze towards her. It's cute,"

"Ah..." Jungkook looked down, feeling his face heat up.

Meanwhile, Jennie felt happier than ever at how excited they were to see them dating.

"How long have you two been together?" his mom asked.

"Since January. He's so good to me," she answered sweetly.

"Ah, beautiful. I for one am very happy to see my son with someone that brings out the best in him. You are a wonderful, sweet girl. I fully support this,"

That made Jennie tear up and blink the happy tears away. Wow. They approved. All of them. 

After they finished eating, his mom came out with a small cake. It was mouthwatering as Jen devoured it. After eating a second slice, Jennie asked if she could learn how to make it. The surprised expression on Jungkook's mom's face made her smile as she agreed and asked if Jen could teach her the recipe for the baked goods she baked for them a while back.

"I just wanted to say thank you for welcoming me with open arms and for your hospitality," Jen smiled.

"Of course. I'm so happy it worked out between you two. We are looking forward to having you over again soon when your schedules allow it," his father grinned.

--------

As summer went on for BTS, Jennie, and Jungkook were invited to film a variety show. With Jungkook, he was on Celebrity Bromance and paired up with Shinhwa's Minwoo. They spent the entire day together and even rock climbed as Jungkook began to feel more comfortable and open around him as the day went on.

After the cameras were off them for a brief period, Minwoo asked if there was any special young lady that caught his eye. His question earned an immediate smile from the Golden Maknae as he thought about Jennie.

"That's the smile of a man in love," Minwoo said with a light chuckle while noticing how his eyes shined brightly. "She must be exceptional,"

"She is. I kind of think of us as soulmates," Jungkook smiled shyly as a blush grew on his cheeks. Taking out his phone, he showed him a photo of them together, "This is my girlfriend. Her name is Jennie,"

"Wow, she's beautiful. You two are in the same group, too. Bangtan is very protective of her, I'm sure?"

"Absolutely. She is very precious to us,"

"Good. I bet she has quite the admirers. How did you two start dating?"

"She does. I wanted her so I was persistent for her to be my girlfriend. I made the first move to express my feelings and kissed her before her flight back home to America. Ah...I felt like my mom because she made the first move and went after my dad," he laughed with him. "She's the best...I'm very happy with her,"

"Treasure every day of your beautiful relationship. And don't let anyone, not even the media ruin what you have,"

"I will treasure it. Every day,"

---------

Meanwhile, when it came to Jennie, she starred in a new show called Celebrity Womance. A spinoff of Celebrity Bromance. Jen was honored to be in the first episode of this new show. She decided to meet the woman she was paired up with at a bubble tea shop, ordering tea for both of them.

"I am excited that they asked me to be a part of the first episode of Celebrity Womance. There's already a bromance version of it so it'll be fun to see who I am going to be paired up with. I have no clue who it might be," Jennie said on camera for a brief interview with the staff of the show.

She then went to sit back at her seat in the café to wait for the woman.

"I'm a little nervous..." she murmured and contemplated chewing a piece of gum to relax. 

But then chose to sip on her milk bubble tea instead, chewing on the bubbles that came up through the straw.

'Someone Appeared!'

Jennie turned in the direction of the door opening to see Yoon Mirae walking in with a bright smile.

"Hello!" Yoon Mirae greeted with a wave.

"Holy crap," Jennie blurted out in English under her breath as she stared at her, bewildered. 

She covered her mouth and felt embarrassed at the sudden statement while Yoon Mirae giggled. 

She stood up and bowed at the highly respected artist, "H-hi! Oh my gosh, it's an honor to meet you! My name is Jennie!"

"Nice to meet you, I'm Yoon Mirae. You can call me Natasha Unnie,"

'Unnie already?! Whoa!' Jennie thought in amazement.

"Wow. I...wow. I was not expecting this. You worked with my leader and now I'm sitting with you today,"

The show showed a montage about Yoon Mirae and said that she is one of the most highly respected artists. To Jennie, it was a dream come true.

"I've been watching you," Yoon Mirae smiled.

"You have?"

"You've caused quite a stir when BTS was announced. A black girl in the group. I bet you had to deal with a lot of negativity,"

"Yes. I don't even know where to start. It was ridiculous,"

"What has it been like for you as a black woman here?"

"When I first started, they tried to make me look paler. The makeup they would use would be lighter. It was embarrassing and so disrespectful because I was like hey, this is not my shade. Why do you have to try to make me look lighter? There is nothing wrong with my skin. I had to start talking with the stylists and educate them. I remember some started reading articles and watching YouTube videos on how to style my hair,"

"Have they stopped making you look pale?"

"Yes, thankfully. It took a little while but now my makeup looks more like it should for my skin. And before that, I started bringing my makeup and gave it to them to use instead. When I first started in BTS they always seemed to prioritize the boys and their make up but when it came to me, not so much. I'm happy to see the growth in my hair and makeup being a priority in BTS. You've been bullied a lot too, haven't you?"

"Yes, I have. Growing up I experienced a lot of racism and bullying. When my dad was in the army, we moved a lot when I was young. People would tell my dad that he was a sell-out because he married a Korean woman, why marry a Korean,"

Jennie frowned at that and shook her head. "I get so frustrated with that. If you love someone, you love someone. Whatever race you are or what you're into. I don't like it when people judge who you're dating, especially if they're biased towards people dating within their race. There is nothing wrong with interracial dating and I'm a full supporter of that,"

The two shared a long conversation about their time living in America and then coming to Korea. Jennie was amazed by her story. The fact that she had to deal with so much as a mixed woman and how traumatizing it was for her devastated Jennie.

When asked about the pressure of being the black girl in BTS, Jen broke down.

"Sorry," she tried to laugh away her pain but the tears were too much to stop as they ran down her face. "I'll admit it's been extremely hard over the years. All those hate comments, it was so hurtful to see them coming from the fans that were supposed to be supporting the group. All members of the group. I thought I would be protected by them, y'know? From all the rest of those hating on me. They would defend the rest of the members from the hate but when it came to me, I was just an afterthought. I'm just as important as the rest of the guys. I work just as hard as them and I love our fans just as much as them,"

Yoon Mirae reached out to hold her hand, listening to her as she expressed herself.

"Sometimes it can be overwhelming. And I used to feel like a burden being the only girl in the group. So many high expectations, being an African American in this country, people wonder if you can keep up with the guys, making sure the company is impressed with your work and doesn't think you're slowing down. It's something that was always on my mind," she went on.

"And you're still here. Still strong and performing," Yoon Mirae smiled. "I was happy to see you in BTS. And I was worried about the negative feedback you would get. But you've overcome a lot and you are still standing. You should be proud of that. And what I've dealt with as a kid made me stronger too,"

"Thank you. It definitely has. Things have been much better now. A lot of positives outweighed the negatives. And your music helped me a lot. I love your song Black Happiness. You are such an inspiration and I do hope I can become a well respected and influential artist. To have people look up to me and be a positive role model as a member of BTS is a big dream of mine,"

"I would say that you already are. Keep doing what you are doing, Jennie. Keep singing and working hard. You're a bigger inspiration to others than you think,"

After drinking bubble tea, the two decided to spend the day roller skating. There were a lot of laughs between them as they got to know each other. Both fell quite a few times and helped each other up. After skating, they ate at a booth by the roller rink.

"Do you have a significant other?" Yoon Mirae asked after the crew took a break from filming.

A bright smile came across Jen's face as she thought about Jungkook. 

She nodded happily, "I do! I'm happily dating Jungkook. We've been dating since early January,"

"Ah, your group member? That's cute. Who liked who first?"

"Well, he," she chuckled, "He did. He liked me for a long time and we became best friends. One night he confessed and kissed me hours before my flight back to America,"

"Wow, how bold,"

"Very. But I'm glad he did because it made me realize how strong my feelings were for him. And even if we weren't dating, we would always be best friends. I'll always have love for him. I feel like we're soulmates because I feel such a strong and deep connection with him. He makes me so happy,"

The smile didn't leave Jennie's face as she went on, "I'm still learning about love. I'm still young and experiencing a lot of things. I'm happy it's with him and I wouldn't change anything about it,"

"There's nothing like being with the one you love. That's how I feel about my husband,"

"Right? And I recently met his parents and brother for dinner to announce that we were dating. They were so happy and welcoming. It made me cry that they accepted me so quickly,"

Yoon Mirae smiled at that. She was proud of Jennie. Things were looking up for her and she hoped it continued for this young artist.

"There are days when I watch you and your husband together, being a strong duo in music, it makes me think of Jungkook and I. I want that. To be able to perform with him on stage, and have songs together. I'm not sure when we'll tell our fanbase about our relationship but for now, we are just trying to keep things private and away from Dispatch as much as possible," Jen added.

As the evening progressed, the two sat at the park to enjoy the summer night while eating water ice together.

"Time flew so fast and now our time is about to end," Jen sighed.

She truly enjoyed her day with her. She learned so much and got a lot of advice on performing and life in the industry. The two planned to keep in touch and exchanged contact information.

---------

"Jennifer," a deep voice called out.

Looking up from her phone, she turned her head to see him leaning up against the door of her studio. He appeared nervous as he wondered how he was going to ask her what was on his mind.

"Hey, what's up?" she kindly greeted.

"I want to talk to you...privately. Meet me in my studio when you're ready. I'll be here all night. Take your time," he said and walked away.

His studio...?

"I wonder what he wants to discuss," she murmured as she finished her break.

After she finished her work, she made her way down to his studio and shut the door. She watched gleefully as she noticed that he was working on his mixtape.

"Ah, you're working on it! I'm so happy!" she beamed.

He acknowledged her words with a soft smile and gestured for her to sit next to him.

"Yeah, about time, right? It's almost ready," he said proudly.

He had worked so hard. It was going to be worth the wait.

"I'm glad. I can't wait to hear it. So, what did you need from me?"

"I want you to listen to these two songs," he said and pressed play.

She checked out his computer screen to see that the first track was called The Last. He had played the song near the end as his raw lyrics and intense instrumental had her nodding her head to the beat. He then played So Far Away for her.

"Wow, these are..." she couldn't think of the right words to how powerful his music was.

"It's missing something," he stated.

She turned to him, confused. "Missing something? How? It sounds perfect,"

"Not without you,"

Her heart skipped a beat at his words. "What are you saying?"

"These songs are missing something. And it's you. No matter what I do, I don't feel like they are complete. I want something more on these tracks. And that's why I asked you here today. I want you to play the guitar for these two songs on my mixtape,"

'You want me...? On these?' she thought in astonishment.

"I want..." Yoongi stopped and shook his head, "I need you on this. The way you express your emotions through that instrument, I need that in these two songs. No one else can play the guitar like you. Your sound is what I need for this. Please,"

He gazed at her and held her hand, nervously waiting for her answer. 

Many thoughts went through his head. Was he being too forward? She could always decline the offer. But was he prepared for that?

"When do you want to get started?" she spoke, interrupting his thoughts.

His eyes widened slightly at how quick she was to accept his request. "You'll do it?"

"No one has ever asked me to play the guitar like this for their music. It's usually just my voice and a little feature. So, doing something like this for you will mean the world to me. And the fact that I'm the one you thought of for such an important project, how could I say no to you? I'd be honored to play."

"Jennifer...thank you,"

"Always, Yoongi,"

When they got situated, they spent a couple of hours on the songs. Jen was amazed at his story. He is a reserved person and the fact that he was letting all of this out in his mixtape got her emotional.

"H-hey, Jennifer, are you okay?" Yoongi stared at her with worry as he noticed tears running down her face.

"Sorry. The Last is just getting me worked up. What you've gone through I...I'm feeling it. All of it is from your lyrics. I'll play the guitar right and do it justice. Let's record,"

"Are you sure? You want to wait until you pull yourself together first?"

"No. My sound on the guitar is enhanced when I'm feeling the emotion. If I cry, I cry. Replay it from the beginning. And when it's my cue, press record. I don't need to wait,"

Her demeanor turned into work mode as she remained focused and listened to The Last with her guitar in her hands. She listened to every lyric he rapped in song as her fingers twitched in anticipation against her guitar.

Yoongi couldn't help but feel slightly concerned as she waited for her cue.

"Hey, if this is too sad for you or-"

She raised her hand, signaling him to be quiet as she continued to listen.

Deciding to do as she said, he watched her in her work mode. Lately, Jennie had been mirroring the emotion of whatever she played on her guitar on her face. This was a vulnerable song. And she couldn't help but shed tears as she listened, preparing to play.

Once she heard the drums, she began to aggressively strum through the strings as his rap played against her ears. He watched her astounded as it was everything he wanted in this song and more. The way she played sounded perfect against his voice. The powerful chords she played against his voice were going to leave a huge impact on the mixtape for sure. After she was done, she exhaled sharply and set down her guitar.

"Now I need a moment," she said, wiping her tears. "I felt that. All of that,"

"What you just did was amazing. I don't know what happened but it sounded perfect. Thank you," he praised.

"I try," she smiled and he went to check it out on the computer to fit it in the song.

Once he had done some finishing touches to the song, he replayed it for them to listen. Yep, he was right, it did sound perfect. Fully complete.

"Hey, before we work on So Far Away, can you play AGUST D? I've been staring at it and I'm curious about how it sounds," she requested.

"Sure," he clicked on it twice.

"Oh!" she shouted out after the first few beats. "Oh! Oh okay!"

He laughed at her reaction as she danced in her seat while they listened to the song.

They call me new thang

Shinbyeong watda jimeul badeo

"Whew! Okay!" she cheered, nodding her head to the beat.

Oh, this was lit! This song was going harder than she anticipated.

A to the G to the U to the STD

I'm d boy because I'm from D

Nan michinnom biteu wiye runachik

Raebeuro hongkongeul bonaeneun

My tongue technology

Jennie almost fell out of her seat from that lyric. "OH! Tongue technology!?"

Nan bekkineun geol bekkineun nomeul jabadaga

Hubaedeun seonbaedeun jekkineun nom

"Oh shi-okay!" she jumped up and down in her seat during his second verse. He was rapping so damn fast as she stared at him in disbelief. "Yoongi~!"

Hyeongdeure shigi jiltu deoge saenggineun soeum

"OOOOOOOOOOO~!" she shouted, covering her mouth against the side of her fist. "Yo replay that back! You going crazy right now! The delivery! The delivery of that! Replay it back please!"

Yoongi's stomach began to hurt from the amount of laughter he was doing from her reaction. She was adorable. Accepting her request, he scrolled back to the second verse after the chorus.

"Yoongi! Bro! Why are you going off like this? Like damn!"

He grinned bashfully at her praise. "Ah..."

"No, that second verse! How fast you were rapping!? Come on! That's amazing!"

-------

Once his mixtape was finished, Yoongi prepared to film two music videos. Once Jennie found out about it, she made plans to visit him during his AGUST D music video shoot. As soon as he left the dorm, she went to work to bake Agust D themed cookies for him.

"Yo yo yo~!" Jennie walked on the set with a box of cookies in her hands.

'AGUST D gets a visitor!'

Yoongi turned around and saw her smiling at him. A wide grin appeared on his face as he couldn't resist expressing how extremely happy he was to see her. He wasn't expecting anyone to come by during his shoot but the fact that Jennie came made his heart jump for joy.

"Smartie! What are you doing here?"

She laughed, "You know your biggest fan had to be here! You support me, I support you! Here. Your batch of Agust D cookies. It took forever to try to get the boys to not eat them,"

"You made me cookies? Smartie..." his gummy smile appeared on his face as he accepted them. "She baked me cookies. Her cookies are the best. If you get a chance to eat them, you won't regret it,"

"Aw, you flatter me," she smiled bashfully. "How's filming?" she asked as he took a cookie out of the box and ate one.

He sighed in joy at the deliciousness before answering, "Exhausting. This is honestly more tiring than BTS' music videos. But it's going great. I'm almost done and then tomorrow I film the rest of my music video,"

After visiting Yoongi and staying to watch him record, Jen was called to Big Hit's building for an urgent meeting and came back to the dorms visibly upset. It was abrupt that this happened but she was told by the company that she had to go home due to some visa troubles. She honestly thought things were fine with her paperwork and she could continue to do what she does but now she needed to pack and go home until everything got situated.

When Sejin arrived at the dorm with Jennie, the boys sensed something was wrong and immediately asked questions. Once Sejin gave everyone the news, the mood in the room went down and everyone was stunned by the abruptness.

"What!?" Jungkook exclaimed in disbelief as he shook his head in denial.

"You can't go home!" Jimin exclaimed.

"I think they messed up on some documentation or whatever. I don't know but all I know is I need to go home for a little bit until they fix the issue. Maybe it won't be for that long," she tried to stay positive about it.

"No way," Jin shook his head in disbelief. "I can't believe this,"

"We need you. We need all 8 of us here. We're working on our comeback. Everything," Rapmon began to ramble.

She frowned. "I know...I'm annoyed. This is so poorly timed. I thought everything was straight with my stuff,"

"When are you leaving?" Yoongi frowned.

"Tonight," she sighed, which did not sit well with any of them as they tried to ask Sejin if there was anything to prevent it.

Meanwhile, Jen went to go pack as she was told while Jungkook accompanied her to her room. He sat on her bed as he watched her take out a suitcase and go through her clothes.

"Stupid visa..." she grumbled.

She tried to keep her emotions in check. She had plans to chill tonight and now had to spend it on a plane. With Jungkook, he was still trying to wrap his head around her leaving soon.

"Jagi, do you really have to leave...?"

Hopelessness and sadness were evident in the Golden Maknae's voice as he helplessly watched her pack.

He knew the inevitable.

She had to go home. And that meant they'd be apart for an unknown amount of time as Big Hit handled her visa situation. Sure there were times when she would go to America and then come back to Korea but from everything he was hearing, it seemed like this was going to take longer than usual.

On top of that, it was comeback season. That meant more stress as she wouldn't be there to be in his arms to cuddle when both of them felt overwhelmed from working on their comeback. She wouldn't be there to massage him whenever he stayed later from dance practice. Or nap with him after a long day. They wouldn't be showered with kisses, tickles, and derp faces from one another if they needed a good laugh to escape the stress. Finding out that she had to leave so abruptly made his heart shatter and frustrated him. Sure it was temporary but it bummed him out that it had to be this circumstance.

Their dog Tony, whimpered sadly, observing his parents. It was hard to watch Jennie pack up as he was lying in the middle of her bed with a sad expression. No special smartie belly rubs for quite some time. No JenKook bathing him like the family they were. This was going to be new to JenKook but perhaps this would make their relationship grow as they adjust to this brief long-distance relationship.

When Jennie turned to face Jungkook, she smiled sadly at his pouting expression. It was going to be difficult to leave him.

"You know I have to," she answered softly.

"I don't...want you to go," he murmured, looking down at his feet.

"I don't want to go either but it's just for a little while. I'll be back before you know it, Kookie,"

"Can I just come with you?" he looked up and asked as the idea popped into his head.

"As much as I would love that, you know you have to stay here,"

He frowned. It was worth a shot at least.

"It's just...I..." he hesitated.

He just wanted her to stay. She always knew how to make him feel at ease during the comeback season for Bangtan. Now that she was about to leave, it just wouldn't be the same. 

Sensing him overwhelming himself with negative thoughts, she strolled over to him. Standing in front of him as he continued to sit on the edge of the bed, she cupped his face.

"Hey," she softly called out, looking down at him. "No matter the distance, we'll make it work. We're the Golden Duo after all. This long-distance thing won't make us tap out. We can do it,"

He smiled at her words. "You're right. We will,"

He reached out for her as he pulled her into his lap. Smiling, she leaned down to kiss him slowly, trying to enjoy his lips as much as she could before she had to leave. She'll miss this.

"Don't do that..." he murmured against her lips and pulled back, panting softly.

"What?"

"Kiss me like that when you're about to leave. It'll drive me crazy," he admitted.

ARF! ARF!

Tony's barking caused them to turn in his direction. The dog happily jumped around after watching them. He jumped on them, causing JenKook to laugh at the sudden movement and break apart. She took a seat next to Jungkook instead. 

"I think our son is happy to see us trying to think positively about the situation," Jungkook giggled loudly as a bunny smile appeared on his face.